84210989a PDF

SERVICE MANUAL
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
Contents
INTRODUCTION
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS............................................................. A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A
LIGHTING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.40.A
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A
FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A
POWER PRODUCTION ................................................................. B

ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.10.A
EXHAUST SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.40.A
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.50.A
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.80.A
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.30.A
POWER TRAIN .............................................................................C

TRANSMISSION Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.B
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.F
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.50.B
TRAVELLING................................................................................D
FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.10.A
REAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.12.A
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.14.E
STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C
STEERING Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.B

SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.C
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.B
BODY AND STRUCTURE .............................................................. E

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.A
USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A
84210989A 24/04/2009
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.B
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.C
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.D
SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.50.B
FRAME POSITIONING .................................................................. F

FRAME LEVELLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F.30.A
TOOL POSITIONING .................................................................... G

LIFTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.10.A
LEVELLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.30.A
CROP PROCESSING .................................................................... K

FEEDING Reel feeding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.25.B
FEEDING Header feeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.25.D
FEEDING Feeder housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.25.E
THRESHING Conventional threshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.40.B
SEPARATING Beating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.42.B
SEPARATING Rotary separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.42.C
SEPARATING Straw flow beater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.42.F

SEPARATING Straw walker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.42.E
CLEANING Primary cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.62.B
CLEANING Tailings return system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.62.C
STORING AND HANDLING Grain storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.60.B
UNLOADING Grain unloading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.72.B
84210989A 24/04/2009
84210989A 24/04/2009
INTRODUCTION
84210989A 24/04/2009
1
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Note to the Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Driveline overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Basic instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Conversion factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
84210989A 24/04/2009
2
INTRODUCTION
Foreword
Technical Information
This manual has been produced by a new technical information system. This new system is designed to deliver
technical information electronically through CD-ROM and in paper manuals. A coding system called ICE has been
developed to link the technical information to other Product Support functions e.g. Warranty.
Technical information is written to support the maintenance and service of the functions or systems on a customers
machine. When a customer has a concern on his machine it is usually because a function or system on his machine
is not working at all, is not working efficiently, or is not responding correctly to his commands. When you refer to the
technical information in this manual to resolve that customers concern, you will find all the information classified using
the new ICE coding, according to the functions or systems on that machine. Once you have located the technical
information for that function or system then you will find all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, compo-
nents, assemblies and sub assemblies for that function or system. You will also find all the types of information that
have been written for that function or system, the technical data (specifications), the functional data (how it works),
the diagnostic data (fault codes and troubleshooting) and the service data (remove, install adjust, etc.).
By integrating this new ICE coding into technical information , you will be able to search and retrieve just the right
piece of technical information you need to resolve that customers concern on his machine. This is made possible by
attaching 3 categories to each piece of technical information during the authoring process.
The first category is the Location, the second category is the Information Type and the third category is the Product:
• LOCATION - is the component or function on the machine, that the piece of technical information is going to
describe e.g. Fuel tank.
• INFORMATION TYPE - is the piece of technical information that has been written for a particular component or
function on the machine e.g. Capacity would be a type of Technical Data that would describe the amount of fuel
held by the Fuel tank.
• PRODUCT - is the model that the piece of technical information is written for.
Every piece of technical information will have those 3 categories attached to it. You will be able to use any combination
of those categories to find the right piece of technical information you need to resolve that customers concern on his
machine.
That information could be:

• the description of how to remove the cylinder head
• a table of specifications for a hydraulic pump
• a fault code
• a troubleshooting table
• a special tool
84210989A 24/04/2009
3
INTRODUCTION
How to Use this Manual

This manual is divided into Sections. Each Section is then divided into Chapters. Contents pages are included at the
beginning of the manual, then inside every Section and inside every Chapter. An alphabetical Index is included at the
end of a Chapter. Page number references are included for every piece of technical information listed in the Chapter
Contents or Chapter Index.
Each Chapter is divided into four Information types:

• Technical Data (specifications) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, components and, assemblies.
• Functional Data (how it works) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, components and assemblies.
• Diagnostic Data (fault codes, electrical and hydraulic troubleshooting) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic
devices, components and assemblies.
• Service data (remove disassembly, assemble, install) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, com-
ponents and assemblies.
Sections
Sections are grouped according to the main functions or a systems on the machine. Each Section is identified by
a letter A, B, C etc. The amount of Sections included in the manual will depend on the type and function of the
machine that the manual is written for. Each Section has a Contents page listed in alphabetic/numeric order. This
table illustrates which Sections could be included in a manual for a particular product.
SECTION
A - Distribution Systems
B - Power Production
C - Power Train
D - Travelling
E - Body and Structure
F - Frame Positioning
G - Tool Positioning
H - Working Arm
J - Tools and Couplers
K - Crop Processing
L - Field Processing
PRODUCT
Tractors X X X X X X X X
Vehicles with working arms: backhoes, X X X X X X X X X
excavators, skid steers, .....
Combines, forage harvesters, balers, .... X X X X X X X X X X
Seeding, planting, floating, spraying X X X X X X X X X
equipment, ....
Mounted equipment and tools, ..... X X X X
84210989A 24/04/2009
4
INTRODUCTION
This manual contains these Sections. The contents of each Section are explained over the following pages.
Contents
INTRODUCTION
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS A
POWER PRODUCTION B
POWER TRAIN C
TRAVELLING D
BODY AND STRUCTURE E
TOOL POSITIONING G
CROP PROCESSING K
Section Contents
SECTION A, DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
This Section covers the main systems that interact with most of the functions of the product. It includes the central
parts of the hydraulic, electrical, electronic, pneumatic, lighting and grease lubrication systems. The components that
are dedicated to a specific function are listed in the Chapter where all the technical information for that function is
included.
SECTION B, POWER PRODUCTION

This Section covers all the functions related to the production of power to move the machine and to drive various
devices.
SECTION C, POWER TRAIN

This Section covers all the functions related to the transmission of power from the engine to the axles and to internal
or external devices and additional Process Drive functions.
SECTION D, TRAVELLING
This Section covers all the functions related to moving the machine, including tracks, wheels, steering and braking. It
covers all the axles both driven axles and non-driven axles, including any axle suspension.
SECTION E, BODY AND STRUCTURE

This Section covers all the main functions and systems related to the structure and body of the machine. Including
the frame, the shields, the operator’s cab and the platform.
SECTION G, TOOL POSITIONING

This Section covers all the functions related to the final and/or automatic positioning of the tool once the tool is posi-
tioned using the Working Arm or the machine frame.
SECTION K, CROP PROCESSING

This Section covers all the functions related to crop processing.
84210989A 24/04/2009
5
INTRODUCTION
Chapters
Each Chapter is identified by a letter and number combination e.g. Primary hydraulic power system A.10.A The first
letter is identical to the section letter i.e. Chapter A.10 is inside Section A, Distribution systems.
CONTENTS
The Chapter Contents lists all the technical data (specifications), functional data (how it works), service data (remove,
install adjust, etc..) and diagnostic data (fault codes and troubleshooting) that have been written in that Chapter for
that function or system on the machine.
Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM_ 10.A.
TECHNICAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification (A.10.A)
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Dynamic description (A.10.A)
SERVICE
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic pump - Remove (A.10.A)
DIAGNOSTIC
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Troubleshooting (A.10.A)
INDEX
The Chapter Index lists in alphabetical order all the types of information (called Information Units) that have been
written in that Chapter for that function or system on the machine.
Index
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Dynamic description (A.10.A)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification (A.10.A)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM -Hydraulic pump- Remove (A.10.A)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Troubleshooting (A.10.A)
Page Header and Footer

The page header will contain the following references:
• Section and Chapter description
The page footer will contain the following references:

• Publication number for that Manual, Section or Chapter.
• Version reference for that publication.
• Publication date
• Section, chapter and page reference e.g. A.10.A / 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
6
INTRODUCTION
Note to the Owner

Engine repair information:
The engine repair information is not contained within this Manual.
For engine repair information, please refer to the respective Repair Manual for the engine type used in your vehicle.
Fault Code Resolution (FCR) information:

The FCR information is not contained within the paper version of the Manual.
For FCR information, please refer to the Electronic Service Tool (EST) or the electronic version of this Manual.
84210989A 24/04/2009
7
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
WARNING AND DANGER SYMBOL
This warning symbol points out important personal safety messages.
Carefully read the following safety regulations and observe advised
precautions in order to avoid potential hazards and safeguard your health
and safety. In this manual the symbol is accompanied by the following
key words:
WARNING - Warnings concerning unsuitable repair operations that may
jeopardise the safety of Repair personnel.
DANGER - Specific warnings concerning potential hazards for operator
safety or for other persons directly or indirectly involved.
ACCIDENT PREVENTION
Most accidents or injuries that occur in workshops are the result of non-observance of simple and fundamental safety
regulations. For this reason, IN MOST CASES THESE ACCIDENTS CAN BE AVOIDED by foreseeing possible
causes and consequently acting with the necessary caution and care.
Accidents may occur with all types of machine, regardless of how well the machine in question was designed and
built.
A careful and judicious service technician is the best guarantee against accidents.
Precise observance of the most basic safety rule is normally sufficient to avoid many serious accident
DANGER
Shut down the machine, remove key, be sure all moving parts have stopped and all pressure in the systems
is relieved before cleaning, adjusting or lubricating the equipment. Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury.
M871
SAFETY RULES
General guidelines
• Carefully follow specified repair and maintenance procedures.
• Do not wear rings, wristwatches, jewellery, unbuttoned or loose articles of clothing such as: ties, torn clothing,
scarves, open jackets or shirts with open zips that may remain entangled in moving parts. It is advised to wear
approved safety clothing, e.g.: non-slip footwear, gloves, safety goggles, helmets, etc.
• Do not carry out repair operations with someone sitting in the driver’s seat, unless the person is a trained technician
who is assisting with the operation in question.
• Do not operate the machine or use any of the implements from different positions, other than the driver’s seat.
• Do not carry out operations on the machine with the engine running, unless specifically indicated.
• Stop the engine and check that the hydraulic circuits are pressure-free before removing caps, covers, valves, etc.
• All repair and maintenance operations must be carried out using extreme care and attention.
• Service steps and platforms used in the workshop or elsewhere should be built according to standard accident
prevention regulations.
• Disconnect the p.t.o. from the and label all controls to indicate that the machine is being serviced. Any parts that
are to be raises must be locked in position.
• Brakes are inoperative when manually released for repair or maintenance purposes. Use blocks or similar devices
to control the machine in these conditions.
• Only use specified towing points for towing the machine. Connect parts carefully. Make sure that all pins and/or
locks are secured in position before applying traction. Never remain near the towing bars, cables or chains that
are operating under load.
84210989A 24/04/2009
8
INTRODUCTION
• When loading or unloading the machine from the trailer (or other means of transport), select a flat area capable of
sustaining the trailer or truck wheels. Firmly secure the machine to the truck or trailer and lock the wheels in the
position used by the carrier.
• Electric heaters, battery-chargers and similar equipment must only be powered by auxiliary power supplies with
efficient ground insulation to avoid electrical shock hazards.
• Always use suitable hoisting or lifting devices when raising or moving heavy parts.
• Take extra care if bystanders are present.
• Never use gasoline, diesel oil or other inflammable liquids as cleaning agents. Use non-inflammable, non toxic
commercially available solvents.
• Wear safety goggles with side guards when cleaning parts with compressed air.
• Reduce the air pressure according to the local regulations in force.
• Do not run the engine in confined spaces without suitable ventilation.
• Never use naked flames for lighting when working on the machine or checking for leaks.
• All movements must be carried out carefully when working under, on or near the machine. Wear protective equip-
ment: helmets, goggles and special footwear.
• When carrying out checks with the engine running, request the assistance of an operator in the driver’s seat. The
operator must maintain visual contact with the service technician at all times.
• If operating outside the workshop, position the machine on a flat surface and lock in position. If working on a slope,
lock the machine in position. Move to a flat area as soon as is safely possible.
• Damaged or bent chains or cables are unreliable. Do not use them for lifting or towing. Always use suitable
protective gloves when handling chains or cables.
• Chains should always be safely secured. Make sure that the hitch-up point is capable of sustaining the load in
question. Keep the area near the hitch-up point, chains or cables free of all bystanders.
• Maintenance and repair operations must be carried out in a CLEAN and DRY area. Eliminate any water or oil
spillage immediately.
• Do not create piles of oil or grease-soaked rags as they represent a serious fire hazard. Always store rags in a
closed metal container. Before engaging the machine, make sure that there are no persons within the machine or
implement range of action.
• Empty your pockets of all objects that may fall accidentally unobserved into the machine inner compartments.
• In the presence of protruding metal parts, use protective goggles or goggles with side guards, helmets, special
footwear and gloves.
• When welding, use protective safety devices: tinted safety goggles, helmets, special overalls, gloves and footwear.
All persons present in the area where welding is taking place must wear tinted goggles. NEVER LOOK DIRECTLY
AT THE WELDING ARC WITHOUT SUITABLE EYE PROTECTION.
• Metal cables tend to fray with repeated use. Always use suitable protective devices (gloves, goggles, etc.) when
handling cables.
• Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between moving parts. Wear suitable safety clothing -
safety goggles, gloves and shoes.
84210989A 24/04/2009
9
INTRODUCTION
Start-up
• Never run the engine in confined spaces that are not equipped with adequate ventilation for exhaust gas extraction.
• Never place the head, body, limbs, feet, hands or fingers near rotating and moving parts.
Hydraulic systems
• A liquid leaking from a tiny hole may be almost invisible but, at the same time, be powerful enough to penetrate
the skin. Therefore, NEVER USE HANDS TO CHECK FOR LEAKS but use a piece of cardboard or wood for this
purpose. If any liquid penetrates skin tissue, call for medical aid immediately. Failure to treat this condition with
correct medical procedure may result in serious infection or dermatosis.
• In order to check the pressure in the system use suitable instruments.
Wheels and Tyres

• Make sure that the tyres are correctly inflated at the pressure specified by the manufacturer. Periodically check
the rims and tyres for damage.
• Stand away from (at the side of) the tyre when checking inflation pressure.
• Do not use parts of recovered wheels as incorrect welding brazing or heating may weaken and eventually cause
damage to the wheel.
• Never cut or weld a rim mounted with an inflated tyre.
• To remove the wheels, lock all wheels. After having raised the machine, position supports underneath, according
to regulations in force.
• Deflate the tyre before removing any objects that may be jammed in the tyre tread.
• Never inflate tyres using inflammable gases, as this may result in explosions and injury to bystanders.
Removal and Re-fitting

• Lift and handle all heavy parts using suitable hoisting equipment. Make sure that parts are sustained by appropri-
ate hooks and slings. Use the hoisting eyebolts for lifting operations. Extra care should be taken if persons are
present near the load to be lifted.
• Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing - safety
goggles, gloves and shoes.
• Avoid twisting chains or metal cables. Always wear safety gloves when handling cables or chains.
84210989A 24/04/2009
10
INTRODUCTION
Driveline overview
MAIN OUTPUT SHAFT
1. Engine 16. Clean grain cross auger
2. Rotary dust screen 17. Returns cross auger
3. Chaff spreader drive shaft (if installed) 18. Fan variator
4. Chopper intermediate drive shaft (if installed) 19. Fan
5. Chopper clutch (if installed) 20. Intermediate shaft
6. Chopper (if installed) 21. Rotary separator (if installed)
7. Chaff spreader (if installed) 22. Grain elevator
8. Drum variator 23. Returns top auger
9. Drum 24. Straw elevator top shaft
10. Beater 25. Header drive shaft
11. Hydraulic pump shaft 26. Straw elevator chain
12. Straw walkers 27. Grain tank filling auger
13. Eccentric shaft 28. Returns elevator
14. Shaker shoe 29. Straw Flow™ beater (if installed)
15. Straw elevator bottom shaft
84210989A 24/04/2009
11
INTRODUCTION
ZEIL06CS0138H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
12
INTRODUCTION
UNLOADING OUTPUT SHAFT

1. Engine
2. Engine cooling system
3. Unloading intermediate drive shaft
4. Grain tank bottom auger
5. Unloading auger
ZDA7490A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
13
INTRODUCTION
Basic instructions
SHIMMING
For each adjustment operation, select adjusting shims and measure individually using a micrometer, then add up
the recorded values. Do not rely on measuring the entire shimming set, which may be incorrect, or the rated value
indicated on each shim.
ROTATING SHAFT SEALS

For correct rotating shaft seal installation, proceed as follows:
• before assembly, allow the seal to soak in the oil it will be sealing for at least thirty minutes
• thoroughly clean the shaft and check that the working surface on the shaft is not damaged
• position the sealing lip facing the fluid; with hydrodynamic lips, take into consideration the shaft rotation direction
and position the grooves so that they will deviate the fluid towards the inner side of the seal
• coat the sealing lip with a thin layer of lubricant (use oil rather than grease) and fill the gap between the sealing lip
and the dust lip on double lip seals with grease
• insert the seal in its seat and press down using a flat punch, do not tap the seal with a hammer or mallet
• whilst inserting the seal, check that it is perpendicular to the seat; once settled, make sure that it makes contact
with the thrust element, if required
• to prevent damaging the seal lip on the shaft, position a protective guard during installation operations
O-RING SEALS
Lubricate the O-RING seals before inserting them in the seats, this will prevent them from overturning and twisting,
which would jeopardize sealing efficiency.
SEALING COMPOUNDS
Apply one of the following sealing compounds on the mating surfaces marked with an X: RTV SILMATE,
RHODORSIL CAF 1 or LOCTITE™ PLASTIC GASKET. Before applying the sealing compound, prepare the
surfaces as follows:
• remove any incrustations using a metal brush;
• thoroughly de-grease the surfaces using one of the following cleaning agents: trichlorethylene, petrol or a water
and soda solution.
COTTER PINS
When fitting split cotter pins, ensure that the pin notch is positioned in the direction of the force required to stress the
pin. Spiral cotter pins do not require special positioning.
84210989A 24/04/2009
14
INTRODUCTION
PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC/ ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING CHARGING OR WELD-

ING
To avoid damage to the electronic/electrical systems, always observe the following:
1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit connections, including the battery connections, when the engine
is running.
2. Never short any of the charging components to ground.
3. Always disconnect the ground cable from the battery before arc welding on the unit or on any header attached to
the unit.
• Position the welder ground clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
• If welding in close proximity to a computer module, then the module should be removed from the unit.
• Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while welding
is in progress.
4. Always disconnect the negative cable from the battery when charging the battery in the unit with a battery charger.
IMPORTANT: If welding must be performed on the unit, either the unit or the header (if it is attached), the battery
ground cable must be disconnected from the unit battery. The electronic monitoring system and charging system will
be damaged if this is not done.
Remove the battery ground cable. Reconnect the cable when welding is completed.
WARNING
Battery acid causes severe burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
Antidote - EXTERNAL: flush with water. INTERNAL: drink large quantities of water or milk. Follow with milk
of magnesia, beaten egg or vegetables oil. Call physician immediately. EYES: flush with water for 15 minutes
and get prompt medical attention.
84-110
84210989A 24/04/2009
15
INTRODUCTION
SPARE PARTS
Only use original NEW HOLLAND spare parts bearing the logo shown below.
geninfo_03 1
Only genuine spare parts guarantee the same quality, duration and safety as original parts, as they are the same
parts that are assembled during standard production. Only NEW HOLLAND genuine spare parts can offer this
guarantee. When ordering spare parts, always provide the following information:
• Machine model (commercial name) and serial number
• part number of the ordered part, which can be found in the "Microfiches" or the "Spare Parts Catalogue", used for
order processing
TOOLS
The tools that NEW HOLLAND suggests and illustrate in this manual have been:
• specifically researched and designed for use with NEW HOLLAND machines
• essential for reliable repair operations
• accurately built and rigorously tested so as to offer efficient and long-lasting operation
By using these tools, Repair Personnel will benefit from:

• operating in optimal technical conditions
• obtaining the best results
• saving time and effort
• working in safe conditions
NOTE: Wear limit values indicated for certain parts should be considered to be recommended, but not binding. The
terms "front", "rear", "right-hand" and "left-hand" (when referred to different parts) are determined from the rear,
facing in the direction of travel of the machine during operation.
84210989A 24/04/2009
16
INTRODUCTION
Torque
Minimum hardware tightening torques for normal assembly applications unless otherwise
stated
IMPORTANT: Shown below is the suggested initial torque tightening sequences for general applications, tighten in
sequence from item 1 through to the last item of the hardware.
df5019-1 1
Imperial hardware
Nominal SAE SAE SAE SAE SAE SAE LOCK- LOCK-
Size GRADE 2 GRADE GRADE 5 GRADE GRADE GRADE NUTS NUTS
Unplated 2 plated Unplated 5 plated 8Unplated 8 plated GR.B GR.B
or Silver w/ZnCr or Silver w/ZnCr or Silver w/ZnCr w/GR5 w/GR8
plated GOLD plated GOLD plated GOLD BOLT BOLT
1/4 6.2 Nm 8.1 Nm 9.7 Nm 13 Nm 14 Nm 18 Nm 6.9 Nm 9.8 Nm
55 lb in 72 lb in 86 lb in 112 lb in 121 lb in 157 lb in 61 lb in 86 lb in
5/16 13 Nm 17 Nm 20 Nm 26 Nm 28 Nm 37 Nm 14 Nm 20 Nm
115 lb in 149 lb in 178 lb in 229 lb in 250 lb in 324 lb in 125 lb in 176 lb in
17 lb ft 22 lb ft 26 lb ft 34 lb ft 37 lb ft 48 lb ft 19 lb ft 26 lb ft
1.0 289 Nm 373 Nm 742 Nm 960 Nm 1048 Nm 1356 Nm 523 Nm 739 Nm
84210989A 24/04/2009
17
INTRODUCTION
Metric hardware
Nominal CLASS 5.8 CLASS 5.8 CLASS 8.8 CLASS 8.8 CLASS 10.9 CLASS 10.9 LOCKNUT
Size UNPLATED UNPLATED UNPLATED UNPLATED UNPLATED UNPLATED CL.8
w/CL8.8
BOLT
M4 1.7 Nm 2.2 Nm 2.6 Nm 3.4 Nm 3.7 Nm 4.8 Nm 1.8 Nm
15 lb in 19 lb in 23 lb in 30 lb in 33 lb in 42 lb in 16 lb in
M6 5.8 Nm 7.6 Nm 8.9 Nm 12 Nm 13 Nm 17 Nm 6.3 Nm
M8 14 Nm 18 Nm 22 Nm 28 Nm 31 Nm 40 Nm 15 Nm
21 lb ft 27 lb ft 32 lb ft 41 lb ft 45 lb ft 58 lb ft 22 lb ft
ZEIL06CS0136F0A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
18
INTRODUCTION
ZEIL06CS0135F0A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
19
INTRODUCTION
Conversion factors
Linear
1 mm = 0.03937 in 1 in = 25.4 mm
1 Km = 0.6214 miles 1 mile = 1.6093 km
1m = 3.281 ft 1 ft = 0.3048 m
Area
1 ha = 2.471 acre 1 acre = 0.4047 ha
Volume
1 liter = 0.0063 barrel 1 barrel = 158.987 liter
1 liter = 0.028 US bushel 1 US bushel = 35.2391 liter
1 liter = 0.2642 US gal 1 US gal = 3.7853 liter
1 liter = 1.057 US quart 1 US quart = 0.9464 liter
1 mm³ = 0.061 in³ 1 in³ = 16387 mm³
Weight
1 kg = 2.204 pound 1 pound = 0.4536 kg
Torque
1 Nm = 0.7376 lb.ft 1 lb.ft = 1.3558 Nm
Power
1 kW = 1.358 hp 1 hp = 0.746 kW
Pressure
1 bar = 14.505 psi 1 psi = 0.06894 bar
1 kPa = 0.145 psi 1 psi = 6.894 kPa
1 pa = 10 - 5 bar 1 bar = 100 kPa
Temperature
1 °C = ((1.8 x ° C) + 32) °F 1 °F = (0.56 x (° F - 32)) °C
Flow
1 L/min = 0.2642 US gpm 1 US gpm = 3.7853 L/min
84210989A 24/04/2009
20
INTRODUCTION
Product identification
EXPLANATION OF MACHINE SERIAL NUMBERS
Example : n° 281660001
281660001: The first two digits identify the model within a product line:
CSX7040 28
CSX7050 65
CSX7050 Laterale 68
CSX7050 Hillside 36
CSX7060 39
CSX7060 Laterale 69
CSX7070 29
CSX7080 37
CSX7080 Laterale 67
28 1 660001: The third digit indicates the product line.
CR-CX-CSX Combine harvesters: 1

Combine headers: 9
Balers: 4
Forage Harvesters: 5
TC Combine Harvester 9
281 660 001: These 3 digits indicate the batch in which the machine was made.
28 1660 001: Product line number 1 and batch 660 together form the series number 1660.
281660 001: The last 3 digits are a sequential number for each model within a batch.
Summarizing we can say that this machine is the first CSX7040 of serie 1660.
84210989A 24/04/2009
21
INTRODUCTION
84210989A 24/04/2009
22
SERVICE MANUAL
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
A
Contents
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A

CSX7000
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A

CSX7000
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

CSX7000
LIGHTING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.40.A

CSX7000
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

CSX7000
FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic pump
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hydraulic symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Component localisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Stack valve
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Hydraulic pump
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Filter
CSX7060, CSX7080, CSX7040, CSX7050, CSX7070, CSX7050 Hillside
CSX7060 Laterale, CSX7080 Laterale, CSX7050 Laterale
Breather
SERVICE
Stack valve
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Hydraulic pump
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 2
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Torque

Union nuts
55009 1
Ferrules
The ferrule must be pre-assembled on the tube. Tighten the union nut as specified in the table below. The ferrule and
screw thread are greased.
Tube outer diameter mm (inch) Torque Nm (lb.ft)

Minimum Maximum
8 (0.32) 15 (11) 20 (15)
10 (0.4) 25 (18) 30 (22)
12 (0.47) 35 (26) 40 (29)
16 (0.63) 50 (37) 55 (40)
18 (0.71) 60 (44) 70 (51)
22 (0.87) 100 (74) 110 (81)
28 (1.10) 110 (81) 120 (88)
Metric fittings
Unions
Are suitable for use with union nuts and ferrules and ball-type nipples.
55011 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 3
Connections
Are screwed in ISO metric thread - tolerance class 6H - with a tightening torque as specified in the table below.
55012 3
Tube outer diameter mm (inch) Torque Nm (lb.ft)

Minimum Maximum
8 (0,32) 40 (29) 45 (33)
10 (0,40) 65 (48) 70 (51)
12 (0,47) 80 (59) 85 (63)
16 (0,63) 100 (74) 120 (88)
18 (0,71) 120 (88) 140 (103)
22 (0,87) 200 (147) 220 (164)
28 (1,10) 350 (257) 380 (280)
Swivel nut with ball-type nipple
Are suitable for use with female unions
55013 4
D1 Torque Nm (lb.ft)
6H Minimum Maximum
M14 x 1.5 - -
M16 x 1.5 15 (11) 20 (15)
M18 x 1.5 20 (15) 25 (18)
M24 x 1.5 30 (22) 35 (26)
M26 x 1.5 - -
M30 x 2 - -
M36 x 2 - -
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 4
Hydraulic pump - General specification

The hydraulic system contains three hydraulic pumps
ZDF0052A 1
Main hydraulic pump (2)
Type: Silence gear type

Direction of rotation left-hand rotation
Maximum pressure 280 bar ( 4061 psi)
Maximum speed 3000 rpm
Output per revolution 16.5 cc/rev.
Maximum oil flow 48 l/min ( 12.7 gal/min)
Hydraulic pump (Steering circuit) (3)
Type: Silence gear type

Hydraulic pump (Lateral flotation circuit) (4) (if installed)
Type: Gear type

Output per revolution 2 cc/rev.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 5
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema

1. Engine 20. Reel horizontal adjustment cylinders
2. Pump (main hydraulics) 21. Header and straw elevator reversing valve
3. Pump (steering circuit) 22. Screw couplers with non return valve
4. Pump (lateral flotation) (If installed) 23. Header and straw elevator reversing motor
5. Oil reservoir 24. Steering valve
6. Filler cap with filter 25. Steering cylinder(s)
7. Load sensing valve 27. Load sensing valve
8. Header height control valve 28. Lateral flotation control valve
9. Header cylinders 29. Lateral flotation cylinder
10. Accumulator control valve 30. Lateral float minimum pressure valve ( 60 bar)
11. Header suspension accumulator 30a. Lateral float accumulator ( 120 bar)
12. Pressure sensor 30b. Lateral float accumulator ( 85 bar)
13. Unloading tube control valve 31. Drain hose
14. Unloading tube cylinder 32. Low pressure filter
15. Reel vertical adjustment valve 33. Breather with filter and non-return valve
16. Reel vertical adjustment cylinders P. Inlet (high pressure)
17. Reel horizontal adjustment valve R. Return (low pressure)
18. Quick-attach coupler - - - Pilot line, load sensing line
19. Non-return valve (single direction restrictor) 42. Pilot valve
P1. P1 = 140 bar for adjustable steering axle (A.S.A.). P2. P2 = 200 bar for adjustable steering axle (A.S.A.).
P1 = 160 bar for fixed or powered rear axle. P1 = 220 bar for fixed or powered rear axle.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 6
ZEIL06CS0168H0C 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 7
1. Engine 35. Rotary union

5. Oil reservoir 36. Charge pump
6. Filler cap with filter 37. Straw elevator and header engaging cylinder
26. Threshing engagement accumulator 38. Straw elevator and header engaging control valve
31. Drain hose 39. Threshing engaging control valve
32. Low pressure filter 40. Unloading engaging control valve
33. Breather with filter and non-return valve 41. Unloading engaging cylinder
34. Threshing engaging clutch
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 8
ZEIL09CS0153H0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 9
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol

Engine Reservoir
Hydraulic pump, direction Hydraulic pump single

with variable displacement direction fixed displacement
Hydraulic pump, directional Steering motor

with displacement (bi-directional)
Motor, single direction fixed Motor bi-directional fixed

displacement displacement
2 position valve 3 position valve
Proportional (PWM) valve Pressure relief valve
Solenoid controlled Proportional solenoid

movement movement (Pulse Width
Modulation)
Movement by or against Movement by or against

spring tension adjustable spring tension
Movement by or against oil Lock-out valve

pressure
Non return valve Non return valve, pressure

controlled
Quick coupler with non Flexible hose

return valve
Restrictor Thermostat
Hydro-pneumatic Cylinder
accumulator
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 10
Filter Filter opening
Shuttle valve Temperature sender
Pressure sensor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 11
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview
ZEIL04CS0085G0C 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 12
ZEIL04CS0086G0C 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 13
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component localisation

NOTE: To find the location of those components, refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview
(A.10.A)
FRONT
Header
Header quick-release coupler (18) (or screw couplers)
ZDA6003C 1
Lateral float cylinder (29) (If lateral float installed)
RNIL08CS0002A0B 2
Straw elevator
Header lift cylinders (9)
ZDA5998C 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 14
Lateral float accumulator ( 120 bar) (30a)

Lateral float accumulator ( 85 bar) (30b)
ZEIL06CS0141A0B 4
(If hydraulic reverser)

Screw couplers with non return valve (22)
Header and straw elevator reversing motor (23)
ZDA6258B 5
Under cab
Steering valve (24)
ZDA7538A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 15
LEFT-HAND SIDE
Cab left
Load sensing valve (7)
Header height control valve (8)
Unloading tube control valve (13)
Reel vertical adjustment valve (15)
Reel horizontal adjustment valve (17)
Header and straw elevator reversing motor (21)
Load sensing valve (27)
Lateral flotation control valve (28)
Lateral float minimum pressure valve ( 60 bar) (30)
RNPH08CS0008A0B 7
Above front wheel

Unload tube cylinder (14)
RNIL08CS0003A0B 8
Header engaging cylinder (17)
ZEIL06CS0232A0B 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 16
Middle
Drain hose (31)
ZEIL06CS0196A0B 10
Above
Threshing engaging clutch (34)
Rotary union (35)
ZEIL06CS0092A0C 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 17
ABOVE
Oil reservoir (5)
Filler cap with filter (6)
Breather with filter and non-return valve (33)
Low pressure filter (32)
ZEIL06CS0044A0C 12
Main hydraulic pump (2)

Pump (3) (Steering circuit)
Pump (4) (Lateral flotation)
ZEIL06CS0150A0B 13
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 18
UNDER
Above front axle

Header suspension accumulator (11)
Pressure sensor (12)
RNIL08CS0005A0B 14
At the back
Steering cylinder(s) (25)
ZDA7540A 15
RIGHT-HAND SIDE
Unloading engaging cylinder (19)
ZEIL06CS0231A0B 16
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 19
Stack valve - Dynamic description

If all valves are in the "0" position, then:
The valves (13), (15), (17), (21) and (28), (Refer to Stack valve - Static description (A.10.A)) are closed, which
means that the oil can not flow through these valves.
The pressure raises at (7b), (27b), until the load sensing spool is pushed open against spring pressure (delta P= 3
bar) and the return pressure in the pilot line (7a), (27a). Now pump oil flows into the return line at standby pressure.
When activating the lateral float control spools (if installed), the hydraulic cylinder pressure (pump pressure measured
after the spool restriction) is present in the pilot line (7a), (27a) and closes the load sensing spool. The oil pressure is
available for the activated control spool(s).
When the pump pressure reaches the cylinder pressure (+ 3 bar), the load sensing spool is pushed open. The nec-
essary amount of oil will flow to the control spool at the needed pressure. Excess oil is dumped into the return line.
When activating valves without direct load sensing, (13), (15), (17) and (21), the pilot valve (42) is activated as well to
connect the pressure line with the load sensing line and closes the load sensing spool. The oil pressure is available
for the activated control spool(s).
When the pump pressure reaches the cylinder pressure (+ 3 bar), the load sensing spool is pushed open. The nec-
essary amount of oil will flow to the control spool at the needed pressure. Excess oil is dumped into the return line.
When the cylinder reaches end of stroke, the system pressure starts to raise. When the pilot pressure reaches 207
bar for the main stack valve ( 175 bar for the lateral float stack valve) the pressure relief valve is pushed open and
system pressure is limited to 210 bar (207 + 3 bar)
The load sensing lockout valve ensures that pilot pressure cannot escape into the return.
RNPH08CS0008A0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 20
Operation of reversing system valve (21).

In neutral position of the valve, both motor connections are connected to each other by the return system. When
switching the valve to position “1" or “2", the pilot valve (42) is activated as well to connect the pressure line with the
load sensing line and closes the load sensing spool. Full oil flow is available towards the hydraulic motor.
RNPH08CS0008A0B 2
Operation of the reel vertical adjustment valve (15).

When switching this valve, the pilot valve (42) is activated as well to connect the pressure line with the load sensing
line and closes the load sensing spool. Full oil flow is available towards the hydraulic cylinder.
These valves are connected to a single-acting cylinder which means that only one lockout valve is provided in the
connection towards the cylinder.
RNPH08CS0008A0B 3
Operation of the unloading tube control valve (13) and the reel horizontal adjustment valve (17).
When switching one of these valves, the pilot valve (42) is activated as well to connect the pressure line with the load
sensing line and closes the load sensing spool. Full oil flow is available towards the hydraulic cylinder.
Lockout valves are installed in the connections towards the cylinder.
RNPH08CS0008A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 21
Stack valve - Static description

The main hydraulic system will be a open centre load sensing system that controls all high pressure functions: All
header functions and unloading auger swing.
The hydraulic system contains one stack valve:
• Main stack valve . (see also hydraulic schematic PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema
(A.10.A)) Located at the left-hand side of the cab behind the steering platform.
RNPH08CS0008A0B 1
The stack valve consists of two main parts.

• Control valves for oil supply and load sensing (7 and 27)
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema (A.10.A)
Load sensing is a system which avoids high pressure when the valves are in neutral position and consequently,
less heating up of the oil and creating load-independent flow rate control.
• Control valves with load sensing (13-15-17-21-28)

Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema (A.10.A).
RNPH08CS0008A0B 2
13 Unloading tube movement

15 Reel vertical adjustment
17 Reel horizontal adjustment
21 Reversing system
28 Lateral float system
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 22
Hydraulic pump - Exploded view
ZDF0842A 1
Main hydraulic pump
1 Pump housing 2 Bearing end plate

3 Radial-lip-type oil seal 4 Retaining ring
5 Housing cover 6 Toothed washer
7 Toothed gear 8 Toothed gear
9 Woodruff key 10 Hexagon nut
11 Spring lock washer 12 Protective cap
13 Protective cap 14 Bushing
15 Bushing 16 Head screw
17 Straight pin 18 Straight pin
19 Set of seals
NOTE: Tighten the screw (16) with a torque between 12 - 16 Nm. ( 9 - 12 lb ft)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 23
Filter - Static description

The low pressure filter (32) is installed on top of the hydraulic reservoir (5) and has a bypass (non-return) valve set to
1.15 bar ( 17 psi).
The return oil from the hydraulics system is flowing through the low pressure filter before entering the hydraulic oil
reservoir.
ZEIL06CS0044A0C 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 24
Filter - Static description

The low pressure filters (32) and (43) are installed on top of the hydraulic reservoir (5) and has a bypass (non-return)
valve set to 1.15 bar ( 17 psi).
The return oil from the hydraulics system is flowing through the low pressure filter before entering the hydraulic oil
reservoir.
RNIL08CS0001A0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 25
Breather - Static description

The breather (33) allows the air in the reservoir to escape whenever a considerable oil flow arrives at the reservoir
(e.g. when lowering the attachment).
ZEIL06CS0044A0C 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 26
Breather - Static description

The breather (33) allows the air in the reservoir to escape whenever a considerable oil flow arrives at the reservoir
(e.g. when lowering the attachment).
RNIL08CS0001A0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 27
Stack valve - Repair

If a control valve does not respond to a switch command, either an electric or a hydraulic problem may be the cause.
Hydraulic cause
1. In case of a valve failure, the stack valve cartridge
has to be replaced. In case of a valve failure for
lateral float operation or header vertical operation,
the individual valve has to be replaced. Repair of
the valve is not possible. Only replacements of seal
rings are possible.
2. In case of oil leakage between the valve, order a
seal kit which must be installed between the valves.
A different O-ring kit is available to service the load
sensing valve (7).
3. In case of an internal leakage (when cylinders are
moving due to the own weight), order the repair kit.
4. In case of an external leakage of the lockout valve,
order:
Shim repair kit, O-ring.
IMPORTANT: When installing one of the above mentioned
repair kits, the following procedure must be used to avoid
external leakages:
5. Ensure that the machine component involved (e.g.
reel, header, ...) is completely down (cylinder fully
retracted) to release any possible pressure on the
valves.
6. Loosen one (or two) hydraulic tubes at the concerned
valve to release any remaining pressure so as to
avoid loss of components on removal.
7. Install the complete lock out valve.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 28
Electrical cause
8. The solenoid does not operate the valve spool.
No power supply to the solenoid spool or failure of
the solenoid spool.
In this case, the valve spool can be manually acti-
vated by pushing on the rubber cap of the solenoid
and moving the valve spool into the an operating po-
sition.
As a provisional solution, if there is no power avail-
able on a solenoid, the electric wires of another valve
(which is not used needed at the moment) may be
connected to that solenoid.
DANGER
Before activating a solenoid manually, ensure that ev-
erybody stands clear of the machine. Activate it just
long enough to notice that the valve works.
Z006
CAUTION
Never put 12V continuously to a solenoid as this will
cause the solenoid to burn. It is allowed to put 12V on
a solenoid as a pulse or maximum 7V continuously!
Z019
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 29
Stack valve - Remove

1. Start the engine.
2. Ensure that the cylinders are fully retracted to release
any possible pressure on the valves.
3. Stop the engine.
IMPORTANT: Be sure that the area around the stack
valve is clean before removing it. Dirt contamination will
cause hydraulic component damage and/or failure. Use
caution while washing, keep electrical components as dry
as possible.
4. Drain the hydraulic oil from the reservoir trough the
drain hose and catch the oil into a clean suitable con-
tainer. (Refer to your Operator’s Manual: "Section 4
- Lubrication and Maintenance")
5. • Disconnect all the electrical connectors from
the valve solenoids.
• Loosen and disconnect the hydraulic line fit-
tings from the stack valve. Cap and plug all
lines and fittings.
NOTE: Mark all the electrical connector locations for
proper connection during assembly.
NOTE: When disconnecting the hydraulic lines, have a
suitable container readily available to capture any residual
hydraulic oil.
IMPORTANT: Lines and fittings must be capped and
plugged when disconnected to avoid contamination. Dirt ZEIL06CS0063A0A 1
contamination will cause hydraulic component damage

and/or failure.
6. Loosen the bolts (3) on the support and remove the
stack valve.
ZEIL06CS0233A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 30
7. Loosen the bolts (4) to remove the supports (5) and

(6) from the stack valve.
ZEIL06CS0234A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 31
Stack valve - Install

1. Install the supports (5) and (6) on the stack valve with
the washers and the bolts (4).
ZEIL06CS0234A0B 1
2. Install the stack valve on the combine with the wash-

ers and the bolts (3).
ZEIL06CS0233A0B 2
3. • Connect all the hydraulic line fittings on the

stack valve.
• Connect the electrical wires with the valve
solenoids.
ZEIL06CS0063A0A 3
4. Reinstall the plug of the drain hose.

Fill the hydraulic reservoir with the proper type and
the correct amount of hydraulic fluid.
(Refer to your Operator’s Manual: "Lubrication and
Maintenance")
Start the engine and check all connections for leaks.
Check the hydraulic oil level.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 32
Hydraulic pump - Disassemble

1. Remove the hydraulic triple pump, refer to Hydraulic
pump - Remove (A.10.A).
NOTE: Tighten the screw (4) with a torque between 22 -
28 Nm. ( 16 - 21 lb ft) Tighten the screw (5) with a torque
between 47 - 55 Nm. ( 35 - 40.5 lb ft)
ZDF0560A 1
ZDF0843A 2
Hydraulic triple pump
1 Main hydraulic pump 2 Hydraulic pump (steering circuit)

3 Hydraulic pump (lateral float)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 33
Hydraulic pump - Remove
CAUTION
Before starting a service job, always:-Shut off the engine-Remove the ignition key-Switch off the battery
switch-Wait until all parts have completely stopped rotating
Z009
IMPORTANT: Be sure that the area around the hydraulic triple pump is clean before remove them. Dirt
contamination will cause hydraulic component damage and/or failure.
drain hose into a clean suitable container. (Refer to
your Operator’s Manual "Section 4 - Lubrication and
Maintenance")
2. Loosen the locknut nut (2) and remove the hydraulic
pump drive belt.
ZDF0479A 1
3. Loosen the hose clamp (5) to remove the hose and

the hydraulic line fitting (6). (Lateral flotation)
Loosen the hose clamp (4) to remove the hose and
the hydraulic line fitting (7). (Steering circuit)
NOTE: Mark the hose locations for proper connection
during installation.
hydraulic oil.
ZDA7560B_67 2
4. Loosen the hose clamp (3) to remove the hose and

the hydraulic line fitting (8) from the main hydraulic
pump.
plugged when disconnected to avoid contamination. Dirt
and/or failure.
ZDF0549A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 34
5. Remove the nut (1) and the washers.

Remove the pulley (2).
ZDF0436A 4
6. Loosen the four nuts (3) and remove the hydraulic

triple pump.
ZDF0437A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 35
Hydraulic pump - Install
CAUTION
Z009
1. Bring the hydraulic triple pump in place and install the

four bolts.
Install the washers and tighten with the four nuts (3).
ZDF0437A_68 1
2. Install the hose and tighten with the hose clamp (3)
and connect the hydraulic line fitting (8) of the main
hydraulic pump.
Install the hose and tighten with the hose clamp (4)
and connect the hydraulic line fitting (7). (Steering
circuit)
Install the hose and tighten with the hose clamp (5)
and connect the hydraulic line fitting (6). (Lateral
flotation)
ZDA7560B_69 2
3. Tighten the fittings securely.
ZDF0549A_70 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 36
4. Install the pulley (2).

Install the washer and tighten with the nut (1).
ZDF0436A_71 4
5. Install the drive belt.

Adjust the hydraulic drive belt by adjusting the lock-
nut (2). Refer to your Operator’s Manual: “SECTION
4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE“: para-
graph headed: “Belts and Chains".
ZDF0479A 5

Fill the hydraulic reservoir with proper type and
amount of hydraulic fluid. (Refer to your Operator’s
Manual: “SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAIN-
TENANCE")
Check the hydraulic oil.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 37
Index

Breather - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Breather - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Filter - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Filter - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Hydraulic pump - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Hydraulic pump - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Hydraulic pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hydraulic pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Hydraulic pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component localisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Stack valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Stack valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Stack valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Stack valve - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Stack valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.10.A / 38
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - 20.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Air compressor
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Component localisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Relief valve
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Air compressor
SERVICE
Relief valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Air reservoir
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air compressor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
DIAGNOSTIC
Air compressor
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 2
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Air compressor - General specification

Type Single piston
Bore 75 mm ( 2.95 in.)
Stroke 36 mm ( 1.42 in.)
Swept volume 159 cm3
Maximum permissible pressure temperature in service 220 ° C ( 428 ° F)
Crankshaft end play 0.2-0.6 mm ( 0.079-0.236 in.)
Maximum air tank pressure 10 bar ( 145 psi)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 3
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Component localisation

NOTE: To find the location of those components, refer to PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Overview (A.20.A).
FTP engine (New Holland)

Engine (1)
Air compressor (2)
Air cleaner (4)
ZEIL06CS0008A0C 1
FTP engine (Cursor 9)

Engine (1)
Air compressor (2)
Air cleaner (4)
ZEIL06CS0008A0C 2
Pressure relief valve (5)
ZEIL06CS0205A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 4
Air reservoir (6)

Cock (7)
Union (8)
ZEIL06CS0207A0C 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 5
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Overview
ZEIL04CS0082G0C 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 6
Relief valve - Static description

The pressure relief valve is developed to protect the system against pressures higher than 8 bar ( 116 psi).
Port (1) is connected to the air compressor, port (2) is connected to the pressurized reservoir.
When the pressure on port (2) reaches 8 bar ( 116 psi), the control valve (9d) will be activate which means that also
control valve (9c) will be activated. The pressure from the compressor will now pass through port (5).
If the pressure drops below 8 bar ( 116 psi) by activation a engaging valve, control valve (9d) will close.
Valve (9c) will not close immediately but will remain in the open position until the pressure exerted on the control of
valve (9c) will be reduced by 0.6 bar ( 8.7 psi). Then the air will pass through valve (9b).
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. Auxiliary supply
4. Tyre inflation device
5. Exhaust for compressor idling
ZDA7671A 1
Schematic diagram
ZDA7672A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 7
Air compressor - Static description

The air compressor (3) is a single cylinder, gear driven air compressor, which supplies air to a reservoir tank, enabling
the operator to have a source of compressed air for cleaning purposes and tyre inflation. The compressor is mounted
directly on the engine with the two nuts (10).
Engine oil is supplied through an internal connection with the engine, using engine oil pressure to lubricate the com-
pressor.
The compressed air is delivered through tubing to a combination pressure relief control valve, and from there to the
reservoir tank located on the right-hand side of the combine. A quick disconnect fitting allows easy connection to the
air supply for blow off nozzles as well as for tyre inflation equipment.
ZEIL06CS0085A0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 8
Relief valve - Remove

1. Bleed the air from the system by opening the drain
(2) at the bottom of the air reservoir (1).
ZEIL06CS0207A0B 1
2. Loosen and disconnect the air line fittings (1) from

the pressure relief valve (2).
Remove the air line tubes (3).
Remove the bolts (4) and the nuts from the pressure
relief valve (2) and the bracket.
Remove the pressure relief valve (2).
ZEIL06CS0208A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 9
Relief valve - Install

1. Position the pressure relief valve (2) on the mounting
bracket with the two bolts (4), the lock washers and
the nuts.
Connect and tighten the air line tube fittings (1) se-
curely.
ZEIL06CS0208A0B 1
2. Close the drain (2) at the bottom of the air reservoir

(1).
ZEIL06CS0207A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 10
Air reservoir - Remove

ZEIL06CS0207A0B 1
2. Loosen the air line tube fitting (3).

Disconnect the air line tubes from the air tank reser-
voir (1).
ZEIL06CS0209A0B 2
3. Loosen the two bolts (4) from the air tank reservoir
mounting straps (5).
Remove the air tank reservoir (1) from the mount.
ZEIL06CS0210A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 11
Air reservoir - Install

1. Position the air reservoir (1) in the mounting straps
(5).
Tighten the bolts (4), hand tight.
ZEIL06CS0210A0B 1
2. Connect the air line tube fitting (3) on to the air reser-
voir (1).
Tighten the air line tube fitting (3) securely.
Tighten the bolts (4). (see fig. 1)
ZEIL06CS0209A0B 2
3. Close the drain (2) at the bottom of the air reservoir

(1).
ZEIL06CS0207A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 12
Air compressor - Remove

ZEIL06CS0207A0B 1
2. • Loosen the retaining strap (1) and remove the

air inlet pipe (2) from the air compressor (3).
• Loosen the connection (4) to remove the hose
(5) from the air compressor (3).
NOTE: Protect the air inlet and outlet ports from dirt
ingress.
ZEIL06CS0082A0B 2
3. Loosen the connection (6).
ZEIL06CS0083A0B 3
4. • Loosen the connection (7).

• Remove the four bolts (8) to remove the sup-
port (9).
ZEIL06CS0084A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 13
5. Remove the two nuts (10) to remove the air compres-

sor (3) from the engine.
ZEIL06CS0085A0B 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 14
Air compressor - Install

1. Install the air compressor (3) on the engine and
tighten the two nuts (10).
ZEIL06CS0085A0B 1
NOTE: Make sure that the O-ring (11) is positioned well.

If necessary apply grease.
ZEIL06CS0086A0B 2
2. • Reinstall the support (9) with the four bolts (8).

• Install the tube and tighten the connection (7).
ZEIL06CS0084A0B 3
3. Install the tube and tighten the connection (6).
ZEIL06CS0083A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 15
4. • Reinstall the hose (5) on the air compressor (3)

and tighten the connection (4).
• Install the pipe (2) on the air compressor (3)
and tighten the retaining strap (1).
ZEIL06CS0082A0B 5
5. Close the drain (2) at the bottom of the reservoir (1).
ZEIL06CS0207A0B 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 16
Air compressor - Troubleshooting

Problem Possible Cause Correction
Compressor continuously Governor air leak Refer to the manufacturer’s manual for
cycles governor maintenance and troubleshoot-
ing procedures.
Air leak at governor-compressor attach- Inspect connection for physical damage.
ment Inspect and repair connection.
Excessive reservoir contamination Drain reservoir.
No air delivery Discharge line blockage Check for freeze-up in the discharge line.
Low air delivery
Low air pressure Check for low spots and eliminate any traps
in the discharge line.
Inspect and repair compressor discharge

port and clear any line restrictions.
Check for carbon build-up. If present,

make sure cooling lines are not kinked or
restricted. If carbon has built up in the
discharge line, replace line.
Inlet line kinked or restricted Inspect the compressor air induction line for
kinks and restrictions. Repair or replace as
necessary.
Governor malfunction or maladjustment Check for correct loader/unloader cycles of
compressor.
External contamination Replace broken, defective or dirty air filters.
Clean surface of compressor.
Chafed or worn discharge line Replace faulty sections of discharge line.
Loose or leaking air line connections Verify all connections are secure. Tighten
to vehicle specifications where necessary.
Inspect port threads for damage. If damage
is extensive, replace cylinder head.
Compressor is noisy Engine oil level too low Check engine oil level and fill to specs
Clogged oil line Remove and clean oil lines
Loose compressor mounting bolts Tighten mounting bolts
Loose accessory drive gear Check fit of drive gear.
Ensure hub is completely seated and

crankshaft nut is tight.
Inspect crankshaft for damage – replace

compressor if crankshaft is damaged.
Broken connecting rod or Oil starvation to crank pin or front main Check oil pressure. Verify oil passage is
crankshaft bearing. free of obstructions. Make necessary re-
pairs, possibly to include replace compres-
sor.
Compressor leaks engine Loose fitting Check fittings at compressor and engine for
coolant leaks and verify that the fittings are torqued
as required.
Cracked coolant port Replace cylinder head.
Porosity in cylinder head Replace cylinder head.
Leaking of gasket internal to the cylinder Verify cylinder head bolts are correctly
head torqued. Make necessary adjustments.
Inspect gasket for cracks or signs of wear.

Replace if necessary.
Replace cylinder head.

None of the above, but condition persists Replace compressor.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 17

Compressor head gasket Discharge line blocked due to freezing or Check for trap (low spots) in lines.
failure carbon build-up
Make necessary repairs.
Clear discharge line. Replace line if neces-

sary.
Check for carbon build-up. If carbon

build-up is present, replace the discharge
line.
Frozen or blocked line to governor Clear blocked line. Replace line if neces-
sary.
Governor malfunction Repair or replace the governor. Refer
to governor manufacturer’s maintenance
manual for service information.
Incorrect cylinder head bolt torque, machin- Inspect gasket. Replace if necessary. Ver-
ing defect on cylinder head or block, defec- ify all bolts are correctly torqued. If problem
tive cylinder head gasket persists, replace cylinder head.
None of the above, but condition persists Replace compressor cylinder head assem-
bly.
Compressor leaks oil Physical damage or internal problems with Replace the compressor.
compressor
Unloader leakage Possible internal damage, including worn Replace compressor cylinder head assem-
or damaged unloader piston O-ring, poros- bly.
ity in unloader piston bore, loose or leaking
seal at unloader piston bore
Compressor pressurizes Leaking of gasket internal to the cylinder Inspect gasket. Replace if necessary.
coolant system or coolant head
leakage to compressor
inlet
Cavitation or corrosion in cylinder head Replace cylinder head.
Porosity in cylinder head or cylinder head Replace cylinder head.
cracked
None of above, but condition persists Replace the compressor.
Compressor will not build Drain valve not closed on the air tank Close air tank drain valve
pressure to charge air
tank
Loose air line fittings Check and tighten air line fittings
Faulty pressure relief valve Replace pressure relief valve
Worn or damaged internal parts in com- Remove and rebuild compressor
pressor
Compressor builds too Pressure relief valve faulty Replace pressure relief valve
much pressure
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 18
Index

Air compressor - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Air compressor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Air compressor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Air compressor - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Air compressor - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Air reservoir - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air reservoir - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Component localisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Relief valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Relief valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Relief valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 19
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.20.A / 20
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - 30.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Special tools 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Wiring harness
Special tools 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Special tools 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Special tools 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Special tools 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Electrical standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Electrical symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Wiring harness
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Component Diagram 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Component diagram 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Component diagram 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 2
Electrical schematic frame 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
CSX7060, CSX7080, CSX7060 Laterale, CSX7080 Laterale

CSX7050 Hillside

CSX7050 Hillside
SERVICE
Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 3
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Alternator drive system
Belt tensioner - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Belt tensioner - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Belt tensioner - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Belt tensioner - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Belt tensioner - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Belt tensioner - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Idler pulley - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Idler pulley - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Wiring harness
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
DIAGNOSTIC
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Alternator
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 4
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - General specification

Fuses
Fuses protect circuits with thin pieces of metal and wire
which heat up and melt to open up the circuit when too
much current flows through them.
Fuses are used to protect the circuit from overload. This
can occur in the event of a short circuit or by connecting
equipment which demands a current greater than the
circuit is designed to carry.
There are several types of fuses, but they all consist of
a metal conductor which is capable of carrying a limited
current. If the specified current is exceeded then the
metal conductor will overheat, causing it to melt and
break. This will in turn cause an open circuit.
The rating of the fuse relates to the current that the fuse
can carry continuously. ZDF0223A 1
If a fuse blows, it must be replaced with a fuse of the
correct rating, and if it blows again, then the cause must
be investigated.
A fuse may be tested by checking continuity across the
fuse on the two exposed terminals (1).
Fuses and relays are located on different places of the
combine:
1. Armrest printed circuit: located in the dashboard.
50014700 2
2. Fuse printed circuit: located at the backside at the

right-hand side of the cab.
ZEIL06CS0148A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 5
3. Cab roof printed circuit: located at the right-hand side

of the roof.
ZDA5916A 4
4. Fuses and relays located in the battery compartment.
ZDA5913A 5
5. Fuses and relays located on the engine module.
ZEIL06CS0050A0B 6
Switches
Switches are a vital part of an electric circuit, providing
a method of controlling the circuit itself. One switch
can control a number of different circuits at the same
time. This is achieved by having several separate
connections and/or multi-connector switches (several
switch positions).
There are several types of switches, and they may
incorporate a warning light.
ZDA6613A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 6
Switches can be as simple as that used to turn on an

implement lamp or as complex as the ones used to
operate the starting and lighting systems. Checking the
operation of switches is usually just a matter of testing
for power going into the switch and for power leaving
the switch at the appropriate contacts when the switch
is operated.
One of the most common type of switches is the pressure
switch, a switch opened or closed by a fluid pressure. An
example of this type of switch is the charge pressure
switch, a simple on/off device that opens (or closes)
when oil pressure rises or lowers past a preset value.
ZDA6443B 8
Flashers
Flashers work automatically to interrupt and connect the
flow of current.
In the flasher, a heating element warms a bimetallic strip.
The strip bends, breaking contact with the power source.
When it cools, the bimetallic strip once again makes
contact and the process begins again.
55_3_55_3_30 9
Resistance devices
A number of electrical components alter or make use
of electricity through their resistance to current flow.
Resistors are components which are generally used
to regulate the supply of voltage and current to other
electrical components.
In some cases, the purpose of resistance in an electrical
circuit is to provide light or heat. Lamps and cigar lighters
are examples. Lamps convert electricity into light, and
cigar lighters convert it into heat. Both lamps and lighters
make use of the same physical principle, that is Ohms
Law.
55_3_55_3_31 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 7
Fluid level sender

It operates by varying resistance through the movement
of a float. An example is the fuel level sender.
55_3_55_3_32 11
Potentio meters
Potentio meters are variable resistors which are
dependant on mechanical movement, i.e. Lateral float
movement, to vary the resistance of the component and
therefore alter the output voltage.
In order to verify the correct operation of a potentio
meter, the resistance should be measured at the
minimum and maximum positions and a smooth and
continuous change of resistance should be observed
between. As the resistance varies with temperature, the
test specifications are usually given at 20 °C.
55_3_55_3_33 12
Electromagnetic devices
In general, they use the magnetic field created by flowing
current to move metal parts within the components.
Relays
The relay is an electromagnetic switch that uses a small
amount of current to switch a larger amount on and off.
When the operator closes a switch, current flows through
the relay’s control circuit. In this circuit there are windings
surrounding an iron core which is fixed in place.
Current turns the iron core into an electromagnet. The
core then attracts an arm which has a contact point on it.
When the point on the arm contacts the stationary point,
current flows through the power circuit.
Relays are basically electrically operated switches. They
are used to switch a circuit on/off in similar way to a ZDA6656C 13
manual switch.
Two circuits are connected to the relay:

• A work circuit, which is switched on/off by the relay,
and provides the supply for the equipment to be oper-
ated, i.e., bulbs, solenoids, etc.;
• A control circuit, switched on/off by manual switches,
used to operate the relay.
The part of the relay which is connected to the control
circuit consists of the winding of an electro-magnet.
When the control circuit is switched off, the contacts are
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 8
kept apart by a return spring. When the control circuit

is switched on, a current flows through the coil and a
magnetic force is produced. This force, which is stronger
than the spring pressure, pulls the contacts of the relay
together, causing the work circuit to operate.
A switch-relay system has two main advantages over
a simple switch:
• The current that flows through the switch is not the
same as all the current requested by the equipment
to be operated, but usually by a smaller current:
this allows the usage of smaller and less expensive
switches;
• The distance from the supply, to the equipment, can be
made as short as possible to minimize voltage drop.
55_3_55_3_37 14
There are different styles of relays used on these

combines. The micro relay (1) is the most commonly
used relay, the mini relay (2) and the time delay relay (3).
On the relay cover there are terminal markings:
3 or 30: input terminal direct from battery positive,

normally live.
• 2 or 85: winding output terminal, usually to ground.
• 1 or 86: winding input terminal.
• 4 or 87: output terminal for normally closed contact.
• 5 or 87a: output terminal for normally open contact.
55_3_55_3_38 15
Solenoids
Solenoids work in much the same way as relays, except
that the iron core is not fixed in place. As a result, the
windings in the control circuit cause the iron core to
move.
In the starting system, for example, the movement of
this core is used to send large amounts of current to the
starter motor.
A solenoid is basically a winding around an iron core. In
the centre of the core there is a plunger which is free
to move through the core. When an electrical current
passes through the winding an electro-magnetic force is
produced which causes the plunger to move through the
core. If the current is switched off, the magnetic force is
stopped and the plunger is returned by a spring. 50004701 16
The solenoid plunger may have different uses: the most
common are moving a hydraulic spool or a mechanical
lever.
The MOST COMMON FAULTS that can occur are:

• Short circuit winding: if a section of the winding allows
the current to pass directly from positive (+) to negative
(-) terminals without passing through the winding, this
will cause the relevant circuit fuse to blow.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 9
• Broken winding: causing an open circuit, it will not

allow the current to pass through the winding, so the
solenoid will not operate.
• Seized plunger (and/or connected component): the
solenoid will only move the plunger if all components
are free to move.
PWM solenoid valves

Whenever it is necessary to provide proportional control
to the solenoid valves, it is much better to use a principle
of operation called pulse width modulation (PWM). PWM
is a variable DC voltage signal that is used to control the
solenoid valves. The voltage signal is pulsed on and off
many times a second (at a constant frequency of 500
Hz) at a constant supply voltage of 12 V.
55_3_55_3_40 17
The CM module (1) contain transistors that are supplied

with a constant input voltage which is switched on and
off to achieve the variable input range. In this way the
control module is able to limit the armature movement, so
the hydraulic output flow of the solenoid is proportional to
the average DC voltage. The lower voltage also allows
the solenoid to operate with less residual magnetism and
so the entire circuit will operate smoother.
The variable DC voltage signal level is determined by
varying the duration of the ON pulse relative to the OFF
pulse. The ratio between the ON time and the cycle time
is called duty cycle and is stated as a percentage of one
complete cycle.
55_3_55_3_41 18
Diagrams, (1) to (3), show the normal operating range of

the PWM valve, and diagram (4), shows the initial 12 V
programming and fill time only. The diagrams in column
"A" show the voltage signal that is sent to the valve,
whereas column "B" shows the relevant spring pressure
and column "C" the reading on a volt meter connected
to the solenoid valve.
Diagram (1) shows the OFF position: no signal is
directed to the valve, which means no spring pressure
in the valve at all and results in a zero voltage reading.
Increasing the duty cycle causes some pressure to be
made on the circuit (Diagram (2)), which results in a
voltmeter reading increase. Diagram (3) shows the
maximum signal that is used during the normal activity of 55_3_55_3_42 19
the valve: its duty cycle is around 0.5, which results in a
spring pressure for the half of its run and in an indication
of a 6 volt average DC current.
The electrical circuit to the solenoids can be checked
by using a digital or analogue DC voltmeter, which will
indicate the average voltage readings.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 10
Sensors
A sensor is the primary component of a measurement
chain that converts the input variable (temperature,
capacitance, reluctance) into a signal suitable for
measurement. The relationship between the input
variable and the measured signal is a characteristic of
the sensor.
In the above mentioned measurement chain the signal
is filtered and treated in order to adapt it to its use.
It consists of three elements: the sensor itself; the
converter, which converts the output signal from the
sensor (in most of the cases into an electric signal); and
the conditioner, which transforms the output signal from
the converter in the most suitable form. Generally the
term sensor indicates the entire measurement chain.
Temperature sensors
Generally based on a simple circuit with a thermistor.
A thermistor is a resistor that changes its resistance
according to the temperature.
There are two groups of thermistors: NTC (Negative
Temperature Coefficient) and PTC (positive Temperature
Coefficient). In the first case the higher the temperature,
the lower is the resistance, and for the PTC the higher
the temperature, the higher the resistance. The NTC are
often used as sensors to indicate temperature change in
fluids, such as the engine coolant fluid.
An example of these type of senders is the coolant
temperature sender. The changes in its resistance
(which varies with temperature) are relayed to the
monitor, which operates the bargraph and the warning ZDA5917A 20
indicators accordingly.
Pressure sender
A pressure sender receives a supply signal and it varies
it according to the (oil) pressure. An example is the oil
pressure sender, which receives a 5 volt signal and
varies it according to the oil pressure. The appropriate
module keeps track of these variations and changes its
readouts and warnings accordingly.
55_3_55_3_44 21
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 11
Speed and position sensors

The speed and position sensors used on the combine
are a two-wire sensing device designed to work with a
switching amplifier circuit in the module the sensor is
attached to.
The operation of this sensor is similar to that of a
variable resistor, which changes its impedance as metal
approaches the sensor. When no metal is being sensed,
the sensor is in a low impedance state. When metal
approaches the sensor, the impedance increases. The
varying impedance results in a current flow change that
the module detects, and converts into a frequency for
speed sensing or position monitoring.
When installing a new sensor, adjust the sensor to obtain
a clearance of 3 mm ( 1/8 in) to the target metal. 55_3_55_3_45 22
Electronic module (CM)

The electronic module (1) is the “black box" that provide
control on many of the functions of the combine.
Inside the “black box" there is a processor, the "thinking
part" of the module, and inside there is one or more
memories, which may allow the module to store
calibration values, the configuration of the vehicle and
the error codes.
55_3_55_3_46 23
A processor has a series of pins, which are electrical

contacts. There are three main types of pins: for the
inputs of the signals, for the outputs and for the processor
supply.
The processor, the memories and the link between them
form the hardware of the module, its "physical" part.
Then some software is needed, to handle the
communication between the processor and the
memories and to manage the various signals going into
and out of the processor. The software is designed to
operate in a different way and is called functional code.
The electronic module is often blamed as responsible
for most of the problems of the modern vehicles, while
they are for certain among the most protected parts of 55_3_55_3_47 24
the vehicle. In fact, the pins of the module are protected
against spikes (high pulses) of current, and the signals
are filtered by the hardware and by the software in input
and in output to give the best handling of information.
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Special tools 1

EUROPE ONLY
Description Tool No.

Harness Repair Kit 294070
Test Probe Kit 297448
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 12
Wiring harness - Special tools 2

Special tool number NH reference Description
380000352 84021086 Pin crimp tool
ZEIL08SPT001A0A 1
- 80679968 Pin removal tool, suitable to remove pins from electronic

box connectors and sort likes
ZEIL08SPT002A0A 2
380000354 84021088 Pin removal tool, suitable to remove pins from PCB
connectors
ZEIL08SPT003A0A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 13

380000353 84021087 Pin removal tool, suitable to remove pins from PCB
connectors
ZEIL08SPT005A0A 4
380000355 84021089 Pin removal tool, suitable to remove pins from connectors
attached to the electronic box and sort likes
ZEIL08SPT006A0A 5
380000356 84021092 Pin removal tool, suitable to remove large pins from
electronic box connectors and sort likes
ZEIL08SPT007A0A 6

- 84400045 Pin crimping pliers
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 14
ZEIL08SPT008A0A 1
- 84400044 Plastic pin removal tool (orange)
ZEIL08SPT009A0A 2
380001162 80900370 Plastic pin removal tool (red)
ZEIL08SPT010A0A 3

- 84074681 Plastic pin removal tool (blue)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 15
ZEIL08SPT011A0A 4
- 84400046 Retraction tool.
ZEIL08SPT012A0A 5

- - Round pin removal tool (yellow)
ZEIL08SPT013A0A 1
- - Pin removal tool (red)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 16
ZEIL08SPT014A0A 2
- 84400048 Pin removal tool (green)
ZEIL08SPT015A0A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 17

- - Pin removal tool (Blue)
ZEIL08SPT016A0A 4
- 84400047 Contact crimping pliers
ZEIL08SPT017A0A 5

- 84021087 Pin removal tool for control modules connectors with
small connector pins
ZEIL08SPT018A0A 1
- 84021087A Pin removal tool for control modules connectors with

large connector pins
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 18
ZEIL08SPT019A0A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 19
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component localisation

NOTE: All components have been grouped by general location on the combine.
CAB AREA
Inside cab
Inclinometer (A2)
ZVE0143B 1
Steering column printed circuit (A3)
VFIL04CS0147A0A 2
CM module (A8)
ZVE0209B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 20
Radio (A20)
VFIL04CS0150A0A 4
Monitor (A25)
VFIL04CS0149B0A 5
IntelliView™ II monitor (A22)
ZEIL09CS0147A0B 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 21
Cab roof
Blower (A23)
Wiper motor (M8)
ZVE0279A 7
Under cab
Horn (B22)
Brake switch (S52)
Brake solenoid (Y1)
ZVE0271A 8
Cab left (Operator’s platform)

Reel down solenoid (Y4)
Reel up solenoid (Y5)
Unloading tube open solenoid (Y6)
Unloading tube close solenoid (Y7)
Reversing mechanism solenoid (Y10)
Reel forward solenoid (Y13)
Reel backward solenoid (Y14)
Lateral float solenoid (left down) (Y16)
Lateral float solenoid (right down) (Y17)
Header up solenoid (Y18)
Header down solenoid (Y19)
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 22
RIGHT-HAND SIDE
Behind front wheel

Fan speed variator motor (M4)
ZVE0268A 10
Header height sensor (R2)
ZEIL09CS0129A0B 11
Fuel tank
Fuel level potentiometer (R6)
ZVE0273A 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 23
REAR
Reverse drive buzzer (B1)
ZVE0130B 13
Ladder safety switch (S10)
ZEIL06CS0206A0C 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 24
LEFT-HAND SIDE
Behind front wheel

Unloading tube protection switch (S32)
Returns elevator speed sensor (B12)
Drum variator speed sensor (B9)
ZVE0277A 15
Rotary separator speed sensor (B11)

Drum variator motor (M3)
ZVE0276A 16
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 25
MIDDLE
Fan variator speed sensor (B8)
ZVE0275A 17
Straw walker speed sensor (B13)
ZVE0274A 18
Unloading tube engagement solenoid (Y8)

Straw elevator engagement solenoid (Y9)
Threshing mechanism engagement (Y15)
ZEIL06CS0007A0D 19
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 26
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FPT engine (New Holland):
Alternator (G3)
Starter motor (M1)
ZEIL06CS0240A0B 20
FPT engine (Cursor 9):
Alternator (G3)
Starter motor (M1)
ZEIL06CS0239A0B 21
Hydrostatic oil temperature contact (B17)
ZEIL06CS0149A0B 22
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 27
UNDER COMBINE
Front (above axle)

Header pressure sensor (B18)
ZEIL09CS0137A0B 23
Middle
Smart Sieve™ actuator (M6) (if installed)
ZEIL06CS0241A0B 24
Rear
Sieves grain loss sensor (B21)
ZVE0175B 25
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 28
Remote upper sieve actuator (M17) (if installed)
ZEIL09CS0141A0B 26
Remote lower sieve actuator (M18) (if installed)
ZEIL09CS0128A0B 27
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 29
STRAW HOOD
Inner right
Straw walker grain loss sensor (B19)
ZVE0173B 28
Inner left
Straw walker grain loss sensor (B20)
ZVE0174B 29
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 30
Rear
Spreader plate actuator (M7)
ZVE0302B 30
HEADER
Left-hand side
Reel speed variator motor (M5) (only for High Cap
header).
ZVE0371A 31
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 31
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification

NOTE: For quick retrieval of the correct component diagrams for the connectors, the numbering has been set up
as following: Connector "001 till 009" is situated in component diagram "00", the same goes for connector "010
till 019" which can be found in component diagram "01". This numbering reference method is valid for all the
connectors, switches and solenoids.
Connector
Code Description Reference
X001 MAIN FRAME/ENGINE (GROUND) Wiring harness - Component Diagram 00 (A.30.A)
X003 MAIN FRAME/CAB PRINT (GROUND)
X004 A POST MODULE (A25)
X005 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR
X006 BRAKE SOLENOID (Y1)
X007 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (STEERING
COLUMN)
X009 12 V CONNECTOR
X010 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 01 (A.30.A)
X012 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (SOLENOID
VALVES)
X013 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (POWER
REAR AXLE SOLENOID)
X015 PRINTED CIRCUIT (REAR LIGHTS)
X017 DRUM VARIATOR MOTOR (M3)
X018 FAN VARIATOR MOTOR (M4)
X019 HEADER CONNECTOR
X020 REEL VARIATOR MOTOR (M5) Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A)
X021 REEL SYNCHRONIZATION SOLENOID (Y21)
X022 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (SPREADER
PLATES)
X023 INCLINOMETER (A2)
X024 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (SELF
LEVELLING CLEANING SYSTEM)
X025 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (GROUND)
X027 GROUNDSPEED SENSOR (B7)
X028 FANSPEED SENSOR (B8)
X029 DRUMSPEED SENSOR (B9)
X030 STRAW CHOPPER SPEED SENSOR (B10) Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A)
X031 STRAW WALKER PROTECTION SWITCH (S23)
X032 ROTARY SEPARATOR SPEED SENSOR (B11)
X033 RETURNS ELEVATOR SENSOR (B12)
X034 LADDER SWITCH (S10)
X035 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG
X036 UNLOADING TUBE ENGAGEMENT AND REEL
FWD/RWD SWITCHES (S33, S4, S6)
X037 STRAW WALKER SPEED SENSOR (B13)
X039 HEADER HEIGHT SENSOR (R2)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 32

X041 GRAIN TANK LEVEL 1 SWITCH (S35)
X042 GRAIN TANK LEVEL 2 SWITCH (S36)
X043 RIGHT HAND VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (K71)
X044 LEFT HAND VERTICAL KNIFE RELAY (K70)
X045 PRINTED CIRCUIT (RIGHT HAND SIDE FRONT
LIGHTS)
X046 LEFT HAND SIDE FRONT LIGHTS (E5)
X047 RIGHT HAND SIDE FRONT LIGHTS (E10)
X049 WARNING INDICATOR PRINTED CIRCUIT
X052 HEADER HEIGHT CONTROL PRINTED CIRCUIT
X053 RIGHT HAND SIDE STRAW WALKER GRAIN
LOSS SENSOR (B19)
X054 LEFT HAND SIDE STRAW WALKER GRAIN
LOSS SENSOR (B20)
X055 SIEVES GRAIN LOSS SENSOR (B21)
X056 SPREADER PLATE ACTUATOR (M7/R7)
X057 TRAILER SOCKET
X058 GROUND
X059 ROAD LIGHTS, FRONT, LEFT HAND
X060 VERTICAL KNIFE, RH MOTOR (M15) Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A)
X061 VERTICAL KNIFE, LH MOTOR (M16)
X062 ROAD LIGHTS, FRONT, RIGHT HAND
X064 GROUND
X065 ADDITIONAL RIGHT HAND REAR PARK LIGHT
X066 LEFT HAND SIDE HEADLAMP (E12)
X067 RIGHT HAND SIDE HEADLAMP (E13)
X068 CONCAVE ADJUSTMENT ACTUATOR (M10)
X068 AIR CONDITIONING SENSOR (S71)
X069 CONCAVE ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTABLE
RESISTOR (R3)
X069 AIR CONDITIONING SENSOR (S70)
X070 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (RETURNS Wiring harness - Component diagram 07 (A.30.A)
ELEVATOR LOSS SENSOR)
X71 RETURNS ELEVATOR LOSS SENSOR (B29)
X72 RETURNS ELEVATOR LOSS SENSOR
X073 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (REAR WORK
LIGHT)
X074 STRAW HOOD REVOLVING FLASHING LIGHT
(E2)
X076 SIDEHILL ROAD FIELD SOLENOID (Y27)
X077 SIDEHILL CLOCKWISE DECREASING
SOLENOID (Y25)
X078 SIDEHILL CLOCKWISE DECREASING
SOLENOID (Y26)
X080 12 V PLUG Wiring harness - Component diagram 08 (A.30.A)
X081 BLOWER FAN (A23)
X083 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEFT HAND
SIDE STRAW WALKER GRAIN LOSS SENSOR)
X085 STRAW WALKER PROTECTION SWITCH (S22)
X086 GROUND
X087 CIGARETTE LIGHTER
X088 HEADER PRESSURE SENSOR (B18)
X089 THRESHING ENGAGEMENT SWITCH (S15)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 33

X090 HEADER ENGAGEMENT SWITCH (S16) Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A)
X092 UNLOADING TUBE PROTECTION SWITCH
(S32)
X093 REVOLVING FLASHING LIGHT (CAB ROOF)
(E1)
X094 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (LIGHTS)
X096 GROUND
X097 SWATH PLATE POSITION SENSOR (B26)
X098 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (STRAW
CHOPPER POSITION SENSOR)
X101 RADIO (A20) Wiring harness - Component diagram 10 (A.30.A)
X102 ROTARY DUST SCREEN BRUSH (M14)
X103 REMOTE SIEVES
X104 LEFT HAND SIDE MIRROR (M13)
X105 RIGHT HAND SIDE MIRROR (M12)
X106 ADDITIONAL MIRROR (GERMAN) (M11)
X107 RADIO (A20) SPEAKERS
X108 CAB REAR CONTROL PANEL LIGHTING
X108 REMOTE SIEVES
X109 WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR (M8)
X110 GROUND Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 (A.30.A)
X111 FUSE PRINTED CIRCUIT
X121 FUSE PRINTED CIRCUIT (RIGHT HAND Wiring harness - Component diagram 12 (A.30.A)
CONSOLE)
X122 FUSE PRINTED CIRCUIT (RIGHT HAND
CONSOLE)
X123 MULTIFUNCTION HANDLE
X124 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (REAR
LIGHTS)
X125 LIGHTS PRINTED CIRCUIT
X130 LIGHTS PRINTED CIRCUIT Wiring harness - Component diagram 13 (A.30.A)
X135 REMOTE UPPER SIEVE MOTOR (M17)
X136 REMOTE LOWER SIEVE MOTOR (M18)
X137 PRINTED CIRCUIT (BRAKE LIGHTS)
X138 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (ROTARY
DUST SCREEN BRUSH)
X139 PRINTED CIRCUIT (LEFT HAND SIDE FRONT
LIGHTS)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 34

X141 CM-MODULE (A8) Wiring harness - Component diagram 14 (A.30.A)
X142 CM-MODULE (A8)
X143 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (REAR
LIGHTS)
X145 RIGHT HAND SIDE FRONT ADDITIONAL
LIGHTS (E11)
X147 REEL SPEED SENSOR (B27)
X148 ROAD LIGHTS AND INDICATOR SWITCH
(S53/S55)
X150 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (SIDEHILL) Wiring harness - Component diagram 15 (A.30.A)
X151 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (SIDEHILL)
X152 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (RIGHT HAND
X154 PRINTED CIRCUIT (REAR DIRECTION
INDICATORS)
X157 SMART SIEVE™ ACTUATOR (M6)
X164 RIGHT HAND SIDE REAR OPERATING LIGHT
(E28)
X165 LEFT HAND SIDE REAR OPERATING LIGHT
(E29)
X166 GRAIN TANK LIGHT GROUND
X167 BRAKE LINING WARNING SWITCH (S37.1)
X170 BRAKE LINING WARNING SWITCH (S37.4) Wiring harness - Component diagram 17 (A.30.A)
X174 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (SIDEHILL)
X175 LEVELLING BOX (A21)
X176 LEFT HAND SIDE STUBBLE LIGHT (E25)
X177 RIGHT HAND SIDE STUBBLE LIGHT (E26)
X178 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR REVOLVING
FLASHING LIGHT (STRAW HOOD)
SIDE MIRROR)
X180 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (RIGHT HAND Wiring harness - Component diagram 18 (A.30.A)
SIDE MIRROR)
X183 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
SOLENOID (Y11)
X190 FUSE PRINTED CIRCUIT Wiring harness - Component diagram 19 (A.30.A)
X195 OPERATOR’S SEAT SWITCH (S7)
X196 LEFT-HAND SIDE RAILING HEADLIGHTS
X197 RIGHT-HAND SIDE RAILING HEADLIGHTS
X198 LEFT HAND SIDE RAILING HEADLIGHTS
X199 GRID HEATER RELAY (K54)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 35

X200 CAB FRONT CONTROL PANEL LIGHTING (H41) Wiring harness - Component diagram 20 (A.30.A)
X201 SHUNT TANK SENSOR (B72)
X202 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR (B73)
X900 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR 2 Wiring harness - Component diagram 90 (A.30.A)
(36 PIN)
X901 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR 3
(16 PIN)
X902 CAMSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
X903 CRANKSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
X904 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
X905 FUEL METERING UNIT
X906 BOOST PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE SENSOR
X907 OIL PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE SENSOR
X908 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
X909 IN-LINE HARNESS CONNECTOR (FUEL
INJECTORS/RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR)
X910 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR Wiring harness - Component diagram 91 (A.30.A)
X911 FUEL INJECTOR SOLENOID 1
Switch
S1 MAIN BATTERY SWITCH Wiring harness - Component Diagram 00 (A.30.A)
S2 MULTI-FUNCTION HANDLE NEUTRAL
SWITCH
S3 KEYSTART SWITCH
S5 REVERSE DRIVE BUZZER SWITCH
S8 POWER REAR AXLE SWITCH
S17 DRUM VARIATOR SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 01 (A.30.A)
S18 FAN VARIATOR SWITCH
S31 SAFETY ON THE ROAD SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 03 (A.30.A)
S41 BRAKE OIL LEVEL SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 04 (A.30.A)
S42 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
S43 UPPER SIEVE SWITCH (DASHBOARD)
S44 UPPER SIEVE SWITCH (STRAWHOOD)
S45 LOWER SIEVE SWITCH (DASHBOARD)
S46 LOWER SIEVE SWITCH (STRAWHOOD)
S49 SPREADER PLATES SWITCH
S52 BRAKE LIGHTS SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 05 (A.30.A)
S54 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS SWITCH
S56 OPERATING LIGHTS SWITCH
S57 CAB DOOR SWITCH
S58 WINDSCREEN WIPER SWITCH
S59 WINDSCREEN WASHER SWITCH
S62 MIRROR ADJUSTMENT SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 06 (A.30.A)
S63 ADDITIONAL MIRROR SWITCH
(GERMAN)
S65 REEL SYNCHRONIZATION SWITCH
S67 STUBBLE LIGHTS SWITCH
S69 VERTICAL KNIVES SWITCH
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 36

S91 SIDEHILL MANUAL/AUTOMATIC SWITCH Wiring harness - Component diagram 09 (A.30.A)
S92 SIDEHILL MANUAL CLOCKWISE/
COUNTER CLOCKWISE SWITCH
S93 SIDEHILL LEFT-HAND BOTTOM
POSITION SWITCH
S94 SIDEHILL RIGHT-HAND BOTTOM
POSITION SWITCH
S99 SIDEHILL RIGHT-HAND UPPER
POSITION SWITCH
S100 SIDEHILL LEFT-HAND UPPER POSITION Wiring harness - Component diagram 10 (A.30.A)
SWITCH
Solenoid
Y04 REEL DOWN SOLENOID Wiring harness - Component Diagram 00 (A.30.A)
Y05 REEL UP SOLENOID
Y06 UNLOADING TUBE OPEN SOLENOID
Y07 UNLOADING TUBE CLOSE SOLENOID
Y08 BRAKE SOLENOID
Y09 BRAKE SOLENOID
Y10 REVERSING MECHANISM SOLENOID Wiring harness - Component diagram 01 (A.30.A)
Y12 REVERSING MECHANISM SOLENOID
Y13 REEL FORWARD SOLENOID
Y14 REEL REARWARD SOLENOID
Y15 BRAKE SOLENOID
Y16 LATERAL FLOAT SOLENOID (RIGHT
DOWN)
Y17 LATERAL FLOAT SOLENOID (LEFT DOWN)
Y18 HEADER UP SOLENOID
Y19 HEADER DOWN SOLENOID
Y24 PILOT SOLENOID Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 37
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical standard

WIRES
The wiring diagram is drawn following the DIN 40719 standards.

Each page contains a part of the complete wiring diagram, not necessarily a complete group.
Color code
Ten colours of wires are used on the combine, each color having its specific signification.
• Red (rd):+ 12 V without passing the ignition switch

• Black (zw): directly earthed to the frame
• White (wt): connected with the pin of a switch which engages a system that increases something (e.g. increase
of drum rpm)
• Grey (gr): connected with the pin of a switch which disengages a system that decreases something
• Brown (br): signal wire from the rpm monitor to a sensor
• Blue (bl): earth of sensors through the monitor
• Green (gn): wire to non rpm sensors (e.g. engine oil pressure, temperature, etc)
• Orange (or): lighting
• Yellow (ge): lighting
• Purple (pu): to rear direction indicator lights.
• Pink (pk): ref. voltage.
On the upper part of the page, the + 12 V lines are drawn.

The line at the top (first line) always is at + 12 V (when the main battery switch is engaged).
Lines 2 and 3 have + 12 V when relays K6 and K9 are energized. This happens when the ignition switch is engaged.
52865 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 38
WIRE IDENTIFICATION
The wiring diagram is marked as follows:
• X16p01: Connector X16, position 01

• 893: Wire number
• 6: Wire section is 6 mm2
• wt: Wire color (white)
• X108p02: Connector X108, position 02
•
52866 2
This information is printed at regular distances on the wire itself, e.g.

X16/01 < - 893 - > X108/02
Thick drawn lines in the wiring diagrams do not exist as a wire but are lines in the printed circuit.
51844 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 39
FUSES
A fuse can protect one or more electrical circuits.

When more circuits are protected, the first time the fuse is mentioned, the drawing is as follows (really connected):
51845 4
The other circuits that are protected by the same fuse are drawn as follows:
(*): The line reference indicates the line on which all connections (lines) with that particular fuse are mentioned.
51846 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 40
SYMBOLS
All symbols used in the wiring diagram are drawn according to the DIN 40719 standard and are marked with a letter
and a number.
Each letter represents a group of similar components.
The letters used can be found in following list:
Letter Component Example

A Monitors, prints Radio, CB, displays
B Commutator from non-electrical into Sensor, horn, sender elements of water, air, oil
electrical signals, and vice versa temperature and pressure, buzzer
C Condensers
D Accumulator equipment Accumulators
E Lighting All lamps, except warning lights, dashboard lights
F Safety components All fuses
G Generators Battery, alternator
H Control components All control lamps
K Relays All relays, flasher unit
L Inductive components Coils in relays Motors
M Motors Variator motors, ventilator, actuators
N Amplifier, controller Voltage controller
P Measuring instrument Clock, fuel and water temperature gauge
R Resistances Potentiometer, preheating
S Switch All switches
T Transformer Ignition coils
U Commutator from electrical signals Frequence commutator, converter
into other electrical signals
V Semi-conductors Diodes, transistors, thyristors
W Wiring looms, antennas CB and radio antenna, coax wires
X Connectors All connectors, plugs
Y Mechanical components electrically Hydraulic valve, electromagnetic clutches, electrical
energized valve on injection pump.
Z Electrical filter Suppressor
The letters used can be found in following list:
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
Electrical motor, actuator
Lamp
Double-acting lamp
Diode
Led (light emitting diode)
Fuse
Socket (female)
Plug in (male)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 41
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
Automatic fuse
Buzzer
Inductive sensor
Horn
Ignition switch
Flashing unit
Solenoid for control valves
Battery
Gauge
Electromagnetic clutch
Adjustable resistance
Bipolar switch
Loudspeaker
Alternator
Wiper motor
Electrical starter motor
Normally closed switch, manually controlled
Normally open switch, mechanical control by pedal
Normally open switch, mechanically controlled
Normally open switch, mechanically controlled
Normally closed switch, mechanically controlled
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 42
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
Normally open switch, controlled by a pressure sender
Normally closed switch, controlled by under-pressure
Normally closed switch, controlled by over-pressure
Normally open switch, controlled by a temperature sender
Normally closed switch, controlled by a level indicator
Normally open switch, controlled by the grain level indicator
Relay
Air conditioning ventilation motor
Mirror motor
The switches are drawn in the position as they are removed from the combine.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 43
RELAYS
A fuse can protect one or more electrical circuits.

NOTE: Never use relays with a diode parallel with the coil or without a suppressor. Relays with terminal references
1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 (see diagrams) have no suppressor and are soldered to the printed circuit.
The relays can be recognized by the drawing on the relay housing (Figures 6 to 8).
Use relays with drawing as shown in Figure 6.
Do not use relays with drawings as shown in Figures 7 and 8.
52867 6
52868 7
52869 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 44
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview

Ref. Line Group / Series
1a 10 FPT ENGINE (NEW HOLLAND) STARTER CIRCUIT
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
1b 10 FPT ENGINE (NEW HOLLAND) STARTER CIRCUIT

CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
1c 10 FPT ENGINE (CURSOR 9) STARTER CIRCUIT

CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
2a 520 PREHEATING
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
3a 690 CAN CONNECTION

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
4a 860 ENGINE PROTECTION

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
5a 1030 REEL CONTROL + UNLOADING TUBE OPEN/CLOSE

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 45

6a 1370 HEADER HEIGHT CONTROL
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
7a 1880 AUTOMATIC HEADER HEIGHT CONTROL

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
8a 2050 THRESHING ENGAGEMENT

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
9a 2390 HEADER ENGAGEMENT + HYDRAULIC REVERSING SYSTEM

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
9b 2390 HEADER ENGAGEMENT + ELECTRICAL REVERSING SYSTEM

CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
10a 2560 REEL SPEED CONTROL + REEL SPEED SYNCHRONISATION

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 46

10b 2560 REEL SPEED CONTROL + VARIFEED™
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
11a 2900 UNLOADING TUBE ENGAGEMENT

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
12a 3060 DRUM VARIATOR, FAN VARIATOR, SPREADER PLATES AND CONCAVE
ADJUSTMENT
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
13a 3410 REMOTE SIEVE SYSTEM

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
14a 3570 SMART SIEVE™ SYSTEM

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 47

15a 3920 CONTROL INSTRUMENTS
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
16a 4090 SENSORS

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
17a 4430 PARKING LIGHTS, HEAD LIGHTS, BRAKE LIGHTS AND HORN
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
17b 4430 PARKING LIGHTS, HEAD LIGHTS, BRAKE LIGHTS AND HORN WITH FLIP-UP KIT
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
18a 4940 FLIP-UP KIT

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 48

19a 5100 DIRECTION INDICATOR LIGHTS
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
20a 5440 REVOLVING FLASHLIGHTS AND GRAIN TANK LEVEL INDICATOR

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
21a 5610 VIDEO CAMERA

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
22a 5780 OPERATING LIGHTS

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
23a 6460 WINDSCREEN WIPER/WASHER + RADIO

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 49

24a 6800 MIRROR CONTROL
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
25a 7310 AIR CONDITIONING

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
26a 7820 VERTICAL KNIVES + POWERED REAR AXLE

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
27a 8000 LATERALE

CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
28a FPT ENGINE (CURSOR 9) ELECTRONIC ENGINE

CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....
29a HILLSIDE
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
30a HILLSIDE
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 50
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol

A. Prints and Monitors
Code Description Line

A1. Printed circuit - Header height control 1980
A2. Printed circuit - Sieve levelling system 3740
A3. Printed circuit - Warning lights steering column 4560
A3. Printed circuit - Warning lights steering column 5180
A4. Printed circuit - Engine ECU 50
A5. Printed circuit - Engine CPU grid heater 590
A6. CM - Throttle 130
A7. CM - Concave adjustment 3380
A8. CM - Reverse drive buzzer + polarization protection 1080
A8. CM - CAN connection 750
A8. CM - Reel 2610
A8. CM - Header recognition 2460
A8. CM - Header + lateral flotation 1570
A8. CM - Header height control 1930
A8. CM - Sieve-levelling system 3670
A8. CM - Sieve remote system 3460
A8. CM - Sensors 4270
A8. CM - Threshing engagement 2060
A20. Radio 6590
A21. Levelling box 8270
A22. IntelliView™ II display 760
A23. Blower air conditioning 7630
A25. A-post - Safety on the road 2060
A25. A-post - Unloading tube open/close 2930
A25. A-post - Alternator 270
A25. A-post - CAN connection 760
A25. A-post - Pneumatic pressure threshing engagement 2320
A25. A-post - Grain tank level indicator + revolving flashlights 5470
A25. A-post - LED controls 3980
A25. A-post - Engine protection 920
A25. A-post - Direction indicator signal 5360
A25. A-post - Spreader plates indicator 3280
A25. A-post - Video camera 5680
A26. Video camera 1 5650
A27. Video camera 2 5720
A28. Printed circuit - lights print 4560
B.Sensors, limit switches, buzzers, speakers

B1. Reverse drive buzzer 1040
B6. Fuel level potentiometer 4040
B7. Ground speed sensor 4310
B8. Fan variator speed sensor 4290
B9. Drum variator speed sensor 4270
B10. Straw chopper speed sensor 4250
B11. Rotary separator or straw flow™ beater sensor 4370
B12. Returns elevator speed sensor 4330
B13. Straw walker speed sensor 4350
B15. Engine air filter restriction contact 3960
B16. Hydrostatic oil pressure contact 880
B17. Hydrostatic oil temperature contact 860
B18. Oil pressure sensor (header lift cylinders) 1560
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 51

B19. Straw walker grain loss sensor (RH) 4150
B20. Straw walker grain loss sensor (LH) 4170
B21. Sieves grain loss sensor 4190
B22. Horn 4480
B23. Speaker (LH) 6600
B24. Speaker (RH) 6600
B25. A-post module (buzzer) 920
B26. Swath plate position sensor 4230
B27. Reel speed sensor 4390
B28. Returns elevator receiver loss sensor 4100
B29. Returns elevator emittant loss sensor 4130
B72. Transmitter shunt tank 900
B73. Transmitter water in fuel 930
E.Lighting

E1. Revolving flashlight - cab roof 5530
E2. Revolving flashlight - straw hood 5530
E3. Direction indicator, LH on straw hood 5370
E3.1. Brake light, LH on straw hood 4430
E3. Parking light, LH on straw hood 4780
E4. Direction indicator, RH on straw hood 5370
E4.1. Brake light, RH on straw hood 4490
E4. Parking light, RH on straw hood 4850
E5. Direction indicator, LH front 5260
E5. Parking light, LH front 4690
E6. Additional parking light, LH front 4710
E7. Grain head illumination, LH 4740
E8. Grain head illumination, RH 4750
E10. Direction indicator, RH front 5260
E10. Parking light, RH front 4800
E11. Additional parking light, RH front 4820
E12. Head light, LH 4580
E13. Head light, RH 4630
E14. Additional parking light Austria, RH front 4830
E15. Additional parking light Austria, LH front 4720
E17. Additional direction indicator, LH front 5270
E18. Additional direction indicator, RH front 5270
E19. Unloading tube operating light 5900
E20. Spot light, RH 5960
E21. Spot light, LH 5950
E22. Inner operating light, RH 6110
E23. Inner operating light, LH 6100
E24. Grain tank light 6040
E25. Stubble light, LH 5840
E26. Stubble light, RH 5850
E27. Operating light, RH 5870
E28. Rear operating light, RH 6150
E29. Rear operating light, LH 6160
E30. Cab interior light 6240
E31. Central operating light 6060
E32. Direction indicator, LH on arm 5370
E32.1. Brake light, LH on arm 4520
E32. Parking light, LH on arm 4760
E33. Direction indicator, RH on arm 5370
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 52

E33.1. Brake light, RH on arm 4510
E33. Parking light, RH on arm 4860
E35. Outer operating light, LH 6010
E36. Outer operating light, RH 6020
E37. Additional head light, LH on railing 4970
E38. Additional head light, RH on railing 5000
F.Fuses

F2. 25A - Sieve-levelling system 3650
F3. 15A - Hydraulic valves, reverse drive buzzer 1030
F3. 15A - Header height control 1370
F4. 15A - Laterale 8120
F5. 25A - Power after threshing engaged 2130
F6. 15A - Brake lights 4440
F6. 15A - Air conditioning 7380
F7. 10A - Grain tank level indicator 5450
F7. 10A - 12 V plug - operator’s seat 490
F8. 10A - CM + A-post module, before contact 810
F9. 15A - Revolving flashlights 5490
F10. 25A - Reel variator 2680
F10. 25A - Drum variator, fan variator 3140
F11. 15A - CM + A-post module, after contact 690
F12. 15A - Road mode 2210
F13. 40A - Drum variator 310
F13. 40A - Drum variator 3090
F14. 40A - Starter circuit + 12 V plug - cigarette lighter 460
F15. 40A - Main fuse - after contact 5490
F16. 15A - Direction indicator lights 5210
F17. 5A - Video camera 5690
F18. 15A - Hazard warning lights 5220
F19. 25A - Parking lights 4490
F20. 15A - Parking lights, LH 4680
F21. 15A - Parking lights, RH 4790
F22. 10A - Additional parking lights 4900
F23. 15A - Dimmed lights 4640
F24. 15A - Head lights 4580
F25. 40A - 12 V - Fuse print 5820
F26. 80A - Battery main fuse 240
F27. 15A - Power, threshing engaged 2260
F29. 15A - Power relays operating lights 6270
F30. 10A - Unloading tube light 6230
F31. 15A - Inner operating lights 6090
F32. 25A - Stubble lights + unloading tube light + operating light, RH 5870
F34. 25A - Windscreen wiper/washer 6470
F34. 25A - Mirror control 6860
F35. 30A - Fan 7580
F51. 15A - Central operating light 6050
F52. 10A - Grain tank light 6030
F53. 15A - Outer operating light, RH 6020
F54. 15A - Outer operating light, LH 6010
F55. 15A - Spot light, LH 5940
F56. 15A - Spot light, RH 5960
F57. 25A - Spreader plates actuator 3240
F61. 40A - Vertical knife, RH 7870
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 53

F62. 40A - Vertical knife, LH 7930
F63. 30A - Engine ECU 260
G.Generators, batteries

G1. Battery 1 190
G2. Battery 2 210
G3. Alternator 240
H.Control lights (mostly LED’s)

H1. LED - Alternator 260
H2. LED - Straw walker protection 3950
H4. LED - Grain tank level indicator 5460
H5. LED - Unloading tube open/close 2930
H6. LED - Head lights 4550
H9. Direction indicator warning light 5180
H10. Trailer direction indicator warning light 5170
H11. Ladder protection warning light 920
H12. LED - Engine oil pressure 920
H13. LED - Shunttank 920
H15. LED - Engine air filter restriction contact 3960
H16. LED - Hydrostatic oil pressure + oil temperature 920
H17. LED - Brake oil level + brake linings wear 4010
H18. LED - Parking brake 3980
H19. LED - Red header height control 1890
H20. LED - Green header height control 1880
H21. LED - Green pneumatic pressure 2320
H23. LED - Diagnostic 2670
H40. Dashboard lighting rear 4890
H41. Dashboard lighting front 4900
K.Relays

K1. Relay - Starter circuit 350
K2. 12 V after contact relay 1 (Fuse print) 390
K2.1. 12 V after contact relay 2 (Fuse print) 420
K2.3. 12 V after contact relay 3 (Fuse print) 440
K3. Relay - Sidehill longitudinal 8220
K4. Relay - Sidehill transversely 8080
K5. Relay - Reel down 1210
K6. Relay - Reel up 1230
K7. Relay - Unloading tube open 1260
K8. Relay - Unloading tube close 1290
K9. Relay - Threshing engagement 2130
K9.1. Relay - Engagement protection 2230
K9.2. Relay - Engagement protection 2260
K10. Relay - Header engagement 2440
K11. Relay - Reel variator slow 2680
K12. Relay - Reel variator fast 2720
K13. Relay - Ladder protection 2170
K14. Relay - Rear operating lights 6220
K15.2. Relay - Grain tank light + outer operating light 6020
K15.1. Relay - Inner operating lights 6100
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 54

K15.3. Relay - Spot lights 5950
K15. Relay - Central operating light 6060
K16. Relay - Header engagement 2400
K17. Relay - Operator’s seat switch 2430
K20. Relay - Reversing mechanism 2500
K23. Relay - Revolving flashlights 5600
K24. Relay - Road mode (header height control) 2080
K25. Relay - Flasher unit 5140
K26. Relay - Parking lights 4510
K27. Relay - Electrical header reversing switch straw elevator 2490
K28. Relay - Stubble lights + unloading tube light + operating light, RH 5870
K29. Relay - Reversing mechanism cab 2490
K30. Relay - Mirror control 1 7100
K31. Relay - Mirror control 2 7100
K33. Relay - Drum variator speed down 3090
K34. Relay - Drum variator speed up 3120
K36. Relay - Spreader plates 3210
K37. Relay - Spreader plates 3240
K38. Relay - Fan 1 7500
K39. Relay - Fan 2 7540
K40. Relay - Fan 7580
K43. Relay - Windscreen wiper 6480
K45. Relay - Unloading tube protection 2970
K48. Relay - Flip-up dimmed lights 5040
K49. Relay - Flip-up head lights 5040
K50. Relay - Battery inverter 140
K51. Relay - Air conditioning compressor 7450
K52. Relay - Polarization protection 1080
K53. Relay - Rotary dust screen brush 2650
K53. Relay - Rotary dust screen brush 2770
K54. Relay - Grid heater 610
K70. Relay - Vertical knife, RH 7850
K71. Relay - Vertical knife, LH 7900
M.Motors

M1. Motor - Starter 250
M2. Motor - Electrical header reversing switch 2540
M3. Motor - Drum variator 3160
M4. Motor - Fan variator 3160
M5. Motor - Reel variator 2700
M6. Actuator - Sieve-levelling system 3810
M7. Actuator - Spreader plates 3280
M8. Motor - Windscreen wiper 6470
M9. Pump - Windscreen washer 6530
M10. Actuator - Concave adjustment 3300
M11. Motor - Additional mirror (Germany) 7050
M12. Motor - Mirror, RH 6990
M13. Motor - Mirror, LH 6920
M14. Actuator - Rotary dust screen brush 2780
M15. Motor - Vertical knife, RH 7850
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 55

M16. Motor - Vertical knife, LH 7900
M17. Motor - Remote upper sieve 3420
M18. Motor - Remote lower sieve 3510
R.Resistances

R1. Sieve-levelling potentiometer 3810
R2. Header height sensor 2000
R3. Concave adjustment sensor 3340
R5. Stubble height setting 1920
R6. Ground pressure setting 1910
R7. Spreader plates position sensor 3290
R8. Autofloat™ position sensor (LH) 1890
R9. Autofloat™ position sensor (RH) 1900
R10. Grid heater 610
R14. Remote upper sieve 3430
R15. Remote lower sieve 3520
S.Switches

S1. Switch - Main battery 190
S2. Switch - Multi-function handle neutral 350
S3. Switch - Key start 360
S4. Switch - Reel forward 1150
S5. Switch - Reverse drive buzzer 1040
S6. Switch - Reel rearward 1170
S7. Switch - Operator’s seat 2410
S8. Switch - Powered rear axle 7960
S10. Switch - Ladder safety 2120
S11. Switch - Reel down 1200
S12. Switch - Reel up 1230
S13. Switch - Unloading tube open 1250
S14. Switch - Unloading tube close 1280
S15. Switch - Threshing engagement 2110
S16. Switch - Header engagement 2400
S17. Switch - Drum variator 3110
S18. Switch - Fan variator 3160
S20. Switch - Reel variator slow 2670
S21. Switch - Reel variator fast 2690
S22. Switch - Straw walker protection 3940
S23. Switch - Straw walker protection 3940
S24. Switch - Concave adjustment 3330
S27. Switch - Lateral flotation left down 1620
S28. Switch - Lateral flotation right down 1630
S29. Switch - Header up slow 1410
S30. Switch - Header down slow 1470
S31. Switch - Safety on the road 2190
S32. Switch - Unloading tube protection 2990
S33. Switch - Unloading tube engagement 2920
S34. Switch - Revolving flashing light 5560
S35. Switch - Grain tank level 1 5470
S36. Switch - Grain tank level 2 5450
S37. Contact - Brake lining warning 1 3980
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 56

S41. Switch - Brake oil level 4000
S42. Switch - Parking brake 3980
S43. Switch - Upper sieve dashboard 3440
S44. Switch - Upper sieve strawhood 3440
S45. Switch - Lower sieve dashboard 3510
S46. Switch - Lower sieve strawhood 3510
S47. Switch - Automatic header height control 1490
S48. Switch - Header height modes selector 1940
S49. Switch - Spreader plates 3210
S50. Switch - Header up fast 1430
S51. Switch - Header down fast 1450
S52. Switch - Brake lights 4440
S53. Switch - Road lights and indicator 4500
S54. Switch - Hazard warning lights 5200
S55. Switch - Direction indicator 5210
S56. Switch - Operating lights 6250
S57. Switch - Cab door 6240
S58. Switch - Windscreen wiper 6530
S59. Switch - Windscreen washer 6530
S62. Switch - Mirror adjustment 6880
S63. Switch - Additional mirror (German) 6840
S65. Switch - Reel synchronization 2600
S67. Switch - Stubble lights 5890
S68. Switch - Spot lights 5970
S69. Switch - Vertical knives 7900
S70. Low pressure contact air conditioning 7420
S71. High pressure contact air conditioning 7380
S81. Switch - Reversing mechanism 2480
S82. Switch - Throttle 150
S83. Switch - Air conditioning on/off 7580
S84. Switch - Blower 7480
S91. Switch - Sidehill manual/automatic 8030
S92. Switch - Sidehill manual clockwise/counter clockwise 8120
S93. Switch - Sidehill bottom position left-hand 8350
S94. Switch - Sidehill bottom position right-hand 8380
S95. Switch - Sidehill rear left on 8180
S96. Switch - Sidehill up/down 8230
S97. Switch - Sidehill up 8440
S98. Switch - Sidehill down 8440
S99. Switch - Sidehill upper position right-hand 8350
S100. Switch - Sidehill upper position left-hand 8380
V.Semiconductors

V1. Splice block engine ECU 40
V1. Unloading tube closed 1290
V2. Unloading tube open 1260
V3. Reel up 1240
V4. Reel down 1210
V5. Reel aft 1170
V6. Reel fore 1130
W.Coax cables and antenna
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 57

W1. Splice block ground engine ECU 40
X.Connectors

X1. Connector - Main frame/engine (ground)
X3. Connector - Main frame/cab print (ground)
X4. Connector - A-post module (A25)
X5. Connector - In-line harness 290
X6. Connector - Brake solenoid (Y1)
X7. Connector - In-line harness (steering column)
X9. Connector - 12 V 460
X10. Connector - In-line harness
X12. Connector - In-line harness (solenoid valves)
X13. Connector - In-line harness (power rear axle solenoid)
X15. Connector - Printed circuit (rear lights)
X16. Connector - Ground printed circuit (rear lights)
X17. Connector - Drum variator motor (M3)
X18. Connector - Fan variator motor (M4)
X19. Connector - Header
X20. Connector - Reel variator motor (M5)
X21. Connector - Reel synchronization solenoid (Y21)
X22. Connector - In-line harness (spreader plates)
X23. Connector - Inclinometer (A2)
X24. Connector - In-line harness (self levelling cleaning system)
X25. Connector - In-line harness (ground)
X27. Connector - Ground speed sensor (B7)
X28. Connector - Fan speed sensor (B8)
X29. Connector - Drum speed sensor (B9)
X30. Connector - Straw chopper speed sensor (B10)
X31. Connector - Straw walker protection switch (S23)
X32. Connector - Rotary separator speed sensor (B11)
X33. Connector - Returns elevator speed sensor (B12)
X34. Connector - Ladder switch (S10)
X35. Connector - Diagnostic plug
X36. Connector - Unloading tube engagement and reel (forwards/backwards)
switches (S33, S4, S6)
X37. Connector - Straw walker speed sensor (B13)
X39. Connector - Header height sensor (R2)
X41. Connector - Grain tank level 1 switch (S35)
X42. Connector - Grain tank level 2 switch (S36)
X43. Connector - Right hand vertical knife relay (K71)
X44. Connector - Left hand vertical knife relay (K70)
X45. Connector - Printed circuit (right hand side front lights)
X46. Connector - Left hand side front lights (E5)
X47. Connector - Right hand side front lights (E10)
X49. Connector - Warning indicator printed circuit
X51. Connector - Electrical header reversing starter motor (M2)
X52. Connector - Header height control printed circuit
X53. Connector - Right hand side straw walker grain loss sensor (B19)
X54. Connector - Left hand side straw walker grain loss sensor (B20)
X55. Connector - Sieves grain loss sensor (B21)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 58

X56. Connector - Spreader plate actuator (M7/R7)
X57. Connector - Header trailer (Ground) 4530
X57. Connector - Header trailer 4790
X57. Connector - Header trailer, brake lights 4530
X57. Connector - Header trailer, parking light RH 4870
X57. Connector - Header trailer, direction indicator RH 5380
X57. Connector - Header trailer, direction indicator LH 5380
X58. Connector - Steering platform LH (ground)
X59. Connector - Road lights, front, (left hand) 4680
X60. Connector - Motor vertical knife RH
X61. Connector - Motor vertical knife LH
X62. Connector - Road lights, front, right-hand 4790
X64. Connector - Steering platform RH (ground)
X65. Connector - Additional right hand rear park light 4890
X66. Connector - Left hand side head lamp (E12)
X67. Connector - Right hand side head lamp (E13)
X68. Connector - Concave adjustment actuator (M10)
X68. Connector - Air conditioning sensor (S71)
X69. Connector - Concave adjustment adjustable resistor (S3)
X69. Connector - Air conditioning sensor (S70)
X70. Connector - In-line harness (returns elevator loss sensors)
X71. Connector - Returns elevator loss sensor
X72. Connector - Returns elevator loss sensor
X73. Connector - In-line harness (rear work light)
X74. Connector - Straw hood revolving flashing light (E2)
X76. Connector - Sidehill road field solenoid (Y27)
X77. Connector - Sidehill clockwise decreasing solenoid (Y25)
X78. Connector - Sidehill counter clockwise decreasing solenoid (Y26)
X80. Connector - 12 V Plug 500
X81. Connector - Blower fan (A23)
X83. Connector - In-line harness (LH side straw walker grain loss sensor)
X85. Connector - Straw walker protection switch (S22)
X86. Connector - Splice block (Ground)
X87. Connector - Cigarette lighter 430
X88. Connector - Header pressure sensor (B18)
X89. Connector - Threshing engagement switch (S15)
X90. Connector - Header engagement switch (S16)
X92. Connector - Unloading tube protection switch (S32)
X93. Connector - Revolving flashing light (cab roof) (E1)
X94. Connector - In-line harness (lights)
X96. Connector - Ground
X97. Connector - Swath plate position sensor (B26)
X98. Connector - In-line harness (straw chopper position sensor)
X101 Connector - Radio (A20) 6590
X102. Connector - Rotary dust screen brush (M14)
X103. Connector - In-line harness (remote sieves)
X104. Connector - Left-hand side mirror (M13)
X105. Connector - Right-hand side mirror (M12)
X106. Connector - Additional mirror (German) (M11)
X107. Connector - Radio (A20) speakers
X108. Connector - Cab rear control lighting (H40)
X108. Connector - In-line harness (remote sieves)
X109. Connector - Windscreen wiper motor (M8)
X110. Connector - In-line harness dashboard (ground)
X111. Connector - Fuse printed circuit
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 59

X121. Connector - Fuse printed circuit (right-hand console)
X122. Connector - Fuse printed circuit (right-hand console)
X123. Connector - Multi-function handle (right-hand console)
X125. Connector - Lights printed circuit
X135. Connector - Remote upper sieve motor (M17)
X136. Connector - Remote lower sieve motor (M18)
X137. Connector - Printed circuit
X138. Connector - In-line harness (rotary dust screen brush)
X139. Connector - Printed circuit (left hand side front lights)
X141. Connector - CM Module (A8)
X142. Connector - CM Module (A8)
X143. Connector - In-line harness (straw hood lights)
X145. Connector - Flip-up cable
X147. Connector - Reel speed sensor (B27)
X148. Connector - Road lights and indicator switch (S53/S55)
X150. Connector - In-line harness connector (sidehill)
X152. Connector - In-line harness connector (right-hand side straw walker
grain loss sensor)
X153. Connector - In-line harness connector (left-hand side straw walker grain
loss sensor)
X154. Connector - Printed circuit (rear direction indicators)
X157. Connector - Sieve-levelling actuator (M6)
X159. Connector - In-line harness connector (steering column)
X160. Connector - In-line harness connector (right-hand module)
X163. Connector - In-line harness connector (steering column)
X164. Connector - Right hand side rear operating light (E28)
X165. Connector - Left hand side rear operating light (E29)
X166. Connector - Grain tank light (ground)
X167. Connector - Brake lining warning switch (S37.1)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 60

X175. Connector - Levelling box (A21)
X176. Connector - Left hand side stubble light (E25)
X177. Connector - Right hand side stubble light (E26)
X178. Connector - In-line harness - revolving flashing light (straw hood)
X179. Connector - In-line harness left hand side mirror
X180. Connector - In-line harness right hand side mirror
X183. Connector - Air conditioning compressor clutch solenoid (Y11)
X195. Connector - Operator’s seat switch
X196. Connector - Left-hand side railing headlights
X197. Connector - Right-hand side railing headlights
X198. Connector - Engine control module connector
X199. Connector - Grid heater relay (K54)
X200. Connector - Cab front control panel lighting (H41)
X201. Connector - Shunt tank sensor (B72)
X202. Connector - Water in fuel sensor (B73)
X902. Connector - Camshaft speed sensor
X903. Connector - Crankshaft speed sensor
X904. Connector - Fuel temperature sensor
X905. Connector - Fuel metering unit
X906. Connector - Boost pressure/temperature sensor
X907. Connector - Oil pressure/temperature sensor
X908. Connector - Coolant temperature sensor
X909. Connector - In-line harness connector (fuel injectors/rail pressure sensor)
X910. Connector - Fuel rail pressure sensor
X911. Connector - Fuel injector solenoid 1
Y.Valves

Y1. Solenoid - Brake 2170
Y4. Solenoid - Reel down 1210
Y5. Solenoid - Reel up 1230
Y6. Solenoid - Unloading tube open 1260
Y7. Solenoid - Unloading tube close 1280
Y8. Solenoid - Unloading tube engagement 3010
Y9. Solenoid - Header engagement 2450
Y10. Solenoid - Reversing mechanism 2520
Y11. Solenoid - Air conditioning compressor clutch 7530
Y12. Solenoid - Reversing mechanism 2540
Y13. Solenoid - Reel fore 1140
Y14. Solenoid - Reel aft 1170
Y15. Solenoid - Treshing mechanism engagement 2350
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 61

Y16. Solenoid - Lateral float right hand down 1660
Y17. Solenoid - Lateral float left hand down 1680
Y18. Solenoid - Header up 1530
Y19. Solenoid - Header down 1550
Y21. Solenoid - Reel synchronization 2620
Y22. Solenoid - Powered rear axle 7940
Y24. Solenoid - Pilot 1340
Y25. Solenoid - Reel speed 2700
Y25. Solenoid - Sidehill clockwise decreasing 8070
Y26. Solenoid - Sidehill counter clockwise decreasing 8100
Y27. Solenoid - Sidehill road/field 8040
Y28. Solenoid - Sidehill up 8440
Y29. Solenoid - Sidehill down 8460
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 62
Wiring harness - Overview
ZVE0350A 1
Lower cab
X159 - In-line harness connector X163 - In-line harness connector

X7 - In-line harness connector X36 - Reel and unloading tube switches (S4/S6/S33)
Connectors located in area A
X45 - Printed circuit (right-hand side front lights) X145 - Flip-up cable
X47 - Right-hand side front lights (E10) X180 - In-line harness connector (right-hand side mirror)
Connectors located in area B
X66 - Left-hand side head lamp (E12) X176 - Left-hand side stubble light (E25)
X139 - Printed circuit (left-hand side front lights) X177 - Right-hand side stubble light (E26)
X46 - Left-hand side front Lights (E5) X179 - In-line harness connector (left-hand side mirror)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 63
ZVE0349A 2
Main Cab
S42 - Parking brake switch S57 - Door switch

X81 - Blower fan (A23) X93 - Revolving flashing light (E1)
X141 - CM Module (A8) X109 - Windscreen wiper motor (M8)
X162 - In-line harness connector X142 - CM Module (A8)
X23 - Inclinometer (A2) X114 - Fuse printed circuit

X35 - Diagnostic plug X115 - Fuse printed circuit
X111 - Fuse printed circuit X190 - Fuse printed circuit
X112 - Fuse printed circuit X194 - Fuse printed circuit
X113 - Fuse printed circuit
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 64
Connectors located in area B
S3 - Key start switch X9 - 12 V connector

S8 - Powered rear axle switch X89 - Threshing engagement switch (S15)
Connectors located in area C
S34 - Revolving flash light switch S63 - Additional mirror switch (Germany)
S56 - Operating lights switch S68 - Spot lights switch
S58 - Windscreen wiper switch X101 - Radio (A20)
S59 - Windscreen washer switch X107 - Radio (A20) speakers
S62 - Mirror adjustment switch
Connectors located in area D
X4 - A-Post module (A25) X129 - Lights printed circuit

X94 - In-line harness connector (lights) X130 - Lights printed circuit
X125 - Lights printed circuit X131 - Lights printed circuit
X126 - Lights printed circuit X132 - Lights printed circuit
X127 - Lights printed circuit X137 - Printed circuit (brake lights)
X128 - Lights printed circuit X138 - In-line harness connector
Connectors located in area E

X24 - In-line harness connector X80 - 12 V Plug
X26 - In-line harness connector
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 65
ZVE0351A 3
Right-hand side (Smart Sieve™)
S26 - Manual control Smart Sieve™ switch X24 - In-line harness connector (Smart Sieve™)
X157 - Smart Sieve™ actuator (M6)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 66
ZVE0356A 4
Right-hand side (Main frame)
X18 - Fan variator motor (M4) X34 - Ladder switch (S10)

X164 - Right-hand side rear operating light (E28) X53 - Right-hand side straw walker grain loss sensor
(B19)
X55 - Left-hand side straw walker grain loss sensor (B20) X143 - In-line harness connector rear lights
X137 - Printed circuit (brake lights) X152 - In-line harness connector

X144 - Printed circuit (rear lights) X153 - In-line harness connector
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 67
ZVE0355A 5
Left-hand side (Operator’s platform)

X27 - Ground speed sensor (B7) X28 - Fan speed sensor (B8)
X32 - Rotary separator speed sensor (B11) X33 - Returns elevator speed sensor (B12)
X37 - Straw walker speed sensor (B13) X43 - Right-hand vertical knife relay (K71)
X44 - Left-hand vertical knife relay (K70) X88 - Header pressure sensor (B18)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 68
ZVE0354A 6
Left-hand side (grain tank)
X39 - Header height sensor (R2) X40 - In-line harness connector

X41 - Grain tank level 1 switch (S35) X42 - Grain tank level 2 switch (S36)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 69
ZVE0353A 7
Left-hand side (engine compartment)
X17 - Drum variator motor (M3) X25 - In-line harness connector (ground)
X30 - Straw chopper speed sensor (B10) X31 - Straw walker protection switch (S23)
X73 - In-line harness connector (rear work light) X74 - Revolving flashing light (straw hood) (E2)
X97 - Swath plate position sensor (B26) X98 - In-line harness connector
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 70
ZVE0352A 8
Straw hood
S22 - Straw walker protection switch X22 - In-line harness connector

X56 - Spreader plate actuator (M7/R7) X85 - Straw walker protection switch (S22)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 71
VFIL08CS0060G0A 9
Laterale
X76 - Sidehill road field solenoid (Y27) X77 - Sidehill clockwise decreasing solenoid (Y25)
X78 - Sidehill counter clockwise decreasing solenoid X86 - Ground
(Y26)
X96 - Ground X150 - In-line harness connector (sidehill)
X151 - In-line harness connector (sidehill)
X174 - In-line harness connector (sidehill) X175 - Levelling box (A21)
S91 - Sidehill manual / automatic switch S92 - Sidehill manual / clockwise / counter clockwise
switch
S93 - Sidehill left-hand bottom position, switch S94 - Sidehill right-hand bottom position, switch
S99 - Sidehill right-hand upper position, switch S99 - Sidehill left-hand upper position, switch
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 72
Wiring harness - Component Diagram 00

Ground
Connector X1
Ground
Wire number Circuit reference Electrical schematic frame
010 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
769 (ZW) frame 01 (A.30.A)
007 (ZW)
656 (ZW)
003 (ZW)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
frame 12 (A.30.A)
frame 15 (A.30.A)
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 02 (A.30.A)
frame 04 (A.30.A)
frame 12 (A.30.A)
frame 20 (A.30.A)
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical standard (A.30.A).
VFIL08CS0037A0A 1
NOTE: For connector service tools refer to, ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Special tools 1 (A.30.A).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 73
ZEIL09CS0135A0B 2
Support engine, left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 74
Ground
Connector X3
Ground
069 (ZW) frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 03 (A.30.A)
frame 26 (A.30.A)
880 (ZW) frame 05 (A.30.A)
VFIL08CS0037A0A 3
ZEIL09CS0133A0B 4
Right hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 75
A post module (A25)
Connector X4
A post module (A25)
Position Wire Circuit reference Electrical schematic frame
number
1 008 (GE) Alternator signal (D+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
2 106 (GN) CAN low signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
3 107 (GE) CAN high signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
4 113 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
5 111 (RD) B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
6 110 (OR) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 097 (GE) Shunt tank light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
11 036 (GE) Ladder protection light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
12 120 (WT) Unloading tube open/close light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
13 185 (GE) Spreader plates light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
14 186 (GE) Spreader plates light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
15 079 (GE) Straw walker protection light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
16 686 (GE) Safety on the road switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
17 402 (GE) Grain tank level indicator light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
18 129 (GE) Grain tank level 1 switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
frame 20 (A.30.A)
20 682 (WT) Threshing mechanism pressure light (OK) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
21 137 (GE) Parking brake light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
22 192 (GE) Brake oil level and brake lining warning light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
23 414 (GE) Hydrostatic oil temperature light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
24 133 (GE) Engine air filter restriction light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
25 134 (GE) Hydrostatic oil pressure light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
26 098 (GE) Fuel level sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
27 -
28 -
29 217 (PU) LH side indicator light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 76
30 218 (PU) RH side indicator light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic

frame 19 (A.30.A)
31 -
32 -
33 -
34 -
35 799 (BL) Video camera 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
35 800 (BL) Video camera 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
36 802 (WT) Video camera 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
37 801 (WT) Video camera 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
ZVE0021A 5
NOTE: For connector service tools refer to, Wiring harness - Special tools 2 (A.30.A).
ZVE0126A 6
Right hand side cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 77
In-line harness connector
Connector X5
number
1 184 (GR) Spreader plates switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
2 183 (GE) Spreader plates switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 060 (GR) Drum variator switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
4 059 (WT) Drum variator switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
5 655(OR) Water sensor in fuel Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
6 008 (GE) Alternator signal (D+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
7 013 (WT) Switched start signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
8 298 (GE) Air conditioning low pressure switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
11 097 (GE) Shunt tank light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
12 414 (GE) Hydrostatic oil temperature switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
13 185 (GE) Spreader plates position sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
frame 12 (A.30.A)
15 077 (GE) Swath plate position sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
16 112 (ZW) Swath plate position sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
17 112 (ZW) Straw chopper position sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
18 075 (GE) Straw chopper position sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
19 079 (GE) Straw walker protection switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
21 133 (GE) Engine air filter restriction switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
22 134 (GE) Hydrostatic oil pressure switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
23 -
24 401 (WT) Revolving flashing light (straw hood) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
25 259 (WT) Reel synchronization solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
26 626 (GE) Engine ISO K line interface Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
27 230 (PU) LH side rear operating light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 78
28 405 (WT) Relay K-51 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic

frame 25 (A.30.A)
29 296 (GE) Air conditioning high pressure switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
30 -
31 026 (BL) Reel synchronization solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
ZVE0001A 7
ZVE0118A 8
Junction box, can floor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 79
Brake solenoid (Y1)
Connector X6
Brake solenoid (Y1)
number
A 613 (WT) Brakes solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
B 112 (ZW) Brakes solenoid ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
ZVE0127A 9
ZVE0128A 10
Under the cab floor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 80
Connector X7
number
A -
B -
C 212 (OR) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
D -
E -
F 213 (RD) B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
G -
H 276 (WT) Relay K-25 power supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
I -
J 215 (GE) Hazard and trailer indicator warning light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
K 128 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
L 214 (PU) Indicator light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
M 217 (PU) LH side indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
N 218 (PU) RH side indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
O -
P 199 (RD) B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
Q -
R 200 (WT) Road lights switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
S 210 (PU) Main beam switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
T 209 (PU) Dip beam switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
U -
U -
V -
W -
X -
ZVE0022A 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 81
ZVE0123A 12
Junction box, cab floor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 82
12 V connector
Connector X9
12 V connector
number
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
ZVE0319A 13
ZVE0129B 14
Right hand side module
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 83
Main battery switch (S1)
Connector S1
Main battery switch
number
- 002 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0145g0a 15
VFIL04CS0152A0A 16
Mid left hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 84
Multi-function handle neutral switch (S2)
Connector S2
Multi-function handle neutral switch
number
frame 01 (A.30.A)
4 014 (WT) Multi-function handle neutral switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0146g0a 17
VFIL04CS0127A0A 18
Multi-function handle
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 85
Key start switch (S3)
Connector S3
Ignition switch
number
1 031 (WT) Switched ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
2 014 (WT) Switched start signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
3 -
frame 01 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0147g0a 19
ZVE0321B 20
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 86
Reverse drive buzzer switch (S5)
Connector S5
Reverse drive buzzer switch
number
1 021 (WT) Reverse drive buzzer / CM signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2 -
3 -
frame 05 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0148g0a 21
VFIL04CS0142A0A 22
Multi-function handle
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 87
Powered rear axle switch (S8)
Connector S8
Powered rear axle switch
number
1 -
2A -
2B 059 (WT) Ignition B(+) road safety Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
3 508 (WT) Powered rear axle switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
4 -
5A -
frame 26 (A.30.A)
frame 26 (A.30.A)
frame 26 (A.30.A)
8 -
frame 26 (A.30.A)
10 -
ZVE0259A 23
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 88
ZEIL09CS0180B0B 24
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 89
Reel down solenoid (Y4)
Connector Y4
Reel down solenoid
number
1 112 (ZW) Solenoid circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2 046 (GR) Solenoid circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
ZVE0357A 25
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 26
Cab left operator’s platform
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 90
Reel up solenoid (Y5)
Connector Y5
Reel up solenoid
number
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2 047 (WT) Solenoid circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
ZVE0358A 27
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 28
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 91
Unloading tube open solenoid (Y6)
Connector Y6
Unloading tube open solenoid
number
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
ZVE0359A 29
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 30
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 92
Unloading tube close solenoid (Y7)
Connector Y7
Unloading tube close solenoid
number
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
ZVE0360A 31
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 32
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 93
Unloading tube engagement solenoid (Y8)
Connector Y8
Unloading tube engagement solenoid
number
frame 11 (A.30.A)
frame 11 (A.30.A)
ZVE0358B 33
ZEIL06CS0007A0D 34
Mid left hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 94
Header engagement solenoid (Y9)
Connector Y9
Header engagement solenoid
number
frame 09 (A.30.A)
frame 09 (A.30.A)
ZVE0358B 35
ZEIL06CS0007A0D 36
Mid left hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 95
Wiring harness - Component diagram 01

Connector X10
number
1 062 (WT) Fan variator switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
2 061 (GR) Fan variator switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 206 (PU) Additional right-hand park light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 15 (A.30.A)
5 021 (WT) Reverse drive buzzer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
6 098 (GE) Fuel level sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
7 177 (BL) Straw walker grain loss sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
8 178 (GE) Straw walker grain loss sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
11 177 (BL) Sieves grain loss sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
12 182 (GE) Sieves grain loss sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
13 217 (PU) Left-hand side rear indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
14 218 (PU) Right-hand side rear indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
15 194 (PU) Brake lights switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
16 202 (PU) Left-hand side rear park lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
17 205 (PU) Right-hand side rear park lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
18 -
19 036 (GE) Ladder protection switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
20 -
frame 15 (A.30.A)
22 052 (GR) Rotary dust screen brush (fast) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
23 -
24 -
25 608 (WT) Rotary dust screen brush (slow) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
26 230 (PU) Right-hand side rear operating light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
27 -
28 602 (WT) Ladder protection relay circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 96
ZVE0002A 1
ZVE0119A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 97
Connector X12
number
A 046 (GR) Reel down signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
B 047 (WT) Reel up signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
C 048 (WT) Unloading tube open signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
D 049 (GR) Unloading tube close signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
E 094 (GR) Reversing mechanism solenoid signal (slow Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
forward) frame 09 (A.30.A)
F 095 (WT) Reversing mechanism solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
G 156 (GR) Header height control (down) solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
H 155 (WT) Header height control (up) solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
J 112 (ZW) Reversing mechanism solenoid ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
K 114 (BL) Lateral float solenoids Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
L 157 (BL) Header height control (up) solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
M 157 (BL) Header height control (down) solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
N 679 (WT) Reel forward signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
O 677 (GR) Reel rearward signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
P 112 (ZW) Reel forward solenoid ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
Q 112 (ZW) Reel rearward solenoid ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
R 112 (ZW) Reel up/down solenoid ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
S 112 (ZW) Pilot valve solenoid ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
T 112 (ZW) Unloading tube open/close solenoid ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
U 673 (WT) Pilot valve solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
V 285 (WT) Relay K-29 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
W 142 (WT) Lateral float (left down) solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
X 141 (GR) Lateral float (right down) solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 98
ZVE0003A 3
ZVE0120A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 99
In-line harness connector (powered rear axle solenoid Y22)
Connector X13
In-line harness connector (powered rear axle solenoid Y22)
number
1 508 (WT) Powered rear axle solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
2 -
ZVE0113A 5
Left hand side of battery case
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 100
Printed circuit (rear lights)
Connector X15
number
frame 19 (A.30.A)
2 128 (ZW) Ground (trailer) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
5 -
6 -
7 -
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
ZVE0109A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 101
ZVE0132A 7
Mid right hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 102
Connector X16
number
1 -
frame 22 (A.30.A)
3 -
4 -
frame 08 (A.30.A)
6 -
7 -
8 -
ZVE0112A 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 103
ZVE0133A 9
Mid right hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 104
Connector X17
number
1 272 (WT) Drum variator motor circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
2 273 (GR) Drum variator motor circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 -
ZVE0024A 10
ZVE0137A 11
Mid left hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 105
Fan variator motor (M4)
Connector X18
Fan variator motor (M4)
number
A 061 (GR) Fan variator motor circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
B 062 (WT) Fan variator motor circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
ZVE0026A 12
ZVE0138A 13
Mid right hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 106
Header connector
Connector X19
Header connector
number
1 147 (GE) Left-hand side lateral float sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
2 148 (GE) Right-hand side lateral float sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
3 -
4 -
5 161 (PK) Left-hand side lateral float sensor reference Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
voltage frame 07 (A.30.A)
6 160 (BL) Left-hand side lateral float sensor reference Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
ground frame 07 (A.30.A)
7 420 (GE) Reel RPM Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
8 -
9 -
10 -
11 -
12 -
13 112 (ZW) Reference ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
14 -
15 -
16 -
17 -
18 -
19 -
20 073 (WT) Reel variator motor (fast signal) / Varifeed™ Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
solenoid frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 18 (A.30.A)
22 217 (PU)
23 161 (PK) Right-hand side lateral float sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
reference voltage frame 07 (A.30.A)
24 202 (PU) Grain head illumination signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
25 160 (BL) Right-hand side lateral float sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
reference ground frame 07 (A.30.A)
26 072 (GR) Reel variator motor (slow) signal / Varifeed™ Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
27 -
28 -
29 -
30 128 (ZW) Grain head illumination ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
31 -
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 107
ZVE0004A 14
ZVE0139A 15
Left right hand side of header
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 108
Drum variator switch (S17)
Connector S17
Drum variator switch
number
frame 12 (A.30.A)
2A -
2B 262 (WT) Threshing engaged B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 060 (GR) Relay K-33 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
4 -
5A -
5B -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
ZVE0254A 16
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 109
ZVE0331A 17
Right-hand side module
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 110
Fan variator switch (S18)
Connector S18
Fan variator switch
number
1 061 (GR) Fan variator motor circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
2A -
frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 062 (WT) Fan variator motor circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
4 062 (WT) Fan variator motor circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
5A -
5B 045 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
6 061 (GR) Fan variator motor circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
ZVE0255A 18
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 111
ZVE0332A 19
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 112
Connector Y10
Reversing mechanism solenoid
number
frame 09 (A.30.A)
frame 09 (A.30.A)
ZVE0361A 20
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 21
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 113
Connector Y12
Reversing mechanism solenoid
number
frame 09 (A.30.A)
frame 09 (A.30.A)
ZVE0362A 22
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 23
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 114
Reel forward solenoid (Y13)
Connector Y13
Reel forward solenoid
number
1 112 (ZW) Solenoid circuit Wiring harness - Component diagram 05
(A.30.A)
2 679 (WT) Solenoid circuit Wiring harness - Component diagram 05
(A.30.A)
ZVE0363A 24
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 25
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 115
Reel rearward solenoid (Y14)
Connector Y14
Reel rearward solenoid
number
1 112 (ZW) Solenoid circuit Wiring harness - Component diagram 05
(A.30.A)
2 677 (GR) Solenoid circuit Wiring harness - Component diagram 05
(A.30.A)
ZVE0364A 26
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 27
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 116
Threshing engagement solenoid (Y15)
Connector (Y15)
Threshing engagement solenoid
number
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 08 (A.30.A)
ZVE0358B 28
ZEIL06CS0007A0D 29
Mid left hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 117
Lateral float solenoid (right down) (Y16)
Connector Y16
Lateral float solenoid (right down)
number
1 114 (BL) Solenoid circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
frame 06 (A.30.A)
ZVE0365A 30
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 31
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 118
Lateral float solenoid (left down) (Y17)
Connector Y17
Lateral float solenoid (left down)
number
frame 06 (A.30.A)
frame 06 (A.30.A)
ZVE0366A 32
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 33
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 119
Header height up solenoid (Y18)
Connector Y18
Header height up solenoid
number
frame 06 (A.30.A)
frame 06 (A.30.A)
ZVE0106A 34
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 35
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 120
Header down solenoid (Y19)
Connector Y19
Header down solenoid
number
frame 06 (A.30.A)
frame 06 (A.30.A)
ZVE0367A 36
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 37
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 121

Reel variator motor (M5)
Connector X20
Reel variator motor (M5)
number
1 072 (GR) Reel variator motor (slow) signal
2 073 (WT) Reel variator motor (fast) signal
ZVE0140A 1
ZVE0141A 2
Left-hand side of header
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 122
Reel synchronization solenoid (Y21)
Connector X21
Reel synchronization solenoid (Y21)
number
frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 10 (A.30.A)
ZVE0027A 3
ZVE0142A 4
Left-hand side of engine
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 123
In-line harness connector (spreader plates)
Connector X22
In-line harness connector (spreader plates)
number
1 184 (GR) Relay K-36 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
2 183 (GE) Relay K-37 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 185 (GE) Spreader position sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
frame 12 (A.30.A)
ZVE0028A 5
ZVE0149A 6
Mid left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 124
Inclinometer (A2)
Connector X23
Inclinometer (A2)
number
A 086 (PK) Reference voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
B 088 (BL) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
C 032 (GE) Inclinometer signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
ZVE0005A 7
ZVE0143A 8
Below fuse printed circuit, right hand cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 125
Connector X24
number
1 086 (PK) Reference voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
2 087 (GE) Smart Sieve™ actuator potentiometer signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
3 088 (BL) Sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 090 (WT) Smart Sieve™ actuator signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
9 -
10 089 (BL) Smart Sieve™ actuator signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
11 -
12 -
13 -
14 -
15 -
16 -
17 -
18 -
19 -
ZVE0006A 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 126
ZVE0117A 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 127
In-line harness connector (ground)
Connector X25
In-line harness connector (ground)
number
1 004 (BL) Radio ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
2 011 (RD) Relay K-1 actuation (B+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
ZVE0029A 11
ZVE0144A 12
Behind hydrostatic oil reservoir
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 128
Connector X26
number
1 123 (GE) Return elevator sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
2 112 (ZW) Return elevator sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
3 130 (GE) Header pressure sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
6 508 (WT) Switch powered rear axle Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
7 -
frame 26 (A.30.A)
9 192 (GE) Brake lining warning switch circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
10 099 (GE) Groundspeed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
11 112 (ZW) Groundspeed sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
12 101 (GE) Fanspeed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
13 112 (ZW) Fanspeed sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
14 103 (GE) Drumspeed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
15 112 (ZW) Drumspeed sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
16 082 (GE) Straw walker sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
17 112 (ZW) Straw walker sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
18 080 (GE) Reelspeed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
19 112 (ZW) Reelspeed sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
20 112 (ZW) Threshing engagement solenoid ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
21 112 (ZW) Header engagement solenoid ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
22 685 (GE) Returns elevator loss sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
23 064 (WT) Header engagement solenoid signa Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
24 684 (BL) Returns elevator loss sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
25 161 (PK) Returns elevator loss sensor reference Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
26 612 (WT) Unloading tube engagement solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
27 112 (ZW) Unloading tube engagement solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 129
28 506 (WT) Right-hand side vertical knife switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
29 507 (WT) Left-hand side vertical knife switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
30 779 (ZW) Ignition B(+) road safety Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
31 683 (WT) Threshing mechanism engagement Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
solenoid signal frame 08 (A.30.A)
ZVE0007A 13
ZVE0121A 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 130
Groundspeed sensor (B7)
Connector X27
Groundspeed sensor (B7)
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0030A 15
ZVE0145A 16
Top of gear box
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 131
Fanspeed sensor (B8)
Connector X28
Fanspeed sensor (B8)
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
2 101 (GE) Fanspeed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0031A 17
ZVE0146A 18
Mid left hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 132
Drumspeed sensor (B9)
Connector X29
Drumspeed sensor (B9)
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
2 103 (GE) Drumspeed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0032A 19
ZVE0147A 20
Mid left hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 133
Pilot valve solenoid (Y24)
Connector Y24
Pilot valve solenoid
number
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
ZVE0358B 21
ZEIL06CS0151A0B 22
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 134

Straw chopper speed sensor (B10)
Connector X30
Straw chopper speed sensor (B10)
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
2 075 (GE) Straw chopper speed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0008A 1
ZVE0303A 2
Rear left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 135
Straw walker protection switch (S23)
Connector X31
number
frame 15 (A.30.A)
frame 15 (A.30.A)
ZVE0033A 3
ZVE0148A 4
Mid left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 136
Connector X32
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
2 080 (GE) Rotary separator speed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0034A 5
ZVE0150A 6
Mid left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 137
Connector X33
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
2 123 (GE) Returns elevator sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0035A 7
ZVE0151A 8
Mid left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 138
Connector X34
number
A 602 (WT) Ladder protection relay circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
B 036 (GE) Ladder protection warning light circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
C 128 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
ZVE0036A 9
VFIL04CS0119A0A 10
Right-hand side rear
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 139
Diagnostic plug
Connector X35
Diagnostic plug
number
A 068 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
B 618 (RD) B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
C 107 (GE) CAN high signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
D 106 (GN) CAN low signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
E 626 (GE) Engine ISO K line interface Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
F 108 (GN) RS 232 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
G 109 (GE) RS 232 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
H -
J -
VFIL04CS0132A0A 11
ZVE0153A 12
Below fuse printed circuit, right hand cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 140
Unloading tube engagement and reel fwd/rwd switches (S33, S4, S6)
Connector X36
Unloading tube engagement and reel fwd/rwd switches (S33, S4, S6)
numbe
1 116 (GR) Reel rearward signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2 115 (WT) Reel forward signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
4 055 (WT) Unloading tube switch supply road safety Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B(+) frame 11 (A.30.A)
5 121 (WT) Unloading tube switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
6 -
ZVE0038A 13
ZVE0154A 14
Front, under can floor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 141
Connector X37
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0039A 15
ZVE0155A 16
Mid left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 142
Connector X38
number
1 192 (GE) Brake warning symbol Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
2 122 (ZW) Groundspeed sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 06 (A.30.A)
5 088 (BL) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
6 086 (PK) Header pressure sensor reference voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
7 -
8 -
VFIL04CS0133A0A 17
VFIL04CS0108A0A 18
Left-hand side, behind front wheel
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 143
Connector X39
number
frame 07 (A.30.A)
2 165 (GE) Header height sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
3 161 (PK) Header height sensor reference voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
ZVE0040A 19
ZVE0156A 20
Under cab, right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 144
Safety on the road switch (S31)
Connector S31
Safety on the road switch (S31)
number
1 686 (GE) CM signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
2A -
2B 118 (OR) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 08 (A.30.A)
4 613 (WT) Brakes solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
5A -
frame 08 (A.30.A)
6 059 (WT) Relay K-13 power supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 08 (A.30.A)
8 -
9 -
10 -
VFIL08CS0034A0A 21
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 145
ZVE0333A 22
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 146

Connector X40
number
A 055 (WT) Ignition B(+) road safety Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
B 667 (GR) Concave adjustment switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
C 120 (WT) Unloading tube protection switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
D 668 (WT) Concave adjustment switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
E -
F 129 (GE) Grain tank level 1 switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
G -
H 027 (OR) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
J 027 (OR) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
K 160 (BL) Header height sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
L 165 (GE) Header height sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
M 161 (PK) Header height sensor reference voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
N 239 (WT) Washer pump signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
P 226 (PU) Grain tank light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
R 669 (PK) Concave adjustment potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
S 670 (BL) Concave adjustment potentiometer ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
T -
U 283 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
V 019 (GE) Grain tank level 2 switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
W -
X 671 (GE) Concave adjustment potentiometer signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 147
ZVE0009A 1
ZVE0122A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 148
Grain tank level 1 switch (S35)
Connector X41
number
frame 20 (A.30.A)
frame 20 (A.30.A)
ZVE0041A 3
ZVE0157A 4
Front of grain tank
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 149
Connector X42
number
frame 20 (A.30.A)
frame 20 (A.30.A)
ZVE0042A 5
ZVE0158A 6
Front of grain tank
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 150
Right-hand vertical knife relay (K71)
Connector X43
Right-hand vertical knife relay (K71)
number
frame 26 (A.30.A)
frame 26 (A.30.A)
ZVE0043A 7
ZVE0159A 8
Left-hand side of battery case
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 151
Left-hand vertical knife relay (K70)
Connector X44
Left-hand vertical knife relay (K70)
number
frame 26 (A.30.A)
frame 26 (A.30.A)
ZVE0044A 9
ZVE0160A 10
Left-hand side of battery case
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 152
Printed circuit (right-hand side front lights)
Connector X45
Printed circuit (right-hand side front lights)
number
1 205 (PU) Right-hand side front park lights Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
2 205 (PU) Right-hand side front park light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
3 218 (PU) Right-hand side front indicator light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
4 218 (PU) Right-hand side front indicator light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
5 218 (PU) Right-hand side front additional indicator Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
light signal frame 19 (A.30.A)
6 -
7 205 (PU) Right-hand side front additional park light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
signal frame 17 (A.30.A)
8 -
ZVE0045A 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 153
ZVE0161A 12
Right-hand side cab hand rail
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 154
Left-hand side front lights (E5, E6, E17)
Connector X46
Left-hand side front lights (E5, E6, E17)
number
A 202 (PU) Left-hand side front park light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
B 128 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
C 217 (PU) Left-hand side front indicator light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
ZVE0046A 13
ZVE0166A 14
Left-hand side, operator’s platform
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 155
Right-hand side front lights (E10.2, E11)
Connector X47
Right-hand side front lights (E10.2, E11)
number
A 205 (PU) Right-hand side front park light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
C 218 (PU) Right-hand side front indicator light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
ZVE0047A 15
ZVE0162A 16
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 156
Warning indicator printed circuit
Connector X49
Warning indicator printed circuit
number
frame 17 (A.30.A)
2 209 (PU) Head light indicator light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
3 -
4 215 (GE) Hazard and trailer indicator warning light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
5 217 (PU) Left-hand side indicator warning light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
6 218 (PU) Right-hand side indicator warning light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
ZVE0049A 17
ZVE0170A 18
Steering column
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 157
Brake oil level switch (S41)
Connector S41
Brake oil level switch
number
1 192 (GE) Brake oil level switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
frame 15 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0124A0A 19
VFIL04CS0143A0A 20
Left-hand side, cab floor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 158
Parking brake switch (S42)
Connector S42
Parking brake switch
number
1 137 (GE) Parking brake switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
frame 15 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0139A0A 21
VFIL04CS0143A0B 22
Left-hand side, cab floor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 159
Upper sieve switch (S43)
Connector S43
Upper sieve switch
number
1 783 (GR) Upper sieve switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
2A -
2B 810 (OR) / Upper sieve switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
118 (OR) frame 13 (A.30.A)
3 782 (WT) Upper sieve switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
5A -
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
VFIL08CS0034A0A 23
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 160
ZEIL09CS0145B0B 24
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 161
Upper sieve switch (S44)
Connector S44
Upper sieve switch
number
frame 13 (A.30.A)
2A -
2B 118 (OR) Upper sieve switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
5A -
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
VFIL08CS0034A0A 25
ZEIL09CS0142A0B 26
Above right-hand rear wheel
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 162
Lower sieve switch (S45)
Connector S45
Lower sieve switch
number
1 785 (GR) Lower sieve switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
2A -
frame 13 (A.30.A)
3 784 (WT) Lower sieve switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
5A -
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
VFIL08CS0034A0A 27
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 163
ZEIL09CS0145B0B 28
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 164
Lower sieve switch (S46)
Connector S46
Lower sieve switch
number
frame 13 (A.30.A)
2A -
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
5A -
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
VFIL08CS0034A0A 29
ZEIL09CS0142A0B 30
Above right-hand rear wheel
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 165
Spreader plates switch (S49)
Connector S49
Spreader plates switch
number
1 183 (GE) Spreader plates switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
2A -
frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 184 (GR) Spreader plates switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
4 -
5A -
5B -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
ZVE0256A 31
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 166
ZVE0336A 32
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 167

Connector X50
number
frame 09 (A.30.A)
frame 09 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0134A0A 1
VFIL04CS0148A0A 2
Right-hand side, behind front wheel
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 168
Electrical header reversing starter motor (M2)
Connector X51
Electrical header reversing starter motor (M2)
number
frame 09 (A.30.A)
2 -
VFIL07FR0175A0A 3
VFIL08CS0039A0A 4
Inspection panel top of stairs
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 169
Header height modes selector switch (S48)
Connector X52 (S48)

Header height control printed circuit
number
1 265 (GE) Header height mode switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
2 172 (GE) Compensation adjustment setting signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
3 -
4 168 (GE) Header height control light signal (red) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
7 169 (GE) Header height control light signal (green) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
8 173 (GE) Stubble height setting signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
ZVE0171A 5
VFIL04CS0151A0A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 170
Right hand side straw walker grain loss sensor (B19)
Connector X53
Right hand side straw walker grain loss sensor (B19)
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
2 178 (GE) Right-hand side straw walker grain loss Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
sensor signal frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0010A 7
ZVE0173A 8
Right-hand side of straw walkers
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 171
Left hand side straw walker grain loss sensor (B20)
Connector X54
Left-hand side straw walker grain loss sensor (B20)
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
2 180 (GE) Left-hand side straw walker grain loss Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
sensor signal frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0050A 9
ZVE0174A 10
Right-hand side of straw walkers
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 172
Connector X55
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0051A 11
ZVE0175A 12
Right-hand side of sieves grain loss sensor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 173
Spreader plate actuator (M7/R7)
Connector X56
Spreader plate actuator (M7/R7)
number
1 051 (GR) Spreader plates motor circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
frame 12 (A.30.A)
frame 12 (A.30.A)
4 050 (WT) Spreader plates motor circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
ZVE0052A 13
ZVE0302A 14
Left-hand side rear
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 174
Trailer socket
Connector X57
Trailer socket
number
R 218 (PU) Right-hand side rear indicator signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
L 217 (PU) Left-hand side rear indicator signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
31 128 (ZW) Brake light ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
54 194 (PU) Brake light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
L 202 (PU) Left-hand side rear park light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
58R 205 (PU) Right-hand side rear park light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
ZVE0177A 15
ZVE0176A 16
Above rear axle
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 175
Ground
Connector X58
Ground
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 18 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0155A0A 17
ZEIL09CS0131A0B 18
Left-hand side, under operator’s platform
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 176
Road lights, front, left-hand side
Connector X59
Road lights, front, left-hand side
number
1 202 (PU) Road lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
2 -
VFIL04CS0137A0A 19
VFIL04CS0120A0A 20
Left-hand side front, under operator’s platform
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 177
Brake light switch (S52)
Connector S52
Brake light switch
number
frame 17 (A.30.A)
1 194 (PU) Brake light switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0128A0B 21
VFIL04CS0135A0A 22
Under cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 178
Hazard warning lights switch (S54)
Connector S54
Hazard warning lights switch
number
1 -
2A 214 (PU) Indicator light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
2B -
frame 19 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
5A 217 (PU) Left-hand side indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
5B 218 (PU) Right-hand side indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
7 -
frame 19 (A.30.A)
9 -
10 -
VFIL04CS0159A0A 23
VFIL04CS0144A0A 24
Steering column
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 179
Operating lights switch (S56)
Connector S56
Operating lights switch
number
1 -
2A 221 (WT) Switch 1 position 1 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
3 221 (WT) Switch position 2 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
4 -
5A 227 (WT) Switch position 1 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
6 220 (WT) Switch position 2 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
8 -
9 227 (WT) Operating lights switch illumination Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
10 -
ZVE0246A 25
ZVE0343A 26
Cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 180
Cab door switch (S57)
Connector S57
Cab door switch
number
1 284 (BL) Cab interior light switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0156A0A 27
VFIL04CS0145A0A 28
Cab door frame
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 181
Windscreen wiper switch (S58)
Connector S58
Windscreen wiper switch
number
1 -
2A -
frame 23 (A.30.A)
3 237 (WT) Windscreen wiper switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
frame 23 (A.30.A)
5A -
frame 23 (A.30.A)
6 025 (OR) Relay K-43 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
ZVE0250A 29
ZVE0341A 30
Cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 182
Windscreen washer switch (S59)
Connector S59
Windscreen washer switch
number
1 -
2A -
frame 23 (A.30.A)
3 239 (WT) Windscreen washer pump signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
4 -
5A -
5B -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
ZVE0251A 31
ZVE0342A 32
Cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 183

Vertical knife, right-hand motor (M15)
Connector X60
Vertical knife, right-hand motor (M15)
number
1 005 (RD) Vertical knife, right-hand motor circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
frame 26 (A.30.A)
ZEIL08CS0004A0B 1
ZEIL08CS0003A0B 2
Header frame right
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 184
Vertical knife, left-hand motor (M16)
Connector X61
Vertical knife, left-hand motor (M16)
number
1 005 (RD) Vertical knife, left-hand motor circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
frame 26 (A.30.A)
ZEIL08CS0004A0B 3
ZEIL08CS0003A0B 4
Header frame left
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 185
Road lights, front, right-hand
Connector X62
Road lights, front, right-hand
number
1 205 (PU) Road lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
1 -
VFIL04CS0130A0A 5
VFIL04CS0121A0A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 186
Ground
Connector X64
Ground
128 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical
schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
Wiring harness - Electrical
Wiring harness - Electrical
VFIL07FR0155A0A 7
ZEIL09CS0132A0B 8
Right-hand side operator’s platform
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 187
Additional right-hand rear park light
Connector X65
Additional right-hand rear park light
number
1 206 (PU) Park light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0128A0C 9
VFIL04CS0122A0A 10
Right-hand side rear operators platform
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 188
Left-hand side head light (E12)
Connector X66
Left-hand side head light (E12)
number
A 022 (PU) Left-hand side main beam switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
B 023 (PU) Left-hand side dip beam switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
ZVE0053A 11
ZVE0179A 12
Left-hand side front
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 189
Right-hand side head light (E13)
Connector X67
Right-hand side head light(E13)
number
A 022 (PU) Right-hand main beam switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
B 023 (PU) Right-hand side dip beam switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
ZVE0054A 13
ZVE0178A 14
Right-hand side front
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 190
Concave adjustment actuator (M10)
Connector X68
Concave adjustment actuator (M10)
number
A 667 (GR) Concave adjustment actuator circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
B 668 (WT) Concave adjustment actuator circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0166A0A 15
VFIL08CS0040A0A 16
Under cab, left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 191
Air conditioning pressure switch (S71)
Connector X68
number
1 770 (GE) A/C pressure sensors ground circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
2 296 (GE) A/C high pressure switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0079A0A-2 17
ZEIL09CS0127A0B 18
Front of engine
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 192
Concave adjustment adjustable resistor (R3)
Connector X69
Concave adjustment adjustable resistor (R3)
number
A 670 (BL) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
B 669 (PK) Reference voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
C 671 (GE) Concave adjustment adjustable resistor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
VFIL07FR0308A0A 19
VFIL08CS0041A0A 20
Under cab, left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 193
Connector X69
number
1 298 (GE) A/C high pressure switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
2 770 (GE) A/C pressure sensors ground circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0123A0A 21
ZEIL09CS0127A0B 22
Front of engine
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 194
Mirror adjustment switch (S62)
Connector S62
Mirror adjustment switch
number
A 285 (OR) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
B 250 (WT) Left-hand side mirror signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
C 249 (WT) Left-hand side mirror signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
D 248 (WT) Left-hand side mirror signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
E 247 (WT) Right-hand side mirror signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
F 245 (WT) Right-hand side mirror signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
G 246 (WT) Right-hand side mirror signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
H 435 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
ZVE0243A 23
ZVE0348A 24
Cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 195
Additional mirror switch (Germany) (S63)
Connector S63
Additional mirror switch (Germany)
number
1 -
2A -
frame 24 (A.30.A)
3 024 (WT) Additional mirror switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
4 -
5A -
5B -
6 -
frame 24 (A.30.A)
8 -
9 -
10 -
VFIL08CS0034A0A 25
ZVE0346A 26
Cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 196
Reel synchronization switch (S65)
Connector S65
Reel synchronization switch
number
1 -
2A -
frame 10 (A.30.A)
3 -
4 -
5A -
frame 10 (A.30.A)
6 266 (WT) Reel synchronization switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 10 (A.30.A)
8 -
9 -
10 -
ZVE0258A 27
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 197
ZVE0335A 28
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 198
Stubble lights switch (S67)
Connector S67
Stubble lights switch
number
1 -
2A -
2B 227 (WT) Operating lights switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
3 280 (WT) Stubble lights switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
4 -
5A -
5B -
6 -
frame 22 (A.30.A)
8 -
9 -
10 -
ZVE0248A 29
ZVE0345A 30
Cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 199
Vertical knives switch (S69)
Connector S69
Vertical knives switch
number
1 -
2A -
2B 064 (WT) Ground (with header engaged) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
frame 26 (A.30.A)
4 -
5A -
5B 064 (WT) Ground (with header engaged) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
frame 26 (A.30.A)
7 045 (ZW) Ignition B(+) road safety Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
8 -
9 808 (WT) Switch light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
10 -
VFIL08CS0034A0A 31
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 200
ZEIL09CS0144B0B 32
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 201

In-line harness connector (returns elevator loss sensors)
Connector X70
In-line harness connector (returns elevator loss sensors)
number
A 161 (PK) Returns elevator loss sensor reference Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 684 (BL) Returns elevator loss sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
C 685 (GE) Returns elevator loss sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0087g0a 1
vfis06cs0084g0a 2
Under the cab floor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 202
Returns elevator loss sensor (B29)
Connector X71
Returns elevator loss sensor (B29)
number
2 -
frame 16 (A.30.A)
4 -
vfis06cs0085g0a 3
vfis06cs0081g0a 4
Mid right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 203
Returns elevator loss sensor
Connector X72
Returns elevator loss sensor
number
2 685 (GE) Returns elevator loss sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
4 -
vfis06cs0086g0a 5
vfis06cs0082g0a 6
Mid right hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 204
In-line harness connector (rear work light)
Connector X73
In-line harness connector (rear work light)
number
1 230 (PU) Rear work light switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
ZVE0055A 7
ZVE0180A 8
Mid left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 205
Straw hood revolving flashing light (E2)
Connector X74
Straw hood revolving flashing light (E2)
number
1 401 (OR) Revolving flashing light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
frame 20 (A.30.A)
ZVE0056A 9
ZVE0181A 10
Straw hood
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 206
Sidehill road field solenoid (Y27)
Connector X76
Sidehill road field solenoid (Y27)
number
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0123A0A 11
VFIL08CS0052A0A 12
Behind front axle, right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 207
Sidehill clockwise decreasing solenoid (Y25)
Connector X77
Sidehill clockwise decreasing solenoid (Y25)
number
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0123A0A 13
VFIL08CS0052A0A 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 208
Sidehill counter clockwise decreasing solenoid (Y26)
Connector X78
Sidehill counter clockwise decreasing solenoid (Y26)
number
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0123A0A 15
VFIL08CS0051A0A 16
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 209

12 V plug
Connector X80
12 V plug
number
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
ZVE0320A 1
ZVE0182A 2
Cab floor, under operator’s seat
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 210
Blower fan (A23)
Connector X81
Blower fan (A23)
number
1 -
2 441 (GE) Climate control signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 25 (A.30.A)
5 296 (GE) Climate control signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
6 291 (WT) Relay K-39 actuation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
7 -
frame 25 (A.30.A)
9 -
10 -
11 -
frame 25 (A.30.A)
13 -
frame 25 (A.30.A)
15 -
16 -
ZVE0057A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 211
ZVE0322A 4
Front of cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 212
In-line harness connector (left-hand side straw walker grain loss sensor)
Connector X83
number
1 180 (GE) Straw walker grain loss sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
2 177 (BL) Straw walker grain loss sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0059A 5
Mid left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 213
Connector X85
number
frame 15 (A.30.A)
2 040 (ZW) Straw walker protection switch ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
ZVE0060A 6
ZVE0370A 7
Straw hood inner rear
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 214
Ground
Connector X86
Ground
010 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame
01 (A.30.A)
01 (A.30.A)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame
03 (A.30.A)
17 (A.30.A)
23 (A.30.A)
03 (A.30.A)
05 (A.30.A)
08 (A.30.A)
09 (A.30.A)
11 (A.30.A)
16 (A.30.A)
14 (A.30.A)
22 (A.30.A)
684 (BL) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame
16 (A.30.A)
27 (A.30.A)
10 (A.30.A)
VFIL08CS0037A0A 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 215
VFIL08CS0053A0A 9
Junction box (in and outside), cab floor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 216
Cigarette lighter
Connector X87
Cigarette lighter
number
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
ZVE0327A 10
ZVE0326B 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 217
Connector X88
number
A 088 (BL) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
B 086 (PK) Header pressure sensor reference voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
C 130 (GE) Header pressure sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
ZVE0061A 12
ZEIL09CS0146A0B 13
Above front axle at the right
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 218
Threshing engagement switch (S15)
Connector X89
Threshing engagement switch (S15)
number
1 054 (WT) Threshing engagement circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 08 (A.30.A)
AMP_344267-1 14
ZVE0185A 15
Right-hand module
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 219
Throttle switch (S82)
Connector S82
Throttle switch (S82)
number
1 665 (GR) CM monitor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
2B 027 (OR) B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
3 666 (WT) CM monitor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
VFIL08CS0034A0A 16
ZEIL09CS0152A0B 17
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 220
Air conditioning switch (S83)
Connector S83
Air conditioning switch (S83)
number
1 908 (PK) Blower signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
1 441 (GE) Blower switch reference voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
AMP_154719 18
ZEIL09CS0151A0B 19
Cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 221
Blower switch (S84)
Connector S84
Blower switch (S84)
number
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 25 (A.30.A)
5 908 (PK) Blower signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
ZEIL09CS0150A0A 20
ZEIL09CS0151A0B 21
Cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 222

Header engagement switch (S16)
Connector X90
Header engagement switch (S16)
number
1 057 (BL) Header engagement circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
frame 09 (A.30.A)
AMP_344267-1 1
ZVE0186A 2
Right-hand module
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 223
Connector X92
number
A 055 (WT) Unloading tube protection switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
B -
C 120 (WT) Unloading tube protection switch supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
road safety B(+) frame 11 (A.30.A)
ZVE0062A 3
ZVE0187A 4
Unloading tube gearbox
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 224
Revolving flashing light (cab roof) (E1)
Connector X93
Revolving flashing light (cab roof) (E1)
number
1 401 (WT) Revolving flashing light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
frame 20 (A.30.A)
ZVE0063A 5
ZVE0188A 6
Revolving flashing light (cab roof)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 225
In-line harness connector (lights)
Connector X94
Position Wire Circuit reference Electrical; schematic frame
number
A 224 (PU) Right-hand side outer operating light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(E36) frame 22 (A.30.A)
B 228 (PU) Unloading tube operating light signal (E19) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
C 228 (PU) Operating light signal (E27) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
D 283 (ZW) Left-hand side inner operating light ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(E23) frame 22 (A.30.A)
E 225 (PU) Left-hand side inner operating light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(E23) frame 22 (A.30.A)
F 407 (PU) Central operating light signal (E31) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
G 283 (ZW) Central operating light ground (E31) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
H 283 (ZW) Left-hand side outer operating light ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(E35) frame 22 (A.30.A)
J -
K 283 (ZW) Right-hand side outer operating light ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(E36) frame 22 (A.30.A)
L 283 (ZW) Left-hand side spot light signal (E21) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
M 283 (ZW) Operating light ground (E27) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
N 283 (ZW) Right-hand side inner operating light ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(E22) frame 22 (A.30.A)
O 225 (PU) Right-hand side inner operating light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(E22) frame 22 (A.30.A)
P 223 (PU) Left-hand side spot light signal (E21) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
Q 283 (ZW) Right-hand side spot light signal (E20) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
R 403 (PU) Left-hand side outer operating light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(E35) frame 22 (A.30.A)
S 404 (PU) Right-hand side spot light signal (E20) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
T 283 (ZW) Unloading tube operating light ground (E19) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
U -
V -
W -
X -
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 226
ZVE0064A 7
ZVE0323A 8
Right-hand side cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 227
Ground
Connector X96
Ground
Position Circuit reference Electrical schematic frame
23 (A.30.A)
01 (A.30.A)
17 (A.30.A)
20 (A.30.A)
22 (A.30.A)
25 (A.30.A)
22 (A.30.A)
23 (A.30.A)
24 (A.30.A)
22 (A.30.A)
27 (A.30.A)
VFIL08CS0037A0A 9
VFIL08CS0045A0A 10
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 228
Swath plate position sensor (B26)
Connector X97
Swath plate position sensor (B26)
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0011A 11
ZVE0301A 12
Left-hand side rear
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 229
In-line harness connector (straw chopper position sensor)
Connector X98
In-line harness connector (straw chopper position sensor)
number
1 112 (ZW) Straw chopper position sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
3 112 (ZW) Swath plate position sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0012A 13
ZVE0325A 14
Mid left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 230
Sidehill manual/automatic switch (S91)
connector S91
Sidehill manual/automatic switch
number
1 702 (WT) Sidehill manual/automatic switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
2A -
frame 27 (A.30.A)
3 735 (WT) Sidehill manual/automatic switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
5A -
frame 27 (A.30.A)
6 737 (WT) Sidehill road field solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
9 737 (WT) Sidehill road field solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
VFIL08CS0034A0A 15
VFIL08CS0048A0A 16
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 231
Cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 232
Sidehill manual/clockwise/counter clockwise switch
Connector S92
Sidehill manual/clockwise/counter clockwise switch
number
1 709 (GR) Sidehill counter clockwise decreasing Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2A -
2B 702 (WT) Sidehill manual/automatic switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
3 707 (WT) Sidehill clockwise decreasing solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
5A -
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
8 -
9 -
10 -
VFIL08CS0034A0A 17
VFIL08CS0048A0A 18
Cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 233
Sidehill bottom position, left-hand switch (S93)
Connector S93
Sidehill bottom position, left-hand switch
number
13 714 (GR) Sidehill bottom position, left-hand switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
21 728 (WT) Sidehill bottom position, left-hand switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
VFIL08CS0058A0A 19
Above front axle, left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 234
Sidehill bottom position, right-hand switch (S94)
Connector S94
Sidehill bottom position, right-hand switch
number
13 713 (WT) Sidehill bottom position, right-hand switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
21 727 (GR) Sidehill bottom position, right-hand switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
VFIL08CS0059A0A 20
Above front axle, right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 235
Sidehill upper position, right-hand switch (S99)
Connector S99
Sidehill upper position, right-hand switch
number
13 775 (GR) Sidehill upper position, right-hand switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
14 778 (WT) Sidehill upper position, right-hand switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
VFIL08CS0059A0A 21
Above front axle, right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 236

Radio (A20)
Connector X101
Radio (A20)
number
1 -
2 -
3 -
4 219 (RD) Cab interior light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
5 -
6 -
7 027 (OR) Throttle switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
frame 23 (A.30.A)
VFIL08CS0034B0A 1
ZEIL09CS0134A0B 2
Radio, right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 237
Rotary dust screen brush (M14)
Connector X102
Rotary dust screen brush (M14)
number
A 052 (GR) Rotary dust screen brush (fast) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
B 608 (WT) Rotary dust screen brush (slow) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
PAC_15300027_3 3
ZVE0375A 4
Rotary dust screen brush
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 238
Remote sieves
Connector X103
Remote sieves
number
1 787 (GE) Lower sieve actuator potentiometer signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 788 (ZW) Ground frame 13 (A.30.A)
3 118 (OR) Remote sieves switches
4 809 (BL) Actuator potentiometer ground
DEUTSCH_DT04-4P 5
ZEIL09CS0130A0B 6
Under operating platform, left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 239
Left hand side mirror (M13)
Connector X104
Left hand side mirror(M13)
number
1 249 (PK) Left-hand mirror left/right motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
2 249 (PK) Left-hand mirror up/down motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
3 248 (BL) Left-hand mirror up/down motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
4 250 (GE) Left-hand mirror left/right motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
ZVE0066A 7
Left-hand side mirror
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 240
Right hand side mirror (M12)
Connector X105
Right hand side mirror (M12)
number
1 245 (GN) Right-hand mirror up/down motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
2 245 (GN) Right-hand mirror left/right motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
3 252 (BR) Right-hand mirror up/down motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
4 251 (BL) Right-hand mirror left/right motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
ZVE0067A 8
Right-hand side mirror
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 241
Additional mirror (Germany) (M11)
Connector X106
Additional mirror (Germany) (M11)
number
A 245 (GN) Mirror motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
B 254 (GE) Mirror up/down motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
C 251 (RD) Mirror left/right motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
ZVE0068A 9
Additional mirror (Germany) - right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 242
Radio (A20)
Connector X107
Radio (A20)
number
1 232 (BR) Right speaker (+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
2 231 (BL) Right speaker (-) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 234 (BR) Left speaker (+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
8 233 (BL) Left speaker (-) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
VFIL08CS0034B0A 10
ZEIL09CS0134A0B 11
Radio, right hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 243
Cab rear control panel lighting (H40)
Connector X108
Cab rear control panel lighting (H40)
number
1 208 (PU) Cab rear control panel lighting signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0171A0A 12
VFIL08CS0042A0A 13
Cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 244
Remote sieves
Connector X108
Remote sieves
number
2 785 (GR) Lower sieve switch signal frame 13 (A.30.A)
3 782 (WT) Upper sieve switch signal
4 784 (WT) Lower sieve switch signal
5 789 (PK) Reference voltage
6 786 (GE) Upper sieve actuator potentiometer signal
ZEIL09CS0126A0A 14
ZEIL09CS0130A0B 15
Under operating platform, right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 245
Windscreen wiper motor (M8)
Connector X109
Windscreen wiper motor (M8)
number
frame 23 (A.30.A)
2 -
3 238 (WT) Relay K-43 actuation B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 23 (A.30.A)
frame 23 (A.30.A)
frame 23 (A.30.A)
ZVE0190A 16
ZVE0189A 17
Windscreen wiper motor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 246
Sidehill upper position, left-hand switch (S100)
Connector S100
Sidehill upper position, left-hand switch
number
13 773 (WT) Sidehill upper position, left-hand switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
14 772 (GR) Sidehill upper position, left-hand switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
21 776 (GR) Sidehill upper position, left-hand switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
22 771 (WT) Sidehill upper position, left-hand switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
VFIL08CS0058A0A 18
Above front axle, left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 247

X110
Connector X110
Ground
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 09 (A.30.A)
frame 12 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0155A0A 1
ZEIL09CS0136A0B 2
Dashboard, right-hand module
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 248
Fuse printed circuit
Connector X111
number
frame 03 (A.30.A)
frame 03 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
5 161 (PK) Reference voltage (sensors) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
7 605 (WT) Relay K-52 ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
8 -
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
ZVE0070A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 249
ZVE0192A 4
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 250
Connector X112
number
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 25 (A.30.A)
3 217 (PU) Left-hand side indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
4 217 (PU) Left-hand side front indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
5 217 (PU) Left-hand side rear indicator lights and A Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
post signal frame 19 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 20 (A.30.A)
8 042 (OR) B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
10 -
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
15 -
ZVE0071A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 251
ZVE0193A 6
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 252
Connector X113
number
1 209 (PU) Dip beam switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
2 031 (WT) Switched ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
3 208 (PU) Relay K-26 actuation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
5 090 (WT) Smart sieve™ actuator signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
8 -
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
11 -
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
ZVE0072A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 253
ZVE0194A 8
Right hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 254
Connector X114
number
1 023 (PU) Main beam switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
2 -
frame 03 (A.30.A)
frame 03 (A.30.A)
frame 03 (A.30.A)
frame 03 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
10 -
11 -
frame 03 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
ZVE0073A 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 255
ZVE0195A 10
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 256
Connector X115
number
1 -
2 -
3 218 (PU) Right-hand side indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
4 218 (PU) Right-hand side front indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
5 218 (PU) Right-hand side rear indicator lights and A Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
post signal frame 19 (A.30.A)
6 089 (BL) Smart sieve™ actuator signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
8 -
9 214 (PU) Indicator light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
11 215 (GE) Hazard and trailer indicator warning light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
frame 11 (A.30.A)
14 612 (WT) Relay K-46 actuation B(+) road safety Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
15 -
ZVE0074A 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 257
ZVE0196A 12
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 258
Connector X116
number
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0141A0A 13
VFIL04CS0140A0A 14
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 259
Connector X117
number
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0136A0A 15
VFIL04CS0140A0B 16
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 260
Connector X118
number
frame 01 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0136A0B 17
VFIL04CS0140A0C 18
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 261
Connector X119
number
frame 01 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0136A0C 19
VFIL04CS0140A0D 20
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 262

Printed circuit (right-hand module)
Connector X121
number
1 630 (WT) Reel variator motor (fast) signal / Varifeed™ Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 095 (WT) Reversing mechanism solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
3 094 (GR) Reversing mechanism solenoid signal (slow Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 602 (WT) Ladder protection relay circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 08 (A.30.A)
6 262 (WT) Threshing engaged B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
7 -
8 191 (WT) Header up/down fast switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
9 043 (WT) Reel speed (slow) relay K11 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
10 -
11 070 (GR) Reel variator switch (slow) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
12 167 (WT) Automatic header height control switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
13 265 (GE) Header height mode switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 08 (A.30.A)
16 673 (WT) Pilot valve signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
17 -
18 064 (WT) Header engagement solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
609 (GE) CM module frame 09 (A.30.A)
frame 09 (A.30.A)
19 262 (WT) Threshing engaged B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
20 -
21 610 (WT) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
22 286 (BL) Operator’s seat switch circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
23 057 (BL) Header engagement switch ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
24 -
25 170 (GE) Header height mode signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 263
ZVE0075A 1
ZVE0197A 2
Right-hand module
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 264
Connector X122
number
1 048 (WT) Unloading tube open signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2 047 (WT) Reel up signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
3 046 (GR) Reel down signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
4 -
5 -
6 600 (GR) Reel speed (fast) relay K-12 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
7 054 (WT) Threshing engagement ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
9 071 (WT) Reel variator switch (fast) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
10 055 (WT) Ignition B(+) road safety Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 11 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
13 -
14 049 (GR) Unloading tube close signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
15 139 (WT) Lateral float switch signal (right-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
down) frame 06 (A.30.A)
16 138 (GR) Lateral float switch signal (left-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
17 153 (WT) Header up slow switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
18 154 (GR) Header down slow switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
19 054 (WT) Threshing engagement ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
24 -
25 308 (WT) Threshing mechanism supply B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 265
ZVE0076A 3
ZVE0198A 4
Right-hand module
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 266
Multifunction handle
Connector X123
number
1 (BR) Reel down switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2 (GN) Header up slow switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
3 (GE) Header down slow switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
4 (BR/GN) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
5 -
6 (RD/WT) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
7 (BL) Reel variator switch (fast) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
8 (WT/GR) Ignition B(+) road safety Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
9 (RD) Reel variator switch (slow) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
10 (GN/WT) Reverse mechanism switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
11 (GE/ZW) Ignition B(+) road safety Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
12 -
13 -
14 (BR/GE) Header up fast switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
15 (BL/WT) Header down fast switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
16 138 (GR) Lateral float switch signal (left-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
18 (PK/WT) Unloading tube close switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
19 (PU) Unloading tube open switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
20 (WT) Reel up switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
21 -
22 167 (ZW/ Automatic header height control switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
WT) signal frame 06 (A.30.A)
23 -
24 -
25 (ZW) Ignition B(+) road safety Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 267
ZVE0278A 5
ZVE0199A 6
Right-hand module
vfis06cs0089g0a 7
vfis06cs0090g0a 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 268
Connector X124
In-line harness connector (rear lights)
number
1 - Brake light switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
2 - Brake light signal (straw hood) left-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
3 - Brake light switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
4 - Brake light signal (on arm) left-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
5 - Brake light signal (on arm) right-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
6 -
7 -
8 - Brake light signal (straw hood) right-hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
side frame 17 (A.30.A)
9 -
VFIL08CS0061A0A 9
VFIL08CS0043A0A 10
Mid right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 269
Lights printed circuit
Connector X125
number
1 223 (PU) Relay K-15.3 actuation on fuse 55 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
4 -
5 220 (WT) Relay K-15.1 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
ZVE0077A 11
ZVE0200A 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 270
Connector X126
number
1 228 (PU) Relay K-28 actuation on fuse 32 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
3 -
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
6 -
frame 22 (A.30.A)
8 407 (PU) Relay K-15 on fuse 51 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
9 -
ZVE0078A 13
ZVE0201A 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 271
Connector X127
number
1 120 (WT) Unloading tube protection switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
2 120 (WT) Unloading tube protection switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
3 -
4 -
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
ZVE0079A 15
ZVE0202A 16
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 272
Connector X128
number
frame 23 (A.30.A)
frame 23 (A.30.A)
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -
frame 23 (A.30.A)
frame 23 (A.30.A)
frame 23 (A.30.A)
ZVE0080A 17
ZVE0203A 18
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 273
Connector X129
number
frame 24 (A.30.A)
2 246 (WT) Mirror switch left/right signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
3 024 (WT) Relay K-30 and K-31 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
frame 24 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
6 -
7 247 (WT) Mirror switch up/down signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
8 252 (WT) Right-hand mirror up/down signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
9 -
ZVE0115A 19
ZVE0204A 20
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 274

Connector X130
number
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 25 (A.30.A)
6 -
frame 25 (A.30.A)
frame 25 (A.30.A)
9 251 (WT) RH mirror left/right signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
ZVE0081A 1
ZVE0205A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 275
Connector X131
number
1 797 (ZW)- Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
798 (ZW) Ground frame 21 (A.30.A)
frame 21 (A.30.A)
2 227 (WT) Work light switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 434 (WT) Switch spot lights Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
9 434 (WT) Relay K-15.3 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
ZVE0082A 3
ZVE0206A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 276
Connector X132
number
1 402 (GE) Grain tank level indicator light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
2 401 (WT) Revolving flashing light switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
frame 20 (A.30.A)
frame 20 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 20 (A.30.A)
7 -
8 -
frame 22 (A.30.A)
ZVE0083A 5
ZVE0207A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 277
Connector X133
number
frame 22 (A.30.A)
VFIL08CS0038A0A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 278
Connector X134
number
frame 22 (A.30.A)
VFIL08CS0044A0A 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 279
Connector X135
number
frame 20 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0136A0J 9
VFIL04CS0158A0B 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 280
Remote upper sieve motor (M17)
Connector X135
number
A 792 (BL) Upper sieve actuator potentiometer ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 790 (PK) Upper sieve actuator potentiometer frame 13 (A.30.A)
reference voltage
C 786 (GE) Upper sieve actuator potentiometer signal
D 782 (WT) Upper sieve actuator signal
E 783 (GR) Upper sieve actuator signal
PAC_12146045_3 11
ZEIL09CS0139A0B 12
Above rear axle
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 281
Connector X136
number
frame 20 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0136A0K 13
VFIL04CS0158A0A 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 282
Remote lower sieve motor (M18)
Connector X136
number
A 793 (BL) Lower sieve actuator potentiometer ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 791 (PK) Lower sieve actuator potentiometer frame 13 (A.30.A)
reference voltage
C 787 (GE) Lower sieve actuator potentiometer signal
D 784 (WT) Lower sieve actuator signal
E 785 (GR) Lower sieve actuator signal
PAC_12146045_3 15
ZEIL09CS0138A0B 16
Above rear axle
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 283
Connector X137
number
frame 22 (A.30.A)
VFIL08CS0038A0A 17
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 284
In-line harness connector (rotary dust screen brush)
Connector X138
In-line harness connector (rotary dust screen brush)
number
frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 10 (A.30.A)
ZVE0085A 18
ZVE0368A 19
Right-hand side, below rotary dust screen
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 285
Printed circuit (left hand side front lights)
Connector X139
Printed circuit (left hand side front lights)
number
1 202 (PU) Left-hand side front park lights and grain Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
head illumination signal frame 17 (A.30.A)
2 202 (PU) Left-hand side front park light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
frame 19 (A.30.A)
5 217 (PU) Left-hand side front additional indicator light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6 -
7 202 (PU) Left-hand side front additional park light Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
8 202 (PU) Grain head illumination signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
ZVE0212A 20
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 286
ZVE0168A 21
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 287

CM module (A8)
Connector X141
CM module (A8)
number
1 266 (WT) Reel speed synchronization switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 06 (A.30.A)
3 142 (WT) Lateral float solenoid signal (right-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
up) frame 06 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
5 156 (GR) Header height control (down) solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
frame 10 (A.30.A)
7 -
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
10 138 (GR) Lateral float switch signal input (left-hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
side down) frame 06 (A.30.A)
11 139 (WT) Lateral float switch signal input (right-hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
side down) frame 06 (A.30.A)
12 610 (WT) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
13 125 (GE) Relay K-53 and K-53.1 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
14 141 (GR) Lateral float solenoid signal (left-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
up) frame 06 (A.30.A)
15 155 (WT) Header height control (up) solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
16 167 (WT) Automatic header height control switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
signal input frame 06 (A.30.A)
17 109 (GE) RS232 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 03 (A.30.A)
18 685 (GE) Loss sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
19 609 (GE) Header engagement signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
frame 10 (A.30.A)
21 665 (GR) Engine speed switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 10 (A.30.A)
23 070 (GR) Reel variator switch (slow) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 03 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
26 123 (GE) Return elevator sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 288
27 108 (GN) RS232 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic

frame 03 (A.30.A)
28 080 (GE) Reel speed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
29 114 (BL) Lateral float solenoids ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
frame 06 (A.30.A)
frame 03 (A.30.A)
frame 03 (A.30.A)
33 021 (WT) Reverse drive buzzer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 03 (A.30.A)
frame 03 (A.30.A)
36 420 (GE) Rotary separator sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
37 666 (WT) Engine speed switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
39 611 (BL) Header height control solenoids ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
frame 06 (A.30.A)
ZVE0013A 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 289
ZVE0208A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 290
CM module (A8)
Connector X142
CM module(A8)
number
frame 07 (A.30.A)
2 160 (BL) Ground (sensors) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
4 675 (BL) Ground (sensors) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 06 (A.30.A)
6 304 (GR) Rotary dust screen brush relay K53 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
8 305 (WT) Rotary dust screen brush relay K53.1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
11 671 (GE) Concave adjustment potentiometer signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
12 -
13 099 (GE) Ground speed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
14 103 (GE) Drum speed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
15 786 (GE) Remote upper sieve actuator signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 03 (A.30.A)
17 605 (WT) Relay K–52 ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
18 -
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
21 787 (GE) Remote lower sieve actuator signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
22 101 (GE) Fan speed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
23 172 GE) Stubble height setting signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
24 170 (GE) Header height mode signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 291

frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
31 032 (GE) Inclinometer signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
32 087 (GE) Smart sieve™ actuator potentiometer signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
36 165 (GE) Header height sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
ZVE0014A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 292
ZVE0209A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 293
Connector X143
number
1 128 (ZW) Brake lights ground (straw hood) right-hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 194 (WT) Brake lights signal (straw hood) right-hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 202 (PU) Left-hand side rear park light (straw hood) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 205 (PU) Right-hand side rear park light (straw hood) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5 218 (GN) Right-hand side rear indicator light (straw Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
hood) signal frame 19 (A.30.A)
6 217 (GN) Left-hand side rear indicator light (straw Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
7 194 (WT) Brake light signal (straw hood) left-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
8 128 (ZW) Brake light ground (straw hood) left-hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
ZVE0086A 5
ZVE0210A 6
Right-hand side rear of straw hood
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 294
Connector X144
number
1 205 (PU) Right-hand side rear park lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
2 205 (PU) Right-hand side rear park light (on arm) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 202 (PU) Left-hand side rear park lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
4 202 (PU) Left-hand side rear park light (on arm) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
5 202 (PU) Left-hand side rear park light (straw hood) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6 202 (PU) Left-hand side rear park light (trailer) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
7 205 (PU) Right-hand side rear park light (straw hood) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
8 205 (PU) Right-hand side rear park light (trailer) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
ZVE0211A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 295
ZVE0135A 8
Mid right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 296
Flip-up kit
Connector X145
Flip-up kit
number
1 128 (ZW) Relay K-49 ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
2 202 (PU) Relay K-49 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
ZVE0087A 9
ZVE0163A 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 297
Reel speed sensor (B27)
Connector X147
Reel speed sensor (B27)
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
2 420 (GE) Reel speed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0281A 11
ZVE0280A 12
Left-hand side of header
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 298
Road lights and indicator switch (S53/S55)
Connector X148
Road lights and indicator switch (S53/S55)
number
1 200 (WT) Road lights switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
2 218 (PU) Right-hand side indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
3 217 (PU) Left-hand side indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
6 214 (PU) Indicator light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
9 196 (WT) Horn switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
ZVE0214A 13
ZVE0215A 14
Steering column
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 299

In-line harness connector (Sidehill)
Connector X150
number
1 743 (GR) Sidehill down switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
2 744 (WT) Sidehill up switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
3 745 (WT) Sidehill down solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
4 746 (GR) Sidehill solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
6 -
VFIL07FR0293A0A 1
VFIL08CS0056A0A 2
Under the cab floor, left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 300
Connector X151
number
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
8 -
VFIL08CS0035A0A 3
VFIL08CS0057A0A 4
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 301
In-line harness connector (right-hand side straw walker grain loss sensor)
Connector X152
In-line harness connector (right-hand side straw walker grain loss sensor)
number
frame 16 (A.30.A)
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0015A 5
ZVE0216A 6
Mid right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 302
Connector X153
number
1 180 (GE) Straw walker grain loss sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
2 177 (BL) Straw walker grain loss sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
ZVE0089A 7
ZVE0217A 8
Mid right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 303
Printed circuit (rear direction indicators)
Connector X154
Printed circuit (rear direction indicators)
number
1 218 (PU) Right-hand side rear indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
2 218 (PU) Right-hand side rear indicator light (on arm) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 217 (PU) Left-hand side rear indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
4 217 (PU) Left-hand side rear indicator light (on arm) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5 217 (PU) Left-hand side rear indicator light (straw Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6 217 (PU) Left-hand side rear indicator light (trailer) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
7 218 (PU) Right-hand side rear indicator light (straw Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
8 218 (PU) Right-hand side rear indicator light (trailer) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
ZVE0218A 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 304
ZVE0136A 10
Mid right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 305
Smart sieve™ actuator (M6)
Connector X157
Smart sieve™ actuator (M6)
Position Wire Circuit reference Circuit reference
number
A 086 (PK) Smart sieve™ actuator potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 088 (BL) Smart sieve™ actuator potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
C 087 (GE) Smart sieve™ actuator potentiometer signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
D 089 (BL) Smart sieve™ actuator signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
E 090 (WT) Smart sieve™ actuator signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0088g0a 11
vfis06cs0083g0a 12
Mid right-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 306
Connector X159
number
A 115 (WT) Reel forward signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
B 806 (WT) Valve hydraulic knives Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
C 116 (GR) Reel rearward signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
D 073 (WT) Reel variator motor (fast) signal / Varifeed™ Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
E 072 (GR) Reel variator motor (low) signal / Varifeed™ Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
F 020 (OR) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
G 805 (WT) Valve hydraulic knives Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
H 055 (WT) Ignition B(+) road safety Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
J 194 (PU) Brake light switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
K 128 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
L 420 (GE) Reel speed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
M 112 (ZW) Reel speed sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
N 161 (PK) Lateral float sensors reference voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
P 217 (PU) Left-hand side front indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
R 218 (PU) Right-hand side front indicator lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 19 (A.30.A)
S 110 (OR) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
T 809 (BL) Smart sieve™ actuator potentiometer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
U 202 (PU) Left-hand side front park lights and grain Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
head illumination signal frame 17 (A.30.A)
V 205 (PU) Right-hand side front park lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
W 022 (PU) Dip beam switch signal left-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
X 022 (PU) Dip beam switch signal right-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 307
ZVE0016A 13
ZVE0125A 14
Junction box - cab floor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 308

Connector X160
number
1 118 (OR) Upper sieve switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
4 043 (WT) Reel speed (slow) relay K11 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
6 046 (GR) Reel down signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
7 880 (ZW) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
8 047 (WT) Reel up signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
9 808 (WT) Right-hand side vertical knife switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 06 (A.30.A)
12 049 (GR) Unloading tube close switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 06 (A.30.A)
14 048 (WT) Unloading tube open signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 06 (A.30.A)
16 807 (WT) Left-hand side vertical knife switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 26 (A.30.A)
17 600 (GR) Reel speed (fast) relay K12 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
19 -
20 -
frame 10 (A.30.A)
22 -
23 -
24 059 (WT) Drum variator switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
frame 11 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 309
28 172 (GE) Stubble height setting signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
ZVE0001A 1
ZVE0225A 2
Right-hand module
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 310
Connector X161
number
A 609 (GE) Header height engagement signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
B 014 (WT) Switched start signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
C 308 (WT) Threshing mechanism supply B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
D 167 (WT) Automatic header height control switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
E 610 (WT) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
F 064 (WT) Header engagement solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
G 070 (GR) reel variator switch (slow) signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
H 095 (WT) Reversing mechanism solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
J 060 (GR) Drum variator switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
K 021 (WT) Reverse drive buzzer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
L 138 (GR) Lateral float switch signal (left-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
M 094 (GR) Reversing mechanism solenoid signal (slow Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
N 013 (WT) Switched start signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
O 184 (GR) Spreader plates switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
P 021 (WT) Reverse drive buzzer Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
Q 183 (GE) Spreader plates switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
R 170 (GE) Header height mode signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
S 055 (WT) Ignition B(+) road safety Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
T 266 (WT) Reel speed synchronization switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
U 753 (OR) Safety on the road switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
V 118 (OR) Ignition B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
W 602 (WT) Ladder protection relay circuit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
X 780 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 311
ZVE0003A 3
ZVE0223A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 312
Connector X162
number
frame 26 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
3 613 (WT) Safety on the road switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
4 667 (GR) Concave adjustment switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
5 668 (WT) Concave adjustment switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
6 -
7 -
8 073 (WT) Reel variator motor (fast) signal / Varifeed™ Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
9 686 (GE) Safety on the road switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
14 062 (WT) Fan variator switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
frame 05 (A.30.A)
16 061 (GR) Fan variator switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
17 -
frame 08 (A.30.A)
19 673 (WT) Pilot valve signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
ZVE0006A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 313
ZVE0224A 6
Right-hand module
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 314
Connector X163
number
1 023 (PU) Main beam switch signal left-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
2 023 (PU) Main beam switch signal right-hand side Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
3 228 (PU) Right-hand side stubble light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
4 245 (WT) Right-hand mirror motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
5 248 (WT) Left-hand mirror up/down motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
6 249 (WT) Left-hand mirror motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
7 250 (WT) Left-hand mirror left/right motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
8 251 (WT) Right-hand mirror left/right motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
9 118 (OR) Upper sieve switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
10 251 (WT) German mirror left/right motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
11 252 (WT) Right-hand mirror up/down motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
12 254 (WT) German mirror up/down motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
frame 11 (A.30.A)
14 613 (WT) Safety on the road switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
19 160 (BL) Lateral float sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
frame 07 (A.30.A)
21 228 (PU) Left-hand side stubble light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
23 160 (BL) Lateral float sensors ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
24 -
frame 13 (A.30.A)
26 112 (ZW) Brake solenoid ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 08 (A.30.A)
frame 13 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 315
28 789 (PK) Lower sieve switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
29 786 (GE) CM module Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
30 787 (GE) CM module Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
31 788 (ZW) Ground
ZVE0019A 7
ZVE0124A 8
Junction box - cab floor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 316
Right-hand side rear operating light (E28)
Connector X164
Right hand side rear operating light (E28)
number
1 230 (PU) Right-hand side rear operating light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
ZVE0094A 9
ZVE0227A 10
Right-hand side rear
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 317
Left-hand side rear operating light (E29)
Connector X165
Left hand side rear operating light (E29)
number
1 230 (PU) Left-hand side rear operating light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
ZVE0095A 11
ZVE0228A 12
Left-hand side rear
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 318
Ground
Connector X166
Ground
283 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical
VFIL07FR0155A0A 13
ZEIL09CS0140A0B 14
Graintank
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 319
Brake lining wear detection (S37.1)
Connector X167
number
1 192 (GE) Brake lining switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 15 (A.30.A)
ZVE0229A 15
ZVE0233A 16
Top of gearbox
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 320
Connector X168
number
frame 15 (A.30.A)
ZVE0230A 17
ZVE0294A 18
Top of gearbox
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 321
Connector X169
number
frame 15 (A.30.A)
ZVE0231A 19
ZVE0295A 20
Top of gearbox
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 322

Connector X170
number
frame 15 (A.30.A)
ZVE0232A 1
ZVE0296A 2
Top of gearbox
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 323
Connector X174
number
frame 27 (A.30.A)
B 703 (WT) Sidehill road field solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
C 707 (WT) Sidehill clockwise decreasing solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
D 709 (GR) Sidehill counter clockwise decreasing Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
E 710 (WT) Relay K-4 actuation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
F -
G -
H 748 (OR) Sidehill manual/automatic switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
J 751 (WT) Relay K-3 actuation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
K 749 (WT) Sidehill up solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
L 750 (GR) Sidehill down solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
M -
N -
P -
VFIL08CS0032A0A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 324
VFIL08CS0053A0A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 325
Levelling box (A21)
Connector X175
Levelling box (A21)
number
1A 751 (WT) Relay K-3 actuation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
2A 757 (WT) Sidehill up solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
3A -
4A -
5A -
6A 744 (WT) Sidehill up switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
7A 712 (GR) Sidehill bottom position left-hand/right-hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
switch / Sidehill upper position frame 27 (A.30.A)
left-hand/right-hand switch signals
8A -
1B 707 (WT) Relay K-4 actuation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
2B 756 (GR) Sidehill down solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
3B -
4B 711 (WT) Sidehill bottom position left-hand/right-hand Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
switch / Sidehill upper position frame 27 (A.30.A)
left-hand/right-hand switch signals
5B -
6B -
7B -
8B 743 (GR) Sidehill down switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
1C -
2C 720 (GR) Sidehill counter clockwise decreasing Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3C 719 (ZW) Ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
4C 722 (WT) Sidehill clockwise decreasing solenoid Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5C 748 (OR) Sidehill manual/automatic switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
6C -
7C -
8C -
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 326
VFIL08CS0033A0A 5
VFIL08CS0055A0A 6
Under the cab floor
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 327
Left-hand side stubble light (E25)
Connector X176
Left-hand side stubble light (E25)
number
1 228 (PU) Left-hand side stubble light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
ZVE0096A 7
ZVE0235A 8
Left-hand side front
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 328
Right-hand side stubble light (E26)
Connector X177
Right hand side stubble light (E26)
number
1 228 (PU) Right-hand side stubble light signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 22 (A.30.A)
frame 22 (A.30.A)
ZVE0097A 9
ZVE0234A 10
Right-hand side front
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 329
In-line harness connector revolving flashing light (straw hood)
Connector X178
In-line harness connector revolving flashing light (straw hood)
number
frame 20 (A.30.A)
frame 20 (A.30.A)
ZVE0098A 11
ZVE0236A 12
Mid left-hand side
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 330
In-line harness connector (left hand side mirror)
Connector X179
In-line harness connector (left-hand side mirror)
number
1 248 (BL) Left-hand side mirror up/down signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
2 249 (PK) Left-hand side mirror signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
3 250 (GE) Left-hand side mirror left/right motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
4 -
ZVE0099A 13
ZVE0169A 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 331

In-line harness connector (right-hand side mirror)
Connector X180
In-line harness connector (right-hand side mirror)
number
1 252 (BR) Right-hand side mirror up/down motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
2 251 (BL) Right-hand side mirror left/right motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
3 245 (GN) Right-hand side mirror motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
4 251 (WT) Mirror left/right motor signal (Germany) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
5 254 (ZW) Mirror up/down motor signal (Germany) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 24 (A.30.A)
6 -
ZVE0100A 1
ZVE0164A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 332
Air conditioning compressor clutch solenoid (Y11)
Connector X183
Air conditioning compressor clutch solenoid (Y11)
number
A 405 (WT) Relay K-51 actuation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
B 040 (ZW) Air conditioning compressor clutch ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 25 (A.30.A)
ZVE0102A 3
ZVE0328A 4
Front of engine
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 333

Connector X190
number
frame 01 (A.30.A)
2 -
3 114 (BL) Lateral float solenoids Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
4 114 (BL) Lateral float solenoids Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 06 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 14 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
10 125 (GE) Relay K-53 and K-53.1 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
ZVE0103A 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 334
ZVE0239B 2
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 335
Connector X191
number
frame 20 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0136A0D 3
VFIL04CS0140A0E 4
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 336
Connector X192
number
frame 01 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0136A0E 5
VFIL04CS0140A0F 6
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 337
Connector X193
number
frame 22 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0155A0A 7
VFIL08CS0045A0A 8
Right-hand side cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 338
Connector X194
number
1 600 (GR) Reel speed (fast) relay K12 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 10 (A.30.A)
3 304 (GR) Rotary dust screen brush relay K53 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 043 (WT) reel speed (slow) relay K11 signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
frame 10 (A.30.A)
9 305 (WT) Rotary dust screen brush relay K53.1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
ZVE0330A 9
ZVE0329B 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 339
Operator’s seat switch (S7)
Connector X195
Operator’s seat switch (S7)
number
frame 09 (A.30.A)
B 286 (BL) Operator’s seat switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 09 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0165A0A 11
VFIL08CS0046A0A 12
Right-hand side rear cab
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 340
Left-hand side railing headlights
Connector X196
Left-hand side railing headlights
number
A 614 (PU) Flip-up kit head lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
B 616 (PU) Flip-up kit dimmed lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
frame 18 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0157A0B 13
VFIL04CS0166A0A 14
Left-hand side railing
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 341
Right-hand side railing headlights
Connector X197
Right-hand side railing headlights
number
A 614 (PU) Flip-up kit head lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
B 616 (PU) Flip-up kit dimmed lights signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
frame 18 (A.30.A)
VFIL04CS0157A0A 15
VFIL04CS0167A0A 16
Right-hand side railing
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 342
Engine control module connector 1 (89 pin)
Connector X198
number
101 -
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
104 -
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
107 -
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
112 632 (OR) Relay K-54 actiavtion Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 02 (A.30.A)
113 -
114 -
115 -
116 -
117 -
118 -
119 -
120 -
121 -
122 -
123 -
124 -
125 -
126 -
127 -
128 -
129 -
130 -
131 -
132 -
133 -
frame 01 (A.30.A)
frame 01 (A.30.A)
136 -
137 -
138 -
140 628 (OR) Terminal 15 (ignition B+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
141 -
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 343
142 653 (GE) Water in fuel sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
143 -
144 -
145 -
146 -
147 -
148 -
149 -
150 -
151 -
152 -
153 -
154 -
155 -
156 -
157 -
158 -
159 -
160 -
161 -
162 -
163 -
164 -
165 -
166 -
167 -
168 -
169 -
170 -
171 -
172 -
173 -
174 -
175 641 (BL) Relay K-54 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 02 (A.30.A)
176 -
177 -
178 -
179 -
180 -
181 -
182 -
183 -
184 -
185 -
186 -
187 -
188 -
189 626 (GE) Engine ISO K line interface Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 344
vfis06cs0095g0b 17
vfis06cs0142g0a 18
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - right-hand side of engine
vfis06cs0144g0a 19
FPT engine (New Holland) - left-hand side of engine
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 345
Grid heater relay (K54)
Connector X199
Grid heater relay (K54)
number
frame 02 (A.30.A)
2 641 (BL) Relay K-54 activation Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 02 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0159A0A 20
ZEIL08CS0005A0B 21
Engine
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 346

Cab front control panel lighting (H41)
Connector X200
Cab front control panel lighting (H41)
number
1 208 (PU) Cab front control panel lighting signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
frame 17 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0171A0A 1
VFIL08CS0048A0A 2
Cab roof
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 347
Shunt tank sensor (B72)
Connector X201
Shunt tank sensor (B72)
number
A 097 (GE) Shunt tank sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
frame 04 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0220A0B 3
VFIL08CS0049A0A 4
Above engine
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 348
Water in fuel sensor (B73)
Connector X202
Water in fuel sensor (B73)
number
1 653 (GE) Water in fuel sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
frame 04 (A.30.A)
3 655 (OR) B(+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
VFIL07FR0113A0A 5
VFIL08CS0050A0A 6
Below fuel tank
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 349

Engine control module connector 2 (36 PIN)
Connector X900
number
201 -
202 -
203 -
204 -
205 -
206 -
207 -
208 -
209 (WT) Camshaft speed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
210 (RD) Camshaft speed sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
211 -
212 (GE) Rail pressure sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
213 (PU) Rail pressure sensor reference voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
214 (OR) Rail pressure sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
215 (PK) Coolant temperature sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
216 -
217 -
218 (OR/ZW) Fuel temperature sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
219 (ZW) Crankshaft speed sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
220 -
221 -
222 -
223 (WT) Crankshaft speed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
224 (BR) Oil pressure/temperature sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
225 (WT) Boost pressure/temperature sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
226 (GE) Coolant temperature sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
227 (OR/ZW) Oil pressure signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
228 (BL) Oil temperature signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
229 -
230 -
231 -
232 (OR) Oil pressure/temperature sensor reference Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
233 (RD) Boost pressure/temperature sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
234 (GN) Boost pressure signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 350
235 (WT/RD) Fuel temperature sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
236 (OR) Boost temperature signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0094g0a 1
vfis06cs0141g0a 2
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - right hand side of engine
vfis06cs0092g0a 3
FPT engine (New Holland) - left hand side of engine
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 351
Connector X901
number
301 - Fuel injector solenoid 5 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
307 -
308 -
309 (BR) Fuel metering unit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
310 (BL) Fuel metering unit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0093g0a 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 352
vfis06cs0091g0a 5
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - right hand side of engine
vfis06cs0143g0a 6
FPT engine (New Holland) - left hand side of engine
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 353
Camshaft speed sensor
Connector X902
Camshaft speed sensor
number
1 (RD) Camshaft speed sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
2 (WT) camshaft speed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0116g0a 7
vfis06cs0096g0a 8
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - rear of engine
vfis06cs0097g0a 9
FPT engine (New Holland) - rear of engine
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 354
Crankshaft speed sensor
Connector X903
Crankshaft speed sensor
number
1 (WT) Crankshaft speed sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
2 (ZW) Crankshaft speed sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0101g0a 10
vfis06cs0099g0a 11
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - rear of engine
vfis06cs0100g0a 12
FPT engine (New Holland) - front of engine
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 355
Fuel temperature sensor
Connector X904
Fuel temperature sensor
number
1 (WT/RD) Fuel temperature sensors signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
2 (OR/ZW) Fuel temperature sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0116g0a 13
vfis06cs0102g0a 14
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - fuel filter housing
vfis06cs0103g0a 15
FPT engine (New Holland) - fuel filter housing
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 356
Fuel metering unit
Connector X905
Fuel metering unit
number
1 (BL) Fuel metering unit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
2 (BR) Fuel metering unit Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0116g0a 16
vfis06cs0105g0a 17
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - fuel injection pump
vfis06cs0106g0a 18
FPT engine (New Holland) - fuel injection pump
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 357
Boost pressure/temperature sensor
Connector X906
Boost pressure/temperature sensor
number
1 (WT) Boost pressure/temperature sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
2 (OR) Boost temperature signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
3 (RD) Boost pressure/temperature sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 (GN) Boost pressure signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0110g0a 19
vfis06cs0108g0a 20
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - air intake manifold
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 358
vfis06cs0109g0a 21
FPT engine (New Holland) - air intake manifold
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 359
Oil pressure/temperature sensor
Connector X907
Oil pressure/temperature sensor
number
1 (BR) Oil pressure/temperature sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
2 (BL) Oil temperature signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
3 (OR) Oil pressure/temperature sensor reference Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 (OR/ZW) Oil pressure signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0110g0a 22
vfis06cs0112g0a 23
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - right hand side of engine above engine control module
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 360
vfis06cs0111g0a 24
FPT engine (New Holland) - engine oil filter housing
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 361
Coolant temperature sensor
Connector X908
Coolant temperature sensor
number
1 (PK) Coolant temperature sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
2 (GE) Coolant temperature sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0116g0a 25
vfis06cs0115g0a 26
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - front of engine
vfis06cs0114g0a 27
FPT engine (New Holland) - thermostat housing
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 362
In-line harness connector (fuel injectors/rail pressure sensor)
Connector X909
In-line harness connector (fuel injectors/rail pressure sensor)
number
1 - Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0117g0a 28
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - right hand side of camshaft cover
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 363

Fuel rail pressure sensor
Connector X910
Fuel rail pressure sensor
number
1 (GE) Rail pressure sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
2 (OR) Rail pressure sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
3 (PU) Rail pressure sensor reference voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0121g0a 1
vfis06cs0119g0a 2
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - fuel rail
vfis06cs0120g0a 3
FPT engine (New Holland) - fuel rail
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 364
Fuel injector solenoid 1
Connector X911
number
A - Fuel injector solenoid 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
B - Fuel injector solenoid 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0134g0a 4
vfis06cs0122g0b 5
FPT engine (Cursor 9) - under camshaft cover
vfis06cs0128g0a 6
FPT engine (New Holland) - under camshaft cover
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 365
Connector X912
number
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0135g0a 7
vfis06cs0123g0a 8
vfis06cs0129g0a 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 366
Connector X913
Position Wire circuit reference Electrical schematic frame
number
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0136g0a 10
vfis06cs0124g0a 11
vfis06cs0130g0a 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 367
Connector X914
number
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0137g0a 13
vfis06cs0125g0a 14
vfis06cs0131g0a 15
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 368
Connector X915
number
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0138g0a 16
vfis06cs0126g0a 17
vfis06cs0132g0b 18
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 369
Connector X916
number
frame 28 (A.30.A)
frame 28 (A.30.A)
vfis06cs0139g0a 19
vfis06cs0127g0a 20
vfis06cs0133g0a 21
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 370
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 371
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01

1a FPT engine (New Holland) starter circuit
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....

A4 Engine module 50
A6 CM module - engine speed adjustment 130
A25 A-post - alternator 250
F7 10 A - 12 V plug - operator’s seat 490
F13 40 A - drum variator 290
F14 40 A- start module / cigarette lighter 460
F26 80 A- battery main fuse 240
F63 30 A- engine module 260
G1 Battery 1 190
G2 Battery 2 210
G3 Alternator 240
H1 LED - alternator 260
K1 Relay - starter circuit 360
K2 12 V after contact relay 1 (fuse print) 380
M1 Motor - starter 250
S1 Switch - main battery 190
S2 Switch - multi-function handle neutral 350
S3 Switch - ignition 360
S82 Switch - engine speed 150
X9 Connector - 12 V plug starter module 460
X80 Connector - 12 V plug, operator’s seat 500
X87 Connector - cigarette lighter 430
Line: 10 - 510
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 372
ZEIL08CS0093J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 373
1b FPT engine (New Holland) starter circuit

CSX7050 Hillside 1660 >....

A4 Engine module 50
F1 80 A - engine module main fuse 240
F14 40 A - start module / cigarette lighter 460
F26 80 A - battery main fuse 240
F63 30 A - engine module 260
G1 Battery 1 190
G2 Battery 2 210
G3 Alternator 240
S3 Switch - Ignition 360
Line: 10 - 510
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 374
ZEIL08CS0094J0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 375
1c FPT engine (Cursor 9) starter circuit

CSX7060 1660 >....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 >....
CSX7080 1660 >....

A4 Engine module 50
F1 80 A - engine module main fuse 240
F14 40 A - start module / cigarette lighter 460
F26 80 A - main fuse 240
F63 30 A - engine module 260
G1 Battery 1 190
G2 Battery 2 210
G3 Alternator 240
K50 Relay - battery switch 140
S3 Switch - Ignition 360
Line: 10 - 510
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 376
ZEIL08CS0095J0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 377

2a Preheating
CSX7040 1660 >....
CSX7050 1660 >....
CSX7060 1660 >....
CSX7070 1660 >....
CSX7080 1660 >....

A5 Engine module - grid heater 590
K54 Relay - grid heater 610
R10 Grid heater element 610
Line: 520 - 680
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 378
ZEIL08CS0111H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 379

3a CAN connection
CSX7040 1660 >....
CSX7050 1660 >....
CSX7060 1660 >....
CSX7070 1660 >....
CSX7080 1660 >....

A8 CM - CAN connection 750
A25 A-post - CAN connection 760
F8 10 A - CM + A-post module, before contact 810
F11 15 A - CM + A-post module, after contact 690
Line: 690- 850
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 380
ZEIL08CS0112H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 381

4a Engine protection
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 >....

A25 A-post - engine protection 920
B16 Hydrostatic oil pressure contact 880
B17 Hydrostatic oil temperature contact 860
B25 A-post module (buzzer) 920
B72 Shunt tank sensor 900
B73 Water in fuel sensor 930
H11 Ladder protection warning light 920
H12 LED - engine oil pressure 920
H13 LED - shunt tank 920
H16 LED - hydrostatic oil pressure + oil temperature 920
Line: 860 - 1020
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 382
ZEIL08CS0113H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 383

5a Reel control and unloading tube open/close
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 >....

A8 CM - reverse drive buzzer + polarisation protection 1080
B1 Reverse drive buzzer 1040
F3 15 A - hydraulic valves, reverse drive buzzer 1030
K5 Relay - reel down 1210
K6 Relay - reel up 1240
K7 Relay - unloading tube open 1260
K8 Relay - unloading tube close 1290
K52 Relay - polarisation protection 1070
S4 Switch - reel forward 1150
S5 Switch - reverse drive buzzer 1040
S6 Switch - reel rearward 1170
S11 Switch - reel down 1200
S12 Switch - reel up 1230
S13 Switch - unloading tube open 1250
S14 Switch - unloading tube close 1280
V1 Diode - unloading tube close 1290
V2 Diode - unloading tube open 1260
V3 Diode - reel up 1240
V4 Diode - reel down 1210
V5 Diode - reel rearward 1170
V6 Diode - reel forward 1130
Y4 Solenoid - reel down 1210
Y5 Solenoid - reel up 1230
Y6 Solenoid - unloading tube open 1260
Y7 Solenoid - unloading tube close 1280
Y13 Solenoid - reel forward 1140
Y14 Solenoid - reel rearward 1170
Y24 Solenoid - pilot valve 1330
Line: 1030 - 1360
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 384
ZEIL08CS0096J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 385

6a Header Height Control
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 >....

A8 CM - header + lateral flotation 1570
B18 Oil pressure sensor (header lift cylinders) 1560
F3 15 A - header height control 1370
S27 Switch - lateral flotation left down 1620
S28 Switch - lateral flotation right down 1630
S29 Switch - header up slow 1410
S30 Switch - header down slow 1470
S47 Switch - automatic header height control 1490
S50 Switch - header up fast 1430
S51 Switch - header down fast 1450
Y16 Solenoid - lateral float right down 1660
Y17 Solenoid - lateral float left down 1680
Y18 Solenoid - header up 1530
Y19 Solenoid - header down 1550
Line: 1370 - 1700
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 386
ZEIL08CS0097J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 387

7a Automatic Header Height Control
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 >....

A1 Printed circuit - header height control 1980
A8 CM - header height control 1930
H19 LED - red header height control 1890
H20 LED - green header height control 1880
R2 Header height sensor 2000
R5 Stubble height setting 1920
R6 Ground pressure setting 1910
R8 Autofloat™ position sensor (LH) 1890
R9 Autofloat™ position sensor (RH) 1900
S48 Selector switch - header height modes 1940
Line: 1880 - 2040
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 388
ZEIL08CS0114H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 389

8a Threshing engagement
CSX7040 1660 >....
CSX7050 1660 >....
CSX7060 1660 >....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 >....

A8 CM - threshing engagement 2060
A25 A-post - pneumatic pressure threshing engagement 2320
F5 25 A - power after threshing engaged 2130
F12 15 A - road mode 2210
F27 15 A - power, threshing engaged 2260
H21 LED - green pneumatic pressure 2320
K9 Relay - engagement protection 2240
K9 Relay - engagement protection 2260
K9 Relay - threshing engagement 2130
K13 Relay - ladder protection 2170
K16 Relay - header engagement 2400
K24 Relay - road mode 2080
S10 Switch - ladder safety 2120
S15 Switch - threshing engagement 2100
S31 Switch - safety on the road 2190
Y1 Solenoid - brake 2170
Y15 Solenoid - threshing mechanism engagement 2330
Line: 2050 - 2380
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 390
ZEIL08CS0098J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 391

9a Header engagement and hydraulic reversing system
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A8 CM - header 2450
K17 Relay - operator’s seat switch 2430
K20 Relay - reversing mechanism 2500
K29 Relay - electrical header reversing (cab) 2490
S7 Switch - operator’s seat 2410
S16 Switch - header engagement 2400
S81 Switch - reversing mechanism 2480
Y9 Solenoid - header engagement 2430
Y10 Solenoid - reversing mechanism 2520
Y12 Solenoid - reversing mechanism 2540
Line: 2390 - 2550
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 392
ZEIL08CS0115H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 393
9b Header engagement and electrical reversing system

CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....

A8 CM - header 2460
K17 Relay - operator’s seat switch 2430
K27 Relay - electrical header reversing 2490
K29 Relay - electrical header reversing (cab) 2490
M2 Motor - electrical header reversing starter 2540
S7 Switch - Operator’s seat 2410
S16 Switch - header engagement 2400
S81 Switch - reversing mechanism 2480
Y9 Solenoid - header engagement 2460
Line: 2390 - 2550
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 394
ZEIL08CS0116H0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 395

10a Reel speed control and reel speed synchronization
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A8 CM - reel 2600
F10 25 A - reel variator 2680
F28 10 A - Varifeed™ reel speed 2820
H23 LED - diagnostic 2660
K11 Relay - reel variator slow 2680
K12 Relay - reel variator fast 2720
K53 Relay - rotary dust screen brush 2650
M5 Motor - reel variator 2700
M14 Actuator - rotary dust screen brush 2780
S20 Switch - reel variator slow 2670
S21 Switch - reel variator fast 2690
S65 Switch - reel synchronization 2600
Y21 Solenoid - reel synchronization 2610
Line: 2560 - 2890
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 396
ZEIL08CS0099J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 397
10b Reel speed control and Varifeed™

CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A8 CM - reel 2600
F10 25 A - reel variator 2680
F28 10 A - Varifeed™ reel speed 2820
H23 LED - diagnostic 2660
K11 Relay - reel variator slow 2680
K12 Relay - reel variator fast 2720
M14 Actuator - rotary dust screen brush 2780
S20 Switch - reel variator slow 2670
S21 Switch - reel variator fast 2690
S65 Switch - reel synchronization 2600
Y21 Solenoid - reel synchronization 2610
Y25 Solenoid - Varifeed™ 2690
Line: 2560 - 2890
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 398
ZEIL08CS0100J0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 399

11a Unloading tube engagement
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A25 A-post - unloading tube open/close 2930
H5 LED - unloading tube open/close 2930
K45 Relay - unloading tube protection 2970
S32 Switch - unloading tube protection 2990
S33 Switch - unloading tube engagement 2920
Y8 Solenoid - unloading tube engagement 3010
Line: 2900 - 3060
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 400
ZEIL08CS0117H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 401

12a Drum variator, fan variator, spreader plates and concave adjustment
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A7 CM - concave adjustment 3380
A25 A-post - spreader plates indicator 3280
F10 25 A - drum variator, fan variator 3140
F57 25 A - spreader plates actuator 3240
K33 Relay - drum variator 3090
K34 Relay - drum variator 3120
K36 Relay - spreader plates 3210
K37 Relay - spreader plates 3240
M3 Motor - drum variator 3160
M4 Motor - fan variator 3160
M7 Actuator - spreader plates 3280
M10 Actuator - concave adjustment 3300
R3 Adjustable resistor - concave adjustment 3340
R7 Adjustable resistor - spreader plates 3290
S17 Switch - drum variator 3110
S18 Switch - fan variator 3150
S24 Switch - concave adjustment 3330
S49 Switch - spreader plates 3200
Line: 3060 - 3390
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 402
ZEIL08CS0101J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 403

13a Remote sieves
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A8 CM - remote sieve system 3450
M17 Actuator - upper sieve adjustment 3420
M18 Actuator - lower sieve adjustment 3510
R14 Adjustable resistance - actuator upper sieve 3500
R15 Adjustable resistance - actuator lower sieve 3520
S43 Switch dashboard - upper sieve 3430
S44 Switch rear - upper sieve 3440
S45 Switch dashboard - lower sieve 3500
S46 Switch rear - lower sieve 3510
Line: 3410 - 3570
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 404
ZEIL08CS0118H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 405

14a Smart Sieve™ system
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A2 Inclinometer - Smart Sieve™ cleaning system 3740
A8 CM - Smart Sieve™ cleaning system 3660
F2 25 A - Smart Sieve™ cleaning system 3650
M6 Actuator - Smart Sieve™ cleaning system 3790
R1 Smart Sieve™ cleaning system potentiometer 3790
Line: 3570 - 3900
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 406
ZEIL08CS0102J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 407

15a Control instruments
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1540 > ....1615
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A25 A-post - LED controls 3980
B6 Fuel level potentiometer 4040
B15 Engine air filter restriction contact 3960
H2 LED - straw walker protection 3950
H15 LED - engine air filter restriction contact 3960
H17 LED - brake oil level + brake linings wear 4010
H18 LED - parking brake 3980
S22 Switch - straw walker protection 3940
S23 Switch - straw walker protection 3940
S37 Contact - brake lining warning 1 3980
S41 Switch - brake oil level 4000
S42 Switch - parking brake 3980
Line: 3920 - 4080
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 408
ZEIL08CS0119H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 409

16a Sensors
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A8 CM - sensors 4270
B7 Ground speed sensor 4290
B8 Fan variator speed sensor 4270
B9 Drum variator speed sensor 4250
B10 Straw chopper speed sensor 4230
B11 Rotary separator speed sensor 4350
B12 Returns elevator speed sensor 4310
B13 Straw walker speed sensor 4330
B19 Straw walker grain loss sensor (RH) 4150
B20 Straw walker grain loss sensor (LH) 4170
B21 Sieves grain loss sensor 4190
B26 Swath plate position sensor 4210
B27 Reel speed sensor 4370
B28 Returns elevator loss sensor 4090
B29 Returns elevator loss sensor 4120
Line: 4090 - 4420
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 410
ZEIL08CS0103J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 411

17a Parking lights, head lights, brake lights and horn
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A3 Printed circuit - warning lights steering column 4560
A28 Printed circuit - parking lights 4550
B22 Horn 4480
E3 Brake light, LH on straw hood 4420
E3 Parking light, LH on straw hood 4780
E4 Brake light, RH on straw hood 4480
E4 Parking light, RH on straw hood 4850
E5 Parking light, LH front 4690
E6 Additional parking light, LH front 4700
E7 Header illumination, LH 4730
E8 Header illumination, RH 4750
E10 Parking light, RH front 4800
E11 Additional parking light, RH front 4820
E12 Head light, LH 4580
E13 Head light, RH 4640
E14 Additional parking light Austria, RH front 4830
E15 Additional parking light Austria, LH front 4720
E32 Brake light, LH on arm 4490
E32 Parking light, LH on arm 4760
E33 Brake light, RH on arm 4510
E33 Parking light, RH on arm 4860
F6 15 A - brake lights 4440
F19 25 A - parking lights 4490
F20 15 A - parking lights, LH 4680
F21 15 A - parking lights, RH 4790
F22 10 A - additional parking lights 4900
F23 15 A - dimmed head lights 4640
F24 15 A - headlights 4580
H6 LED - head lights 4550
H40 Control panel lighting - rear cab 4890
H41 Control panel lighting - front cab 4900
K26 Relay - parking lights 4510
S52 Switch - brake lights 4440
S53 Switch - road lights 4500
X57 Connector - header trailer (ground) 4530
X57 Connector - header trailer 4790
X57 Connector - header trailer, brake lights 4530
X57 Connector - header trailer, parking lights 4870
X59 Connector - road lights, front, left-hand 4670
X62 Connector - road lights, front, right-hand 4790
X65 Connector rear, right-hand 4880
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 412
Line: 4430 - 4930
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 413
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 414
ZEIL08CS0104J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 415
17b Parking lights, head lights, brake lights and horn with Flip Up kit
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A28 Printed circuit - parking lights 4550
B22 Horn 4480
E3 Brake light, LH on straw hood 4420
E3 Parking light, LH on straw hood 4780
E4 Brake light, RH on straw hood 4480
E4 Parking light, RH on straw hood 4850
E5 Parking light, LH front 4690
E6 Additional parking light, LH front 4700
E7 Header illumination, LH 4730
E8 Header illumination, RH 4750
E10 Parking light, RH front 4800
E11 Additional parking light, RH front 4820
E12 Head light, LH 4580
E13 Head light, RH 4640
E14 Additional parking light Austria, RH front 4830
E15 Additional parking light Austria, LH front 4720
E32 Brake light, LH on arm 4490
E32 Parking light, LH on arm 4760
E33 Brake light, RH on arm 4510
E33 Parking light, RH on arm 4860
F6 15 A - brake lights 4440
F19 25 A - parking lights 4490
F20 15 A - parking lights, LH 4690
F21 15 A - parking lights, RH 4790
F22 10 A - additional parking lights 4900
F23 15 A - dimmed head lights 4640
F24 15 A - headlights 4580
H6 LED - head lights 4550
H40 Control panel lighting - rear cab 4890
H41 Control panel lighting - front cab 4900
K26 Relay - parking lights 4510
S52 Switch - brake lights 4440
S53 Switch - road lights 4500
X57 Connector - header trailer (ground) 4530
X57 Connector - header trailer 4790
X57 Connector - header trailer, brake lights 4530
X57 Connector - header trailer, parking lights 4870
X59 Connector - road lights, front, left-hand 4670
X62 Connector - road lights, front, right-hand 4790
X65 Connector rear, right-hand 4880
Line: 4430 - 4930
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 416
ZEIL08CS0105J0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 417

18a Flip Up kit
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

E37 Additional head light, LH on railing 4970
E38 Additional head light, RH on railing 5000
K48 Relay - flip-up dimmed lights 5040
K49 Relay - flip-up head lights 5040
Line: 4940 - 5100
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 418
ZEIL08CS0120H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 419

19a Direction indicator lights
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A25 A-post - direction indicator signal 5350
E3 Direction indicator, LH on straw hood 5370
E4 Direction indicator, RH on straw hood 5370
E5 Direction indicator, LH front 5260
E10 Direction indicator, RH front 5260
E17 Additional direction indicator, LH front 5260
E18 Additional direction indicator, RH front 5260
E32 Direction indicator, LH on arm 5370
E33 Direction indicator, RH on arm 5370
F16 15 A - direction indicator lights 5210
F18 15 A - hazard warning lights 5220
H9 Direction indicator warning light 5180
H10 Trailer direction indicator warning light 5170
K25 Relay - flasher unit 5140
S54 Switch - hazard warning lights 5200
S55 Switch - direction indicator 5210
X57 Connector - header trailer, direction indicator left-hand 5380
X57 Connector - header trailer, direction indicator right-hand 5380
Line: 5100 - 5430
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 420
ZEIL08CS0106J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 421

20a Revolving flashlights and grain tank level indicator
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A25 A-post - grain tank level indicator and revolving flashlights 5470
E1 Revolving flashlight - cab roof 5530
E2 Revolving flashlight - straw hood 5530
F7 10 A - grain tank level indicator 5450
F9 15 A - revolving flashlights 5490
F15 40 A - main fuse after contact 5490
H4 LED - grain tank level indicator 5460
K23 Relay - revolving flashlights 5600
S35 Switch - grain tank level 1 5470
S36 Switch - grain tank level 2 5450
Line: 5440 - 5600
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 422
ZEIL08CS0121H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 423

21a Video camera
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1540 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A25 A-post - video camera 5680
A26 Video camera 1 5650
A27 Video camera 2 5720
F17 5 A - video camera 5690
Line: 5610 - 5780
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 424
ZEIL08CS0122H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 425

22a Operating lights
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

E19 Unloading tube operating light 5900
E20 Spot light, RH 5960
E21 Spot light, LH 5950
E22 Inner operating light, RH 6110
E23 Inner operating light, LH 6100
E24 Grain tank light 6040
E25 Stubble light, LH 5840
E26 Stubble light, RH 5850
E27 Operating light, RH 5870
E28 Rear operating light, RH 6150
E29 Rear operating light, LH 6160
E30 Cab interior light 6240
E31 Central operating light 6060
E35 Outer operating light, LH 6010
E36 Outer operating light, RH 6020
F25 40 A - + 12 V - fuse print 5820
F29 15 A - power relays operating lights 6270
F30 15 A - rear operating lights 6230
F31 15 A - inner operating lights 6090
F32 25 A - stubble lights, unloading tube operating light, operating light RH 5870
F51 15 A - central operating light 6050
F52 10 A - grain tank light 6030
F53 15 A - outer operating light, RH 6020
F54 15 A - outer operating light, LH 6010
F55 15 A - spot light, LH 5940
F56 15 A - spot light, RH 5960
K14 Relay - rear operating lights 6220
K15 Relay - grain tank light and outer operating light 6020
K15 Relay - inner operating lights 6100
K15 Relay - spot lights 5950
K15 Relay - central operating light 6060
K28 Relay - stubble lights, unloading tube operating light, operating light RH 5870
S56 Switch - operating lights 6250
S57 Switch - cab door 6240
S67 Switch - stubble lights 5890
S68 Switch - spot lights 5970
Line: 5780 - 6280
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 426
ZEIL08CS0107J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 427

23a Windscreen wiper/washer and radio
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A20 Radio 6590
B23 Speaker (LH) 6600
B24 Speaker (RH) 6600
F34 25 A - windscreen wiper/washer 6470
K43 Relay - windscreen wiper 6480
M8 Motor - windscreen wiper 6470
M9 Pump - windscreen washer 6530
S58 Switch - windscreen wiper 6530
S59 Switch - windscreen washer 6530
Line: 6460 - 6620
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 428
ZEIL08CS0123H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 429

24a Mirror control
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

F34 25 A - mirror control 6860
K30 Relay - mirror control 1 7100
K31 Relay - mirror control 2 7100
M11 Motor - additional mirror (Germany) 7050
M12 Motor - mirror, RH 6990
M13 Motor - mirror, LH 6920
S62 Switch - mirror displacement 6880
S63 Switch - additional mirror displacement 6840
Line: 6800 - 7130
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 430
ZEIL08CS0108J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 431

25a Air conditioning
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A23 Blower air conditioning 7630
F6 15 A - air conditioning 7380
F35 30 A fan 7580
K38 Relay - fan 1 7500
K39 Relay - fan 2 7540
K40 Relay - fan 7580
K51 Relay - air conditioning compressor 7450
S70 Low pressure contact air conditioning 7420
S71 High pressure contact air conditioning 7400
S83 Blower 7580
S84 Switch - air conditioning 7480
Y11 Air conditioning compressor 7530
Line: 7310 - 7640
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 432
ZEIL08CS0109J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 433

26a Vertical knives and powered rear axle
CSX7040 1660 > ....
CSX7050 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7070 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

F61 40 A - vertical knife, RH 7870
F62 40 A - vertical knife, LH 7930
K70 Relay - vertical knife, RH 7850
K71 Relay - vertical knife, LH 7900
M15 Motor - vertical knife, RH 7850
M16 Motor - vertical knife, LH 7900
S8 Switch - powered rear axle 7960
S69 Switch - vertical knives 7900
Y22 Solenoid - powered rear axle 7940
Line: 7820 - 7980
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 434
ZEIL08CS0124H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 435

27a Laterale
CSX7050 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A21 Levelling box 8270
F24 15 ALaterale 8120
K3 Relay - Laterale longitudinal 8220
K4 Relay - Laterale transversal 8080
S91 Switch - Laterale manual/automatic 8030
S92 Switch - Laterale manual/clockwise/counter clockwise 8120
S93 Switch - Laterale bottom position, LH 8350
S94 Switch - Laterale bottom position, RH 8380
S95 Switch - Laterale rear left on 8180
S96 Switch - Laterale up down 8230
S97 Switch - Laterale up 8440
S98 Switch - Laterale down 8440
S99 Switch - Laterale upper position, RH 8350
S100 Switch - Laterale upper position, LH 8380
Y25 Solenoid - Laterale clockwise decreasing 8070
Y26 Solenoid - Laterale counter clockwise decreasing 8100
Y27 Solenoid - Laterale road field 8040
Y28 Solenoid - Laterale up 8440
Y29 Solenoid - Laterale down 8460
Line: 8000 - 8500
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 436
ZEIL08CS0110J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 437

28a FPT engine (Cursor 9) Electronic Engine

CSX7060 1660 > ....
CSX7060 Laterale 1660 > ....
CSX7080 1660> ....
CSX7080 Laterale 1660 > ....

A4 Engine control module -
X900 Engine control module connector 2 (36 pin) -
X901 Engine control module connector 3 (16 pin) -
X902 Camshaft speed sensor -
X903 Crankshaft speed sensor -
X904 Fuel temperature sensor -
X905 Fuel metering unit -
X906 Boost pressure/temperature sensor -
X907 Oil pressure/temperature sensor -
X908 Coolant temperature sensor -
X909 In-line harness connector (fuel injectors/rail pressure sensor) -
X910 Fuel rail pressure sensor -
X911 Fuel injector solenoid 1 -
Line: N/A
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 438
VFIL08CS0031J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 439

CSX7050 Hillside
29a Hillside
CSX7050 Hillside 1660 > ....
Code Description
HL5 Control light - longitudinal lifting
HL6 Control light - longitudinal lowering
HL7 Control light - lateral - left-hand side lifting
HL8 Control light - lateral - right-hand side lifting
HL9 Control light - longitudinal spy
HL10 Control light - longitudinal diagnostics
HL11 Control light - lateral diagnostics
HA1 Buzzer - lateral end of stroke
YV1 Electric valve - longitudinal lifting
YV2 Electric valve - longitudinal lowering
YV3 Electric valve - left-hand side lifting
YV4 Electric valve - right-hand side lifting
S1 End of stroke switch - longitudinal lifting
S2 End of stroke switch - longitudinal lowering
S3 End of stroke switch - lateral - left-hand side lifting
S4 End of stroke switch - lateral - right-hand side lifting
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 440
ZEIL05CL0073J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 441

CSX7050 Hillside
30a Hillside
CSX7050 1660 > ....
Code Description
SH1 Switch - longitudinal activation
SH2 Switch - lateral activation
HL1 Control light - longitudinal activation
HL2 Control light - lateral activation
SA1 Switch - longitudinal manual control
SC1 Lever - lateral manual control
HLEM 12 V present
SHEM Emergency stop
KA1 Relay - exit switches insert feed under start
KA2 Relay - battery switches insert
KA3 Relay - longitudinal automatic
KA4 Relay - lateral automatic
FU1 16 A - protection line under start key
FU2 16 A - protection line battery exit
FU3 16 A - automatic longitudinal line protection
FU4 16 A - automatic line protection
FU5 16 A - battery protection
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 442
ZEIL05CL0072J0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 443
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 444
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Service instruction

Troubleshooting and fault finding of the electrical system should always be carried out in a logical and planned se-
quence. Many apparent faults associated with electronic components are often hastily diagnosed and result in the
replacement of expensive components. An extra few minutes confirming the apparent fault will result in a more posi-
tive and cost effective repair.
The monitor is used to indicate, in coded format, any malfunction detected in the electrical and electronic systems.
Two different coded formats are used to indicate concerns; alarms and errors.
An alarm is an indication of some mechanical condition on the vehicle, and alerts the operator to perform necessary
maintenance, or to change operating conditions to correct the alarm condition. Examples of alarms would be to
indicate an engine overheat condition, blocked filters, or improper control operation. Alarms are not used to indicate
faults with electrical circuits.
An error is an indication of a fault with an electrical circuit or component, and alerts the operator that the circuit or
component is no longer functioning. Examples of error messages include open circuits, shorts to ground, or short to
high voltage. These errors are typically the result of wire harness damage, or sensor mis adjustment or failure.
When investigating an electrical concern, the first step is to fully understand the problem. Get a clear description of
the concern from the operator, and if possible, operate the vehicle to confirm the problem.
Diagnostic procedures for each error code are detailed in this manual.
Where the fault finding procedure requires checks for continuity, a visual inspection of the wiring should be made prior
to conducting test to ensure that obvious ‘mechanical’ damage has not occurred to the harness or connectors.
In some cases, use of a multi meter will be necessary to locate the source of the fault. A good quality multi meter,
capable of measuring voltage, current, and resistance of at least 20,000 Ω, is an essential item to perform fault finding.
IMPORTANT: Use of powered test lights or any 12 V source to test or activate electrical circuits may result in
internal failure of the computer modules. Never apply a 12 V source directly to a solenoid or other device to prevent
damage to the combine electrical system.
1. When using a multi meter, it is good practice to select
a high range and work downwards to avoid damaging
the instrument.
IMPORTANT: Care should be used when using the
multimeter. Only use the instrument as instructed to avoid
damage to the internal elements of the microprocessors
on the combine. When checking the continuity of wiring,
sensors or switches, it is necessary to isolate the combine
modules and ensure the key switch is turned off to prevent
possible further damage. The key switch should only be
switched on and the combine modules connected where
specifically instructed in the fault finding procedure.
55_3_55_3_10 1
2. During fault finding, it will often be necessary to un-

couple connectors for inspection, or to provide ac-
cess for testing. When using the combine on-board
diagnostics, uncoupling connectors as directed in the
fault finding procedures will often be necessary to
locate the source of the fault. Unless specifically
noted, connectors should not be back-probed using
test spoons or other tools, to prevent damage to the
connector and wire seals.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 445
CAUTION
Never couple or uncouple electrical connectors while
the engine is running, to prevent machine damage and
personal injury due to electrical shock.
Z018
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, never attempt to access elec-
trical connectors under the cab while the engine is
running. Accidental contact with the straw elevator
angle sensor or inappropriate access to the electrical
circuits to the modules may cause the straw elevator
to move unexpectedly, resulting in personal injury or
death.
Z028
3. If it is found necessary to clean the connectors a

contact spray should be used. DO NOT USE ANY
OTHER METHOD FOR CLEANING TERMINALS.
Do not use a cleaner that contains Trichloro-ethy-
lene, this solvent will damage the plastic body of the
connector. It is preferable to use a cleaner with a
Freon T.F. base.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 446
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Preliminary test

NOTE: This section is only intended as a general guide to using a digital multi meter. Always refer to the
manufacturer’s operators manual for correct operation.
1. A multi meter is an electronic measuring device. The
different types of measurement that can be made de-
pend upon the make and model of the multi meter.
Most types of multi meter have the capacity to mea-
sure:
. Current (A) AC or DC
. Resistance (Ohm)
. Voltage (V) AC or DC
. Continuity (Buzz test)
More expensive multi meters have other functions,
such as the capacity to measure frequency (Hz) and
test diodes.
55_3_55_3_10 1
2. General operation:
Before proceeding with a test, decide on what is go-
ing to be measured (Voltage, Current etc.). Rotate
the dial until the pointer is within the relevant zone.
Within each zone there are different scales. The
scale that is selected will represent the maximum
value that the multi meter will read. Always select
a scale which is greater than the value that you in-
tend to measure. If you are unsure of the value to be
measured, always select the highest scale and then
reduce the scale once you have an idea of the mea-
sured value.
55_3_55_3_11 2
3. Why are there different scales ?

The closer that the scale is to the measured value,
the more accurate the reading will be e.g. If measur-
ing the voltage of a battery with the scale set at 200
V, the display may read 12 V. However, if the scale
was set to 20 V the display may read a more accu-
rate reading of 12.27 V.
55_3_55_3_12 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 447
4. Measuring voltage (Volts):

Set the range dial to either AC or DC volts. Connect
the black test probe to the "COM" terminal and the
red test probe to the "V/ohm" terminal. Place the test
probes across the component to be measured with
the circuit complete (closed). Read off the display
value
55_3_55_3_13 4
5. Measuring current (Amps):

Set the range dial to either AC or DC current. When
measuring current up to 2 A, connect the red test
probe to the "A" terminal. When measuring current
up to 10 A, connect the red test probe to the "10
A" terminal. Always connect the black test probe
to the "COM" terminal. When taking measurement
of current, always break the circuit and connect the
multi meter in series with the circuit. Read off the
display value.
NOTE: For protection, multi meters are usually fused at
10A.
55_3_55_3_14 5
6. Measuring resistance (ohms):

Set the range dial to the desired position. Connect
the red test probe to the "V/ohm" terminal. Connect
the black test probe to the "COM" terminal. If the
resistance being measured is connected in a circuit,
then turn off the power to the circuit. Connect the
test probes to the measuring point and read off the
display value.
55_3_55_3_15 6
7. Continuity (Buzzer) test:

Set the range dial to the "Buzz" position. Connect
the red test probe to the "V/ohms" terminal. Connect
the black test probe to the "COM" terminal. Connect
the test probes to the measuring point. In general, if
the resistance is less than 50 Ω then the buzzer will
sound, indicating continuity.
55_3_55_3_16 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 448
8. Buzzers on different multi meters will sound at dif-

ferent ohmic values, depending on the quality of the
meter. This can often be misleading. For example,
when checking a corroded earth point. A poor quality
multi meter may buzz at 150 ohm, indicating continu-
ity and no problem. When using a higher quality multi
meter for the same test, it would not buzz due to the
high resistance. When carrying out such tests, we
should always check the value of resistance as well
as listening out for the buzz.
A good connection gives low resistance.
A bad connection gives high resistance.
55_3_55_3_17 8
9. SUMMARY:
Voltage (V):
Connect across the component with the circuit
closed.
Current (A):
Connect in series with the circuit. Circuit closed.
Resistance (Ohm) :
Connect across the component with the circuit open.
Continuity (Buzz):
Connect the meter across the component with the
circuit open. (Always check the value of resistance
as well !!)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 449
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Adjust

When installing potentio meters, it is important to ensure that they do not bottom out in either direction, to prevent
damage. Most potentio meters have slotted mounting holes to allow some adjustment. Before tightening the mounting
hardware, operate the attaching linkage fully in both directions to confirm proper potentio meter positioning.
The straw elevator angle sensor (1) and optional header stubble height potentio meters (not shown) require further
adjustment to provide proper HHC operation as follows:
IMPORTANT: The total range of the header height sensor (1) should be between 2.5 - 7.5 V.
1. Start the engine and raise the header just enough to
install the header cylinder safety latch.
Stop the engine and turn the ignition key in the “con-
tact" position.
Press on the “SET" button (1). (fig. 2)
55_3_55_3_34 1
2. On the display (6) appears the output voltage of the

header height sensor (1) in mV and should be be-
tween 7 - 7.5 V. If not, adjust the sensor by loosening
the nut (3) (fig. 1).
ZDF0434A 2
3. Start the engine and lower the header to the ground.

4. Stop the engine and turn the ignition key in the “con-
tact" position again.
5. Press on the "SET" button (1). (fig. 2)
6. The voltage should be greater than 2.5 V If not, adjust
the sensor until the monitor read out is +/- 3 V.
7. Check now again the value in the upper position of
the header.
8. After adjusting tighten the nut (3) (fig. 1).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 450
Alternator drive system Belt tensioner - Remove

1. The fan belt (1) should be removed in the following
manner. Attach a 1/2 in. square drive ratchet into the
square hole of the tensioner arm (4). Rotate counter
clockwise and remove the fan belt (1) from the pulley
(5) and allow the tensioner (6) to return to its unten-
sioned position once the belt (1) has been removed.
ZEIL06CS0152A0C 1
2. Remove the tensioner (6) from the pump by loosen-

ing and removing the centre attaching bolt.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 451
Alternator drive system Belt tensioner - Remove

1. The fan belt (1) should be removed in the following
manner. Attach a 1/2 in. square drive ratchet into the
square hole of the tensioner arm (4). Rotate counter
clockwise and remove the fan belt (1) from the pulley
(5) and allow the tensioner (6) to return to its unten-
sioned position once the belt (1) has been removed.
ZEIL06CS0211A0B 1
2. Remove the tensioner (6) from the pump by loosen-

ing and removing the centre attaching bolt.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 452
Alternator drive system Belt tensioner - Check

1. Checking of the tensioner assembly operation should
be carried out, with the tensioner assembly still at-
tached to the front cover. To check the spring load,
place a "break back" torque bar pre-set to, 70-85 Nm
( 52-63 lb ft) on to the pulley attaching bolt. Raise
the lever up through an angle of 20 ° maximum. If
the torque bar does not "break" within the range, a
new tensioner assembly is required.
2. Ensure that the tensioner pulley (4), rotates freely by
hand. If not replace with new parts.
ZEIL06CS0152A0C 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 453
Alternator drive system Belt tensioner - Check

1. Checking of the tensioner assembly operation should
be carried out, with the tensioner assembly still at-
tached to the front cover. To check the spring load,
place a "break back" torque bar pre-set to, 70-85 Nm
( 52-63 lb ft) on to the pulley attaching bolt. Raise
the lever up through an angle of 20 ° maximum. If
the torque bar does not "break" within the range, a
new tensioner assembly is required.
2. Ensure that the tensioner pulley (4), rotates freely by
hand. If not replace with new parts.
ZEIL06CS0211A0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 454
Alternator drive system Belt tensioner - Install

1. Fit a new pulley (4) to the assembly if required, and
torque the attaching bolt between 46.5 - 60 Nm ( 34.5
- 44 lb ft.)
2. To reassemble the arm assembly, position the ten-
sioner on to the front cover, fit the mounting bolt (6)
through the assembly, and torque the bolt between
46.5 - 60 Nm ( 34.5 - 44 lb ft).
ZEIL06CS0152A0C 1
3. Refitment of the fan belt (1) is the reverse of the re-

moval procedure, but ensure the “Poly-V" belt, is po-
sitioned correctly onto all of the pulleys.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 455
Alternator drive system Belt tensioner - Install

1. Fit a new pulley (4) to the assembly if required, and
torque the attaching bolt between 46.5 - 60 Nm ( 34.5
- 44 lb ft.)
2. To reassemble the arm assembly, position the ten-
sioner on to the front cover, fit the mounting bolt (6)
through the assembly, and torque the bolt between
46.5 - 60 Nm ( 34.5 - 44 lb ft).
ZEIL06CS0211A0B 1
3. Refitment of the fan belt (1) is the reverse of the re-

moval procedure, but ensure the “Poly-V" belt, is po-
sitioned correctly onto all of the pulleys.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 456
Alternator drive system Idler pulley - Check

1. One idler pulley (1) is fitted to the engine. Located
on the right hand side of the engine.
ZEIL06CS0152A0D 1
2. Check that the idler pulley rotates freely, if tight or

worn, replace the pulley with a new one. Removal
and replacement is done with the attaching bolt
through the centre of the idler pulley. Torque the bolt
between 46.5 - 60 Nm ( 34.5 - 44 lb ft).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 457
Alternator drive system Idler pulley - Check

1. One idler pulley (1) is fitted to the engine. Located
on the right hand side of the engine.
ZEIL06CS0211A0C 1
2. Check that the idler pulley rotates freely, if tight or

worn, replace the pulley with a new one. Removal
and replacement is done with the attaching bolt
through the centre of the idler pulley. Torque the bolt
between 46.5 - 60 Nm ( 34.5 - 44 lb ft).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 458
Wiring harness - Replace

If a wire within the harness is found to be beyond repair or is open circuit, a jumper wire may be installed as a tempo-
rary repair until such time when a new harness assembly can be installed. Use the following procedure to install an
additional wire:
1. Locate the faulty wire using the procedures de-

scribed in the fault code charts.
Disconnect the affected connectors.
If fitted carefully roll back the seal between the con-
nector and harness outer covering.
Remove the pins from the connector blocks of the af-
fected wire using the appropriate removal tool found
in the harness repair kit.
NOTE: Use the instructions supplied with the kit to ensure
correct pin removal.
55_3_55_3_08 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 459
2. From the harness repair kit select the correct pin for
the connectors. Obtain locally the correct cross-sec-
tional size wire and measure out the length required
by following the harness routing.
Join the new wire to the new pins as described in the
harness repair kit and install one of the pins into its
connector.
If possible attempt to run the new wire within the ex-
isting harness outer covering, if this is not possible
run the wire along the harness, securing regularly
with suitable ties. With the wire correctly routed instal
the second terminal into its connector block. Replace
the connector seal if removed.
To ensure that the repair has been effective check
for continuity of the new wire using a suitable multi-
meter.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the
damaged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent
ingress of water or chemicals.
55_3_55_3_09 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 460
Wiring harness - Repair

The following method to repair wiring is a temporary expedient only. Wiring should be replaced as soon as possible.
Do not attempt to repair the wire on any system sensors as these are sealed and should only be replaced with a new
component.
NOTE: When conducting a cable repair it is important that only RESIN CORED SOLDER is used. Use of other
types of solder may result in further cable damage.
1. Locate damaged portion of cable then cut away outer
protective cover on both sides of the damaged area.
55_3_55_3_04 1
2. Peel back the cable from both ends of the damaged

area and carefully cut away the inner cable cover at
the damaged area and strip about 13 mm ( 1/2 in) of
insulation from the wires. Do not cut away any wire
strands.
Using a suitable solvent, clean about 50 mm ( 2 in)
from each cover end. Clean the grey cable cover and
the individual leads.
Twist two bare leads together for each damaged
lead, being careful to match wire colours, then sol-
der the leads using resin cored solder. Tape each
repaired lead with vinyl insulation tape.
55_3_55_3_05 2
3. Wind a layer of vinyl insulation tape up to the grey

cable cover at each end of the repair section. Make
a paper trough, then apply silicon rubber compound
(non hardening sealant) over the repaired section up
to the cover ends. Sufficient sealant must be used to
fill the ends of the cut away area.
55_3_55_3_06 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 461
4. Allow the compound to cure then cover the area with

insulating tape taking the tape well over each end of
the repair. An overlap of at least 50 mm ( 2 in) of
tape at each end is necessary.
Check to ensure the repair is satisfactory and secure
the repaired cable so that repeat damage is avoided.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the
damaged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent
ingress of water or chemicals.
55_3_55_3_07 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 462
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Problem solving

OPERATION
Four electrical tests will be required to properly troubleshoot electrical concerns on the combine.
Each test is described in detail. Ensure that all steps are reviewed and followed when testing.
1. Continuity test, short to ground
2. Voltage measurement, short to 12 volts
3. Resistance test for components
4. Continuity test, open circuits
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 1: CONTINUITY TEST - SHORT TO GROUND CONDITIONS FOR PER-
FORMING TESTS:
1. Power OFF, key switch OFF, (sometimes battery disconnected or fuse pulled out if specified in procedure).
2. Connectors at each end or ends of circuit disconnected to prevent false readings.
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and measure circuit resistance. Use black lead to make contact
with a plated metal part on the chassis such as a jump start post if fitted. Make sure the surface of the part is not
corroded. Use the red meter lead to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case
of metal connectors.
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guidelines specified in the procedure. 3 - 4 Ω indicates a direct
short to chassis ground and must be located and repaired. Higher resistances usually indicate circuit paths through
modules, and that an additional connector needs to be disconnected to perform the test. More than 100K ohms
indicates that the circuit is free of shorts to ground.
55_3_55_3_18 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 463
2. ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 2: VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT OR SHORT TO POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTS

CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING SHORT TO POSITIVE SUPPLY TESTS:
1. Key switch ON (sometimes OFF, if specified in procedure).

2. Connectors at sensor, switch or potentiometer end disconnected. All other connectors must be reconnected to
perform test.
3. Set meter to measure DC VOLTS, and measure circuit voltage as illustrated. Use the red meter lead to touch
the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case of metal connectors. Use the black lead to
make contact with a plated metal part on the chassis such as a jump start post if fitted. Make sure the surface of
the part is not corroded.
4. Determine if measured voltage falls within guidelines specified in the procedure.
ZDF0225A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 464
3. ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 3: RESISTANCE TEST FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS CONDITIONS FOR PER-
FORMING RESISTANCE TEST
1. Disconnect combine part by unplugging electrical connectors to expose the part assembly connector for testing.
2. Set electrical meter to measure resistance or Ohms and insert test probes into connector terminals specified
in procedure. When checking potentiometers, measure from wiper terminal to each of the other terminals while
TURNING THE POT SHAFT. This will ensure no open spots escape detection. When checking rocker or rotary
switches, actuate the switch while measuring for opens and shorts.
3. Compare measured values to values specified in the fault code procedures. Allow plus or minus 5 percent of
range tolerance for all measurements.
ZDF0224A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 465
4. ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 4: CONTINUITY TEST - CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUITS CONDITIONS FOR
PERFORMING CONTINUITY TESTS:
1. Key switch OFF (sometimes disconnect battery or pull fuses).

2. Connectors at both ends of the circuit disconnected. All other connectors must be reconnected to perform test.
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and measure circuit resistance as illustrated. Use the red meter
lead to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case of metal connectors. Use the
black lead to make contact with the connector pin at the other end of the circuit. Avoid contact with other pins in
the connector and the connector case, if it is metal.
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guidelines specified in the procedure. If the resistance is no more
than 3 - 4 Ω, the circuit is continuous. More resistance usually indicates dirty or corroded terminals in connectors,
and 100 kΩ indicates an open circuit.
55_3_55_3_21 4
IMPORTANT: Ensure that all steps are reviewed and followed when testing.
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Testing

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multi-meter for these tests.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 466
CAUTION
DO NOT use a self-powered test light for any of these tests. Use of a self-powered test light can cause damage
to components in this system.
Z011
WARNING
Before performing any of the electrical tests, be sure all operating controls are in neutral or park lock position.
This will eliminate accidental movement of the machine or start-up of power driven equipment.
Z008
N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)

1 Condition Result Action
Check 12 volts Blown fuse #1.
Check for 12 volts at after contact Action Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
relay terminal 30. If good reading, continue with next Open circuit between fuse printed
step. circuit and fuse #1, circuit 005 (RD).
Turn the key start "ON". 12 volts Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
Check Action Open circuit between fuse printed
Check for 12 volts at after contact If good reading, continue with next circuit and key start switch, circuit
relay terminal 85. step. 031 (RD).
12 volts not available from key start
switch, pin (1), refer to key start
switch test : Start control - Testing
(B.80.A) and Start control Start
switch - Testing (B.80.A)
Turn the key start "OFF". Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
Check Action Open circuit between fuse printed
Check for ground at after contact re- If good reading, continue with next circuit and ground, circuit 069 (ZW).
lay terminal 86. step.
Swap the suspect after contact relay 12 volts Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
with another known good after con- Action
tact relay (1, 2 or 3). If good reading, install a new after
Check contact relay.
Check power to the after contact re-
lay fuses.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 467
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Problem solving

OPERATION
Power distribution consists of the following:

Unswitched battery power is available at all times. The battery positive terminal is connected to the unswitched power
circuit from which all unswitched power circuits are energized. Power is available to all of the following fuses 1, 8, 13,
14, 18, 19, 25, 26, 57, 61 and 62 regardless of the ignition switch position.
Switched battery power is supplied to the system when the ignition system is ON. This switching is controlled by after
contact relay 2, after contact relay 2.1 and after contact relay 2.2.
When the ignition is switched ON, the after contact relays are energized, supplying battery power to fuses 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 9, 11, 12, 15, 16, and 34.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the power distribution system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged and all connections are clean and tight.
B. The transmission is in neutral or park.
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded or pushed out terminals.
D. Determine if the power source being investigated is switched or unswitched.
E. If the power source problem is a switched power source, the relay controlling the circuit needs to be determined
and tested.
CAUTION
Z011
CAUTION
Z008

No power at one fuse. Power supply to fuse Go to fuse/circuit chart to determine power
supply circuit.
No power at switched After contact relay 1 A - After contact relay test. ELECTRICAL
fuses 3, 4, 6, 12, 16. POWER SYSTEM - Testing (A.30.A)
fuses 2, 5, 7. POWER SYSTEM - Testing (A.30.A)
fuses 9, 11, 15, 34. POWER SYSTEM - Testing (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 468
Alternator - Testing
NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multi meter for these tests.
For battery testing and service, see the battery section in the service manual.
CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Place transmission in PARK. 12.8-14.5 volts. High resistance between Battery and
Start engine and set at 1200 rpm. Action B+ terminal at Alternator, circuits 001
Check If good reading, charging system is (RD) and 006 (RD).
Measure voltage at battery. operating properly. Go to next test point.
Place negative lead of the multime- Less than 0.4 volts. High resistance between Battery and
ter to Battery positive terminal and Action starter terminal 30, circuit 001 (RD).
positive lead to starter B+ terminal. If good reading, circuit is okay. Repair/replace wiring as required.
Check Continue with next step.
Read voltage.
Place positive lead of the multi meter Less than 0.4 volts. High resistance between starter ter-
to B+ terminal of Alternator and neg- Action minal 30 and B+ terminal at Alterna-
ative lead to starter B+ terminal. If good reading, continue with next tor, circuit 006 (RD).
Check step. Repair/replace wiring as required.
Read voltage.
Check Voltage varies between 12.8 - 14.5 Alternator.
Check for 12 volts at the B+ terminal volts in response to load applied. Go to next test point.
of the Alternator, while turning var- Action
ious load on and off (lights, heater If good reading, charging system is
fans etc.) operating properly.
Turn the key start “OFF". Less than 1 ohm. High resistance on circuit 007 (ZW)
Check Action from Alternator to engine ground.
Measure resistance between Alter- If good reading, repair or replace Al- Clean surfaces at Alternator and en-
nator housing and engine ground. ternator. gine block.
Ensure that all mountings are clean
and tight.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 469
Alternator - Problem solving

OPERATION
The alternator (B+) connector is connected to the battery via terminal "B+" on the starter motor and is grounded to
the engine.
The alternator is self exciting and does not require an excitation circuit. Charging system output is controlled by an
integral voltage regulator/brush assembly. The regulator is set to 14.2 volt regulation. The alternator is temperature
compensated so that output will drop as the alternator warms up.
For vehicles equipped with a 7.5 L engine with mechanical governor, the alternator provides engine RPM information
to the CM through circuit 159 (GE).
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A).
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the starting system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded, pushed out, or bent terminals.
CAUTION
Z011
CAUTION
Z008

System not charging or Alternator belt See engine repair section of Repair Manual
charging poorly. Battery to replace or adjust belt.
looses charge.
B+ circuit A - Charging system output test. Alterna-
Alternator tor - Testing (A.30.A)
System overcharging Alternator A - Charging system output test, test points
2-4. Alternator - Testing (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 470
Index

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
CSX7050 Hillside
CSX7050 Hillside
Alternator - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Alternator - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Alternator drive system Belt tensioner - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Alternator drive system Belt tensioner - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Alternator drive system Belt tensioner - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Alternator drive system Belt tensioner - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Alternator drive system Belt tensioner - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Alternator drive system Belt tensioner - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Alternator drive system Idler pulley - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Alternator drive system Idler pulley - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component localisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 471
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Special tools 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Wiring harness - Component Diagram 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Wiring harness - Component diagram 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Wiring harness - Component diagram 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 472
Wiring harness - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Wiring harness - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Wiring harness - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Wiring harness - Special tools 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 473
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.30.A / 474
LIGHTING SYSTEM - 40.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 1
Contents
DIAGNOSTIC
LIGHTING SYSTEM
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Head light
Wiring harness - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Turn/hazard light
Turn switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Hazard switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Brake light
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Beacon
Fuse - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Wiring harness - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Front work light
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Rear work light
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Work light
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Center work light
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Inner work light
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Middle work light
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Outer work light
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 2
Unloading tube light
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Electrical light
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 3
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect light and indicator control 12 volts. Blown Fuse #19.
switch connector X148. Action Open circuit in Fuse Printed Circuit.
Check If good reading, go to test point 3.Open circuit between fuse printed
Check for 12 volts at connector circuit connector X114 (pin 15) and
X148 (pin 5), circuit 199 (RD). light and indicator control switch con-
nector X148 (pin 5), circuit 199 (RD).
Go to next test point.
2 Check Result Action
Measure resistance between con- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between fuse printed
nector X148 (pin 5) and fuse printed Action circuit connector X114 (pin 15) and
circuit connector X114 (pin 15), cir- If good reading, install a new Fuse light and indicator control switch con-
cuit 199 (RD). Printed Circuit. nector X148 (pin 5), circuit 199 (RD).
Check Main headlights operate. Light and Indicator Control Switch.
Install a fused jumper wire between Action
connector X148 (pin 5) and (pin 7). Headlight circuit(s) are okay.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 4
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Problem solving

OPERATION
Exterior lighting consists of the following:

LH and RH headlights
LH and RH stubble lights (if equipped)
LH and RH direction indicators
LH and RH front park lights (if equipped)
LH and RH rear road lights
Cab front center work light
LH and RH cab inner work lights
LH and RH cab mid work lights
LH and RH cab outer headlights
LH and RH side lights
LH and RH rear work lights (if equipped)
Front flashing beacon
Rear flashing beacon (if equipped)
Licence plate light
Unload tube light
Grain tank light
The various lamps are controlled by switches and operated via relays as follows:
Road light switch is powered directly from battery.
Road light switch includes off, low beam, high beam positions, left/right turn positions and horn switch.
Work light switch includes work light switch itself and inner work switch. Inner work switch is powered through LH
center work lights relay when work light switch is closed.
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
Refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 (A.30.A) .
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the exterior lighting system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
D. Fuses # 6, 7, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55 and 56 are intact and have power.
E. If one of the work light circuits is not working, try swapping a relay from a working system for a quick and easy
relay check. Otherwise, follow the circuit diagnostic tests to determine the fault.
F. If a bulb is not working, substitute with a known good bulb to verify circuit operation.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 5
CAUTION
Z011
CAUTION
Z008

Both head lamps Fuse #19 A - Light and indicator control switch power
inoperative (dipped beam Fuse printed circuit supply test LIGHTING SYSTEM - Testing
and main beam) Circuit(s) (A.40.A)
Light and indicator control switch If test A is okay, install a new light and indi-
cator control switch.
Dipped beams inoperative Fuse #23 B - Dipped beam circuit test Head light -
(both sides) Fuse printed circuit Testing (A.40.A)
Circuit(s)
Light and indicator control switch
Main beams inoperative Fuse #24 C - Main beam circuit test Head light
(both sides) Fuse printed circuit Wiring harness - Testing (A.40.A)
Circuit(s)
All operating and work Fuse #15, #29 D - Work light switch power supply test
lights are inoperative Cab roof printed circuit Work light - Testing (A.40.A)
Circuit(s)
Work light switch If test D is okay, install a new work light
switch.
Stubble work lights Stubble work lights relay Swop the relay with a known good relay.
inoperative
Fuse #32 J - Stubble work lights circuit test Front
Cab roof printed circuit work light - Testing (A.40.A)
Circuit(s)
Stubble light switch
Center work light Center work light relay Swop the relay with a known good relay.
inoperative
Fuse #51 F - Center work light circuit test Center
Circuit(s)
Inner work lights Inner work light relay Swop the relay with a known good relay.
inoperative
Fuse #31 G - Inner work lights circuit Inner work
Cab roof printed circuit light - Testing (A.40.A)
Circuit(s)
Middle work lights Middle work light relay Swop the relay with a known good relay.
inoperative
Fuse #55, #56 H - Middle work lights circuit test Middle
Circuit(s)
Outer work lights Outer work light / grain tank light relay Swop the relay with a known good relay.
and grain tank light
inoperative
Fuse #52, #53, #54 I - Outer work lights / grain tank light circuit
Cab roof printed circuit test Outer work light - Testing (A.40.A)
Circuit(s)
Rear work lights Rear Work Lights Relay Swop the relay with a known good relay.
inoperative (Threshing
operation okay)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 6

Fuse #33 J - Rear Work Lights Circuit Test Rear work
Cab Roof Printed Circuit light - Testing (A.40.A)
Circuit(s)
Brake lights inoperative Fuse #6 K - Brake lights circuit test Brake light -
Fuse printed circuit Testing (A.40.A)
Circuit(s)
Brake light switch If test K is okay, install a new brake light
switch
All direction indicator Light and indicator control switch L - Direction indicator circuit test Turn/haz-
lights are inoperative Circuit(s) ard light Turn switch - Testing (A.40.A)
(Hazard light operation
okay)
All direction indicator Hazard light switch M - Hazard light switch component test
lights and hazard lights Turn/hazard light Hazard switch - Test-
are inoperative ing (A.40.A)
Fuse #16 N - Direction indicator lights power sup-
Fuse printed circuit ply circuit test Turn/hazard light - Testing
Indicator relay (A.40.A)
Circuit(s)
All LH side direction Light and indicator control switch Light and indicator control switch
indicator lights Circuit(s) Open circuit between in-line harness con-
inoperative (Hazard light nector X148 (pin 3) and light and indicator
operation okay) control switch connector (pin 3).
All LH side direction Open in circuit 218 (PU) Open circuit between fuse printed circuit
indicator lights connector X112 (pin 3) and in-line harness
inoperative (Including connector X148 (pin 3).
LH side hazard lights)
All RH side direction Light and indicator control switch Light and indicator control switch
indicator lights Circuit(s) Open circuit between in-line harness con-
inoperative (Hazard light nector X148 (pin 2) and light and indicator
operation okay) control switch connector (pin 2).
All LH side direction Open in circuit 217 (PU) Open circuit between fuse printed circuit
indicator lights connector X115 (pin 3) and in-line harness
inoperative (Including connector X148 (pin 2).
LH side hazard lights)
All road lights are Fuse #20, #21 O - Road lights power supply circuit test
inoperative Fuse printed circuit Center work light - Testing (A.40.A)
Circuit(s)
Road lights relay If test O is okay, install a new road light
relay.
All LH side road lights are Fuse #20 Check fuse #20.
inoperative Fuse printed circuit If fuse #20 is okay, install a new fuse printed
circuit.
All RH side road lights are Fuse #21 Check fuse #21.
inoperative Fuse printed circuit If fuse #21 is okay, install a new fuse printed
circuit.
Unloading tube light Work light switch P - Work light switch component test Work
inoperative (Unloading light Switch - Testing (A.40.A)
operation okay)
Fuse #30 Q - Unloading tube light circuit test Unload-
Cab roof printed circuit ing tube light - Testing (A.40.A)
Circuit(s)
Unloading tube light relay If test Q is okay, install a new unloading
tube light relay.
Flashing beacon(s) Fuse #15, #9 R - Flashing beacon(s) circuit test Beacon
inoperative (All switch Cab roof printed circuit - Testing (A.40.A)
positions) Circuit(s)
Flashing beacon(s) Flashing beacon switch S - Flashing beacon switch component test
inoperative (On-Road Beacon Switch - Testing (A.40.A)
switch position)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 7

Cab roof printed circuit T - Flashing beacon(s) circuit test Beacon
Circuit(s) Wiring harness - Testing (A.40.A)
Flashing beacon(s) Flashing beacon switch S - Flashing beacon switch component test
inoperative (Grain tank Beacon Switch - Testing (A.40.A)
level warning switch
position)
Fuse #7 U - Flashing beacon(s) circuit test Beacon
Flashing beacon relay Fuse - Testing (A.40.A)
Grain level switch
Cab roof printed circuit
Circuit(s)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 8
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Problem solving

OPERATION
Interior lighting consists of a switchable dome light with left-hand door switch. The dome light has an integral switch
that can be set in the off, dome or door position.
When the dome light switch is set in the door position, the light will illuminate when the driver’s door is opened.
Unswitched power is provided to the dome light so it can be operated at any time by placing the dome light switch in
the dome position.
The dome light switch can be placed in the off position, so that the dome light will not illuminate even when the door
is opened.
Power is applied to the horn switch at all times. The horn switch is integrated in to the road light switch. When the
operator closes the horn switch contact, current flows through the horn switch to operate the horn.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the interior lighting and horn system, make sure that the following operating conditions
are met:
A. The batteries are fully charged, and all connections are clean and tight.
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded, pushed out or bent terminals.
D. Fuses #14 and #30 are good.
CAUTION
Z011
CAUTION
Z008

Interior light is inoperative Fuse #30 A - Interior light power and ground supply
Cab roof printed circuit test. Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A)
Circuits
Interior light If test A is okay, install a new interior light.
Interior light operates Door switch B - Door switch circuit test. Door, window
when turned ON, but not Interior light and windscreen - Testing (E.34.A)
with door Circuits
Interior light operates with Interior light ground circuit A - Interior light power and ground supply
door, but not when turned test. Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A)
ON
Interior light If test A is okay, install a new interior light.
Horn does not operate Road light switch C - Horn system circuit test. Audible alert
Horn Horn - Testing (E.50.B)
Circuits
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 9
Head light Wiring harness - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Place light switch in "main beam" po- 12 volts. Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
sition. Action Open circuit between fuse printed
Disconnect fuse #24. circuit connector X114 (pin 9) and
If good reading, go to test point 4.
Check light and indicator control switch con-
Check for 12 volts at fuse #24. nector X148 (pin 7), circuit 210 (PU).
Light and indicator control switch.
Place light switch in "OFF" position. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between fuse printed
Action circuit connector X114 (pin 9) and
Disconnect light and indicator control If good reading, continue with next light and indicator control switch con-
switch connector X148. step. nector X148 (pin 7), circuit 210 (PU).
Check
Measure resistance between con-
nector X114 (pin 9) and connector
X148 (pin 7), circuit 210 (PU).
Measure resistance between con- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between fuse printed
nector X114 (pin 9) and fuse #24. Action circuit connector X114 (pin 9) and
If good reading, install a new light fuse #24.
and indicator control switch.
Action circuit connector X114 (pin 1) and
Disconnect headlight connectors If good reading, install a new fuse headlight connector(s) X66 and X67,
X66 and X67. printed circuit. circuit 023 (PU).
Check
Measure resistance between the fol-
lowing:
X114 (pin 1) to X66 (pin A), circuit
023 (PU).
X114 (pin 1) to X67 (pin A), circuit

023 (PU).
Head light - Testing

84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 10
CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Place Light Switch in "dipped beam" 12 volts. Open circuit between fuse printed
position. Action circuit connector X113 (pin 1) and
Disconnect the fuse printed circuit If good reading, go to test point 3. light and indicator control switch con-
connector X113. nector X148 (pin 4), circuit 209 (PU).
Check Light and indicator control switch.
Check for 12 volts at connector Go to next test point.
X113 (pin 1).
Disconnect light and indicator control Action circuit connector X113 (pin 1) and
switch connector X148. If good reading, the dipped beam cir- light and indicator control switch con-
Check cuit(s) are okay. nector X148 (pin 4), circuit 209 (PU).
nector X113 (pin 1) and connector
X148 (pin 4), circuit 209 (PU).
Disconnect headlight connectors Action circuit connector X113 (pin 9) and
X66 and X67. If good reading, install a new Fuse headlight connector(s) X66 and X67,
Check Printed Circuit. circuit 022 (PU).
Measure resistance between the fol-
lowing:
X113 (pin 9) to X66 (pin B), circuit
022 (PU).
X113 (pin 9) to X67 (pin B), circuit
022 (PU).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 11
Turn/hazard light Turn switch - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the light and indicator Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit in light and indicator
control switch connector X148. Action control switch.
Check If good reading, continue with next
Place light and indicator control step.
switch in the "RH indicator" position.
Place light and indicator control Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit in light and indicator
switch in the "LH indicator" position. Action control switch.
Check If good reading, repair open circuit
Measure between connector X148 between light and indicator control
(pin 3) and (pin 6) component side. switch connector X148 (pin 6) and
fuse printed circuit X115 (pin 9), cir-
cuit 214 (PU).
Turn/hazard light Hazard switch - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the hazard light switch. Less than 1 ohm. Hazard light switch.
Place the switch in the "OFF" posi- Action
tion. If good reading, continue with next
Check step.
Measure between terminal 3 and 4.
Place the switch in the "ON" position. Less than 1 ohm. Hazard light switch.
Check Action
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 12

Measure between the following ter- If good reading, the hazard light
minals: switch is okay.
3 and 6
2A and 5A
2A and 5B
2A and 2B
Turn/hazard light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the hazard light switch 12 volts. Blown Fuse #16.
connector. Action Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
Turn the key start "ON". If good reading, continue with next Open in circuit 212 (OR).
Check step.
Check for 12 volts at S54 connector
(pin 6).
Turn the key start "OFF". Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between fuse printed
Disconnect the fuse printed circuit Action circuit connector X111 (pin 11) and
connector X111. If good reading, continue with next hazard light switch connector, circuit
Check step. 212 (OR).
Measure between connector X111
(pin 11) and S54 connector (pin 6).
Disconnect fuse printed circuit con- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between fuse printed
nector X115. Action circuit connector X115 (pin 9) and
Check If good reading, continue with next hazard switch connector (pin2A),
Measure between the following: step. circuit 214 (PU) or between fuse
X115 (pin 9) and S54 (pin 2A). printed circuit connector X115 (10)
X115 (pin 10) and S54 (pin 3). and hazard light switch connector
(pin 3), circuit 276 (WT).
Install a new indicator relay. Operation okay. Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
Check
Test the system for normal opera-
tion.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 13
Brake light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the foot brake switch 12 volts. Blown fuse #6.
S52 connector. Action Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
Check If good reading, continue with next Open circuit between fuse printed
Check for 12 volts at S52 connectorstep. circuit connector X112 (pin 9) and
(pin 1). foot brake switch connector, circuit
110 (OR).
Check for a ground at S52 connector Less than 5 ohms. Open circuit between foot brake
(pin 2). Action switch connector and in-line harness
If good reading, brake light circuit is connector X137.
okay.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 14
Beacon Fuse - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the flashing beacon(s) 12 volts. Blown fuse #7.
switch S34 connector. Turn the key Action Grain Level Switch.
start "ON". If good reading, go to test point 4. Open in circuit 027 (OR). Open in
Operate the grain level tank switch circuit 129 (GE).
S35. Go to next test point.
Check
Check for 12 volts at S34 connector
(pin 5B).
Disconnect the grain tank level 12 volts. Open circuit between grain tank level
switch connector X41. Action switch connector X41 (pin 1) and
Check If good reading, continue with next fuse printed circuit connector X112
Check for 12 volts at X41 (pin 1). step. (pin 7), circuit 027 (OR).
Open in fuse printed circuit.
Operate the grain tank level switch Less than 1 ohm. Grain Tank Level Switch.
S35. Action
Check If good reading, open circuit between
Measure between connector X41 grain level switch connector X41 (pin
(pin 1) and (pin 2) component side. 2) and flashing beacon switch con-
nector (pin 5B), circuit 129 (GE).
Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between cab roof
cuit connector X132. Action printed circuit connector X132 (pin
Check If good reading, continue with next 4) and flashing beacon switch con-
Measure between X132 (pin 4) and step. nector (pin 5A), circuit 402 (GE).
S35 connector (pin 5A).
Remove the flashing beacon(s) relay Flashing beacon(s) operate okay. Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
K23. Action cuit.
Check If good reading, the flashing bea-
Install a fused jumper wire between con(s) circuit is okay.
K23 terminals (pin 3) and (pin 5).
Beacon Switch - Testing

84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 15
CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the flashing beacon(s) Less than 1 ohm. Flashing beacon(s) switch.
Switch. Action
Place the flashing beacon switch in If good reading, continue with next
the "On-Road" position. step.
Check
Measure between terminals 2B and
3.
Place the flashing beacon switch in Less than 1 ohm. Flashing beacon(s) switch.
the "Grain Level Warning" position. Action
Check If good reading, the flashing bea-
Measure between terminals 5B and con(s) switch is okay.
5A.
Beacon Wiring harness - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the flashing beacon(s) Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between flashing bea-
switch S34 connector. Disconnect Action con switch connector (pin 2B) and
the cab roof printed circuit X132. If good reading, replace the cab roof cab roof printed circuit connector
Check printed circuit. X132 (pin 6), circuit 126 (OR).
Measure between the following: Open circuit between flashing bea-
S34 connector (pin 3) and X132 (pin con switch connector (pin 3) and cab
2). roof printed circuit connector X132
S34 connector (pin 2B) and X132 (pin 2), circuit 401 (WT).
(pin 6).
Beacon - Testing
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 16
CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- 12 volts. Blown fuse #15, #9.
cuit connector X132. Turn the key Action Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
start "ON". If good reading, continue with next cuit.
Check step.
Check for 12 volts at connector
X132 (pin 6) printed circuit side.
Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the flashing
cuit connector X132. Disconnect the Action beacon connector X74 (pin 1) and
Flashing Beacon connector X74. If good reading, continue with next cab roof printed circuit connector
Check step. X132 (pin 3), circuit 401 (WT).
(pin 1) and connector X132 (pin 3).
Check for a ground at the flashing Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the flashing
beacon connector X74 (pin 2). Action beacon connector X74 (pin 2) and
If reading good, the flashing beacon ground, circuit 283 (ZW).
circuit is okay.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 17
Front work light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the stubble lights relay K28. 12 volts. Open in circuit 227 (WT).
Turn the key start "ON". Action Open in circuit 280 (WT).
Place work light switch in the "ON" If good reading, go to test point 4. Stubble light switch.
position "2". Go to next test point.
Place the stubble light switch in the
"ON" position.
Check
Check for 12 volts at connector K28
(pin 1).
Disconnect the stubble light switch 12 volts. Open circuit between work light
connector S67. Action switch connector S56 (pin 5A) and
Check If good reading, continue with next stubble light switch connector S67
Check for 12 volts at connector S67 step. (pin 2B), circuit 227 (WT).
(pin 2B).
Turn the key start "OFF". Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between stubble light
Check Action switch S67 (pin 3) and stubble lights
Measure between connector S67 If good reading, replace the stubble relay K28 (pin 1), circuit 280 (WT).
(pin 3) and connector K28 (pin 1). light switch.
Check for 12 volts at connector K2812 volts. Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
(pin 5). Action cuit.
If good reading, continue with next
step.
Turn the key start "OFF". Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
Check Action cuit.
Check for a ground at connector K28 If good reading, continue with next
(pin 2). step.
Disconnect cab roof printed circuit Less than 1 ohm resistance. Blown fuse #32.
X126. Action Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
Check If good reading, stubble light circuit.
Measure between connector X126 cuit(s) are okay.
(pin 1) component side and relay
connector K28 (pin 3).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 18
Rear work light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the Cab Roof Printed Cir- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between cab roof
cuit connector X129. Action printed circuit connector X129 (pin 6)
Place the Threshing Engagement If good reading, continue with next and armrest printed circuit connector
Switch in the “ON" position. step. X122 (pin 19), circuit 054 (WT).
Check Open circuit in Armrest Printed Cir-
Check for a ground at connector cuit.
X129 (pin 6).
Reconnect connector X129. 12 volts. Blown Fuse #33.
Disconnect the Cab Roof Printed Cir- Action Open circuit in Cab Roof Printed Cir-
cuit connector X127. If good reading, continue with next cuit.
Turn the keystart “ON". step.
Place Work Light Switch in the “ON"
position “2".
Check
X127 (pin 5) and (pin 7) component
side.
Disconnect the Rear Work Lights Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the rear work
connectors X164 and X165. Action light connectors X164 (pin 2) and
Check If good reading, continue with next ground, circuit 128 (ZW) and X165
Check for a ground at the rear work step. (pin 2) and ground, circuit 029 (ZW).
lights connectors X164 (pin 2) and
X165 (pin 2).
Measure between the following: Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the rear work
connector X164 (pin 1) and connec- Action lights connectors X164 / X165 and
tor X127 (pin 7). If good reading, replace the bulbs. cab roof printed circuit connector
connector X165 (pin 1) and connec- X127.
tor X127 (pin 5).
Measure between the following: Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the rear work
connector X164 (pin 1) and connec- Action lights connectors X164 / X165 and
tor X127 (pin 7). If good reading, replace the bulbs. cab roof printed circuit connector
connector X165 (pin 1) and connec- X127.
tor X127 (pin 5).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 19
Work light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the work light switch. Less than 1 ohm. Work light switch.
Place the work light switch in the Action
"ON" position "1". If good reading, continue with next
Check step.
Measure between terminals:
5B and 5A.
2B and 2A.
Place the work light switch in the Less than 1 ohm. Work light switch.
"ON" position "2". Action
Check If good reading, the work light switch
Measure between terminals: is okay.
5B and 6.
2B and 3.
Work light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the work light switch con- 12 volts. Blown fuse #29.
nector S56. Action Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
Turn the key start "ON". If good reading, work light switch cuit. Open in circuit 018 (OR).
Check power supply circuit is okay. Go to next test point.
Check for 12 volts at connector S56
(pin 5B), circuit 018 (OR).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 20

Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- 12 volts. Open in cab roof printed circuit.
cuit connector X132. Action
Check for 12 volts at connector step.
X132 (pin 9) printed circuit side.
Turn the key start "OFF". Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between connector
Check Action X132 (pin 9) and S56 (pin 5B), circuit
Measure resistance between con- If good reading, work light switch 018 (OR).
nector X132 (pin 9) and S56 (pin power supply is okay.
5B), circuit 018 (OR).
Work light Switch - Testing

NOTE: The batteries must be fully charged and all connections clean and tight. Use a multimeter for these tests.
CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the Work Light Switch. Less than 1 ohm. Work Light Switch.
Place the work light switch in the Action
“ON" position “1". If good reading, continue with next
Check step.
Measure between terminals:
5B and 5A.
2B and 2A.
Place the work light switch in the Less than 1 ohm. Work Light Switch.
“ON" position “2". Action
Check If good reading, the Work Light
Measure between terminals: Switch is okay.
5B and 6.
2B and 3.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 21
Center work light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- 12 volts. Blown Fuse #51.
Place work light switch in the "ON" step.
position "2".
Check
X126 (pin 8).
Disconnect the center work light. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the center
Check Action work light connector and ground,
Check for a ground at the center If good reading, continue with next circuit 283 (ZW).
work light. step.
Measure between the center work Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the center
light and connector X126 (pin 8). Action work light and cab roof printed circuit
If good reading, replace the bulb. connector X126 (pin 8), circuit 407
(PU).
Center work light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the road lights relay K26. 12 volts. Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
Check Action
Check for 12 volts at connector K26 If good reading, continue with next
(pin 3). step.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 22

Check for a ground at connector K26 Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
(pin 1). Action
step.
Place light and indicator control 12 volts. Light and indicator control switch.
switch in the "Road lights ON" posi- Action Open in circuit 200 (WT). Open cir-
tion. If good reading, go to test point 5. cuit in fuse printed circuit.
Check Go to next test point.
Check for 12 volts at connector K26
(pin 2).
Disconnect the light and indicator Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the fuse
control switch connector X148. Action printed circuit connector X113 (pin
Check If good reading, replace the light and 10) and light and indicator control
Measure between connector X148 indicator control switch. switch connector X148 (pin 1), cir-
(pin 1) and connector K26 (pin 2). cuit 200 (WT).
Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
Disconnect the fuse printed circuit Less than 1 ohm. Blown fuse #20, #21.
connector X113. Action Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
Check If good reading, the road light power
Measure between the following: supply circuit(s) are okay.
X113 (pin 12) and K26 (pin 5).
X113 (pin 14) and K26 (pin 5).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 23
Inner work light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- 12 volts. Blown fuse #31.
position "2".
Check
X126 (pin 4) and (pin 7).
Disconnect the inner work lights. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the inner work
Check Action light connectors and ground, circuit
Check for a ground at the inner work If good reading, continue with next 283 (ZW).
lights. step.
Measure between the following: Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the inner work
RH inner work light and connector Action lights and cab roof printed circuit
X126 (pin 7). If good reading, replace the bulbs. connector X126 (pin 4) and (pin 7),
LH inner work light and connector circuits 225 (PU).
X126 (pin 4).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 24
Middle work light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the middle work lights relay 12 volts. Open in circuit 227 (WT).
K15.3. Action Open in circuit 434 (WT).
Turn the key start "ON". If good reading, go to test point 4. Middle work light switch.
Place work light switch in the "ON" Go to next test point.
position "2".
Place the middle work light switch in
the "ON" position.
Check
K15.3 (pin 1).
Disconnect the middle work light 12 volts. Open circuit between work light
switch connector S68. Action switch connector S56 (pin 5A) and
Check If good reading, continue with next middle work light switch connector
Check for 12 volts at connector S68 step. S68 (pin 2B), circuit 227 (WT).
(pin 2B).
Turn the key start "OFF". Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between middle work
Check Action light switch S68 (pin 3) and stubble
Measure between connector S68 If good reading, replace the middle lights relay K15.3 (pin 1), circuit 434
work light switch.
(pin 3) and connector K15.3 (pin 1). (WT).
Check for 12 volts at connector 12 volts. Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
K15.3 (pin 5). Action cuit.
step.
Check Action cuit.
Check for a ground at connector If good reading, continue with next
K15.3 (pin 2). step.
Disconnect cab roof printed circuit Less than 1 ohm resistance. Blown fuse #55, #56.
X125. Action Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
Check If good reading, middle work light circuit.
Measure between relay connector cuit(s) are okay.
K15.3 (pin 3) and connector X125
(pin 1) and (pin 2) component side.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 25
Outer work light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- 12 volts. Blown fuse #52, #53, #54.
position "2".
Check
X125 (pin 3), (pin 6) and (pin 9) com-
ponent side.
Disconnect the outer work lights. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the outer work
Check Action light connectors and ground, circuit
Check for a ground at the outer work If good reading, continue with next 283 (ZW).
lights. step.
Disconnect the grain tank light. Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the grain tank
Check Action light connector and ground, circuit
Check for a ground at the grain tank If good reading, continue with next 283 (ZW).
light. step.
Measure between the following: Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the outer work
RH outer work light and connector Action lights and cab roof printed circuit
X125 (pin 6). If good reading, replace the bulbs. connector X125 (pin 9), circuit 403
LH outer work light and connector (PU) and (pin 6), circuit 224 (PU).
X125 (pin 9).
Measure between the grain tank light Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the grain tank
and connector X125 (pin 3). Action light and cab roof printed circuit con-
If good reading, replace the bulbs. nector X125 (pin 3), circuit 226 (PU).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 26
Unloading tube light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the unloading tube light re- Unloading tube light operates okay. Blown fuse #30.
lay K14. Action Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
Turn the key start "ON". If good reading, go to test point 5. cuit. open in circuit 222 (PU).
Check Open in circuit 283 (ZW).
Install a fused jumper wire between Go to next test point.
K14 terminals (pin 3) and (pin 5).
Check for 12 volts at K14 terminal 12 volts. Blown fuse #30.
(5). Action Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
If good reading, continue with next cuit.
step.
Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the unloading
cuit connector X127. Disconnect the Action tube light connector (pin 1) and cab
unloading tube light connector. If good reading, continue with next roof printed circuit connector X127
Check step. (pin 6), circuit 222 (PU).
Measure between the unloading
tube light connector (pin 1) and con-
nector X127 (pin 6).
Check Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the unload-
Check for a ground at the unloading Action ing tube light connector (pin 2) and
tube light connector (pin 2). If good reading, replace the unload- ground, circuit 283 (ZW).
ing tube bulb.
Check Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
Check for a ground at K14 terminal Action cuit.
(1). If good reading, continue with next
step.
Place the unloading tube in the 12 volts. Cab roof printed circuit.
"OUT" position. Action Work light switch.
Place the work light switch in the If good reading, the unloading tube Circuit(s).
"ON" position. light circuit is okay. Go to next test point.
Check
Check for 12 volts at K14 terminal
(2).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 27

12 volts.
Disconnect the work light switch S56 Open circuit between cab roof
connector. Action printed circuit X127 (pin 3) and work
Check If good reading, continue with next light switch (pin 2B), circuit 282
step.
Check for 12 volts at S56 connector (WT).
(pin 2B). Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
cuit.
Check Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between cab roof
Measure between K14 terminal (2) Action printed circuit X129 (pin 5) and work
and S56 connector (pin 3 and 2A) If good reading, the unloading tube light switch (pin 3 and 2A), circuit
light circuit is okay. 221 (WT).
Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
cuit.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 28
Electrical light - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the interior light connec- 12 volts. Blown fuse #30.
tor (pin 1) (RD). Action Cab roof printed circuit.
Check Open circuit between interior light
If good reading, go to test point 3.
Check for 12 volts at connector (pin connector (pin 1) (RD) and cab roof
1), (RD). printed Circuit connector X127 (pin
9), circuit 219 (RD).
Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between interior light
cuit connector X127. Action connector (pin 1) (RD) and cab roof
Check If good reading and fuse #30 okay, printed circuit connector X127 (pin
Measure resistance between the in- Install a new cab roof printed circuit. 9).
terior light connector (pin 1) (RD) and
connector X127 (pin 9), (RD).
Disconnect the interior light connec- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between interior light
tor (pin 1) (ZW). Action connector (pin 1), circuit 435 (ZW)
Check If good reading, the power and and ground.
Check for a ground at the interior ground circuits are okay.
light connector (pin 1), (ZW).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 29
Index

Beacon - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Beacon Fuse - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Beacon Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Beacon Wiring harness - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Brake light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Center work light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Center work light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Electrical light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Front work light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Head light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Head light Wiring harness - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Inner work light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Middle work light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Outer work light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Rear work light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Turn/hazard light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Turn/hazard light Hazard switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Turn/hazard light Turn switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Unloading tube light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Work light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Work light - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Work light Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.40.A / 30
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - 50.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Data bus
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Farming system
Monitor - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SERVICE
Control box
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Monitor
Battery - Replace IntelliView™ II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Data bus
Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
DIAGNOSTIC
Audio system
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 2
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index

E101 E101 - GROUNDSPEED SENSOR , SHORT TO Sensing system Ground speed sensor - Short
GROUND , circuit to ground (C.20.B)
E102 E102 - GROUNDSPEED SENSOR , SHORT CIR- Sensing system Ground speed sensor - Short
CUIT TO +VE circuit to B+ (C.20.B)
E103 E103 - GROUNDSPEED SENSOR , OPEN CIR- Sensing system Ground speed sensor - Open
CUIT circuit (C.20.B)
E104 E104 - DRUMSPEED SENSOR , SHORT TO Sensing system Drum speed sensor - Short
GROUND circuit to ground (K.40.B)
E105 E105 - DRUMSPEED SENSOR , SHORT CIRCUIT Sensing system Drum speed sensor - Short
TO +VE circuit to B+ (K.40.B)
E106 E106 - DRUMSPEED SENSOR , OPEN CIRCUIT

Sensing system Drum speed sensor - Open
circuit (K.40.B)
E107 E107 - FANSPEED SENSOR , SHORT TO Sensing system Fan speed sensor - Short circuit
GROUND to ground (K.62.B)
E108 E108 - FANSPEED SENSOR , SHORT CIRCUIT TO Sensing system Fan speed sensor - Short circuit
+VE to B+ (K.62.B)
E109 E109 - FANSPEED SENSOR , OPEN CIRCUIT

Sensing system Fan speed sensor - Open circuit
(K.62.B)
E110 E110 - STRAW WALKER SPEED SENSOR , Sensing system Straw walker sensor - Short
SHORT TO GROUND circuit to ground (K.42.E)
E111 E111 - STRAW WALKER SPEED SENSOR , Sensing system Straw walker sensor - Short
SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE circuit to B+ (K.42.E)
E112 E112 - STRAW WALKER SPEED SENSOR , OPEN Sensing system Straw walker sensor - Open
CIRCUIT circuit (K.42.E)
E113 E113 - RETURN ELEVATOR SPEED SENSOR , Sensing system Tailing speed sensor - Short
SHORT TO GROUND circuit to ground (K.62.C)
E114 E114 - RETURN ELEVATOR SPEED SENSOR , Sensing system Tailing speed sensor - Short
SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE , circuit to B+ (K.62.C)
E115 E115 - RETURN ELEVATOR SPEED SENSOR, Sensing system Tailing speed sensor - Open
OPEN CIRCUIT circuit (K.62.C)
E116 E116 - STRAW CHOPPER SPEED SENSOR, Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
SHORT TO GROUND ground (K.64.C)
E117 E117 - STRAW CHOPPER SPEED SENSOR, Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE B+ (K.64.C)
E118 E118 - STRAW CHOPPER SPEED SENSOR , Sensing system Speed sensor - Open circuit
OPEN CIRCUIT (K.64.C)
E119 E119 - ROTARY SEPARATOR (B11) SENSOR Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
SHORT TO GROUND ground (K.42.C)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 3

E120 E120 - ROTARY SEPARATOR (B11) SENSOR Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE B+ (K.42.C)
E121 E121 - ROTARY SEPARATOR (B11) SENSOR Sensing system Speed sensor - Open circuit
OPEN CIRCUIT (K.42.C)
E122 E122 - SWATH PLATE POSITION (B26) SENSOR Sensing system Swath plate position sensor -
SHORT TO GROUND Short circuit to ground (K.64.C)
E123 E123 - SWATH PLATE POSITION (B26) SENSOR Sensing system Swath plate position sensor -
SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE Short circuit to B+ (K.64.C)
E124 E124 - SWATH PLATE (B26) POSITION SENSOR Sensing system Swath plate position sensor -
OPEN CIRCUIT Open circuit (K.64.C)
E125 E125 - REEL SPEED (B27) SENSOR SHORT TO Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
GROUND ground (K.25.B)
E126 E126 - REEL SPEED (B27) SENSOR SHORT CIR- Sensing system Speed sensor - Short circuit to
CUIT TO +VE B+ (K.25.B)
E127 E127 - REEL SPEED (B27) SENSOR OPEN CIR- Sensing system Speed sensor - Open circuit
CUIT (K.25.B)
E201 E201 - HEADER HEIGHT SENSOR (R2) SHORT Sensing system Height sensor - Short circuit
TO GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT to ground (G.10.A)
E202 E202 - HEADER HEIGHT SENSOR (R2) SHORT Sensing system Height sensor - Short circuit
CIRCUIT TO +VE to B+ (G.10.A)
E204 E204 - HEADER PRESSURE SENSOR (B18) Sensing system Pressure sensor - Short circuit
SHORT TO GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT to ground (G.10.A)
E205 E205 - HEADER PRESSURE SENSOR (B18) Sensing system Pressure sensor - Short circuit
SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE to B+ (G.10.A)
E231 E231 - HEADER UP (SLOW) SWITCH (S29) Command Header position switch - Short circuit
SHORT TO GROUND OR +VE to ground (G.10.A)
E232 E232 - HEADER DOWN (SLOW) SWITCH (S30) Electronic control - Short circuit to ground
SHORT TO GROUND OR +VE (G.10.A)
E233 E233 - HEADER UP/DOWN (FAST) SWITCHES Command Header position switch - Short circuit
(S50/S51) SHORT TO GROUND OR +VE to ground (G.10.A)
E240 E240 - AUTOMATIC HEADER HEIGHT CONTROL Command Header resume switch - Short circuit
SWITCH (S47) SHORT TO GROUND to ground (G.10.A)
E270 E270 - HEADER UP (Y18) PWM OUTPUT OPEN Command valve Header lift valve - Open circuit
OR SHORT CIRCUIT (G.10.A)
E271 E271 - HEADER DOWN (Y19) PWM OUTPUT Command valve Header lift valve - Open circuit
OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT (G.10.A)
E280 E280 - HEADER HEIGHT CONTROL COMPENSA- Control valve - Open circuit (G.10.A)
TION (Y20) PWM OUTPUT OPEN OR SHORT CIR-
CUIT
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 4

E301 E301 - LEFT HAND SIDE AUTOFLOAT POSITION Sensing system Position sensor - Short circuit
SENSOR (R8) SHORT TO GROUND OR OPEN to ground (G.30.A)
CIRCUIT
E302 E302 - LEFT HAND SIDE AUTOFLOAT POSITION Sensing system Position sensor - Short circuit
SENSOR (R8) SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE to B+ (G.30.A)
E304 E304 - RIGHT HAND SIDE AUTOFLOAT POSI- Sensing system Position sensor - Short circuit
TION SENSOR (R9) SHORT TO GROUND OR to ground (G.30.A)
OPEN CIRCUIT
E305 E305 - RIGHT HAND SIDE AUTOFLOAT POSITION Sensing system Position sensor - Short circuit
SENSOR (R9) SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE to B+ (G.30.A)
E321 E321 - LATERAL FLOAT LEFT HAND SIDE DOWN Sensing system Lateral float switch - Short
(COUNTER-CLOCKWISE) SWITCH (S27) SHORT circuit to ground (G.30.A)
TO GROUND
E322 E322 - LATERAL FLOAT RIGHT HAND SIDE Sensing system Lateral float switch - Short
DOWN (CLOCKWISE) SWITCH (S28) SHORT TO circuit to ground (G.30.A)
GROUND
E331 E331 - LATERAL FLOAT RIGHT HAND SIDE UP Command valve - Open circuit (G.30.A)
(COUNTER-CLOCKWISE) PWM OUTPUT OPEN
OR SHORT CIRCUIT
E332 E332 - LATERAL FLOAT LEFT HAND SIDE UP Command valve - Open circuit (G.30.A)
(CLOCKWISE) PWM OUTPUT OPEN OR SHORT
CIRCUIT
E401 E401 - SIEVES GRAIN LOSS SENSOR (B21) Sensing system Sieve grain loss sensor - Short
SHORT TO GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT circuit to ground (K.62.B)
E402 E402 - SIEVES GRAIN LOSS SENSOR (B21) Sensing system Sieve grain loss sensor - Short
SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE circuit to B+ (K.62.B)
E404 E404 - STRAW WALKER GRAIN LOSS SENSOR Sensing system Grain loss sensor - Short circuit
(B20) (LEFT HAND SIDE) SHORT TO GROUND to ground (K.42.E)
OR OPEN CIRCUIT
(B20) (LEFT HAND SIDE) SHORT TO CIRCUIT TO to B+ (K.42.E)
+VE
(B19) (RIGHT HAND SIDE) SHORT TO GROUND to ground (K.42.E)
OR OPEN CIRCUIT
(B19) (RIGHT HAND SIDE) SHORT TO CIRCUIT to B+ (K.42.E)
TO +VE
E506 E506 - INCLINOMETER (A2) SHORT TO GROUND Sensing system Lateral inclination sensor -
OR OPEN CIRCUIT Short circuit to ground (K.62.B)
E507 E507 - INCLINOMETER (A2) SHORT CIRCUIT TO Sensing system Lateral inclination sensor -
+VE Short circuit to B+ (K.62.B)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 5

E509 E509 - SELF-LEVELLING ACTUATOR POTEN- Upper sieve levelling system Command - Short
TIOMETER (R1) SHORT TO GROUND OR OPEN circuit to ground (K.62.B)
CIRCUIT
E510 E510 - SELF-LEVELLING ACTUATOR POTEN- Upper sieve levelling system Command - Short
TIOMETER (R1) SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE circuit to B+ (K.62.B)
E521 E521 - SELF-LEVELLING ACTUATOR (M6) OUT- Upper sieve levelling system Motor - Short
PUT OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT circuit to ground (K.62.B)
E601 E601 - ROTARY DUST SCREEN BRUSHES ACTU- Rotary screen Motor - Open circuit (B.50.A)
ATOR (M14) OUTPUT OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT
E612 E612 - REEL VARIATOR (M5) OUTPUT OPEN OR Speed regulation system - Open circuit (K.25.B)
SHORT CIRCUIT
E613 E613 - REEL SPEED UP (FAST) SWITCH (S21) Command - Short circuit to ground (K.25.B)
SHORT TO GROUND OR SHORT TO +VE
E614 E614 - REEL SPEED DOWN (SLOW) SWITCH Sensing system - Short circuit to ground
(S20) SHORT TO GROUND OR SHORT TO +VE (K.25.B)
E630 E630 - REVERSE DRIVE SIGNAL LINE SHORTED Back up alarm - Short circuit to ground (E.50.B)
TO GROUND
E640 E640 - OPERATING BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LESS Battery - Bad voltage (A.30.A)
THAN 10 VOLTS OR GREATER THAN 16.8 VOLTS
E641 E641 - KEY VOLTAGE (VOLTAGE AFTER CON- Battery - Bad voltage (A.30.A)
TACT) IS LESS THAN 10 VOLTS OR GREATER
THAN 16.8 VOLTS
E642 E642 - 10 VOLT REFERENCE SIGNAL IS LESS Control box - Bad voltage (A.50.A)
THAN 9 VOLTS OR GREATER THAN 11 VOLTS
THAN 7 VOLTS OR GREATER THAN 9 VOLTS
THAN 4 VOLTS OR GREATE THAN 6 VOLTS
F025 F025 - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM General Data bus Data bus Active terminator - No detects (A.50.A)
Active terminator , No detects , No terminal 15
signals detected
F049 F049 - POWER PRODUCTION ENGINE COOLANT Sensing system Coolant temperature - Over
SYSTEM General Sensing system Coolant tem- limit value (B.50.A)
perature , DIAGNOSTIC SYMPTOM Temperature
F050 F050 - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM General Sensing system Coolant temperature - Self-test
Sensing system Coolant temperature , Self-test failed (B.50.A)
failed , Coolant temperature sensor-dynamic test
F051 F051 - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM General Sensing Sensing system Boost temperature sensor - No
system Boost temperature sensor , No address address signal (B.30.A)
signal , Boost temperature signal
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 6

F052 F052 - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM General Sensing Sensing system Boost pressure sensor - Out
system Boost pressure sensor , Out of range , of range (B.30.A)
Boost pressure sensor
F053 F053 - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM General Sensing system Temperature sensor - Out of
Sensing system Temperature sensor , Out of range (B.20.A)
range , Fuel temperature signal
F054 F054 - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM General Sensing system Pressure sensor - Out of range
Sensing system Pressure sensor , Rail pressure (B.20.A)
sensor
F056 F056 - LUBRICATION SYSTEM General Sensing Sensing system Oil pressure - Out of range
system Oil pressure , Out of range , Oil pressure (B.60.A)
sensor
F058 F058 - LUBRICATION SYSTEM General Sensing Sensing system Oil temperature - Out of range
system Oil temperature , Out of range , Oil tem- (B.60.A)
perature sensor
F065 F065 - ENGINE General Sensing system Crank- Sensing system Crankshaft sensor - Malfunction
shaft sensor , Malfunction , Crankshaft sensor (B.10.A)
failure
F066 F066 - ENGINE General Sensing system Sensing system Camshaft speed sensor -
Camshaft speed sensor , Incorrect work , Run- Incorrect work (B.10.A)
ning with camshaft sensor only
F067 F067 - POWER PRODUCTION ENGINE General Sensing system Camshaft speed sensor -
Sensing system Camshaft speed sensor , DIAG- Unidentified failure (B.10.A)
NOSTIC ERROR Connection/Electrical Unidenti-
fied failure
F068 F068 - ENGINE General Sensing system Posi- Sensing system Position sensor - Incorrect
tion sensor , Incorrect setting , Offset between setting (B.10.A)
camshaft and crankshaft
F103 F103 - ENGINE General Connecting rod and pis- Connecting rod and piston Piston - Incorrect
ton Piston , Incorrect work , Cylinder 1 - Open work (B.10.A)
load
load
load
load
load
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 7

load
F178 F178 - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM General Data bus , Data bus - Lost communication (A.50.A)
Lost communication , Busoff in can B
F230 F230 - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM General Sensing system Supply voltage sensor -
Sensing system Supply voltage sensor , Incor- Incorrect value (A.30.A)
rect value , Sensor supply voltage 1
F235 F235 - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM General Sensing Sensing system Air pressure sensor - Out of
system Air pressure sensor , Out of range , range (B.30.A)
Atmospheric pressure sensor
F556 F556 - LUBRICATION SYSTEM General Sensing Sensing system Oil pressure - Low current
system Oil pressure , Low signal , Oil pressure (B.60.A)
too low
F558 F558 - LUBRICATION SYSTEM General Sensing Sensing system Oil temperature - High current
system Oil temperature , High current , Oil tem- (B.60.A)
perature above normal
STOP STOP - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM General ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Overheating
Sensing system Coolant temperature , Overheat- (B.50.A)
ing , Excessive coolant temperature
STOP STOP - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM General Ex- Expansion tank - Low level (B.50.A)
pansion tank , Low level , Shunt tank low level
STOP STOP - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic Sensing Sensing system Temperature sensor - Out of
system Temperature sensor , Out of range , Low range (C.20.F)
hydrostatic oil pressure or high oil temperature
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 8
Data bus - Overview
ZVE0372A 1
CM module (A8) A-post module (A25)

A-post module connector (X4) Diagnostic plug (X35)
Fuse printed circuit connector (X114) CM module connector (X141)
CAN NETWORK
The CAN network is a multiplex system which follows the guidelines established in SAE J1939. Multiplexing simply
stated, is linking two or more digital devices through a network. In the past, if RPM sensor information was needed
by a tachometer, an engine controller and a transmission, all three devices would need to be hard wired to the RPM
sensor. Through the CAN Data Bus only one wire is needed. The information is then accessed through the network by
other systems that need it. Any other system on the network that does not care about RPM data ignores the message
on the network. On todays high-tech machinery, the complexity of wiring can be greatly reduced through the use of
the CAN data bus network.
The network is made up of a twisted pair of wires, identified as CAN HI (yellow) and CAN LO (green). These two
wires are used to form a “linear bus" network, in that the wires run in parallel from one end of the vehicle to the other,
and each module is connected to both wires as a “node". These two wires are connected together at each end of the
network using a 120 ohm resistor, which is known as a “termination" resistor. Because there is a 120 ohm resistor at
each end of the network, the resistance should always be 60 ohms between the CAN HI and CAN LO wires.
On these combines, one of these termination resistors is located in the A-post module, while the termination resistor
on the other end of the network is located in the ECM.
The CAN network signal wires have a nominal voltages of 2.5 volts. A signal causes a voltage raise of 1.5 volts on
the CAN HI (high) wire and a voltage drop of 1.5 volts on the CAN LO (low) wire. Because there are many different
signals per second, normal voltmeters only show the average voltage. For the CAN HI wires this will be around 2.7
volts and for the CAN LO wires this will be around 2.3 volts. The deviation from the nominal 2.5 volts depends on
load of the network but must be the same for the CAN HI and CAN LO.
Short circuits to ground or power, open circuits or wrong termination resistances will deform the CAN signal and cause
network errors.
NOTE: Never short a CAN wire to 12 volts because it will burn the CAN-interfaces on the Network.
Each control module connected acts as a separate “node" on the network. As a control module receives data from
sensors, switches and potentiometers, it broadcasts this information on the network for other modules to pick up and
use as needed. Each module knows which information it needs through the software programmed into it.
When the network is initially powered up (operator turns the keystart on), each module on the network sends out a
broadcast message announcing its existence, and checks for broadcast messages from other modules on the net-
work. After these initial messages, each control module sends out data messages as necessary. If the module has
not sent out any data messages within 5 seconds, it will send out another broadcast message announcing its exis-
tence. This is done in order to monitor each module’s status on the network. If a certain module has not transmitted
any messages for more than 5 seconds, then the other modules on the network will generate an alarm message
indicating that the module is "offline".
NOTE: If a control module never powers up and does not broadcast its initial message, the other modules will not be
aware that it exists, and no “offline" alarm will be generated.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 9
ALARMS
The network is capable of diagnosing itself and generating alarm messages to the operator when problems are de-
tected. If a CAN network problem is detected, the A-post module will display “FAIL" and an audible alarm will be
present. The combine may continue to function when a network alarm message appears, but systems related to that
module will no longer function.
ZVE0373A 2
TROUBLESHOOTING
There are two general conditions that may cause an individual module to go “offline"; loss of module power, or CAN-
related faults.
Each module requires a power and ground supply to provide main operating power for the module; if either of these
is lost, the module will power down and will not be active on the network.
NOTE: If a control module never powers up and does not broadcast its initial message, the other modules will not be
aware that it exists, and no “offline" alarm will be generated.
There are several possible CAN-related faults that may cause a module to go offline. External problems include bad
or open connections to the CAN HI and CAN LO network wires as a result of damaged wiring. Internal problems may
include a failure of the CAN controller itself (the device that actually does the “communicating" on the network), or the
module may be “bussing off" due to excessive error messages.
Module Power and Ground Tests
1. Before continuing to test for a fault within the CAN network signal wires, the power and grounds of the modules
on the network should be tested. Refer to the power and ground chart below for the specific power and ground
sources for each module. Use a multimeter to test for continuity to ground on the ground path, and for 12 V power
on the supply wires. If the module power and ground supplies are good, but the fault is still present, continue with
Data bus - Service instruction (A.50.A).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 10
Module Power Ground Comments

CM Module • Connector X141 pin 31, circuit • Connector X141 pin 24, circuit • B+ power from fuse F8
(A8) 111 (RD), (B+) 112 (ZW)
• Ignition B+ power from fuse
• Connector X141 pin 32, circuit • Connector X142 pin 16, circuit F11 through key switch
110 (OR), (ignition B+) 128 (ZW)
A-Post • Connector X4 pin 6, circuit 110 • Connector X4 pin 4, circuit 113 • Ignition B+ power from fuse
Module (OR), (ignition B+) (ZW) F11 through key switch
(A25)
ZVE0126A_102 3
ZVE0021A_103 4
ZVE0208A_104 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 11
ZVE0013A_105 6
ZVE0209A_106 7
NOTE: The pin number locations for connector (X142) are the same as connector (X141).
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 12
Farming system Monitor - Detailed view

These following settings are primarily for the combine and sensors. They are set on initial installation and do not
normally need to be altered unless the instrument is transferred to another combine.
For all other settings refer to the Operator’s Manual: "SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION":
paragraph headed: "Yield Monitor".
Setup screen
Technician
1. Select the "Setup" screen by pressing the button (4).
The following will be displayed on the monitor:
1. Operator
2. Technician
3. Factory
4. Select Instrument
2. Press the "2" button on the numeric keypad to select
the "Technician" menu.
ZEIL09CS0154A0B 1
3. Enter the PIN number using the numeric keypad.

NOTE: Default PIN number = 1234
ZEIL09CS0155A0A 2
4. Press the "enter" button (7) to access the "Technician"

menu.
1. PC Line Points
2. Moisture Sensor
3. Angle Sensor
4. Temperature Sensor
5. GPS/PF Setup
6. Printer Setup
5. To select an item, use the "up" or "down" buttons (10)
or (11). Press the "enter" button (7) to confirm your
choice. Press the "ESC" button (12) to go to the pre-
vious page.
ZEIL09CS0156A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 13
1. PC Line Points
There are 6 calibration points (PC points) which enable
accurate yield measurement from zero throughput (PC t)
to maximum throughput (PC 5) of grain in the clean el-
evator. PC points are derived from the measurement of
grain throughput in barn tests on a wide range of com-
bines. The "PC Points" are automatically set for the har-
vester model selected from the pre-programmed list in the
"Combine Select" menu and do not need normally to be
altered. The generic PC points for the "Default combine
type" are automatically set as:
PC point Value (% darkness)

PC Tare 0.000
PC 1 5.790
PC 2 10.10
PC 3 17.29
PC 4 23.76
PC 5 30.12
To change a PC figure proceed as follows:
1. Position the menu pointer opposite the "PC Point" us-
ing the "up" or "down" buttons (10) or (11).
2. Key-in a new value, using the numeric keypad and
then press the "enter" button (7) to confirm the entry.
NOTE: In all cases "PC Tare" is the value found on a test
combine. The tare reading obtained on another example
of the same combine type may have a different value.
After setting the tare all PC figures will be offset by the
difference between the existing "PC Tare" figure and the
new tare figure.
ZEIL09CS0157A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 14
• Number of grain sensors

If the combine is fitted with an extra set of grain sen-
sors, the PC figures may be programmed independently
for each sensor, or may apply equally to both sensors.
To select, use the button (13).
Default setting for a single sensor installation.
ZEIL09CS0158A0B 5
Select "SENS B" to programme PC points independently

for sensor B. This may be required if for example a sec-
ond sensor is positioned at a different "X" position on the
elevator.
ZEIL09CS0159A0B 6
Select "BOTH SENS" to programme PC points the same

for both sensors.
ZEIL09CS0160A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 15
• PC Curve
This function is currently not required.
It is an alternative method of calibration to programming
individual PC points. The end result however, would be
the same.
ZEIL09CS0161A0B 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 16
2. Moisture sensor
The "Gain", "Offset", "Threshold" and "Correction" values
calibrate the moisture sensor to enable accurate readings
for crops up to a certain limit of moisture content. They are
specific to each crop, so you must first select the crop by
pressing the button (13).
ZEIL09CS0162A0B 9
• "Gain" and "Offset"

"Gain" and "Offset" have been determined for each pre-
programmed crop type by a series of calibration tests.
They are pre-programmed and do not normally need al-
tering.
The default "Gain" and "Offset" factors are:
Crop Gain Offset

Wheat 7.037 4.100
Barley 3.747 10.20
Oats 5.520 8.400
Oil seed Rape (Rape seed) 2.117 10.00
Linseed 4.000 5.000
Beans 4.013 7.100
Peas 4.000 5.000
Maize 7.907 2.000
User-defined crop 1 7.037* 2.000*
User-defined crop 2 7.037* 2.000*
(*) Default values, may need to be adjusted depending on

the crop type assigned.
To change the "Gain" or "Offset" factors, proceed as
follows:
1. Position the menu pointer opposite "Gain" or "Offset"
using the "up" or "down" buttons (10) or (11).
ZEIL09CS0163A0B 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 17
• "Threshold" and "Correction"

The "Threshold" and "Correction" factor enable accurate
yield readings to be maintained in exceptionally wet crop
conditions (typically around 25 % or more).
Default threshold = 0.000 %
The "Correction" factor will take effect above the "Thresh-
old" value.
Default = 0.000 (% darkness per % moisture content
above the threshold value)
To change the "Threshold" or "Correction" factors,
proceed as follows:
1. Position the menu pointer opposite "Threshold" or
"Correction" using the "up" or "down" buttons (10) or
(11).
ZEIL09CS0164A0B 11
• "Sensor" and "Voltage"

If no moisture sensor is fitted, the "Sensor" setting should
be set to "OFF". The voltage reading is simply for diag-
nostic purposes to indicate that the sensor is functioning.
Select "Sensor" using the "up" or "down" buttons (10) or
(11). Press the button (14) to change.
ZEIL09CS0165A0B 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 18
3. Angle sensor
Movement on sloping ground alters the distribution of
grain on the elevator paddles and affects grain measure-
ment. There are four "Slope" factors which compensate
for the effect of side slope and forward/backward slope
on the flow of grain through the clean grain elevator.
"Slope" factors are derived from the measurement of
grain throughput in barn tests on a wide range of com-
bines.
The "LH Slope" and "RH Slope" factors are automatically
set for the harvester model selected from the pre-pro-
grammed list in the "Combine Select" menu and do not
need to be altered.
The generic factors for the "Default combine type" are au-
tomatically set as:
Slope factor Value Sensor voltage/angle:

(% darkness per degree of slope) calibrated range
LH (left-hand) -0.107 2 V ( -15 °)
3 V (level)
RH (right-hand) -0.208 4 V ( +15 °)
FW (forward) 0.000 2 V ( -15 °)
3 V (level)
BW (backward) 0.000 4 V ( +15 °)
To change a slope factor, proceed as follows:
1. Position the menu pointer opposite the figure using the
arrow "up" or "down" buttons (10) or (11).
NOTE: If no sensor is installed then all values should
be set to zero.
ZEIL09CS0166A0B 13
• "V LH/RH" and "V FW/BW"

These readings are simply for diagnostic purposes to in-
dicate that the sensor is working correctly. They display
the voltage output and corresponding angle sensor in the
range given above (+/- 66 mV per degree of slope).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 19
• "SET ZERO"
The sensor will output 3 V when level in either axis.
To calibrate, proceed as follows:

1. Park the combine on level ground.
2. Position the menu pointer opposite "V LH/RH" or "V
FW/BW" using the "up" or "down" buttons (10) or (11).
3. Press the "SET ZERO" button (14), the angle sensor
is then fully calibrated.
ZEIL09CS0167A0B 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 20
4. Temperature sensor
The moisture sensor also senses temperature to maintain
a correct moisture measurement. The temperature may
be significantly greater than ambient temperature where
the moisture sensor is located.
To change the temperature value, proceed as follows:
1. Measure the actual temperature.
2. Position the menu pointer opposite "Temperature" us-
ing the "up" or "down" buttons (10) or (11).
3. Key-in the actual temperature, using the numeric key-
pad and then press the "enter" button (7) to confirm
the entry.
ZEIL09CS0168A0B 15
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 21
5. GPS/PF Setup
Position the menu pointer using the "up" or "down"
buttons (10) or (11) to make your choice in the "GPS/PF
Setup" menu.
1. If you are not yield mapping, disable the PF func-
tions. This enables the Print Options (see 6. PRINTER
SETUP).
If you are yield mapping, you can also set the option to
either:
2. Log data at a set distance interval.
3. Log data at a time interval.
4. Set baud rate for GPS serial interface.
ZEIL09CS0169A0B 16
5. Enable an audible alarm if you lose GPS differential
correction.
To change, use the "right" or "left" buttons (13) or (14).To

key-in a value use the numeric keypad
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 22
6. Printer Setup
The "Printer Setup" menu contains the data transfer pro-
tocol settings. The default settings may need to be altered
to suit the device that is connected.
The default settings are:
Baud rate 4800

Data bits 8
Stop bits 1
Parity None
Handshake RTS
Position the menu pointer using the "up" or "down" buttons

(10) or (11) to make your choice in the "Printer Setup"
menu. To change, use the "right" or "left" buttons (13) ZEIL09CS0170A0B 17
or (14).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 23
Factory
1. Select the "Setup" screen by pressing the button (4).
1. Operator
2. Technician
3. Factory
4. Select Instrument
2. Press the "3" button on the numeric keypad to select
the "Factory" menu.
ZEIL09CS0171A0B 18
3. Enter the PIN number using the numeric keypad.

NOTE: Default PIN number = 1234
ZEIL09CS0155A0A 19
4. Press the "enter" button (7) to access the "Factory"

menu.
1. Combine Select
2. Factor Reset
3. Factor Stores
4. PIN Change
5. Language
6. Harvest Type
7. Work Record
5. To select an item, use the " up" or "down" buttons
(10) or (11). Press the "enter" button (7) to confirm
your choice. Press the "ESC" button (12) to go to the
ZEIL09CS0172A0B 20
previous page.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 24
1. Combine Select
Select your model from the pre-programmed list using the
"right" or "left" buttons (13) or (14), then press the "enter"
button (7) to confirm. The PC points, angle sensor factors
and selected crop calibration factors are automatically set
for the combine model selected.
If your combine is not listed then set to "Default Combine
Type". Generic PC points, angle sensor factors and crop
calibration factors are automatically set.
NOTE: When you select "Default Combine Type", you
then have the option to edit the machine description.
Individual factors cannot be edited from this menu.
ZEIL09CS0173A0B 21
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 25
2. Reset Factors
This will cause a TOTAL SOFTWARE RESET. All oper-
ational and CAL data will be lost. Keep a record of the
existing calibration factors.
To make a total software reset press the "enter" button (7),
press the "enter" button (7) again if you are sure.
ZEIL09CS0174A0B 22
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 26
3. Factor Stores
Each time the instrument is powered down, all current cal-
ibration data is automatically stored to "Store A" and over-
writes the previous data in "Store A".
For extra security the same calibration data can be manu-
ally written to "Store B". This data will not be overwritten or
reset to the default factors. This enables the original cali-
bration data to be kept secure and restored at any time.
To select, use the "up" or "down" buttons (10) or (11), then
press the "enter" button (7) to confirm.
ZEIL09CS0175A0B 23
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 27
4. PIN Change
It gives the opportunity to change the current PIN number.
To change the PIN number proceed as follows:

1. Key-in the new PIN number using the numeric key-
board, press the "enter" button (7).
2. Key-in again the new PIN number using the numeric
keyboard, press the "enter" button (7) to confirm.
NOTE: When you have lost the PIN number, go to the
screen where you need to enter the PIN number and
press the decimal point for at least 30 " to reset the PIN
number to "1234".
ZEIL09CS0176A0B 24
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 28
5. Language
Select the language by using the "up" or "down" buttons
(10) or (11). Press the "enter" button (7) to confirm your
choice.
ZEIL09CS0177A0B 25
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 29
6. Harvest Type
Configures the instrument display to suit cereals, Root/
Vegetable crops or Sugar Cane harvesting.
Select the configuration by using the "up" or "down" but-
tons (10) or (11). Press the "enter" button (7) to confirm
your choice.
ZEIL09CS0178A0B 26
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 30
7. Work Record
The "Work record" function is a diagnostic function en-
abling you to log various system parameters while going
along in the field.
Select the configuration by using the "up" or "down" but-
tons (10) or (11).
To change, use the "right" or "left" buttons (13) or (14).
ZEIL09CS0179A0B 27
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 31
Control box - Remove

1. Remove the ignition key from the contact.
2. Switch off the battery.
3. Press onto the knob (1) to open the storage drawer
(2) that is located under the Operator’s seat.
ZEIL04CS0102A0B 1
4. Lift-up to remove the drawer (2) completely.
ZEIL04CS0033A0B 2
5. Take out the CM module (3) completely.
ZEIL04CS0034A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 32
6. Remove the bolt (4) to disconnect the wire from the

module.
ZEIL04CS0035A0B 4
7. To remove the connectors, remove the central Allen

screw (5).
ZEIL04CS0036A0B 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 33
Control box - Install

1. Install the connector in the right position and tighten
the Allen screw (5).
ZEIL04CS0036A0B 1
2. Install the wire and tighten with the bolt (4).
ZEIL04CS0035A0B 2
3. Place the CM module (3) into his place.
ZEIL04CS0034A0B 3
4. Install the storage drawer (2).
ZEIL04CS0033A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 34
Monitor Battery - Replace IntelliView™ II

IMPORTANT: In case the small wide colour display (SWCD) monitor or components, such as battery, fail within the
first 12 months after machine registration, normal warranty rules apply. If this is the case, the SWCD monitor needs
to be returned unopened. If the monitor has been opened, warranty will be voided.
ATTENTION: The disassembly and assembly must take place in a dust-clean area, preferably an Electro Static
Discharge (ESD) - protected workplace.
1. Unscrew the screws (1) at the back of the display
casing.
ZEIL09CR0241A0B 1
IMPORTANT: Do not touch the printed circuit board when you are not working in an ESD - protected workplace.
2. Gently lift the back until you can reach the video con-
nector (2). Remove the video cable from the connec-
tor.
ZEIL09CR0242A0B 2
3. Remove the metal cover (3) from the frame on the

printed circuit board.
ZEIL09CR0243A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 35
4. The battery (4) is situated in the upper left corner.

Remove the battery (4) and replace it with a new
battery, type BR2032 (Lithium 3 V)
ZEIL09CR0244A0B 4
5. Reinstall the metal cover (3) onto the frame on the

printed circuit board.
ZEIL09CR0243A0B 5
6. Reinstall the video cable (2) on the connector.

7. Gently close the back, ensure that no cables are
stuck between front and back!
ZEIL09CR0242A0B 6
8. Install the screws (1).
ZEIL09CR0241A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 36
Data bus - Service instruction

1. To confirm whether CAN HI and CAN LO are shorted
or open and to check the termination resistors in the
modules make the following checks at the diagnostic
plug connector X35 on the B-post console.
ZVE0153A_107 1
2. Use a multi-meter to check the resistance between

the diagnostic plug connector X35 pin C and pin D.
This will quickly verify whether there is a short or
open circuit in the system.
A reading of less than 5 ohms, confirms that CAN
HI (yellow wire) is shorted to CAN LO (green wire),
continue to step 3.
A reading of 120 ohms, confirms an open circuit in
either CAN HI or CAN LO. Continue with Step 5.
A reading of 60 ohms, confirms that there are no
open circuits in the network wiring, but there is still
a possibility of a short circuit, continue to step 9.
ZVE0037A_108 2
3. Disconnect the fuse printed circuit connector X114.

Use a multi-meter to check the resistance between
connector X35 pin C and pin D.
A reading of less than 5 ohms, confirms the short cir-
cuit is located between the diagnostic plug connector
X35 and the fuse printed circuit connector X114. Re-
pair or replace the harness as required.
A reading greater than 5 ohms, confirms the short
circuit is located elsewhere, continue to step 4.
ZVE0195A_109 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 37

the fuse printed circuit connector X114 pin 4 and pin
6.
A reading of less than 5 ohms, confirms the short
circuit is located between the CM module connector
X141 and the A-post module connector X4. Repair
or replace the harness a required.
A reading greater than 5 ohms, confirms the short
is located in the fuse printed circuit. Remove and
replace the fuse printed circuit.
ZVE0073A_110 4
5. Disconnect the CM connector X141. Use a multi-

meter to check the resistance between the diagnostic
plug connector X35 pin C and pin D.
A reading greater than 120 ohms, confirms a faulty
A-post module termination resistor or an open circuit
between the A-post module connector X4 and the
fuse printed circuit connector X114, continue to step
6.
A reading of 120 ohms, confirms a faulty CM termi-
nation resistor or an open between the CM connec-
tor X141 and the fuse printed circuit connector X114,
continue to step 8.
ZVE0208A_111 5
6. Disconnect the A-post module connector X4, con-

tinue to step 7.
ZVE0126A_112 6

the following diagnostic plug connector X35 and the
A-post module connector X4 pins:
X35 pin C and X4 pin 3
X35 pin D and X4 pin 2
A reading of less than 5 ohms, confirms the termi-
nation resistor located in the A-post module is faulty.
Remove and replace the A-post module.
A reading greater than 5 ohms, confirms the open
circuit is located between the A-post module connec-
tor X4 and the fuse printed circuit connector X114.
Repair or replace the harness as required.
ZVE0021A_113 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 38

the following diagnostic plug connector X35 and the
CM connector X141 pins:
X35 pin C and X141 pin 34
X35 pin D and X141 pin 35
A reading of less than 5 ohms, confirms the termina-
tion resistor located in the CM is faulty. Remove and
replace the CM.
A reading greater than 5 ohms, confirms the open
circuit is located between the CM connector X141
and the fuse printed circuit connector X114. Repair
or replace the harness as required.
ZVE0013A_114 8

the following diagnostic plug connector X35 pins and
ground:
X35 pin C and ground
X35 pin D and ground
A reading of less than 5 ohms, confirms a short cir-
cuit to ground. Repair or replace the harness as re-
quired.
A reading greater than 5 ohms, confirms no short
circuit to ground is present, continue to step 10.
ZVE0037A_108 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 39
10. Turn the key start ON. Use a multi-meter to check the
voltage between following diagnostic plug connector
X35 pins and ground:
X35 pin C and ground
X35 pin D and ground
A reading of 0 volts, confirms a short to power. Re-
pair or replace the harness as required.
A reading greater than 0 volts, confirms the harness
is okay,
continue to step 11.
11. If the fault is still present and all the wiring checks
have been carried out, CAN fault is internal to the
module. Use the Electronic Service Tool to reload
the correct version software in the module.
If the module now operates correctly, fault was due
to corrupt software. Test the system for normal op-
eration.
If the fault is still present after the software is
reloaded, the module has failed internally and must
be replaced to repair the fault.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 40
Audio system - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Check for 12 volts at a udio unit con- 12 volts Blown fuse #30.
nector X101 (pin 4). Action Open circuit between audio unit con-
If good reading, continue with next nector X101 (pin 4) and cab roof
step. printed circuit connector X127 (pin
9), circuit 219 (RD).
Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
cuit.
Check for ground at audio unit con- Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit between audio unit
nector X101 (pin 8). Action connector X101 (pin 8) and battery
If good reading, the power and ground, circuit 004 (ZW).
ground circuits are okay.

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Measure resistance between an- Less than 1 ohm resistance. Bad connection between antenna
tenna cable shield to ground. Action base and body.
If good reading, continue with next Open circuit in antenna cable shield.
step.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 41

Measure resistance between an- Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit in antenna cable.
tenna cable center terminal and Action
antenna base center terminal. If good reading, continue with next
step.
Check Open circuit. Short circuit between the antenna
Measure resistance between an- Action cable center terminal and shield.
tenna cable center terminal and If good reading, antenna cable is
antenna cable shield. okay.

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the suspect speaker. Between 4 - 8 ohms. Open/short circuit in speaker.
Check Action
Measure the resistance between ter- If good reading, the speaker is okay.
minals 1 and 2 of the speaker.

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the audio unit and left- Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit in speaker circuit 234
hand speaker. Action (BR).
Measure resistance between au- step.
dio unit connector X107 (pin 7) and
speaker connector, circuit 234 (BR).
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 42

Check Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit in speaker circuit 233
Measure resistance between au- Action (BL).
dio unit connector X107 (pin 8) and If good reading, continue with next
speaker connector, circuit 233 (BL). step.
Measure resistance between au- Open circuit. Short to ground in circuit 234 (BR) or
dio unit connector X107 (pin 7) and Action 233 (BL).
ground and between (pin 8) and If good reading, left hand speaker
ground. wiring is okay.

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the audio unit and right- Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit in speaker circuit 232
hand speaker. Action (BR).
Measure resistance between au- step.
dio unit connector X107 (pin 1) and
speaker connector, circuit 232 (BR).
Measure resistance between au- Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit in speaker circuit 231
dio unit connector X107 (pin 2) andAction (BL).
speaker connector, circuit 231 (BL).
step.
Check Open circuit. Short to ground in circuit 232 (BR) or
Measure resistance between au- Action 231 (BL).
dio unit connector X107 (pin 1) and If good reading, right-hand speaker
ground and between (pin 2) and wiring is okay.
ground.
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 43
Audio system - Problem solving

OPERATION
The audio system does not come standard, but is designed to incorporate two speakers and a stereo unit.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the Audio system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
D. Check Fuses 14 and 30.
CAUTION
Z011
CAUTION
Z008

Audio unit is inoperative Fuse(s) A - Audio unit power and ground supply test
Circuit(s) Audio system - Testing (A.50.A)
Audio Unit If test A is okay, Install a new audio unit.
Poor reception Antenna B - Antenna test Audio system - Testing
(A.50.A)
Antenna cable B - Antenna test Audio system - Testing
(A.50.A)
Audio unit If test B is okay, Install a new audio unit.
Poor quality / distorted Speaker(s) C - Speaker resistance test. Audio system
sound from one or more - Testing (A.50.A)
speakers
Circuit(s) D - Speaker circuit test (left-hand side) Au-
dio system - Testing (A.50.A)
Circuit(s) E - Speaker circuit test (right-hand side)
Audio system - Testing (A.50.A)
Audio unit If test(s) C, D and E are okay, install a new
audio unit.
Blank display, radio/tape Audio unit Install a new audio unit.
player operates
Audio operates, tape Audio unit Install a new audio unit.
player does not operate
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 44
Index

Audio system - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Audio system - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Control box - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Control box - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Data bus - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Data bus - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Farming system Monitor - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Monitor Battery - Replace IntelliView™ II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 45
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 46
FAULT CODES - 50.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 1
Contents
FAULT CODES - 50.A
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 2
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index

Reference Description Controller
E101 GROUNDSPEED SENSOR , SHORT
TO GROUND ,
E102 GROUNDSPEED SENSOR , SHORT
CIRCUIT TO +VE
E103 GROUNDSPEED SENSOR , OPEN
CIRCUIT
E104 DRUMSPEED SENSOR , SHORT
TO GROUND
E105 DRUMSPEED SENSOR , SHORT
CIRCUIT TO +VE
E106 DRUMSPEED SENSOR , OPEN
CIRCUIT
E107 FANSPEED SENSOR , SHORT TO
GROUND
E108 FANSPEED SENSOR , SHORT
CIRCUIT TO +VE
E109 FANSPEED SENSOR , OPEN
CIRCUIT
E110 STRAW WALKER SPEED SENSOR
, SHORT TO GROUND
, SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE
, OPEN CIRCUIT
E113 RETURN ELEVATOR SPEED
SENSOR , SHORT TO GROUND
SENSOR , SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE
,
SENSOR, OPEN CIRCUIT
E116 STRAW CHOPPER SPEED
SENSOR, SHORT TO GROUND
SENSOR, SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE
SENSOR , OPEN CIRCUIT
E119 ROTARY SEPARATOR (B11)
SENSOR SHORT TO GROUND
SENSOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE
SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT
E122 SWATH PLATE POSITION (B26)
SENSOR SHORT TO GROUND
E123 SWATH PLATE POSITION (B26)
SENSOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE
E124 SWATH PLATE (B26) POSITION
SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT
E125 REEL SPEED (B27) SENSOR
SHORT TO GROUND
E126 REEL SPEED (B27) SENSOR
SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE
E127 REEL SPEED (B27) SENSOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 3

E201 HEADER HEIGHT SENSOR (R2)
SHORT TO GROUND OR OPEN
CIRCUIT
E202 HEADER HEIGHT SENSOR (R2)
SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE
E204 HEADER PRESSURE SENSOR
(B18) SHORT TO GROUND OR
OPEN CIRCUIT
E205 HEADER PRESSURE SENSOR
(B18) SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE
E231 HEADER UP (SLOW) SWITCH (S29)
SHORT TO GROUND OR +VE
E232 HEADER DOWN (SLOW) SWITCH
(S30) SHORT TO GROUND OR +VE
E233 HEADER UP/DOWN (FAST)
SWITCHES (S50/S51) SHORT TO
GROUND OR +VE
E240 AUTOMATIC HEADER HEIGHT
CONTROL SWITCH (S47) SHORT
TO GROUND
E270 HEADER UP (Y18) PWM OUTPUT
OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT
E271 HEADER DOWN (Y19) PWM
OUTPUT OPEN OR SHORT
CIRCUIT
E280 HEADER HEIGHT CONTROL
COMPENSATION (Y20) PWM
OUTPUT OPEN OR SHORT
CIRCUIT
E301 LEFT HAND SIDE AUTOFLOAT
POSITION SENSOR (R8) SHORT
TO GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT
E302 LEFT HAND SIDE AUTOFLOAT
CIRCUIT TO +VE
E304 RIGHT HAND SIDE AUTOFLOAT
TO GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT
E305 RIGHT HAND SIDE AUTOFLOAT
CIRCUIT TO +VE
E321 LATERAL FLOAT LEFT HAND SIDE
DOWN (COUNTER-CLOCKWISE)
SWITCH (S27) SHORT TO GROUND
E322 LATERAL FLOAT RIGHT HAND
SIDE DOWN (CLOCKWISE)
E331 LATERAL FLOAT RIGHT HAND
SIDE UP (COUNTER-CLOCKWISE)
PWM OUTPUT OPEN OR SHORT
CIRCUIT
E332 LATERAL FLOAT LEFT HAND SIDE
UP (CLOCKWISE) PWM OUTPUT
E401 SIEVES GRAIN LOSS SENSOR
(B21) SHORT TO GROUND OR
OPEN CIRCUIT
E402 SIEVES GRAIN LOSS SENSOR
(B21) SHORT CIRCUIT TO +VE
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 4

E404 STRAW WALKER GRAIN LOSS
SENSOR (B20) (LEFT HAND SIDE)
CIRCUIT
SENSOR (B20) (LEFT HAND SIDE)
SHORT TO CIRCUIT TO +VE
SENSOR (B19) (RIGHT HAND SIDE)
CIRCUIT
SENSOR (B19) (RIGHT HAND SIDE)
SHORT TO CIRCUIT TO +VE
E506 INCLINOMETER (A2) SHORT TO
GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT
E507 INCLINOMETER (A2) SHORT
CIRCUIT TO +VE
E509 SELF-LEVELLING ACTUATOR
POTENTIOMETER (R1) SHORT TO
GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT
POTENTIOMETER (R1) SHORT
CIRCUIT TO +VE
(M6) OUTPUT OPEN OR SHORT
CIRCUIT
E601 ROTARY DUST SCREEN BRUSHES
ACTUATOR (M14) OUTPUT OPEN
OR SHORT CIRCUIT
E612 REEL VARIATOR (M5) OUTPUT
E613 REEL SPEED UP (FAST) SWITCH
(S21) SHORT TO GROUND OR
SHORT TO +VE
E614 REEL SPEED DOWN (SLOW)
OR SHORT TO +VE
E630 REVERSE DRIVE SIGNAL LINE
SHORTED TO GROUND
E640 OPERATING BATTERY VOLTAGE
IS LESS THAN 10 VOLTS OR
GREATER THAN 16.8 VOLTS
E641 KEY VOLTAGE (VOLTAGE AFTER
CONTACT) IS LESS THAN 10
VOLTS OR GREATER THAN 16.8
VOLTS
E642 10 VOLT REFERENCE SIGNAL IS
LESS THAN 9 VOLTS OR GREATER
THAN 11 VOLTS
LESS THAN 7 VOLTS OR GREATER
THAN 9 VOLTS
LESS THAN 4 VOLTS OR GREATE
THAN 6 VOLTS
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 5

F025 ELECTRONIC SYSTEM General
Data bus Active terminator , No
detects , No terminal 15 signals
detected
F028 FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
General Sensing system ,
DIAGNOSTIC DEFECT Tightness
Water infiltration or accumulation
F049 POWER PRODUCTION ENGINE
COOLANT SYSTEM General
Sensing system Coolant temperature
, DIAGNOSTIC SYMPTOM
Temperature
F050 ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
General Sensing system Coolant
temperature , Self-test failed , Coolant
temperature sensor-dynamic test
F051 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM General
Sensing system Boost temperature
sensor , No address signal , Boost
temperature signal
Sensing system Boost pressure
sensor , Out of range , Boost
pressure sensor
General Sensing system Temperature
sensor , Out of range , Fuel
temperature signal
General Sensing system Pressure
sensor , Rail pressure sensor
F056 LUBRICATION SYSTEM General
Sensing system Oil pressure , Out of
range , Oil pressure sensor
Sensing system Oil temperature , Out
of range , Oil temperature sensor
F065 ENGINE General Sensing system
Crankshaft sensor , Malfunction ,
Crankshaft sensor failure
Camshaft speed sensor , Incorrect
work , Running with camshaft sensor
only
F067 POWER PRODUCTION ENGINE
General Sensing system Camshaft
speed sensor , DIAGNOSTIC
ERROR Connection/Electrical
Unidentified failure
Position sensor , Incorrect setting
, Offset between camshaft and
crankshaft
F103 ENGINE General Connecting rod
and piston Piston , Incorrect work ,
Cylinder 1 - Open load
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 6

F178 ELECTRONIC SYSTEM General
Data bus , Lost communication ,
Busoff in can B
F230 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
General Sensing system Supply
voltage sensor , Incorrect value ,
Sensor supply voltage 1
Sensing system Air pressure sensor ,
Out of range , Atmospheric pressure
sensor
Sensing system Oil pressure , Low
signal , Oil pressure too low
Sensing system Oil temperature ,
High current , Oil temperature above
normal
STOP ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
General Expansion tank , Low level ,
Shunt tank low level
STOP ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
General Sensing system Coolant
temperature , Overheating ,
Excessive coolant temperature
STOP TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic
Sensing system Temperature sensor
, Out of range , Low hydrostatic oil
pressure or high oil temperature
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 7
Index
FAULT CODES - 50.A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
A.50.A / 9
CNH Belgium NV Leon Claeysstraat 3A 8210 Zedelgem - België
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN FRANCE
© 2009 CNH GLOBAL N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.
84210989A 24/04/2009
SERVICE MANUAL
POWER PRODUCTION
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
B
Contents
POWER PRODUCTION - B
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.10.A
CSX7000
EXHAUST SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.40.A

CSX7000
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.50.A

CSX7000
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.80.A

CSX7000
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.30.A

CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
B
ENGINE - 10.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 1
Contents
ENGINE - 10.A
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Electronic control
Control module - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electrical control
Component localisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE
ENGINE
Compression test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
CSX7040, CSX7050, CSX7050 Laterale, CSX7070, CSX7050 Hillside
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
DIAGNOSTIC
ENGINE
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE
Electronic control Control module - Static description

ECU system functions

The EDC 7 UC31 electronic centre manages the following main functions:
• Fuel injection.
• Accessory functions such as cruise control, speed limiter, PTO, etc.
• Self diagnosis.
• Recovery.
It also enables interfacing with other electronic systems available on the vehicle and diagnosis.
Fuel dosing
The fuel dosing is calculated based on:
• accelerator position.
• engine rpm.
• the quantity of air admitted.
The result can be corrected based on:

• water temperature.
or to prevent:
• noise.
• fumes.
• overloads.
• overheating.
The pressure can be adjusted in case of:

• engine brake actuation.
• external device actuation.
• serious defects involving load reduction or engine stop.
After determining the mass of air introduced by measuring its volume and temperature, the control center calculates
de corresponding mass of fuel to be injected into the cylinder involved, taking the gas oil temperature into account.
Delivery correction based on the water temperature

When cold, the engine endures greater operating resistance, the mechanical friction is high, the oil is viscous and the
operating plays are not optimized yet.
The injected fuel tends to condense on the cold metal surfaces.
Therefore, fuel dosing with a cold engine is greater than with a hot engine.
Delivery correction to prevent noise, fumes, or overloads

Behaviors that could lead to the defects under review are well known, so the designer has added specific instructions
into the center to prevent them.
De-rating
In the event of engine overheating, delivery decreases proportionally to the temperature reached by the coolant and
changes the injection.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 3
Injection lead electronic control

Injection lead, or the start of the fuel delivery, expressed in degrees, can differ from one injection to another, even from
one cylinder to another and is calculated similarly to the delivery according to the engine load, namely, accelerator
position, engine rpm and the air admitted.
The lead is corrected as required:

• during acceleration.
• according to the water temperature.
and to obtain:
• reduced emissions, noise reduction and no overload.
• better vehicle acceleration.
High injection lead is set at the start, based on the water temperature.
The delivery start feedback is given by the injection electro valve impedance variation.
Engine start
The cylinder 1 step and recognition signal synchronization (flywheel and drive shaft sensors) takes place at the first
engine turns. The accelerator signal is ignored at the start. The start delivery is set exclusively on the water temper-
ature trough a specific map. The electronic center enables the accelerator when it detects the flywheel acceleration
and the rpm such as to consider the engine as started and no longer turned by the starter motor.
Cold start
The pre/post heating is activated when one of the temperature sensors (water temperature, air temperature, oil tem-
perature) records a temperature below 10 °C (50 °F). The pre-heat warning light turns on when the ignition key is
inserted and remains on for a variable period of time according to the temperature, while the intake duct input resistor
heats the air. Then the warning light starts blinking at which point the engine can be started.
The warning light switches off when the engine is running, while the resistor remains active for a variable period of time
to complete the post heating. If the engine is not started within 20 to 25 seconds when the warning light is blinking,
the operation is cancelled to avoid useless discharging of the batteries. The pre-heat curve is also variable based
upon the battery voltage.
Hot start
When inserting the ignition key, the warning light turns on for about 2 seconds for a short test and switches off when
all the reference temperatures are above 10 °C (50 °F). At this point, the engine can be started.
Run up
When the ignition key is inserted, the control center transfers data stored at the previous engine stop to the main
memory (Cf. After run) and diagnoses the system.
After run
At each engine stop with the ignition key, the electronic center remains fed by the main relay for a few seconds to
enable the microprocessor to transfer data from the main volatile memory to a non-volatile and rewritable memory to
make the data available for the next start doff. Run up).
This data essentially consists of:

• miscellaneous settings such as engine idling.
• some component settings.
• breakdown memory.
The process lasts for some seconds, typically from 2 to 7 seconds according to the amount of data to be stored, after
which the ECU sends a signal to the main relay to disconnect from the battery.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 4
This procedure should never be interrupted through cutting of the engine from the battery or disconnecting the latter
before at least 10 seconds after the engine cutout.
In this case, the system operation is guaranteed until the fifth improper engine cutout, after which an error is stored
in the breakdown memory and the engine will operate at a lower performance level at the next start while the ECU
warning light stays on.
Repeated procedure interruptions could lead to center damage.
Cut-off
This refers to the supply cut off during deceleration.
Synchronization search
The ECU can recognize the cylinder in which to inject fuel even if the signal from the camshaft sensor is missing.
If this occurs when the engine is running , the combustion sequence is already acquired and the center continues
with the sequence on which it already is synchronized. In case the engine is not running, the ECU will only actuate 1
electro valve. Injection occurs on that cylinder within 2 shaft revolutions so the center is only required to synchronize
on the firing sequence and start the engine.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 5
Electrical control - Component localisation

A. Fuel temperature sensor H. Alternator

B. Engine rpm sensor on camshaft I. Resistance for engine warming
C. Starter motor L. Engine block connector for connection with the
electro-injectors
D. EDC7 control unit M Water temperature sensor
E. Air conditioning compressor N. Engine speed sensor on flywheel
F. Pressure/temperature transmitter O. High pressure pump fuel adjustment valve
G. Temperature/air pressure sensor
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 6
ZEIL06EN0303G0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 7
ENGINE - Compression test

TEST PROCEDURE :
1. Be sure battery performance meets specifications.

2. Warm up the engine by operating for a minimum of
half an hour at 1200 rpm.
3. Stop the engine and remove the injector and seat
washer from no1 cylinder.
4. Clean the injector bore and crank the engine to blow
out any loose carbon particles.
5. Install an engine compression test gauge, From kit
No.291309 with fault injector 295039, into the injec-
tor bore, using a new seat washer and the injector
mounting bolts.
6. Connect the gauge and hose to the adapter.
7. Crank the engine at 200 rpm with the electric fuel
shut off wire disconnected to prevent engine start up.
8. Observe the gauge reading, and repeat the compres-
sion test, steps 5-7 for each cylinder.
TEST READINGS :
9. All cylinder compressions should be uniformly within
1.7 bar ( 25 psi) of each other.
10. A reading of more than the 1.7 bar ( 25 psi) below
the other cylinders indicates leakage at the cylinder
head gasket, piston rings or valves.
11. A reading of more than 1.7 bar ( 25 psi) above the
other cylinders indicates excessive carbon deposits
on the piston and cylinder head.
12. A low even compression in two adjacent cylinders
indicates a cylinder head gasket leak. Check this
item before condemning the rings or valves.
TEST CONCLUSION :
13. To determine whether the rings or the valves are at
fault, squirt the equivalent of a tablespoon of heavy
oil into the combustion chamber. Crank the engine
to distribute the oil and repeat the compression test.
The oil will temporarily seal any leakage past the
rings. If approximately the same reading is obtained,
the rings are satisfactory, but the valves are leaking.
If compression has increased over the original read-
ing, there is leakage past the rings.
During a compression test, if the pressure fails to
climb steadily and remains the same during the first
two successive strokes, but climbs higher on the suc-
ceeding strokes, or fails to climb during the entire
test, suspect a sticking valve.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 8
ENGINE - Remove
NOTE: Before starting the removal, place the combine within reach of an adequate lifting device.
CAUTION
Before working on any part of the electrical system, disconnect the battery ground cable. Do not connect
cable until all electrical work has been completed. This will prevent shorts or electrical shocks.
M198A
Prior operation:
Air cleaner - Remove (B.30.A).
Prior operation:
Expansion tank - Remove (B.50.A).
1. Remove the bolts (1) from the stair (2).
ZEIL06CS0099A0B 1
2. Remove the bolts (3) and the bolt (4) and take away
the stair (2).
ZEIL06CS0100A0B 2
3. Loosen the bolts (5) and remove the cover (6).
ZEIL06CS0116A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 9
4. Loosen the bolts (7) and remove the cover (8).
ZEIL06CS0117A0B 4
5. Disconnect the electrical wires (1) from the engine

starter (2). Remove the clamp (3) from the engine.
ZEIL06CS0101A0B 5
6. Disconnect the electrical wires (4) from the alternator

(5).
ZEIL06CS0102A0B 6
7. Remove the silencer. Refer to Silencer - Remove

(B.40.A).
8. Remove the belt drive system. Refer to Drive and
gear Belt drive system - Remove (C.50.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 10
9. If an air compressor is installed, loosen the retaining

straps (1) to remove the inlet pipe (2).
ZEIL06CS0103A0B 7
10. Loosen the retaining strap (3) to remove the main air
inlet tube (4).
ZEIL06CS0104A0B 8
11. Loosen the retaining strap (5) and remove the water
tube (6).
ZEIL06CS0105A0B 9
12. Loosen the retaining strap (7) from the water tube.
ZEIL06CS0106A0B 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 11
13. Loosen the retaining strap (8) from the water tube.
ZEIL06CS0107A0B 11
14. Loosen the bolt (9) to remove the pipe (10).
ZEIL06CS0108A0B 12
15. Loosen the retaining strap (1) from the turbo hot air
outlet pipe.
ZEIL06CS0109A0B 13
16. Loosen the retaining strap (2).
ZEIL06CS0110A0B 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 12
17. Loosen the bolt (3) and remove the pipe (4).
ZEIL06CS0111A0B 15
18. • Loosen the retaining strap (5) and disconnect

the air vent tube (6).
• Loosen the retaining strap (7) and remove the
rubber hose (8) from the engine.
ZEIL06CS0112A0B 16
19. Loosen the retaining strap (9) and remove the hose
(10) from the engine.
ZEIL06CS0113A0B 17
20. Inside the grain tank, remove the covers (2) to ac-
cess the engine compartment.
ZEIL06CS0046A0B 18
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 13
21. Open the tap (1) to drain the cab heating system.
ZEIL06CS0114A0B 19
22. Loosen the two nuts (3) and the bolt (4) and remove
the belt from the pulley (5).
ZEIL06CS0115A0B 20
23. • Loosen the retaining straps (1) to remove the

fuel tubes (2) from the fuel lines (3).
• Loosen the bolt (4) to remove the pipes (3)
from the support (5).
ZEIL06CS0118A0B 21
24. Remove the engine electronic control unit (ECU)

connector (6).
ZEIL06CS0119A0B 22
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 14
25. • Drain the oil from the engine, refer to the Op-
erators Manual of your combine.
• After draining the oil, remove the plug (7) from
the oil reservoir.
ZEIL06CS0120A0B 23
26. Loosen the retaining strap (8) from the water pipe.
ZEIL06CS0121A0B 24
27. Remove the belt (1) from the air-conditioning com-

pressor pulley (5) in the following manner. Attach a
3/8 in square ratchet drive into the square hole of the
tensioner arm (4). Rotate clockwise and remove the
belt (1) from the pulley (5). Once the belt has been
removed, allow the tensioner (4) to move to it’s un-
tensioned position.
ZEIL06CS0152A0B 25
28. Loosen the three bolts (2) to remove the air-condi-

tioning compressor (3) from the engine.
NOTE: Do not remove the tubes from the airco
compressor (3).
ZEIL06CS0122A0B 26
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 15
29. Secure the engine with an adequate lifting device.

Make sure the engine remains balanced when lifted.
ZEIL06CS0123A0B 27
30. Remove the bolt (1) from the twisted support (2).
ZEIL06CS0129A0B 28
31. Remove the bolt (3) from the support (2).
ZEIL06CS0130A0B 29
32. Remove the three bolts (1) to remove the support (2)
from the engine.
ZEIL06CS0124A0B 30
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 16
33. Remove the Allen screw (3) from the engine support
(2).
ZEIL06CS0125A0B 31
34. Inside the grain tank, remove the two bolts (4) from
the engine support (5).
ZEIL06CS0126A0B 32
35. Remove the two bolts (6) from the support (7).
ZEIL06CS0127A0B 33
36. Remove the two bolts (8) from the support (9).
ZEIL06CS0128A0B 34
37. Remove the engine carefully from the combine. En-

sure that all connections between the combine and
the engine are loose.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 17
ENGINE - Install
1. • Secure the engine with an adequate lifting de-

vice. Make sure that the engine remains bal-
anced when lifted.
• Place the engine on the combine.
ZEIL06CS0123A0B 1
2. Insert one long bolt (8) only to position the engine.

Do not tighten the bolt.
ZEIL06CS0128A0B 2
3. Inside the grain tank, insert the two bolts (6) in the
support (7).
ZEIL06CS0127A0B 3
4. Insert the two bolts (4) in the support (5).
ZEIL06CS0126A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 18
5. Insert the Allen screw in the support (2).
ZEIL06CS0125A0B 5
6. Insert the three bolts (1) in the engine support (2).
ZEIL06CS0124A0B 6
7. Replace the long bolt with two bolts (8).
ZEIL06CS0128A0B 7
8. Install the twisted support (2) on the engine with the

bolt (1).
ZEIL06CS0129A0B 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 19
9. Install the bolt (3) on the support (2).
ZEIL06CS0130A0B 9
10. Install the belt drive system. Refer to Drive and gear
Belt drive system - Install (C.50.B).
11. Reinstall the air-conditioning compressor (3) with the
three bolts (2).
ZEIL06CS0122A0B 10
12. Install the belt (1) on the air-conditioning compressor

pulley (5) in the following manner. Attach a 3/8 in
square drive ratchet into the square hole of the ten-
sioner arm (4). Rotate counter clockwise and put the
belt (1) on the pulley. (5) Ensure that the "Poly-V"
belt is positioned correctly on all the pulleys.
ZEIL06CS0152A0B 11
13. Tighten de retaining strap (8) from the water pipe.
ZEIL06CS0121A0B 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 20
14. Inside the grain tank, reinstall the oil drain plug (7) at
the bottom of the engine.
ZEIL06CS0120A0B 13
15. Reinstall the Engine Control Unit (ECU) connector

(6) on the engine.
ZEIL06CS0119A0B 14
16. • Install the fuel lines (3) on the support (5) with
the bolt (4).
• Reinstall the tubes (2) on the fuel lines (3) and
tighten the retaining straps (1). Make sure that
the tubes (2) are connected with the correct
fuel line (3).
ZEIL06CS0118A0B 15
17. Reinstall the belt on the pulley (5). Use the bolt (4) to
tension the belt. For the correct belt tension, refer to
the Operator’s Manual of your combine. tighten the
nuts (3).
ZEIL06CS0115A0B 16
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 21
18. Install the hose (10) with the retaining strap (9).
ZEIL06CS0113A0B 17
19. • Install the rubber tube (8) on the engine with

the retaining strap (7).
• Reinstall the air vent tube (6) and tighten the
retaining strap (5).
ZEIL06CS0112A0B 18
20. Install the pipe (4) into the clamp and tighten the bolt
(3).
ZEIL06CS0111A0B 19
21. Tighten the retaining strap (2).
ZEIL06CS0110A0B 20
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 22
22. Tighten the retaining strap (1) from the turbo hot air
outlet pipe.
ZEIL06CS0109A0B 21
23. Install the pipe (10) and tighten the bolt (9).
ZEIL06CS0108A0B 22
24. Tighten the retaining strap (8) from the water pipe.
ZEIL06CS0107A0B 23
25. Tighten the retaining strap (7).
ZEIL06CS0106A0B 24
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 23
26. Install the water tube (6) and tighten the retaining
strap (5).
ZEIL06CS0105A0B 25
27. Reinstall the main air inlet tube (4) and tighten the
retaining strap (3).
ZEIL06CS0104A0B 26
28. If an air compressor is installed, install the inlet pipe

(2) and tighten the retaining straps (1).
ZEIL06CS0103A0B 27
29. Install the silencer. refer to Silencer - Install

(B.40.A).
30. Reconnect the electrical wires (4) of the alternator
(5).
ZEIL06CS0102A0B 28
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 24
31. Reconnect the electrical wires (1) of the engine

starter (2) and install the clamp (3) on the engine.
ZEIL06CS0101A0B 29
32. Reinstall the cover (8) with the bolts (7).
ZEIL06CS0117A0B 30
33. Install the cover (6) with the bolts (5).
ZEIL06CS0116A0B 31
34. Reinstall the stair (2) with the bolts (3) and the bolt
(4).
ZEIL06CS0100A0B 32
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 25
35. Install the bolts (1) on the stair (2).
ZEIL06CS0099A0B 33
36. Reinstall the covers (2).
ZEIL06CS0046A0B 34
37. Refill the engine with oil. For specifications, refer to

the Operators Manual of your combine.
Next operation:
Expansion tank - Install (B.50.A).
Next operation:
Air cleaner - Install (B.30.A).
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 26
ENGINE - Troubleshooting
IMPORTANT: When effecting a repair the cause of the problem must be investigated and corrected to avoid
repeat failures.
NOTE: Preliminary conditions
Electric troubleshooting must be performed with specific instruments.
The air system must be efficient.
The engine must have the proper oil pressure.
If the engine works but has occasional or non-constant trouble, check the earth connections.
The engine fails to start Partially run down batteries. Check, recharge the batteries and change
them if necessary.
Connections to battery terminals corroded Clean, examine, tighten the nuts and, if
or loose. necessary, change any excessively worn
terminals and nuts.
Incorrect timing of injection pump on en- Correctly time the injection pump on the en-
gine. gine.
Collection of impurity or water in the fuel Disconnect the lines, injection pump and
lines. clean them carefully and, if necessary,
clean and dry the fuel tank.
Fuel tank without fuel. Fill.
No supply from injection pump. Check and, if necessary, change the supply
pump.
Air in the fuel circuit. Check the lines, fittings, fuel pump, filters
and injection pump for the presence of air;
lastly, bleed the circuit.
Starter motor damaged. Repair or change the starter motor.
Engine stops Idle rpm too low. Adjust the idle speed.
Irregular flow of injection pump. Check the flow rates on a test bench.
Collection of impurity or water in the fuel Disconnect the lines, injection pump and
lines. clean them carefully and, if necessary,
clean and dry the fuel tank.
Fuel filters clogged. Change the filter cartridges.
Abnormal clearance between valves and Adjust the clearance between valves and
rockers. rockers.
Burnt or cracked valves. Change the valves.
Air in the fuel circuit. Check the lines, fittings, fuel pump, filters
and injection pump for the presence of air;
lastly bleed the circuit.
Injection pump controls damaged. Change the damaged parts.
Engine does not develop Clogged air cleaner Clean or renew element
full power
Fuel line obstructed Clean
Faulty injectors Clean and reset
Incorrect valve clearance adjustment Check and reset
Burnt, worn or sticking valves Replace valves with new or oversize,
and/or machine the valve guide bores
Blown head gasket Check head flatness and fit new gasket
Incorrect fuel delivery Check injectors and pump
Low cylinder compression Renew piston rings or re-bore/re-sleeve as
necessary
Oil pressure warning light Bulb burnt out Renew bulb
fails to operate
Warning Light pressure switch faulty Renew pressure switch
Warning light circuit faulty Check and renew wiring
Abnormal engine smoke: Maximum injection pump flow rate too high. Adjust the injection pump on the bench fol-
black or dark grey smoke lowing the calibration table.
The injection pump is delayed too much Correctly time the injection pump on the en-
or the automatic advance variator is dam- gine or check the automatic advance vari-
aged. ator.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 27

The injection pump is delayed too much. Correctly time the injection pump on the en-
gine.
Partially and/or totally clogged or incor- Clean, overhaul and adjust the injectors
rectly set injectors. correctly; change them if necessary.
Air cleaner clogged. Clean the unit and, if necessary, change
the filtering element.
Loss of compression in the engine caused Change the damaged parts or, if necessary,
by: overhaul the engine.
- piston rings stuck;
- cylinder liners worn;
- valves worn or not adjusted.
Injection lines damaged. Check the conditions of the lines and
change them if necessary.
Blue, grey-blue or whitish The injection pump is delayed too much Correctly time the injection pump on the en-
grey smoke. or the automatic advance variator is dam- gine or check the automatic advance vari-
aged. ator.
Blocked or faulty injectors. Clean, overhaul and set the injectors cor-
rectly, change them if necessary.
Oil passing from the piston rings caused by Change the damaged parts or, if necessary,
stuck rings or liner wear. overhaul the engine.
Oil passing through the intake valve guide Overhaul the cylinder head.
caused by worn guides or valve stems.
The engine fails to reach operating temper- Change the thermostat.
ature (damaged thermostat).
Engine knocks Partially clogged or damaged injectors. Clean, overhaul and set the injectors cor-
rectly.
Collection of impurity in the fuel lines. Clean the lines and change heavily dam-
aged ones; if necessary, clean the injection
pump.
Incorrect timing of injection pump on en- Correctly time the injection pump on the en-
gine. gine.
Crankshaft knocking caused by too much Grind the crankshaft pins, fit oversized
clearance of one or more main or connect- shoulder bearings and rings.
ing rod bearings or high shoulder clear-
ance.
Crankshaft unbalanced. Check shaft alignment and balancing and
change it if necessary.
Slack flywheel fixing screws. Change the slackened screws and tighten
all screws to the specified torque + angle.
Connection rods out of parallel. Straighten the connecting rods, check par-
allelism and, if necessary, change the ac-
tual connecting rods.
Pistons knocking due to abnormal wear. Bore the cylinder liners and fit oversized
pistons.
Noisy piston pins due to too much clear- Replace the piston pin with an oversized
ance in the piston stubs and in the connect- one, reface the stubs on the piston and
ing rod bushing. Bushings free in the hous- the connecting rod bushings. Replace the
ing on the connecting rod. bushings with new ones.
Ticking due to noisy timing gear. Check for broken springs, too much clear-
ance between stems and guides, tappets
and seats; adjust the clearance between
valves and rockers.
Engine overheats Hose connection leaking or collapsed Tighten hose connection, renew hose if
damaged
Radiator cap defective or not sealing Renew radiator cap
Radiator leakage Repair/renew radiator
Improper fan belt adjustment Re-adjust fan belt
Radiator fins restricted Clean with compressed air
Faulty thermostat Renew thermostat
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 28

Internal engine leakage Check for source of leakage, renew gasket
or defective parts
Water pump faulty Overhaul water pump
Exhaust gas leakage into cooling system Renew cylinder head gasket, check head
for damage or distortion
Coolant aeration Tighten all connections and check coolant
level is correct. Ensure cylinder head gas-
ket has not blown
Cylinder head gasket improperly installed Renew cylinder head gasket
Hot spot due to rust and scale or clogged Reverse flush entire cooling system
water jackets
Obstruction to radiator air flow Remove the obstruction
Extended engine idling Do not allow engine to idle for long periods
Oil cooler tube blocked Clean
Radiator core tubes blocked Check free flow
Water temperature gauge Faulty temperature sender Renew sender switch
fails to reach normal
operating temperature
Incorrect or faulty thermostat Renew thermostat
Faulty water temperature gauge Renew temperature gauge
Low oil pressure Engine oil level low Top up, as necessary
Wrong grade of oil Drain and refill with correct grade of oil
Blocked oil pump sump screen Clean pump screen
Oil pressure relief valve faulty Fit new relief valve
Oil pump worn Renew oil pump
Excessive oil pump rotor and shaft assem- Overhaul pump
bly clearance
Excessive main or connecting rod bearing Install new bearings inserts and / or regrind
clearance crankshaft if necessary
Excessive oil Engine oil level too high Reduce oil level
consumption
External oil leaks Renew gaskets and seals, where neces-
sary. Check mating surfaces for damage
or distortion
Worn valves, valve guides or bores Renew
Cylinder head gasket leaking Renew gasket. Check head for damage or
distortion
Oil loss past the pistons and rings Renew rings and/or re-bore/ re-sleeve
block as necessary
Oil cooler leak Repair/renew oil cooler assembly
Engine tends to keep Air cleaner dirty or restricted Clean or renew element
firing after fuel is shut off
Oil leak on compressor side of tur- Overhaul turbocharger
bocharger where fitted
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 29
Index
ENGINE - 10.A
Electrical control - Component localisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electronic control Control module - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ENGINE - Compression test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ENGINE - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
ENGINE - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ENGINE - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.10.A / 30
EXHAUST SYSTEM - 40.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.40.A / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Silencer
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.40.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - EXHAUST SYSTEM
Silencer - Remove
1. Loosen the two retaining straps (1). Remove the pipe

(2) between the exhaust and the air cleaner assem-
bly (3).
ZEIL06CS0077A0B 1
2. Loosen the retaining strap (4).
ZEIL06CS0078A0B 2
3. Remove the bolt from the support (5) and remove the
exhaust.
ZEIL06CS0079A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.40.A / 3
POWER PRODUCTION - EXHAUST SYSTEM
Silencer - Install
1. Install the exhaust with the bolt, the washers and the
nut on the support (5) (Do not tighten the bolt).
ZEIL06CS0079A0B 1
2. • Fasten the retaining strap (4).

• Tighten the bolt on the support (5) (fig. 1).
ZEIL06CS0078A0B 2
3. Reinstall the pipe (2) between the exhaust and the

air cleaner assembly (3). Fasten the retaining straps
(1).
ZEIL06CS0077A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.40.A / 4
Index

Silencer - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Silencer - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.40.A / 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.40.A / 6
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - 50.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.50.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Expansion tank
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.50.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - General specification

Cooling water circulation

Radiator -
Fan fixed on special pulley -
Water pump centrifugal with vanes
Water thermometer with colored scale divided into three sectors
- Initial blue sector -
- Centre green sector (normal conditions of use) -
Final red sector -
Ratio between engine RPM and water pump RPM 1 : 1.977
Temperature adjustment by thermostatic valve
- opening starts at 79 - 83 °C (174.20 - 181.40 °F)
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.50.A / 3
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Dynamic description

The engine cooling system is a closed circuit with a forced circulation which contains the following components:
- Expansion tank
- Heat exchanger for engine lubrication oil cooling
- Water pump with centrifugal system integrated in the cylinder block
- Fan
- 2-way thermostat controlling the coolant circulation
Operation
The water pump is actuated by the crankshaft through a poli-V belt and sends coolant to the cylinder block, especially
to the cylinder head (bigger quantity).
When the coolant temperature reaches and overcomes the operating temperature, the thermostat is opened and from
here the coolant flows into the radiator where it is cooled down by the fan.
The pressure inside the system, due to temperature changes, is adequately controlled through the expansion vessel.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.50.A / 4
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Check

Washing and checking the radiator.

1. The radiator plug incorporates two valves, one for
compression, the other for vacuum. Routinely check
that they are working properly.
2. In the case of overhauling, eliminate any scaling in
the radiator with a solution of water and Scale re-
mover in the proportions given on the can.
3. It is never wise to confine washing to the radiator
alone, and it should be always extended to the whole
cooling circuit, filling the engine with the above-men-
tioned solution.
4. Run the engine for about an hour before draining
(with the engine stopped) the solution from the drain
plug.
5. In the case of leaks, the radiator tightness is checked
by dipping in a tank of water at a temperature of 20
- 40 °C (68 - 104 °F), admitting air into the radiator
at a pressure of 0.98 bar (14.21 psi) for about two
minutes.
NOTE: Repeat the test at least three times.
Checking the water thermometer.

In doubtful cases, test the instrument dipping the bulb in
water and checking the scale with a reference thermome-
ter.
NOTE: To make sure, repeat the test a few times.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.50.A / 5
Expansion tank - Remove

1. Open the tap (1) at the bottom of the radiator to drain
the water in the expansion tank (2) (Refer to fig. 2).
NOTE: Only drain until there is no more fluid in the
expansion tank.
NOTE: If this instruction is used to remove the engine, all
the fluid should be drained from the system.
ZEIL06CS0087A0B 1
2. Loosen the two retaining straps (3) and remove the

two tubes (4).
ZEIL06CS0088A0B 2
3. Loosen the retaining strap (9) at the bottom of the

expansion tank (2) and remove the tube (10).
ZEIL06CS0090A0B 3
4. • Disconnect the sensor (5).

• Remove the two nuts (6) and the two bolts (7)
at the front and rear side to loosen the two
clamps (8).
ZEIL06CS0089A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.50.A / 6
5. Remove the expansion tank (2).
ZEIL06CS0091A0B 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.50.A / 7
Expansion tank - Install

1. Install the expansion tank (2) into the clamps (8).
ZEIL06CS0091A0B 1
2. • Fasten the two clamps (8) with the two bolts (7)
and the two nuts (6) at the front and rear of the
expansion tank (2).
• Reconnect the sensor (5).
ZEIL06CS0089A0B 2
3. Install the two tubes (4) and tighten the retaining

straps (3).
ZEIL06CS0088A0B 3
4. • Install the tube (10) at the bottom of the expan-

sion tank (2) and tighten the retaining strap (9).
• Refill the expansion tank (2) with AMBRA
AGRIFLU. For more specifications refer to the
Operator’s Manual of your combine.
ZEIL06CS0090A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.50.A / 8
Index

ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Expansion tank - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Expansion tank - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.50.A / 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.50.A / 10
STARTING SYSTEM - 80.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.80.A / 1
Contents
DIAGNOSTIC
STARTING SYSTEM
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Engine starter
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Start control
Start relay - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Start switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Start switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cold start control
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.80.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM
STARTING SYSTEM - Problem solving

OPERATION
When the key start is placed in the "START" position and the starter protection switch is in the "CLOSED" position,
current flows through the coil side of the starter relay and then to ground. This closes the switch side of the starter
relay and allows current flow to energize the solenoid of the starter and the starter motor will operate.
TROUBLESHOOTING
B. Check fuses #1, #13 and #26.
C. The transmission is in neutral or park.
D. Battery switch closed.
CAUTION
Z011
CAUTION
Z008

Engine does not crank Fuse #1. A - Key start switch power supply test.
when key start switch is Start control - Testing (B.80.A)
turned to start
Key start switch (S3). B - Key start switch (S3) test. Start control
Start switch - Testing (B.80.A)
Engine protection (Neutral) switch (S2). C - Engine protection (Neutral) switch (S2)
test. Cold start control - Testing (B.80.A)
Starter relay circuit(s). D - Start relay (K1) circuit test. Start con-
Start Relay (K1). trol Start relay - Testing (B.80.A)
Starter relay circuit(s). If test D is okay, install a new starter relay.
Start Relay (K1).
Starter motor circuit. E - Starter motor circuit test. Engine
Starter motor (M1). starter - Testing (B.80.A)
Starter motor circuit. If test E is okay, install a new starter motor.
Starter Motor (M1).
The relay clicks but the Starter relay (K1). D - Starter relay (K1) circuit test. Start con-
engine does not crank trol Start relay - Testing (B.80.A)
Starter relay (K1). If test D is okay, install a new starter relay.
Start motor (M1). E - Starter motor circuit test. Engine
starter - Testing (B.80.A)
Start Motor (M1). If test E is okay, install a new starter motor.
Engine cranks slowly Starter Motor F - Starter Motor Circuit Test. Start control
Start switch - Testing (B.80.A)
Engine mechanical problem Refer to Engine Section in the Repair Man-
ual.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.80.A / 3

Starter motor continues Key start Switch. B - Ignition Switch Test, and confirm that
to operate when key start switch opens when key start is released.
switch is released from Start control Start switch - Testing
START to ACC position (B.80.A)
Starter Relay. D - Start Relay Test, and confirm that relay
opens when key is released. Start control
Start relay - Testing ()
Starter Motor. If Tests B and D are okay, install a new
Starter Motor.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.80.A / 4
Engine starter - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Check 12 volts. Open circuit between Starter B+ ter-
Check for 12 volts at Starter Motor Action minal (30) and Battery positive termi-
B+ terminal (30). If good reading, starter motor circuit nal, circuit 001 (RD).
is okay. Caution: When performing continu-
ity test on this circuit, ensure that the
cable is disconnected from the bat-
tery positive terminal.
Failure to do so can result in damage
to the test meter.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.80.A / 5
Start control Start relay - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the starter relay K1. 12 volts. Open circuit between starter relay
Place the key start switch in "START" Action connector terminal (pin 86) and en-
position. If good reading, continue with next gine protection (Neutral) switch (S2),
Check step. circuit 013 (WT).
Check for 12 volts at start relay K1
terminal (pin 86).
Turn the key start “OFF". 12 volts. Open circuit between start relay ter-
Check Action minal (pin 30) and starter B+ termi-
Check for 12 volts at start relay K1 If good reading, continue with next nal, circuit 011 (RD).
terminal (pin 30). step.
Check Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between start relay ter-
Check for a ground at start relay K1 Action minal (pin 85) and ground, circuit 040
terminal (pin 85). If good reading, go to next test point. (ZW).
Check Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between starter relay
Measure resistance between starter Action terminal (pin 87) and starter motor
relay terminal (pin 87) and starter If good reading, start relay circuits terminal (pin 50), circuit 009 (WT).
motor terminal (pin 50), circuit 009 are okay.
(WT).
Start control - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Check 12 volts.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.80.A / 6

Check for 12 volts at key start switch Action Open between fuse #1 and key start
connector (pin 4), (RD). If good reading, continue with next switch connector (pin 4), circuit 015
step. (RD).
Check 12 volts. Key start switch.
Place the key start switch in "ACC" Action
position. If good reading, continue with next
Check for 12 volts at key start switch step.
connector (pin 1), (WT).
Check 12 volts. Key start switch.
Place the key start switch in "START" Action
position. If good reading, key start switch is
Check for 12 volts at key start switch okay.
connector (pin 2), (WT).
Start control Start switch - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Check Less than 0.5 volts. High resistance in circuit 001 (RD).
While holding key start switch in the Action Clean and tighten battery positive
"START" position, measure the volt- If good reading, continue with next terminal connections.
age between starter motor B+ termi- step.
nal (30) and battery positive termi-
nal.
Check Less than 0.5 volts. High resistance in circuit 002 (ZW).
While holding key start switch in the Action Clean and tighten battery and engine
"START" position, measure between If good reading, starter motor cir- ground cable connections.
starter motor housing and battery cuit(s) are okay.
negative terminal.
Start control Start switch - Testing

84210989A 24/04/2009
B.80.A / 7
CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the key start switch con- Less than 1 ohm. Key start switch.
nector S3. Action
While holding key start switch in the step.
"START" position, measure between
(pins 2 and 4).
Check Less than 1 ohm. Key start switch.
While holding key start switch in the Action
"START" position, measure between If good reading, continue with next
(pins 1 and 4). step.
Check Less than 1 ohm. Key start switch.
Place the key start switch in "ACC" Action
position, measure between (pins 1 If good reading, continue with next
and 4). step.
Check Open circuit. Key start switch.
Place the key start switch in the Action
"OFF" position, measure between If good reading, key start switch is
(pin 4 and pin 1) (pin 4 and pin 2). okay.
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.80.A / 8
Cold start control - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the in-line harness con- Less than 1 ohm. Open in circuit 014 (WT).
nector X161. Action Engine protection (Neutral) switch.
Place the multifunction handle in the If good reading, continue with next
"Neutral" position. step.
Check
(pin B) and (pin N).
Place the multifunction handle out of Open circuit. Engine protection (Neutral) switch.
the "Neutral" position. Action
Check If good reading, engine protection
Measure between connector X161 (Neutral) switch is okay.
(pin B) and (pin N).
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.80.A / 9
Index

Cold start control - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Engine starter - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Start control - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Start control Start relay - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Start control Start switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Start control Start switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
STARTING SYSTEM - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.80.A / 10
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 30.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.30.A / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Air cleaner
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.30.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Air cleaner - Remove

1. • Loosen the retaining strap (1) and remove the
rubber elbow (2) from the air cleaner assembly
(3).
• Loosen the retaining strap (4).
ZEIL06CS0081A0B 1
2. • Loosen the clamp (5) by removing the two bolts

(6) and the handle (7).
• Loosen the clamp (8) and remove the air
cleaner assembly (3).
ZEIL06CS0080A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.30.A / 3
POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Air cleaner - Install

1. • Reinstall the air cleaner assembly (3) in the
clamps (5) and (8).
• Install the handle (7) and fasten the clamp (5)
with the two bolts (6).
• Fasten the clamp (8).
ZEIL06CS0080A0B 1
2. Install the rubber elbow (2) and tighten the retaining

straps (1) and (4).
ZEIL06CS0081A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.30.A / 4
Index

Air cleaner - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Air cleaner - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
B.30.A / 5
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84210989A 24/04/2009
SERVICE MANUAL
POWER TRAIN
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
C
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TRANSMISSION Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.B

CSX7000
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.F

CSX7000
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.50.B

CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
C
POWER TRAIN - C
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - 20.B
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Mechanical
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050, CSX7050 Hillside
CSX7080, CSX7060 Laterale, CSX7050 Laterale
CSX7080 Laterale, CSX7070
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Mechanical schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
CSX7060, CSX7080, CSX7060 Laterale, CSX7080 Laterale, CSX7040, CSX7050, CSX7050 Laterale, CSX7070
Mechanical schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
CSX7050 Hillside
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CSX7050 Hillside
Shaft
Input shaft - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Input shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Input shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Drive shaft - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Drive shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Drive shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Differential shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Differential shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

CSX7050 Hillside
Differential
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Shifting disc system
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cover
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 2
SERVICE
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
CSX7050 Hillside
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
CSX7050 Hillside
Shaft
Input shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Input shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Input shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Input shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Drive shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Drive shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Drive shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Drive shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Differential shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Differential shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Differential shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Differential shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

CSX7050 Hillside
Differential shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

CSX7050 Hillside
Differential
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Differential lock command

Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Shifting disc system
Selector shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Selector shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Disc - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Disc - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Bar - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Cover
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 3
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
CSX7050 Hillside
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
CSX7050 Hillside
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 4
POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Mechanical
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Torque

Nut on drive shaft 150-170 Nm ( 111-125 lb ft)
Nut on input shaft 150-170 Nm ( 111-125 lb ft)
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Special tools

Ring nut wrench (Metric 45 mm) 380001074
50030182 1
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - General specification

Differential ratio 16/71

Differential lock Yes/No
Gear ratio
1st gear ratio 18/58
2nd gear ratio 35/62
3rd gear ratio 59/48
Maximum input speed (high idle) 2699
Maximum input speed (full load) 2208
Maximum input torque 634 Nm ( 468 lb ft)
Maximum output speed (high idle) 748
Maximum output torque 2 x 4533 Nm ( 3344 lb ft)
Maximum power 156 kW
Brake disc diameter 330 mm ( 13 in)
Approximately total weight 380 kg ( 838 lb)


Differential lock Yes/No
Gear ratio
Maximum input torque 634 Nm ( 468 lb ft)
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 5
Maximum output torque 2 x 4029 Nm ( 2973 lb ft)

Approximately total weight 380 kg ( 838 lb)


Gear ratio
Maximum input torque 648 Nm
Maximum output torque 2 x 4450 Nm
Brake disc diameter 420 mm
Approximately total weight 330 kg
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 6
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Mechanical schema

ZDA7759B 1
Traction gearbox
1st gear : 1 - 4 - 6 - 8 2nd gear : 2 - 5 - 6 - 8

3th gear : 3 - 7 - 6 - 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 7
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Mechanical schema

CSX7050 Hillside
ZEIL05CL0074G0C 1
Traction gearbox
1st gear : 1 - 4 - 6 - 8
2nd gear : 2 - 5 - 6 - 8
3th gear : 3 - 7 - 6 - 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 8
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Sectional view

ZDA7759A 1
Traction gearbox
1 Input shaft 2 Drive shaft

3 Differential 4 Differential shafts
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 9
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Sectional view

CSX7050 Hillside
ZEIL05CL0074G0B 1
Traction gearbox
1 Input shaft 2 Drive shaft

3 Differential 4 Differential shafts
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 10
Shaft Input shaft - Overview
ZDA7717A 1
Input shaft
1 Input shaft 2 Oil baffle plate

3 Threaded shaft 4 Flange
5 O-ring 6 Seal
7 Bearing 8 Shims
9 Cover
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 11
Shaft Input shaft - Exploded view
ZDA7730A 1
Input shaft
1 Nut 2 Lock washer

3 Washer 4 Bearing
5 Washer 6 Gear
7 Needle bearing 8 Retaining ring
9 Washer 10 Selector ring
11 Ball 12 Spring
13 Selector housing 14 Input shaft
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 12
Shaft Input shaft - Sectional view
ZDA7729A 1
Input shaft
1 Nut 2 Lock washer

3 Washer 4 Bearing
5 Washer 6 Gear
7 Needle bearing 8 Retaining ring
9 Washer 10 Selector ring
11 Ball 12 Spring
13 Selector housing 14 Input shaft
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 13
Shaft Drive shaft - Overview
ZDA7716A 1
Drive shaft
1 Cover shaft 2 Seal

3 Shims 4 O-ring
5 Drive shaft
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 14
Shaft Drive shaft - Exploded view
ZEIL04CS0079G0B 1
Drive shaft
1 Seal 2 Bearing
3 Drive shaft 4 Gear
5 Needle bearings 6 Selector ring
7 Selector housing 8 Ball
9 Spring 10 Washer
11 Retaining ring 12 Gear
13 Needle bearings 14 Washer
15 Bearing 16 Washer
17 Lock washer 18 Nut
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 15
Shaft Drive shaft - Sectional view
ZDA7720A 1
Drive shaft
1 Seal 2 Bearing
3 Drive shaft 4 Gear
5 Needle bearings 6 Selector ring
7 Selector housing 8 Spring
9 Ball 10 Washer
11 Retaining ring 12 Gear
13 Needle bearings 14 Washer
15 Bearing 16 Washer
17 Lock washer 18 Nut
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 16
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 17
Shaft Differential shaft - Exploded view

1. Differential shaft 8. Differential shaft

2. Seal 9. Flange
3. Retaining ring 10. Bearing
4. Bearing 11. Differential
5. Flange 12. Spring
6. Bearing 13. Differential lock collar
7. O-ring 14. Retaining ring
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 18
ZDA3445A 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 19
Shaft Differential shaft - Exploded view

CSX7050 Hillside
ZEIL05CL0075G0B 1
Differential shaft and differential
1 Retaining ring 2 Bearing

3 Retaining ring 4 Flange
5 Seal 6 Bearing
7 O-ring 8 Differential
9 Oil-baffle 10 Flange
11 Bearing
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 20
Differential - Sectional view

1. Bearing 6. Differential output gear
2. Bearing 7. Planet gear shaft
3. Bolt 8. Planet gear
4. Lock plate 9. Differential output gear
5. Differential housing 10. Ring gear and housing (riveted)
ZDA3393A 1
Differential
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 21
Differential - Exploded view

1. Bearing 6. Differential output gear
2. Bearing 7. Planet gear shaft
3. Bolt 8. Planet gear
4. Lock plate 9. Differential output gear
5. Differential housing 10. Ring gear and housing (riveted)
ZDA3391A 1
Differential
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 22
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 23
Shifting disc system - Exploded view

1. Shaft 8. Bushing
2. Shifting disc 9. Allen screw
3. Shifting disc housing 10. Pin
4. Seal 11. Spring
5. Handle 12. Seal
6. Roll pin 13. Plug
7. O-ring
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 24
ZDA7829A 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 25
Cover - Exploded view

1. Bolt 7. Lever
2. Spacer bolt 8. Retaining ring
3. Support 9. Differential lock control shaft
4. Cover 10. O-ring
5. Seal 11. Retaining ring
6. Pin 12. Fork
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 26
ZDA3444A 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 27
Cover - Exploded view
ZEIL05CL0097G0B 1
Cover
1 Cover 4 Plug
2 Seal 5 Sensor
3 Dowel pin 6 Drain plug
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 28
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Remove

1. Remove the traction gearbox cover plate (3).

IMPORTANT: Before removing any components, secure
the machine safely in place by placing adequate wedges
against both traction and steering wheels.
ZDA6061A 1
2. On the left-hand side, remove the cover (2) by loos-

ening the bolts.
ZDA7604A 2
3. Remove the cover (3) by loosening the bolts.
ZDA7605A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 29
4. Remove the cover (4) by loosening the bolts.
ZDA7819A 4
5. Loosen the hose clamps (4) and (5).
ZDA7814A 5
6. Support the hydrostatic motor (1) and loosen the four

nuts (2). (only two nuts are shown)
Pull the hydrostatic motor (1) out of the gearbox.
NOTE: In some cases it will be necessary to remove the
LHS traction wheel for taking the hydrostatic motor out
of the gearbox.
ZDA7815A 6
7. Disconnect the hand brake cable (1) by removing the

bolt.
ZDA7816A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 30
8. Disconnect the differential lock cable (2).

Disconnect the combine speed sensor (3).
ZDA6035B 8
9. Disconnect the gearshift bar (4).
ZDA7817A 9
10. Disconnect the sleeves (1) on both sides of the trac-

tion gearbox.
Disconnect the brake lines (2) and remove the sup-
ports (3), on both sides of the traction gearbox.
CAUTION
The gearbox is heavy (380 kg [838 lbs]). Take extreme
caution when removing the gearbox! Use a supporting
device which can handle this weight!
Z022
ZDA7349B 10
11. Loosen the three bolts (1) at both sides of traction

gearbox.
Lower the traction gearbox and remove it from un-
derneath the combine.
ZDA7818A 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 31
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Install

1. Bring the traction gearbox onto his place.

On both sides of the traction gearbox, install the three
bolts (1).
NOTE: Apply LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT 50M, PERMABOND
113) onto the bolts (1).
ZDA7818A 1
2. On both sides of the traction gearbox:

Install the supports (3).
Connect the brake lines (2).
Connect the sleeves (1).
ZDA7349B 2
3. Connect the gearshift bar (4).

Adjust, if necessary, refer to Shifting disc system
Bar - Adjust (C.20.B).
ZDA7817A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 32
4. Connect the differential lock cable (2).

Connect the ground speed sensor (3).
ZDA6035B 4
5. Connect the hand brake cable (1).

Adjust, if necessary, refer to Command - Adjust
(D.30.C).
ZDA7816A 5
6. Support the weight of the hydrostatic motor (1).

Raise the motor into position on the traction gearbox.
Apply grease onto the spline shaft of the motor (1).
Engage the spline shaft of the motor and push it into
the female spline until the mounting flange is against
the transmission.
Install the four nuts (2).
NOTE: Before install the four nuts, apply LOCTITE® 270 (
OMNIFIT 200M, PERMABOND 118).
ZDA7815A 6
7. Install the hose clamps (4) and (5).
ZDA7814A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 33
8. Install the cover (4) and tighten the bolts.
ZDA7819A 8
ZDA7605A 9
ZDA7604A 10
Next operation:
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 34
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Remove

CSX7050 Hillside
IMPORTANT: Before removing any components, secure the machine safely in place by placing adequate wedges
1. On the left-hand side, remove the covers (1), (2) and

(3).
ZEIL05CL0078A0B 1
2. Remove the support (4) by loosening the two bolts.
ZDA7819A 2
3. Loosen the hose clamps (4) and (5).
ZDA7814A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 35
4. Support the hydrostatic motor (1) and loosen the four

nuts (2) (only two nuts are shown).
Pull the hydrostatic motor (1) out of the gearbox.
ZDA7815A 4
5. Remove the reinforcements (8) at both sides of the

traction gearbox.
6. Disconnect the hand brake cable by removing the
bolt (3) and loosening the nut (4).
7. Disconnect the ground speed sensor (5).
8. Disconnect the gearshift bar (7).
ZEIL05CL0076A0B 5
9. Loosen the three bolts (6) at both sides of traction

gearbox.
Lower the traction gearbox and remove it from un-
derneath the combine.
NOTE: Press first on one side and then on the other side
to release the telescoping shafts.
CAUTION
The gearbox is heavy (380 kg [838 lbs]). Take extreme
caution when removing the gearbox! Use a supporting
device which can handle this weight!
Z022
ZEIL05CL0077A0B 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 36
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Install

CSX7050 Hillside
ATTENTION: The gearbox is heavy. Take extreme caution when handling the gearbox! Use a supporting device
which can handle this weight!
1. Hoist the traction gearbox, moving it first on one side
and then on the other to make it possible to introduce
the telescoping shafts.
Continue to hoist until the traction gearbox is in posi-
tion.
NOTE: The telescoping shafts fits correctly only in one
position.
ZEIL05CL0038A0B 1
2. On both sides of the traction gearbox, install the three

bolts (6). Use shims if necessary.
NOTE: Apply LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT 50M, PERMABOND
113) onto the bolts (6).
ZEIL05CL0077A0B 2
3. Connect the gearshift bar (7).

Adjust, if necessary, refer to Shifting disc system
Bar - Adjust (C.20.B).
ZEIL05CL0076A0B 3
4. Connect the ground speed sensor (5) (fig. 3).

5. Connect the hand brake cable with the bolt (3).
Tighten the nut (4) (fig. 3).
Adjust, if necessary, refer to Command - Adjust
(D.30.C).
6. Reinstall the reinforcements (8) at both sides of the
traction gearbox (fig. 3).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 37
7. Support the weight of the hydrostatic motor (1).

Raise the motor into position on the traction gearbox.
Apply grease onto the spline shaft of the motor (1).
the transmission.
Install the four nuts (2).
NOTE: Before install the four nuts, apply LOCTITE® 270 (
OMNIFIT 200M, PERMABOND 118).
ZDA7815A 4
8. Install the hose clamps (4) and (5).
ZDA7814A 5
ZDA7819A 6
10. Install the covers (1) (2) and (3).
ZEIL05CL0078A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 38
Shaft Input shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Remove (C.20.B).
Prior operation:
Brake - Remove (D.30.C).
Prior operation:
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Remove (D.32.B)
Prior operation:
Cover - Remove (C.20.B).
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Shaft Differential shaft - Remove (C.20.B).
Prior operation:
Shaft Drive shaft - Remove (C.20.B).
1. Remove the selector fork (2) from the input shaft.
ZDA7737A 1
2. Remove the threaded shaft (3), refer to Shaft Input

shaft - Exploded view (C.20.B), and the oil baffle
plate (1) by turning out the cap screws (2).
ZDA7718A 2
3. Remove the ring (1).

NOTE: The ring (1) is only applied with 100 cc hydro
motor. A 100 cc hydro motor centers directly in the
gearbox housing and the outer Metric 16 threads are used
for fixation of the hydro motor.
ZDA3337A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 39
4. Remove the three Allen screws (1).
ZDA3339A 4
5. Remove the flange (2) with the lip-seal and the

O-ring.
ZDA3338A 5
6. Remove the five nuts and the washers (1).
ZDA3340A 6
7. Remove the cover (1).

IMPORTANT: Keep the shims and the O-ring with the
cover.
ZDA7719A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 40
8. Support the input shaft on a hoist to avoid from falling

into the gearbox.
Drive the shaft in the direction shown and remove the
bearing outer ring (1).
ZDA7739A 8
9. Pull the bearing (1) from the drive shaft.

Remove the drive shaft out of the gearbox.
ZDA3343A 9
10. If necessary, remove the bearing outer ring (1).
ZDA3344A 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 41
Shaft Input shaft - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Shaft Input shaft - Remove (C.20.B).
1. Unlock the nut (1) by bending the lip of the lock

washer (2).
Remove the nut (1), using the special tool
380001074.
Remove the lock washer (2) and the washer (3).
ZDA3406A 1
2. Remove the gear (2), the bearing (1) and the washer
between the two parts with a puller.
ZDA7731A 2
3. Remove the needle bearings (1).

Remove the selector ring (2) at the same time re-
move the two balls (3) and the springs behind it.
NOTE: The balls (3) are spring loaded, do not loose them.
ZDA3408A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 42
4. Remove the retaining ring (1).

Remove the washer (2) and the selector housing (3)
at the same time.
ZDA7735A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 43
Shaft Input shaft - Assemble

1. Install the selector housing (3).
Install the washer (4).
ZDA7732A 1
2. Install the retaining ring (1).
ZDA7735B 2
3. Install the two springs and the two balls (3) and at the
same time install the selector ring (2).
NOTE: Be careful not to loose the balls.
ZDA3408A 3
4. Install the needle bearings (1).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 44
5. Install the gear (1).

ZDA7733A 4
6. Heat the bearing (4) to 80 °C ( 176 °F) and install it

on the input shaft.
Install the lock washer (2).
Install the nut (1) and tighten to a torque between
150 - 170 Nm ( 111 - 125 lb ft.). Refer to special tool
380001074.
Secure the nut (1) by bending a lip of the lock washer
in one of the notches of the nut.
ZDA3406A 5
Next operation:
Shaft Input shaft - Install (C.20.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 45
Shaft Input shaft - Install

1. Install the shims (2) of 1.5 mm ( 1/16 in) and the
O-ring (3) on the cover (1).
ZDA3414A 1
2. Install the bearing outer ring (1).
ZDA3344A 2
3. Install the cover (2) with the shims and the O-ring and
tighten the five nuts (1).
ZDA3340B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 46
4. Support the input shaft on a hoist and bring it into the

traction gearbox.
Heat the bearing (1) to 80 °C ( 176 °F) and install it
on the input shaft against the shoulder.
IMPORTANT: Bearing has to lean completely against its
shoulder on the input shaft.
ZDA3415A 4
ZDA7827A 5
6. If necessary, replace the seal (1) and the O-ring (2)

on the flange (4).
ZDA3434A 6
7. Install the flange (4).
ZEIL04CS0077A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 47
8. Install the three Allen screws (1) with LOCTITE® 242,

PERMABOND 113 or OMNIFIT 50M and tighten them.
ZDA3339A 8
9. Install the ring (1). (only for 100cc hydromotor
ZDA3337A 9
10. Install a dial the gauge (2) in the gearbox housing

and locate the probe perpendicular against the side
of the gear (1).
Apply a load in one direction and oscillate the shaft
several times while the load is applied.
Set the dial gauge to zero.
Apply the load in the opposite direction, oscillate and
read the axial movement of the shaft.
Make three measurements at 120 ° of the input shaft.
Calculate the arithmetic mean of the three readings,
it should be between 0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.0079
in)
If required, adjust the shims. To decrease the axial
movement, decrease the quantity of shims.
ZDA7741A 10
IMPORTANT: Be sure to measure on the gear (1) as the
other gears are mounted on needle bearings.
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 48
11. Install the selector fork (1).
ZDA7736A 11
12. Install the oil baffle plate (1) and insert threaded shaft
(2), (Fig. 13). Install the bolts (2).
ZDA7718A 12
13. After tightening of the nuts, rotate the input shaft and
verify that the oil baffle does not interfere with the
input shaft.
ZDA3340C 13
Next operation:
Shaft Drive shaft - Install (C.20.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 49
Shaft Drive shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Remove (D.32.B).
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
1. Remove the five nuts and the washers (1) of the

cover (2).
ZEIL04CS0076A0B 1

IMPORTANT: Keep the shims and O-ring with the cover.
ZDF0368A 2
3. Remove the shifting disc, refer to Shifting disc sys-

tem Disc - Remove (C.20.B) or remove first the plug
(13) and the spring (11), refer to Shifting disc sys-
tem - Exploded view (C.20.B)
Bring the shifting disc in it’s highest position by turn-
ing shifting disc housing (3) out until the shifting disc
block against the gearbox housing.
ZDF0249B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 50
4. Remove the drive shaft (1) and the selector fork (2)
with a hoist.
ZDA7828A 4
5. If necessary, remove the bearing outer ring (1).
ZDA7738A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 51
Shaft Drive shaft - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Shaft Drive shaft - Remove (C.20.B).
1. Unlock the lock washer (2).

Remove the nut (1), the lock washer (2) and the
washer (3).
ZDA3396A 1
2. Remove the gear (2) the bearing (1) and the washer
between them, all in once by means of a puller.
ZDA7722A 2
ZDA7723A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 52
4. • Remove the selector ring (1) and at the same

time remove the two balls (2) with the springs
behind them.
• Remove the retaining ring (3) and the washer.
NOTE: The balls (2) are spring loaded, do not loose them.
ZDA7724A 4
5. Remove the housing (1) and the gear (2).
ZDA7725A 5
ZDA3401A 6
7. Remove the bearing (1) on the other side.

NOTE: The bearing (1) cannot be removed without
damaging it.
ZDA7726A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 53
Shaft Drive shaft - Assemble

1. Heat the bearing (1) to 80 °C ( 176 °F) and install it
on the drive shaft.
ZDA7726A 1
2. Install the needle bearings (1), apply some transmis-

sion oil to lubricate.
Install the gear (2).
Install the selector housing (3).
ZDA7727A 2

Install the two springs.
Install the two balls (2) on the springs and at the same
time install the selector ring (1).
NOTE: Be careful not to loose the balls (2).
ZDA7724A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 54
4. Install the needle bearings (1), apply transmission oil

to lubricate.
ZDA7723A 4
5. Install the gear (2).

Install the washer (3) and heat the bearing (4) to
80 °C ( 176 °F) and install it on the drive shaft.
ZDA7728A 5
6. Install the washer (3).

Install the lock washer (2).
Install the nut (1) and tighten it to a torque between
150 - 170 Nm ( 111 - 125 lb ft) by using the ring nut
wrench 380001074.
Secure the nut (1) by bending a lip of the lock washer
(2) in one of the notches of the nut.
ZDA3396A 6
Next operation:
Shaft Drive shaft - Install (C.20.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 55
Shaft Drive shaft - Install

ZDA7738A_29 1
2. If necessary, replace the seal (2).

Install the bearing outer ring (3).
Install the shims (4) of 1.5 mm ( 1/16 in) and the
O-ring (5) on the cover (1).
ZDA3438A 2
3. Support the drive shaft (1) on a hoist and bring it into

the traction gearbox.
NOTE: If the shifting disc is installed, the selector fork (2)
should be installed together with the drive shaft.
ZDA7828A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 56
4. Install the cover (2) with shims, seals and bearing

outer ring, and tighten the nuts (1).
ZEIL04CS0076A0B 4
5. Install a dial the gauge (2) on the gearbox housing

and locate the probe perpendicular against the side
of the gear (1).
Apply a load in one direction and oscillate the shaft
several times while the load is applied.
Set the dial gauge to zero.
Apply the load in the opposite direction, oscillate and
read the axial movement of the shaft.
Make three measurements at 120 ° of the interme-
diate shaft. Calculate the arithmetic mean of the
three readings, it should be between 0.15 - 0.25 mm
(0.006 - 0.010 in)
If required, adjust the shims. To decrease the axial
movement, decrease the quantity of shims.
ZDF0247A 5
IMPORTANT: Be sure to measure on the gear (1) as the
other gears are mounted on needle bearings.
Next operation:
Differential - Install (C.20.B).
Next operation:
Shaft Differential shaft - Install (C.20.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 57
Shaft Differential shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
1. Drain the oil through the plug (1).

NOTE: The traction gearbox contains 19 liters ( 5 US
gal) oil.
ZDA7843A 1
2. On the right-hand side of the differential shaft, re-

move the seal (1).
NOTE: It is not possible to remove the seal (1) without
damaging it.
ZDA3262A 2
ZDA3263A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 58
4. Pull out the shaft (1) together with the bearing (2).
ZDA3264A 4
5. Remove the six nuts and the washers (1).

Remove the two bolts and the washers (2).
ZDA3265A 5
6. Install the two bolts (1) (Metric 10 x 60 mm) and

remove the housing (2).
ZDA3266A 6
7. Hang the differential to prevent it from falling into the

gearbox.
Remove the four nuts and the washers (1).
Remove the two Allen screws (2).
Remove the two bolts and the washers (3).
ZDF0404A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 59
8. Screw in the two bolts (2) to push the bearing housing

(1) out of the gearbox housing.
ZDF0403A 8
9. Remove the differential, using a adequate lifting de-

vice.
ZDF0369A 9
10. Remove the oil baffle plate (1).
ZDA3443A 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 60
Shaft Differential shaft - Disassemble

Prior operation:
1. If necessary, remove the seal (1) on the left-hand

side differential shaft housing.
NOTE: It is not possible to remove the seal (1) without
damaging it.
ZDA3270A 1
2. Remove the retaining ring behind the seal (1) and

take out the differential half shaft (2).
3. Remove the bearing (1) from the shaft (2).
ZDA3271A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 61
Shaft Differential shaft - Assemble

1. Install the bearing (1) on the shaft (2). and secure it

with the retaining ring (3).
ZEIL06CS0243A0B 1
2. • Install the shaft (2) with the bearing in the dif-

ferential half shaft housing.
• Install the new seal (1), apply some grease.
ZDA3270A 2
3. Replace the O-ring (1), apply some grease.
ZDA3272A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 62
4. On the right-hand side differential shaft housing, re-

place the O-ring (1), apply some grease.
ZDA3273A 4
Next operation:
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 63
Shaft Differential shaft - Remove

CSX7050 Hillside
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
1. Drain the oil through the plug at the bottom of the

traction gearbox.
NOTE: The traction gearbox contains 19 liters oil.
2. On the right-hand side of the differential shaft, re-
move the retaining ring (1).
NOTE: For more details, refer to Shaft Differential shaft
- Exploded view (C.20.B).
ZEIL05CL0080A0B 1
3. Pull out the part of the telescoping shaft (12) together

with the bearing (2).
4. Hang the differential to prevent it from falling into the
gearbox.
5. Remove the six nuts and the washers.
Remove the two bolts Metric 10 x 12 mm and the
washers.
Install two bolts Metric 10 x 60 mm to push the flange
(10) (fig. 1) out of the gearbox housing.
ZEIL05CL0082A0B 2
6. On the left-hand side of the differential shaft, remove

the retaining ring (1).
Pull out the part of the telescoping shaft (12) together
with the bearing (2).
ZEIL05CL0083A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 64
7. Remove the six nuts and the washers.

Remove the two bolts Metric 10 x 12 mm and the
washers.
Install two bolts Metric 10 x 60 mm to push the flange
(4) (fig. 3) out of the gearbox housing.
ZEIL05CL0084A0B 4
8. Remove the differential, using a adequate lifting de-

vice.
ZDF0369A 5
9. Remove the oil baffle plate (9).
ZEIL05CL0085A0B 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 65
Shaft Differential shaft - Install

CSX7050 Hillside
NOTE: For more details, refer to Shaft Differential shaft - Exploded view (C.20.B).
1. Install the oil baffle plate (9).
ZEIL05CL0085A0B 1
2. Move the differential into the gearbox, using a ade-

quate lifting device.
ZDF0369A 2
3. On the left-hand side install the flange (4) and tighten

all the nuts simultaneously.
Also install the two bolts Metric 10 x 12 mm.
NOTE: If required, replace the O-ring, the bearing or the
seal inside the flange.
ZEIL05CL0084A0B 3
4. On the right-hand side install the flange (10) and

tighten all the nuts simultaneously.
Also install the two bolts Metric 10 x 12 mm.
NOTE: If required, replace the O-ring, the bearing or the
seal inside the flange.
ZEIL05CL0082A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 66
5. On both sides of the traction gearbox, install the tele-

scoping shaft (12) together with the bearing (2).
Lock with the retaining ring (1).
ZEIL05CL0080A0B 5
6.
NOTE: The oil baffle plate (9) (fig. 1) should not touch
rotating parts.
7. Cover - Install (C.20.B).
Next operation:
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Install (D.32.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 67
Differential - Disassemble
Prior operation:
1. Remove the bearing (1).
ZDA3387A 1
2. Turn the differential and remove the bearing (2).
ZDA3388A 2
3. Unlock the lock plates (1) and remove the bolts (2)
and the lock plates.
ZDA3389A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 68
4. Remove the upper part (1) of the differential housing.
ZDA3390A 4
5. Remove the differential output gear (1).

Remove the two planet gear shafts (3) with the planet
gears (4).
Remove the differential output gear (2).
ZDA3392A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 69
Differential - Assemble
1. Install the differential output gears and the planet
gears with the planet gear shafts.
Install the differential housing (1).
NOTE: The two castings of the housing are machined
together and are marked in this position. When
reassembling, make sure that these marks are towards
each other.
ZDA3390A 1
2. Install the lock plates (1) and the bolts (2).

Secure the bolts (2) by bending the lock plates
against a flat side of the bolts.
ZDA3389A 2
3. Install the bearing (2).
ZDA3388A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 70
4. Install the bearing (1).
ZDA3387A 4
Next operation:
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 71
Differential - Install
1. Install the oil baffle plate (1).
ZDA3443A 1
2. Support the differential on a hoist and bring it into the

gearbox.
ZDF0369A 2
3. Bring the differential lock collar (1) and the spring (2)
into the half shaft housing (3).
ZDA7826A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 72
4. Install the both half shafts housings (1) and (2) and
tighten all the nuts (3) and (4) simultaneously.
ZDA7734A 4
5. Install the shaft (1) with the bearing (2).
ZDA3264A_32 5
ZDA3263A_33 6
7. Install the new seal (1), apply some grease.
ZDA3262A_34 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 73
Next operation:
Cover - Install (C.20.B).
Next operation:
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Install (D.32.B).
Next operation:
Brake - Install (D.30.C).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 74
Differential lock command - Adjust

1. Keep the cable (2) at the bottom under tension with
the hand and tighten with the bolt (3) so that the sup-
port (4) can be installed to the lever (5).
ZDA6035C 1
2. Push on the differential pedal (1) until the connected

position is obtained.
NOTE: Sometimes is it necessary to lift up and rotate one
traction tyre, using a adequate lifting device.
ZDA7476A 2
3. Adjust in this (connected) position the pedal (1)

against the stop (7) by turning the bolt (6).
ZDF0306A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 75
4. After adjusting turn the bolt (6) with a extra 1/2 of a

turn and secure it with the nut (8).
ZDF0305A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 76
Shifting disc system Selector shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Prior operation:
ZDA3326A 1
ZDA3327A 2
3. Remove the selector shaft (3).
ZDF0244A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 77
Shifting disc system Selector shaft - Install

1. If necessary, replace the O-rings in the gearbox
housing where the selector shaft (3) is installed.
Install the selector shaft (3). Put the selector forks on
the shaft.
ZDF0244A 1
ZDA3327A 2
ZDA3326A_31 3
Next operation:
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 78
Shifting disc system Disc - Remove

Prior operation:
Prior operation:
NOTE: It is possible to remove and to install the shifting disc without disassembly of the gearbox shafts.
1. Remove the plug (13).
ZDF0250B 1
2. Loosen the three Allen screws (9).

Remove the bushing (8) with the spring (11) and the
pin completely.
Remove the roll pin (6).
Remove the lever (5) and the shifting disc with the
shaft from the inside of the gearbox.
Remove the shifting disc housing (3).
ZDF0249B 2
3. If necessary, replace the O-ring (4), inside the hous-

ing (2).
ZDF0256A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 79
Shifting disc system Disc - Install

1. Install the O-ring (7) with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
GR 75 MD GREASE, refer to Shifting disc system
- Exploded view (C.20.B).
Install the bushing (8) and tighten the three Allen
screws (9).
Install the shifting disc housing (3).
ZDF0245A 1
2. Before install, add NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75

MD GREASE onto the holes (4) of the shifting disc
(2).
ZDF0267A 2
3. Install the shifting disc and the shaft (1) from the in-
side of the gearbox and install the lever (6).
Install the roll pin (5), using a hammer.
NOTE: In case the input shaft, the drive shaft and the
differential are not assembled into the gearbox, bring the
shifting disc in it’s highest position by turning the shifting
disc housing (3) out until the shifting disc blocks against
the gearbox housing. Proceed with step 4 until 6 after
installation of the input shaft.
ZEIL04CS0074A0B 3
4. Apply LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT 50M, PERMABOND

113) to the shifting disc housing at (3) and tighten
the housing with a torque between 190 - 210 Nm (
140 - 155 lb ft).
IMPORTANT: Verify if the followers on the selector forks
fix into the notches of the shifting disc.
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 80
5. Install the pin (10) ( Shifting disc system - Ex-

ploded view (C.20.B)) and the spring (11).
ZDF0249A 4
6. Install the plug (13) with the seal (12) ( Shifting disc
system - Exploded view (C.20.B)).
Tighten the plug (13).
Apply LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT 50M, PERMABOND
113) (14) before installing.
ZDF0250A 5
Next operation:
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 81
Shifting disc system Bar - Adjust
CAUTION
Raised equipment or machine movement without an operator can cause injury or death. Before you service
this machine, do the following: 1. Park the machine on a level surface. 2. Support or lower the equipment
(backhoe, blade, boom, bucket, etc.) to the ground (if equipped). 3. Apply the parking brake (if equipped). 4.
Stop the engine. 5. Block the machine (wheels, tracks, etc.) to prevent machine movement.
84-108
1. On the right-hand side of the machine, loosen the nut

(1).
Remove the cotter pin (2) and the pin (3) to discon-
nect the gear shift bar (4).
ZDA7835A 1
2. Place the gear shift lever (1) in the second gear.
ZDA7842A 2
3. Adjust the handle (2) on the traction gearbox in ver-

tical position (second gear).
ZDA7841A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 82
4. Adjust the fork (4) of the gear shift bar until the pin
(3) (fig. 5) can be installed.
ZDA7839A 4
5. Install the pin (3).

Install the cotter pin (2).
Tighten the nut (1).
ZDA7835B 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 83
Cover - Remove
1. Remove all the bolts (1) and the cover (2).
ZDA7834A 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 84
Cover - Disassemble
1. If necessary, remove the bolt (1) and the differential
lock control lever (2).
NOTE: Refer to Cover - Exploded view (C.20.B).
Removal of the differential control lever (7) and the
differential lock control shaft (9) is necessary only if the
fork (12) and/or the O-ring (10) need to be replaced.
ZDA3258A 1
2. Remove the retaining ring (1) and the differential lock

control shaft (2).
ZDA3259A 2
3. Replace the O-ring (1).

Remove the retaining ring (2) to remove the fork (3).
ZDA3260A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 85
Cover - Assemble
1. Install the fork (3) and fix with the retaining ring (2).
ZDA3260A 1
2. Install the differential lock control shaft (2), and install

the retaining ring (1).
ZDA3259A 2
3. Install the differential lock control lever (2) and fix with
the bolt (1).
ZDA3258A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 86
Cover - Install
1. Install the drain plug and fill the traction gearbox with
oil. Refer to your Operator’s Manual section "Lubri-
cation".
Install the cover (2) with a new seal.
IMPORTANT: Be sure the differential lock control fork is
positioned correctly.
ZDA7834A 1
2. Tighten all the bolts (1).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 87
Cover - Remove
CSX7050 Hillside
1. Remove all the bolts (1) and (2).

ZEIL05CL0079A0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 88
Cover - Install
CSX7050 Hillside
1. Install the drain plug with a torque between 90 - 110

Nm and fill the traction gearbox with oil. Refer to your
Operator’s Manual section "Lubrication".
Install the cover (3) with a new seal.
2. Tighten the two bolts (1) and all the bolts (2).
NOTE: Tighten the bolts (2) with a torque between 45
- 55 Nm.
ZEIL05CL0079A0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 89
Index
POWER TRAIN - C

Cover - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Cover - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Cover - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Cover - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Cover - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Cover - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
CSX7050 Hillside
Cover - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Cover - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
CSX7050 Hillside
Differential - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Differential - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Differential - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Differential - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Differential - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Differential lock command - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Shaft Differential shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Shaft Differential shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Shaft Differential shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Shaft Differential shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
CSX7050 Hillside
Shaft Differential shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
CSX7050 Hillside
Shaft Differential shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Shaft Differential shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
CSX7050 Hillside
Shaft Drive shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Shaft Drive shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Shaft Drive shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Shaft Drive shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Shaft Drive shaft - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Shaft Drive shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Shaft Drive shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Shaft Input shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Shaft Input shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Shaft Input shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Shaft Input shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Shaft Input shaft - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Shaft Input shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 90
Shaft Input shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Shifting disc system - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Shifting disc system Bar - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Shifting disc system Disc - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Shifting disc system Disc - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Shifting disc system Selector shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Shifting disc system Selector shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
CSX7050 Hillside
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Mechanical schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Mechanical schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
CSX7050 Hillside
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
CSX7050 Hillside
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CSX7050 Hillside
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
TRANSMISSION Mechanical - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 91
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.B / 92
POWER TRAIN - C
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - 20.F
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Oil cooler by-pass
Pump
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050, CSX7070
CSX7080, CSX7060 Laterale, CSX7080 Laterale, CSX7050 Laterale
Motor
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Hydrostatic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hydrostatic symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Control valve
Integrated brake valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Relief valve
Pump
Motor
SERVICE
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Start up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 2
Shuttle spool valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Relief valve
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Pump
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Motor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
DIAGNOSTIC
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 3
POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Special tools

Description Tool number
Pressure gauge 0-40 bar (2 off) ( 0-600 PSI) 380000552
Pressure gauge hose (5 off) 380000545
# Part of kit 292870
Minimess connector, size EMA 3-9/16 in or 84021707
Parker Diagnostic (PD361) 3-9/16 in 86596853
Minimess connector (tube side) M16x2 or PD361 procure locally
Quick release connector (tube side) 380000543
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 4
Oil cooler by-pass - General specification

Manufacturer Parker
Maximum operating pressure 17.2 bar ( 249 psi)
Cooler port opening temperature 46-52 °C ( 114.8-125.6 °F)
Cooler port fully open temperature 63 °C ( 145.4 °F)
Maximum operating temperature 91 °C( 195.8 °F)
Minimum operating temperature - 34 °C (- 29.2 °F)
Maximum flow rate 227 l/min. ( 60 gal/min)
Relief valve pressure 2.8 - 3.4 bar ( 40.6-49.3 psi)
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 5
Pump - General specification

CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050, CSX7070
Manufacturer Sauer Danfoss

Type 90 Series closed circuit
Control Mechanical displacement control (non linear)
Frame size 100
Direction of rotation right-hand rotation
Displacement 100 cc/rev
Charge pump displacement 20 cc/rev
Charge pump pressure 26 bar ( 377 psi)
- High pressure limiter setting: delta p: 420 bar ( 6092 psi)

absolute : 450 bar ( 6527 psi)
- High pressure relief setting: delta p: 450 bar ( 6527 psi)
absolute: 480 bar ( 6962 psi)


Type 90 Series closed circuit
Control Mechanical displacement control (non linear)
Frame size 130
Direction of rotation right-hand rotation
Displacement 130 cc/rev
Charge pump displacement 26 cc/rev
Charge pump pressure 30 bar ( 435 psi)
Brake pressure setting (CSX7080 Laterale 180 bar ( 2611 psi)
only)
- High pressure limiter setting: delta p: 420 bar ( 6092 psi)

absolute : 450 bar ( 6527 psi)
- High pressure relief setting: delta p: 450 bar ( 6527 psi)
absolute: 480 bar ( 6962 psi)
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 6
Motor - General specification

Type 90 Series fixed displacement, closed circuit
Frame size 100
Direction of rotation Bi-directional
Displacement 100 cc/rev ( 6.1 in³/rev)
Rated speed (loaded) 3100 rpm
Maximum speed (High idle) 3400 rpm
Case pressure - maximum continuous 3 bar ( 43.5 psi)
Case pressure - maximum (cold start) 5 bar ( 72.5 psi)
Motor - General specification

Type 90 Series fixed displacement, closed circuit
Frame size 100
Direction of rotation Bi-directional
Displacement 100 cc/rev ( 6.1 in³/rev)
Rated speed (loaded) 3300 rpm
Maximum speed (High idle) 3650 rpm
Case pressure - maximum continuous 3 bar ( 43.5 psi)
Case pressure - maximum (cold start) 5 bar ( 72.5 psi)
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 7
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic schema

1. Pressure filter
2. Charge pressure switch
3. Displacement control valve
4. Orifice check valve
5. Servo valve feedback linkage
6. Hydrostatic pump servo cylinders
7. Multi function valve (forward)
7a. Pressure limiter ( 420 bar) ( 6090 psi)
7b. High pressure relief valve ( 450 bar) ( 6525 psi)
7c. Bypass valve
7d. Charge pressure check valve
8. Charge pump pressure relief valve
9. Hydrostatic pump with variable displacement
10. Charge pump
11. Multi function valve (reverse)
11a. Pressure limiter ( 420 bar) ( 6090 psi)
11b. High pressure relief valve ( 450 bar) ( 6525 psi)
11c. Bypass valve
11d. Charge check valve
12. Thermo valve
13. Suction filter
14. Hydrostatic oil cooler
15. Reservoir
16. Hydrostatic motor with fixed displacement
17. Shuttle spool valve
18. Hydrostatic motor flushing relief valve
19. Check valves
20. High pressure line (forward)
21. High pressure line (reverse)
A. High pressure port (motor: forward drive - pump: reverse drive)
B. High pressure port (motor: reverse drive - pump: forward drive)
S. Suction port
M1. Measure point - High pressure port (fitting 9/16 in)
M2. Measure point - High pressure port (fitting 9/16 in)
M3. Measure point - charge pressure after filter, connected to charge pressure switch (fitting 9/16 in)
M4. Measure point - pressure to main servo cylinder (fitting 9/16 in)
M5. Measure point - pressure to main servo cylinder (fitting 9/16 in)
M6. Measure point - charge pressure before filter (fitting 9/16 in)
M8. Measure point - flushing pressure
L1. Case drain port
L2. Case drain port
Model Pressure gauge Port pump Pressure gauge Port motor High pressure
pump motor
CSX7040
CSX7050 M1 A M2 B reverse
CSX7050 Laterale
CSX7050 Hillside
CSX7060
CSX7060 Laterale M2 B M1 A forward
CSX7070
CSX7080
CSX7080 Laterale M1 A M1 A forward
M2 B M2 B reverse
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 8
ZEIL04CS0078H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 9
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic symbol

Symbol Description
Displacement control valve
Orifice check valve
Hydrostatic pump with variable displacement and fixed capacity

charge pump
Charge pressure relief valve
Pressure filter (charge pressure)
Thermo valve
Shuttle spool valve
Non-return check valve
Multi function valve - Pressure limiter valve set at 420 bar (delta p)
Hydrostatic motor with fixed displacement
Fixed flow flushing relief valve
Hydrostatic oil cooler
Charge pressure switch
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 10
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Static description

These combines hydrostatic system contains four main components, an oil reservoir, hydrostatic pump, charge pump,
and drive motor.
Some machines are equipped with an optional powered steering axle (PRA).
A single oil reservoir is fitted for the hydraulic and hydrostatic system. The reservoir is located at the upper left-hand
side of the machine behind the engine compartment. Fill the oil for the hydraulic and hydrostatic system through the
inlet (1).
ZEIL06CS0149A0C 1
Hydrostatic pump
The hydrostatic pump (1) is driven by a belt directly from the engine. The hydrostatic pump assembly includes the
charge pump (2), charge pressure filter (3) and charge pressure sensor (switch) (4). The hydrostatic pump also
houses the servo displacement valve and multi function valves.
Charge pump
The charge pump (2) is mounted to the rear of the hydrostatic pump assembly (1) and houses the charge pressure
relief valve.
ZDA6045B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 11
Hydrostatic drive motor
The hydrostatic motor (1) is mounted to the main transmission and is driven hydraulically by the hydrostatic pump.
The hydrostatic motor supplies the drive input to the main transmission.
ZDA7347A 3
Powered Rear Axle (PRA)
Each wheel of the powered steering axle is driven independently by its own hydrostatic motor (2). Each motor is
driven hydraulically by the hydrostatic pump and controlled by a control valve.
ZDA8167A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 12
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Dynamic description

These combines hydrostatic system contains a reservoir, Charge pump, Hydrostatic pump, Drive motor and optional
powered steering axle.
The hydrostatic pump assembly incorporates the charge pump and is driven by a drive belt from the engine.
Neutral
With the engine running and the hydrostatic lever in neutral the charge pump receives oil from the reservoir (15)
through a 100 micron filter screen (13) into the charge pump (10). The oil is then pumped through filter (1), to the
multi function valves (7) and (11). The charge pressure will open the check valves, (7d) and (11d), allowing charge
pressure to fill the hydrostatic pump (9), high pressure lines, (20) and (21) and drive motor (16). Charge pressure oil
will also fill the servo valve feedback linkage (5), and the servo cylinders (6).
The hydrostatic pump swash plate stands square to the input shaft. With no axial movement of the pistons there is
no flow of high pressure oil in the high pressure line (20).
When the charge pump pressure in the system increases to 26 bar ( 377 psi) the charge pressure relief valve (8) will
open and oil will flow into the hydrostatic pump casing through the thermostatically controlled oil cooler (14), to the
reservoir (15).
If the oil temperature is below 49 °C ( 120 °F) the oil will flow directly to the reservoir (15) when the oil temperature is
above 49 °C ( 120 °F) the thermo valve (12) diverting the oil flow through the oil cooler (14).
Forward
When the hydrostatic lever is moved forward, the displacement control valve (3) will move to the position of the hy-
drostatic lever. The oil can then flow to the forward servo cylinder (6).
The charge pressure oil acting on the forward servo cylinder (6) will move the hydrostatic pump swash plate creating
axial movement of the pistons increasing the pressure in the forward high pressure line (20) towards the drive motor
(16).
The increased pressure in the forward high pressure line (20) will create rotational movement of the drive motor pis-
tons, causing the drive motor output shaft to turn in the forward direction. The oil will return by the return line (21) to
the hydrostatic pump (9).
Also the increase in pressure will close the forward multi function valve charge check valve (7d) preventing the charge
pressure circuit receiving drive pressure from the hydrostatic pump (9).
The charge pump (10) will continue to charge the reverse high pressure line (21) through the reverse multi function
valve charge check valve (11d) to replace the oil used for lubrication and flushing and any oil lost through internal
leakage.
The return oil from the drive motor (16) is going back to the pump.
If there is more than a 7 bar ( 101.5 psi) pressure difference across the drive motor (16) the drive pressure from the
hydrostatic pump (9), moves shuttle spool valve (17) in the drive motor assembly (16) connecting the return line (21)
to the flushing relief valve (18).
The flushing relief valve (18) will open at a lower pressure than the charge pressure relief valve (8) causing some of
the charge pressure oil to flow through the flushing relief valve (18) to the drive motor case drain. The oil will then
flow to the oil cooler through the pump case drain, cooling the motor and pump bodies.
If the resistance on the drive motor (16) increases (machine travelling up hill) then the pressure in the forward high
pressure line (20) will increase. As the pressure reaches 420 bar ( 6090 psi) (delta p) the pressure limiter valve (7a)
will open allowing oil to flow to the hydrostatic pump reverse servo cylinder piston (6) reducing the swash plate angle
and pump flow, protecting the hydrostatic system from over pressure.
The pressure on the reverse servo cylinder piston (6) is limited by the check valve (19). This valve connect the relief
flow from the pressure limiter valve (7a) to the charge pressure circuit.
If the pressure in the high pressure line exceeds +/- 480 bar ( 6962 psi) (shock) then the relief valve (7b) will open
allowing oil to flow directly from the high pressure line (20) into the return line (21) through the charge check valve
(11d) (the pump is by-passed in this instance).
When carrying out a hydrostatic stop (rapid movement of the hydrostatic control lever from drive to neutral) the drive
motor (16) will operate as the pump, this will make the pump (9) operate as the motor, dissipating brake energy
towards the diesel engine. The maximum brake pressure in forward mode is limited by the function valve (11).
Reverse
When the hydrostatic lever is moved to reverse the system operates the same as in forward other than high pressure
line (20) becomes the return line and high pressure line (21) becomes the drive line.
In reverse braking is achieved by the motor acting as a pump and its pressure is controlled by the multi function valve
(7).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 13
ZEIL04CS0078H0B 1
Hydrostatic drive schematic
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 14
Control valve - Static description

The multi function valve has four functions, and three different valves.
The valves with in the multi function valve are as follows:
• A charge pressure check valve to keep the system full of oil.

• A pressure limiter valve to make the work pressure (delta p) does not exceed 420 bar ( 6090 psi).
• A high pressure relief valve to protect the system from shock loads above 450 bar ( 6525 psi) (delta p).
The multi function valve also includes a bypass valve to enable the vehicle to be moved at very low speeds for short
distances if an engine failure occurs.
The bypass valve is a manually operated valve and oil flow generated by the drive motor (acting as a pump) is allowed
to flow to the suction side of the motor.
A. Bypass actuator
B. Pressure limiter adjustment screw
C. Pressure limiter lock nut
D. Pressure limiter housing
E. Pressure limiter spring
F. Spring seat
G. Check valve carriage
H. High pressure relief/check valve poppet
J. Valve seat
K. Spring
L. Pressure limiter poppet seat
M. Pressure limiter valve poppet
7d -11d. Charge check valve
7a -11a. Pressure limiter ( 420 bar) ( 6090 psi)
7b- 11b. High pressure relief valve ( 450 bar) ( 6525 psi)
7c -11c. Bypass valve
BSC1328A 1
Multi function valve cross section
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 15
ZDF0409A 2
Multi function valve schematic
Charge check valve (7d) - (11d)
When the charge pressure in port (Y) becomes higher than the pressure in the high pressure port (X) and enough to
overcome the tension of spring (B) carrier (A) will move to he left taking along poppet (C). Oil from the charge pump
will flow from port (Y) to port (X) filling the system.
BSC1298A 3
Pressure limiter (7a) - (11a)
When high pressure exceeds 420 bar ( 6090 psi), poppet (D) will move to the left, compressing spring (E) due to the
pressure behind the poppet pressurized oil will flow from port (X) into port (Z) to the main servo cylinder. The main
servo cylinder will then move the swash plate of the hydrostatic pump towards neutral when the transmission is in
drive mode and towards maximum displacement when the transmission is in brake mode.
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 16
BSC1298B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 17
High pressure relief valve (7b) - (11b)
When the pressure limiter opens at 420 bar ( 6090 psi) a certain oil flow will escape through port (Z). If the pressure
from the high pressure port (X) increases to 450 bar ( 6525 psi) due to shock loading, the pressure difference which
is created over the plunger (C) will move the plunger towards the left against spring (B) and high pressure oil will be
allowed to flow from port (X) to port (Y). In this phase, the pressure limiter function remains active as well (oil keeps
flowing from port (X) to port (Z)).
BSC1298C 5
Bypass valve (7c) - (11c)
When the bypass actuator (H) is turned 31/2 turns counter-clockwise the force on poppet (J) is reduced. This sets
the pressure limiter valve at near zero setting. When the pump is not turning but pressure is generated in the high
pressure lines by the motor (motor acting as a pump), poppet (J) moves to the left, oil flows from port (X) through
opening (G) to port (Z). Plunger (C) will also move easily to the left allowing the pressurized oil from port (X) to flow
to port (Y). As pressure increases to the valve which equals spring (B) plunger (C) will move to the left and allowing
oil to flow directly from port (X) to port (Y) (oil keeps flowing from port (X) to port (Z)).
BSC1298D 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 18
Control valve Integrated brake valve - Static description

1. Bypass A. To pump
2. Pressure regulator valve B. To pressure limiter
3. Pilot valve C. From motor
4. Check valve D. To charge
ZEIL09CS0148F0B 1
Operation of the brake function
Brake situation:
When riding downhill the hydrostatic transmission is used for braking witch means that the engine has to support the
braking power.
In the modern engines the proportion of engine power and available brake torque has been decreased (engine with
turbo charger).
The integrated brake function avoids over speeds of engine and other mounted components.
This integrated brake function will use the complete brake torque of the engine over the complete brake phase, this
means an equal brake torque at the hydro motor.
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 19
Relief valve - Static description

Shuttle spool valve (17)
When the pressure in either of the drive lines increases (forward or reverse selected) pilot pressure will act on one side
of the shuttle spool valve, moving the spool valve to connect the return line to the flushing relief valve and pressure
release solenoid valve.
Flushing relief valve (18)
With the motor running in forward or reverse the pressure in the return line will act on the flushing relief valve opening
the valve to case drain.
Drive motor shuttle spool and flushing valve
• Drive motor (16)

• Shuttle spool valve (17)
• Flushing relief valve (18)
ZDF0411A 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 20
ZDF0410A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 21
Pump - Static description

The variable displacement pump is designed to convert an output power from the engine into hydraulic power. The
input shaft turns the pump cylinder which contains a ring of pistons. The pistons run against a tilted plate (swash
plate), this causes the pistons to compress the hydraulic oil which converts the input energy into the hydraulic oil. The
high pressure oil then provides power to the motor.
The swash plate angle can be varied by the control piston, altering the swash plate angle varies the displacement of
the oil. A larger angle causes greater displacement, a smaller angle reduces the displacement per revolution which
in turn will result in a higher and also respectively lower speed of the motor.
ZDF0375A 1
Hydrostatic pump
1 Charge pump 2 Cradle hold down

3 Slider block 4 Servo piston
5 Servo arm (cradle adjust lever) 6 Servo valve
7 Feed back 8 Cradle bearing
9 Cradle guide 10 Cradle
11 Cradle return position
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 22
Pump - Component identification

Each pump has a name plate attached to the housing. The name plate will include the model number, model code
and serial number.
Model Code (A)
The Sauer Danfoss model code defines the specific build configuration of each unit and must be used when ordering
spare parts or a new pump.
Model Number (B)
The Sauer Danfoss model number is used by the factory in manufacturing. A new unit can be ordered by the model
number.
Serial Number (C)
The Sauer Danfoss serial number identifies the location and date of manufacture and the unit sequence in the build.
The letter coding indicates the location of original assembly “A" indicates assembly in Ames, Iowa, USA “N" indicates
assembly in Neumunster, Germany.
The first number (two digits) indicates the year of manufacture. For example, a unit built in 2001 would have the
number “01" in this space.
The second number (two digits) indicates the calendar week of manufacture, from week 1 to week 52.
The third number (five digits) is the sequential build number identifying the specific unit.
Pump identification name plate
ZDF0417A 1
Explanation of model code (A)
29_29-2_13 2
90 Series 90, closed circuit

R Right hand (clockwise rotation)
100 Maximum displacement 100 cc/rev ( 6.1 in³/rev)
NA Manual displacement control - non linear
5 Pressure limiter function in ports A and B
NN No auxiliary mounting pad
80 Twin ports
L Integrated pressure filtering (long)
3 No mechanical displacement limitation
T6 Tapered shaft end (without key)
E Charge pump displacement 20 cc/rev ( 1.22 in³/rev)
03 Control orifice diameter P= 0.81 mm ( 0.032 in) TA/TB = 1.3 mm ( 0.051 in)
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 23
GBA Noise optimized valve plate

42 420 bar ( 6090 psi) high pressure setting port A
42 420 bar ( 6090 psi) high pressure setting port B
26 2 6 bar ( 377 psi)
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 24
Motor - Static description

The fixed displacement motor is designed to convert input hydraulic power into output torque, it operates in reverse to
the hydrostatic pump. The high pressure hydraulic oil enters through the input port, the oil pressure increases behind
the pistons causing them to rotate down the swash plate (path of least resistance). As the piston rides up the swash
plate again, the hydraulic oil is allowed to exit through the outlet port. The spinning pistons are housed in a cylinder
which is connected to the output shaft, the output torque can be applied to the transmission input.
ZDF0376A 1
Hydrostatic motor
1 Swash plate 2 Piston

3 Flushing relief valve 4 Cylinder block
5 Shuttle spool valve
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 25
Motor - Component identification

Each motor has a name plate attached to the housing. The name plate will include the model number, model code
and serial number.
Model Code (A).
The Sauer Danfoss model code defines the specific build configuration of each unit and must be used when ordering
spare parts or a new pump.
Model Number (B).
The Sauer Danfoss model number is used by the factory in manufacturing. A new unit can be ordered by the model
number.
Serial Number (C).
The Sauer Danfoss serial number identifies the location and date of manufacture and the unit sequence in the build.
The letter coding indicates the location of original assembly “A" indicates assembly in Ames, Iowa, USA “N" indicates
assembly in Neumunster, Germany.
The first number (two digits) indicates the year of manufacture. For example, a unit built in 2001 would have the
number “01" in this space.
The second number (two digits) indicates the calendar week of manufacture, from week 1 to week 52.
The third number (five digits) is the sequential build number identifying the specific unit.
Motor identification name plate
ZDF0416A 1
Explanation of model code (A).
90 M 100 NC 0 N 7 N 0 F1 W 00 NNN 0000 H0
90 Series 90, closed circuit

M Fixed displacement bidirectional rotation
100 (130 in case of CSX7080 Laterale) Maximum displacement 100 cc/rev ( 6.1 in³/rev)
NC Standard
0 Standard
N Standard
7 (U in case of CSX7080 Laterale) Axial ports (SAE J518C code 62)
N Standard
0 Standard
F1 Splined shaft - 13 teeth - pitch 8/16
W (D in case of CSX7080 Laterale) With special loop flushing valve for increased flushing
00 Standard
NNN (LAA in case of CSX7080 Laterale) Standard
0000 Standard
H0 (NH in case of CSX7080 Laterale) Loop flushing flow
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 26
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Service instruction
WARNING
The machine must be operating to check system pressures. Make certain that everyone is clear of the ma-
chine and all gauges are secured.
Z023
CAUTION
Raise the combine drive wheels off the ground to prevent the combine from travelling uncontrolled when
making adjustments. Be sure to use suitable blocking or jack stands to support the weight of the combine.
Z020
CAUTION
If equipped with powered rear axle make certain the switch is off.
Z015
NOTE: Although the pump is shown removed for clarity, most repairs and adjustments can be made without
removing the hydrostat.
1. PUMP
Major repairs are those which require the removal of
the end cap or side cover. Repairs of this type are to
be performed only by Sauer-Sundstrand Authorized
Service Centers and/or original equipment manufac-
turers who have personnel adequately trained to per-
form these repairs. Performing major repairs on the
Series 90, 100 cc, Hydrostatic Transmission may af-
fect the unit warranty status.
2. MOTOR
Major repairs are those repairs which require the
removal of the end cap or side cover. Repairs of this
type are to be performed only by Sauer-Sundstrand
Authorized Service Centers and/or original equip-
ment manufacturers who have personnel adequately
trained to perform these repairs. Performing major
repairs on the Series 90 Hydrostatic Transmission
may affect the unit warranty status, thus the branch
service manager should be consulted prior to such
an undertaking.
Cleanliness is a primary means of assuring satisfac-
tory hydraulic motor life, on either new or repaired
units. Cleaning parts by using a clean solvent wash
and air drying is usually adequate. As with any preci-
sion equipment, all parts must be kept free of foreign
materials and chemicals. Protect all exposed sealing
surfaces and open cavities from damage and foreign
material.
During the assembly of the Series 90 variable motor,
all surfaces, which have relative motion between two
parts, should be coated with a film of clean hydraulic
oil. This will assure that these surfaces will be lubri-
cated during start-up.
Replace all O-rings and gaskets. Lightly lubricate all
O-rings with clean petroleum jelly prior to assembly.
All gasket sealing surfaces must be cleaned prior to
installing new gaskets.
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 27
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Filling

For filling the hydrostatic system after repair or replacement of hydrostatic components, proceed as follows:
NOTE: Before installing a new motor or a new pump, shipment oil should be drained from the new pump or motor
case.
IMPORTANT: Oil quality and cleanliness is of utmost importance for the reliability and life of the hydrostatic system.
Deviation of the described oil specification may lead to severe damage and void the warranty!
1. Put suitable wheel chocks in front and behind the
front wheels to prevent the machine from moving.
For machines not equipped with powered rear axles
also put blocks in front and behind the rear wheels.
2. Remove the transmission drive shaft couplings (1)
and (2) (Fig. 1 and 2).
CAUTION
Before disconnecting the drive shafts, secure the ma-
chine in place by using adequate wheel chocks against
the front and rear of both traction and steering wheels.
M948
ZDA7349A 1
3. Make sure the couplings are secured to the drive

shafts.
ZDA7348A 2
4. Disconnect the electrical connector (4) to prevent the

engine from running during cranking. (fig. 3 and fig.
4)
FPT engine (New Holland)
ZEIL06CS0238A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 28
5.
FPT engine (Cursor 9)
ZEIL06CS0214A0B 4
6. Remove the jam nut (1) and (2) and disconnect the
control cable (4) from the settle arm (7). (see fig. 6)
ZDA7642B 5
7. Adjust with the nuts (5) and (6) in such a way that, in
neutral position of the multi-function handle and the
pump, you can easily fix the control cable onto the
settle arm (7) of the pump without moving this last
one.
NOTE: Apply LOCTITE® 270, OMNIFIT 200M or PERMABOND
118 onto the nuts (5) and (6).
ZDA7669A 6
8. Reinstall the control cable (4) onto the settle arm and
secure it with the nut (2) and the jam nut (1) with a
torque between 10 - 12 Nm (7.4 - 8.9 lbft).
ZDA7642B_36 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 29
9. Fill the hydrostatic system with oil through the

oil reservoir inlet (1) up to the maximum. Use
hydrostatic oil as described in your Operator’s
Manual, “SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAIN-
TENANCE".
ZEIL06CS0149A0C 8
10. Loosen the suction line (5) at the pump until oil leaks
out.
Retighten the suction line (5).
ZDA6045C 9
11. Loosen the hydrostatic motor drain plug (1).
ZDA7347A_37 10
12. Loosen the return hose between the hydrostatic

pump and the thermostatic valve at the coupling (2).
Fill the system at (2) with oil until oil leaks out of the
hydrostatic motor drain plug (1) (refer to fig. 10).
ZDA7352A 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 30
13. Install and tighten the hydrostatic motor drain plug

(1), (Fig. 10) with a torque of 34 Nm (25.1 lbft) and
continue to fill up the pump to obtain maximum oil
level in the pump housing.
14. Connect and tighten the hose between the hydro-
static pump and the thermostatic valve at port (2).
Tighten it with a torque between 110 - 120 Nm (81.1
- 88.5 lbft).
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Start up (C.20.F).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 31
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Start up

To start-up the hydrostatic system after repair or replacement of hydrostatic components, proceed as follows:
Prior operation:
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Filling (C.20.F).
NOTE: Before installing a new motor or a new pump, shipment oil should be drained from the new pump or motor
case.
IMPORTANT: Oil quality and cleanliness is of utmost importance for the reliability and life of the hydrostatic system.
Deviation of the described oil specification may lead to severe damage and void the warranty!
1. Install pressure gauges (range 0-500 bar) ( 0-7250
psi) on the hydrostatic pump test port (3)
= (port M2: High pressure forward)
For machines equipped with powered rear axles, use
a suitable hydraulic jack and raise the rear axle. Sup-
port the rear axle on suitable axle stands.
CAUTION
For machines equipped with powered rear axles the
rear wheels MUST be clear of the ground.
Z013
ZDA7640A 1
2. Place the hydrostatic lever and the gearshift control

in neutral position.
Crank the engine with the starter motor until a pres-
sure gauge reading of minimum 2.0 bar (minimum
29 psi) is obtained.
IMPORTANT: Ensure that the connector (4) (refer to fig. 2
and fig. 3) is disconnected from the engine to prevent the
engine from running while cranking!
NOTE: Only crank the engine for a maximum of 30
seconds at a time. Wait at least 1 minute before
re-cranking to avoid damaging the starter motor.
3. Fill the reservoir to the maximum level.
4. Connect the connector (4). (refer to fig. 2 and fig. 3)
FPT engine (New Holland)
ZEIL06CS0238A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 32
5.
FPT engine (Cursor 9)

ZEIL06CS0214A0B 3
6. Start and run the engine at low idle until a minimum

pressure gauge reading of 20 bar ( 290 psi) is ob-
tained.
CAUTION
Make sure everyone is clear of the machine before
starting the engine.
M583
CAUTION
Never operate the engine in a closed building. Proper
ventilation is required under all circumstances.
SM100A
7. Gearshift to neutral and engine speed on low idle.

Position the hydrostatic lever at half stroke for two
minutes, both forward and reverse.
8. Gearshift remains in neutral and engine speed on
high idle. Position the hydrostatic lever at maximum
stroke for two minutes, both forward and reverse.
9. Check the oil level, add oil if necessary.
10. Check for oil leaks.
11. Measure and write down the gauge pressure (for-
ward) at full stroke in the reverse position. This pres-
sure (flush pressure) should be between 21 - 29 bar
( 305 - 421 psi).
12. Position the hydrostatic lever in neutral position and
the engine at high idle. Measure and write down the
gauge pressure. This pressure (charge pressure)
should be between 1 - 3 bar ( 14.5 - 43.5 psi) higher
than the value measured in step 11.
13. Gearshift into third gear and engine speed on high
idle. Apply both brake pedals firmly. Apply maximum
stroke on the hydrostatic lever in forward position for
a maximum of 10 seconds. Pressure should be 430
- 460 bar ( 6237-6672 psi).
14. Switch off the engine.
15. Remove the gauge.
16. Check the oil level, add oil if necessary. Check for oil
leaks.
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 33
17. For machines equipped with powered rear axle con-

tinue to remove the air from the system, Refer to Mo-
tor - Static description (D.14.E).
18. For machines not equipped with powered rear axle,
install the transmission drive shafts and tighten the
retaining bolts.
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 34
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Pressure test
WARNING
Gauges, fittings and hoses MUST have operating pressure ratings of a least 25 percent higher than the high-
est pressure of the circuit being tested.
M953
CAUTION
Block the front and rear wheels with suitable blocks so the machine cannot move. Make sure everyone is
clear of the machine before starting the engine.
Z010
CAUTION
Never operate the engine in a closed building. Proper ventilation is required under all circumstances.
SM100A
1. Pressure testing
Various pressure and vacuum gauge readings are
necessary for troubleshooting problems with the
main hydrostatic drive system.
To check the high pressure settings of the multi func-
tion valves it will be necessary to connect high pres-
sure gauges to the system.
Measuring the charge pump inlet vacuum assist in
locating restrictions in the suction lines and filter
screen.
Case pressure readings will assist in locating restric-
tions in the return lines, oil cooler and filter.
The pump and motor charge pressure must be
checked and recorded during pressure testing.
To make sure accurate pressure readings are ob-
tained, the system must be at normal operating tem-
perature and at full rated engine speed.
IMPORTANT: The interior of all test equipment must
be exceptionally clean before being used to test the
hydrostatic drive system. Make sure the test equipment
is purged of all oil and foreign material to avoid
contamination of the hydrostatic drive system.
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 35
2. Charge pressure
The minimum allowable charge pressure for the
pump is 26 bar ( 377 psi) above the case drain
pressure. To determine the actual charge pressure,
subtract the case drain pressure from the charge
pressure reading.
To check the charge pressure install a test port in-
stead of the pressure sensor (1). Use a 150 bar (
2500 psi) pressure gauge. The measured pressure
at this test point is charge pressure plus case drain
pressure.
ZDA6045D 1
Charge pressure @ 50 °C( 122 °F) oil temperature (High idle)

Neutral 26 bar (+/- 2 bar)
377 psi (+/- 39 psi)
Forward Pressure drop 1 - 3 bar with respect to neutral ( 14.5 - 43.5 psi)
Reverse Pressure drop 1 - 3 bar with respect to neutral ( 14.5 - 43.5 psi)
Forward brakes on Minimum 20 bar ( 290 psi)
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 36
3. Servo pressure
Gauges should be installed into the ports M4 and M5
(see arrows) of the control unit, located at the bottom
of the pump.
In neutral the pressure should be equal. As the
forward or reverse is activated a pressure rise on
one gauge should be countered with a correspond-
ing pressure drop on the other gauge.
This test may determine the reason for a unit that
creeps whilst the lever is in neutral. Joining the ports
together should stop the creeping, if this is the case
adjust the neutral position within the control unit. If
the unit still creeps when the ports are joined the
pump will require replacement.
ZDA7642C 2
Servo pressure @ 50 °C( 122 °F) oil temperature

Forward servo Reverse servo
Neutral Forward = reverse servo = +/- 2 bar ( 29 psi)
Forward Maximum value = charge pressure Maximum 3 bar (case pressure)
Reverse Maximum 3 bar (case pressure) ( 43.5 Maximum value = charge pressure
psi)
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 37
4. High pressure
The high pressure is determined by the two multi
function valves. The relief valve setting is 450 bar
(delta p) ( 6525 psi). The pressure limiter will start to
destroke the pump servo cylinders at 420 bar (delta
p) ( 6090 psi).
The high pressure can be checked at pump test port
(3) “M2" and “M1" (fig. 3).
The pressure can also be checked at the drive motor
test port “M2" and test port “M1" (fig. 4).
CAUTION
Block the front and rear wheels with suitable blocks
so the machine cannot move. Make sure everyone is
clear of the machine before starting the engine. ZDA7640A_38 3
Z010
CAUTION
Never operate the engine in a closed building. Proper
ventilation is required under all circumstances.
SM100A
ZDA7347B 4
Forward pressure (High idle) @ 50 °C( 122 °F) oil temperature

Neutral Charge pressure 26 bar (+/- 2 bar) 377 PSI (+/- 29 psi)
Forward maximum 430-460 bar ( 7236-6672 psi)
Reverse pressure (High idle) @ 50 °C( 122 °F) oil temperature

Neutral Charge pressure 26 bar (+/- 2 bar) 377 PSI(+/- 29 psi)
Reverse maximum 430-460 bar ( 7236-6672 psi)
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 38
Shuttle spool valve - Remove

NOTE: The motor is shown removed for clarity.
1. Secure the combine so that it can not move.
2. Drain the oil from the hydrostatic oil reservoir through
the drain hose.
3. Remove the cartridges (1) and (2) from both sides of
the valve.
10013273 1
4. Push the spool (1) out of the motor.
10013274 2
5. Inspect parts for damage or foreign material.
20015831 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 39
Shuttle spool valve - Install

1. Install the flushing valve spool (1).
10013276 1
2. Install the cartridges (1) on each end of the spool

tighten wit a torque to 41 Nm ( 30 lb ft).
20015831_46 2
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Filling (C.20.F) and TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Start up (C.20.F).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 40
Relief valve - Replace

Drain the oil from the hydrostatic oil reservoir through
the drain hose.
2. Remove the motor charge pressure relief valve (1).
NOTE: Motor shown removed for clarity.
10013271 1
3. Turn in the new relief valve (1). Tighten the valve to

a torque of 52 Nm ( 38 lb ft).
10013272 2
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Filling (C.20.F) and TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Start up (C.20.F).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 41
Pump - Remove
CAUTION
Z009

2. Drain the oil from the hydrostatic oil reservoir through
the drain hose.
NOTE: When disconnecting hydraulic lines, have a
hydraulic oil.
3. Detach the connector (3) from the oil pressure
switch.
ZDA7641A 1
4. Remove the two main high pressure lines (4) and (5)
by turning out the eight bolts.
Disconnect and cap the two flushing/return lines (6).
Remove the suction line (7).
IMPORTANT: Avoid entry of dirt into the hydrostatic lines.
ZDA7639A 2
5. Remove the jam nut (1) and the nut (2).

Loosen the two bolts (3) and remove the control ca-
ble (4).
ZDA7642A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 42
6. Release the belt by loosening the lock nut (5).
ZDF0363A 4
7. Securely attach the hydrostatic pump to a suitable

lifting device.
Remove the four bolts (1) and the washers on both
sides of the support. (four bolts are shown)
NOTE: The hydrostatic pump weighs approximately 137
kg ( 303 lb).
ZDA7643A 5
8. To remove the pump from the support (1), remove

first the pulley by loosening the eight bolts.
Loosen the four nuts (2).
ZDA7644A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 43
Pump - Install
1. Install the hydrostatic pump to the support (1) and
tighten the four nuts (2).
Install the pulley and tighten it with the eight bolts.
ZDA7644A_39 1
2. Securely attach the hydrostatic pump to a suitable

lifting device. Raise the pump to his place and turn
on the four bolts, bushing and washers on both sides
(see fig. 3).
IMPORTANT: Do not forget to install the drive belt.
ZDA7643A_40 2
3. Tighten the nuts to standard torque.
ZDA7668A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 44
4. Install the suction line (7) and tighten the nut (1) with
a torque between 125 - 138 Nm ( 92 - 102 lb ft). The
torque of the fitting (2) in the pump is between 285 -
313 Nm. ( 210 - 231 lb ft)
Install the two flushing/return lines (6). Tighten the
two fittings (3) with a torque between 110 - 120 Nm.
( 81 - 89 lb ft)
NOTE: The nipple in the pump should be tighten with a
torque between 170 - 187 Nm ( 125 - 138 lb ft).
ZDA7639B 4
5. Lubricate and install the O-rings into the ends of the

main high pressure lines (4) and (5).
IMPORTANT: Be sure that the high pressure line of port
"A" from the hydrostatic pump is connected with the high
pressure line of port "B" from the hydrostatic motor. (Port
“A" pump = Port “B" motor)
6. Connect the two main high pressure lines (4) and (5)
by installing the eight bolts (8). Tighten those bolts
with a torque between 104 - 114 Nm. ( 77 - 84 lb ft)
IMPORTANT: Never put any torsion on the flexible hoses
and must be assembled according the neutral bend
radius.
7. Attach the connector (3) to the oil pressure switch.
ZDA7641A_41 5
8. Install the control cable (4) with the two bolts (3),
using LOCTITE® 270 ( OMNIFIT 200M, PERMABOND
118).
ZDA7642A_42 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 45
9. Apply also LOCTITE® 270 ( OMNIFIT 200M,

PERMABOND 118) and adjust the nuts (5) and (6) in
such a way that in neutral position of the multi-func-
tion handle and the pump you can easily fix the
control cable to the settle arm (7) of the pump without
moving this last one.
Install and tighten the nut (2) and the jam nut (1) (see
also fig. 6) with a torque between 10 - 12 Nm ( 7.4 -
8.9 lb ft).
ZDA7669A_43 7
10. Adjust the tension of the drive belt. Refer to your

Operator’s Manual: “SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION
AND MAINTENANCE"; paragraph headed: “Drive
belts and chains".
Next operation:
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Filling (C.20.F) and TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Start up (C.20.F)
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 46
Motor - Remove
1. Drain the hydrostatic oil reservoir.
NOTE: During removal of the three hydraulic lines, up to
five additional gallons of fluid can be expected. A suitable
container must be positioned under the lines to capture
the residual hydraulic fluid.
2. Remove the traction gearbox cover plate (3).
IMPORTANT: Before removing any components, secure
the machine safely in place by placing adequate wedges
ZDA6061A_44 1
3. Remove the two main high pressure lines (3) by turn-

ing out eight cap screws.
Disconnect the case drain line (4) at the upper elbow
union.
Loosen the lower elbow union (5) and rotate the el-
bow 90 degrees.
ZDA7552A 2
4. Support the weight of the motor with a floor jack. Turn

off the four mounting nuts (1). (only two nuts are
shown).
ZDA7553A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 47
5. Move the motor away in length axis direction from the

transmission until the spline shaft is disengaged.
Lower the motor from the combine.
10013282 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 48
Motor - Install
1. Support the weight of the motor with a floor jack.
Raise the motor into position on the transmission.
Apply grease onto the spline shaft of the motor.
the transmission.
10013282 1
2. Turn on the four mounting nuts (1).

NOTE: Apply LOCTITE® 270, OMNIFIT 200M or PERMABOND
118 onto the four nuts (1).
ZDA7553A 2
3. Torque the nuts to standard torque.

4. Line the case drain elbow (5) up with the case drain
line (4).
Engage the line into the elbow and tighten the fitting.
Tighten the lower elbow fitting.
Torque both ends of the elbow between 110 - 120
Nm ( 81 - 89 lb ft).
NOTE: The torque of the nipple in the motor should be
tighten with a torque between 170 - 187 Nm. ( 125 - 138
lb ft)
NOTE: The case drain line may have sprung. Use a
crowbar or other prying device to line the pipe up enough
to engage the threads of the fitting to prevent galling.
ZDA7552A_45 3
5. Lubricate and install O-rings into the ends of the main

high pressure lines (3).
IMPORTANT: Be sure that the high pressure line of port
"A" from the hydrostatic pump is connected with the high
pressure line of port "B" from the hydrostatic motor. (Port
“A" pump = Port “B" motor)
6. Attach the high pressure lines to the motor, using four
cap screws for each fitting. Tighten the cap screws
to a torque between 104 - 114 Nm ( 77 - 84 lb ft).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 49
7. Prepare the system for operation in accordance with

“Filling The Hydrostatic System and Start-Up Pro-
cedure". Refer to TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic -
Filling (C.20.F) and TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic
- Start up (C.20.F).
8. Install the gearbox cover plate.
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 50
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Troubleshooting

Machine will not operate Control cable not connected Connect control cable.
in either direction
Low hydrostatic oil Check and fill the reservoir to the correct oil
level. Use specified oil only, refer to your
Operator’s Manual for more details.
Blocked hydrostatic filter Replace filter.
Air in system Locate and repair leak.
Exceeding relief valve pressure Shift to lower gear.
Transmission gear not selected or inopera- Check transmission for correct gear selec-
tive tion and engagement.
Servo valve not operating Check for displayed error code.
Carry out electrical repairs as per error
code.
Check for sticking solenoid valve and servo
spool linkage.
Drive system unable to build up pressure Air in system. Air will also cause the system
to be noisy. Check all fittings, especially
around the filter, in the suction line and lo-
cate the point or points where air is being
drawn into the system. Tighten fittings and
joints where air leaks exist. Replace seal
where necessary.
Charge pressure relief valve is stuck open Repair charge pressure relief valve.
Combine does not move Transmission gear selector in neutral Select required gear.
when hydrostatic control
lever is moved.
Selected transmission gear too high to Change to lower gear.
move combine activating pressure override
Reservoir oil level very low Check and fill the reservoir to the correct oil
Air in system (may be due to low oil level) Purge air from system. Refer to TRANS-
MISSION Hydrostatic - Filling (C.20.F).
Hydrostatic lines leaking Check, tighten or replace as necessary.
Blocked hydrostatic filter Check and replace filter element as neces-
sary.
Servo solenoid not operating Check for displayed error code.
Carry out electrical repairs as per error
code.
Check for sticking solenoid valve and servo
spool linkage.
Hard to select a Hydrostatic pump not in neutral though hy- Calibrate the hydrostatic lever. Refer to
transmission gear, or drostatic control lever is in neutral your Operator’s Manual.
will not go into gear
Neutral is difficult or Hydrostatic lever out of calibration Calibrate the hydrostatic lever. Refer to
impossible to find your Operator’s Manual.
Ground travel speed Oil level low Check for leaks and repair as necessary.
erratic Check and fill the reservoir to the correct
oil level. Use specified oil only, refer to your
Blocked oil filter element Change filter element
Exceeding relief valve pressure Shift to lower gear. Repair or replace relief
valve.
Unable to maintain charge pressure The charge pressure relief valve is dam-
aged or stuck open. Internal damage to
pump or motor
Cold or low oil supply Check oil levels. Allow oil to warm.
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 51

Ground speed or combine Reservoir oil level low Check and fill the reservoir to the correct oil
erratic and loses power. level. Use specified oil only, refer to your
Also seems to lack power Operator’s Manual for more details.
Hydraulic lines leaking Check, tighten and repair as necessary.
Check level, fill as necessary
sary
Internal leaks or malfunction in pump or Pressure test system, refer to TRANS-
motor MISSION Hydrostatic - Pressure test
(C.20.F). Repair or replace motor or pump
as required.
Oil temperature too high Low oil level Check for leaks and fill the reservoir to the
correct oil level. Use specified oil only, refer
to your Operator’s Manual for more details.
Blocked oil cooler Clean / replace as required
Blocked inlet filter Replace filter
System pressure too high, relief valve con- Pressure test system, refer to TRANS-
tinually blowing MISSION Hydrostatic - Pressure test
(C.20.F), inspect multi function valves.
System noisy Air in system Check and fill the reservoir to the correct oil
Suction line between reservoir and charge Check fittings and tighten where air leaks
pump, including suction filter, leaking and exist. Replace seals and repair leaks
allowing air to be drawn into the system, where necessary.
indicated by considerable amount of foam
in the reservoir
End of return line within the reservoir not Check and fill the reservoir to the correct oil
below the oil level level. Use specified oil only, refer to your
Hose or tubing not properly insulated Make sure all hoses and tubes are correctly
routed and secured. Make sure the hoses
and tubes are clear of any metal that will
act as a sound board for normal hydraulic
hum. Insulate hose and tube clamps with
rubber to absorb sound.
Acceleration and Filter or suction line from reservoir to Replace filter element and check and re-
deceleration sluggish charge pump is blocked move obstructions from suction line
Control orifice plug is partially blocked Inspect and clean / replace as required
sary
Air in system Check fittings for air leaks.
Repair as necessary
Low charge pressure Inspect filter and hoses.
Inspect charge pump relief valve.
Inspect the charge pump
Unit surges Air in system Check fittings for air leaks between reser-
voir and charge pump.
Repair as necessary.
Low hydrostatic oil Check and fill the reservoir to the correct
oil level. Use specified oil only, refer to the
sary
Exceeding relief valve pressure Shift to lower gear
Unable to maintain charge pressure Repair or replace charge pressure relief
valve
System contaminated Flush system
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 52

Faulty pump Repair or replace pump
Combine engine over Brake flow control valve setting too high Replace the brake flow control valve.
revolutions when braking
or driving downhill
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 53
Index
POWER TRAIN - C

Control valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Control valve Integrated brake valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Motor - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Motor - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Motor - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Motor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Motor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Motor - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Oil cooler by-pass - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Pump - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050, CSX7070
Pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Pump - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Relief valve - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Relief valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Shuttle spool valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Shuttle spool valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Hydrostatic symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Start up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.20.F / 54
POWER TRAIN - C
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - 50.B
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TECHNICAL DATA
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Intermediate shaft
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Right hand bearing - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Left hand bearing - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Clutch
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
Intermediate shaft
Right hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Right hand bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Left hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Left hand bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Clutch
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Drive and gear
Belt drive system - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Belt drive system - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 2
POWER TRAIN - PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Special tools

Puller 380000320
ZEIL04CS0101A0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 3
Intermediate shaft - Exploded view
ZDA7345A 1
Intermediate shaft
1 Intermediate shaft 2 Ring

3 Right-hand side bearing housing 4 Right-hand side bearing
5 Ring 6 Bolt
7 Left-hand side bearing 8 Left-hand side bearing housing
9 Ring 10 Ring
11 Retaining ring 12 Ring
13 Bolt 14 Grease line
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 4
Intermediate shaft Right hand bearing - Sectional view
ZDA7342A 1
Right-hand bearing
1 Intermediate shaft 2 Key

3 Retaining ring 4 Pulley
5 Key 6 Ring
7 Bearing 8 Bearing housing
9 Ring
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 5
Intermediate shaft Left hand bearing - Sectional view
ZDA7343A 1
Left-hand bearing
1 Ring 2 Intermediate shaft

3 Bearing 4 Ring
5 Bearing housing 6 Retaining ring
7 Ring
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 6
Clutch - Sectional view

1. - 9. Clutch flange
2. Rotating connector 10. Bolt
3. Outer clutch housing 11. Spring
4. inner clutch housing 12. Bushing
5. Bolts 13. Piston
6.. Clutch disc 14. Bushing
7. Shaft 15. O-ring
8. Bleeding bolt 16. -
ZEIL06CSX065G0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 7
Clutch - Exploded view

1. - 9. Clutch flange
2. Rotating connector 10. Bolt
3. Outer clutch housing 11. Spring
4. inner clutch housing 12. Bushing
5. Bolts 13. Piston
6. Clutch disc 14. Bushing
7. Shaft 15. O-ring
8. Bleeding bolt 16. -
ZEIL06CSX064G0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 8
Intermediate shaft Right hand bearing - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove first the cleaning fan variator drive belt, the cleaning shoe drive belt and the rotary separator drive belt. Refer
to Drive system Belt - Remove (K.42.C).
1. Remove the inner sheave (1), using a puller.
ZDA7482A 1
2. Remove the key (2)

Remove the retaining ring (3).
Remove the pulley (4), if necessary using a puller.
ZDA7338A 2
3. Remove the key (5).

Remove the three bolts (7).
Install three threaded rods instead of the bolts (7) to
pull of the bearing housing (8) together with the ring
(6), using the special tool 380000320.
ZDA7339A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 9
Intermediate shaft Right hand bearing - Install

NOTE: Refer also to Intermediate shaft Right hand bearing - Sectional view (C.50.B)
1. Install the ring (9) onto the shaft, using a tube.
ZDA7340A 1
2. Install the bearing housing (8) with the bearing in-

stalled onto the intermediate shaft, using a tube.
ZDA7341A 2
3. Install and tighten the bolts (7).

Heat-up the ring (6) to install.
Install the key (5).
ZDA7339A_28 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 10

Install the retaining ring (3).
ZDA7338A 4
5. Install the inner sheave (1).
ZDA7482A 5
Next operation:
Install first the rotary separator drive belt, the cleaning shoe drive belt and the cleaning fan variator drive belt. Refer
to Drive system Belt - Install (K.42.C).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 11
Intermediate shaft Left hand bearing - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove first the drum variator drive disks. Refer to Drum variator Drive disc - Remove (K.40.B).
1. Disconnect the wires (1) of the electric motor.
ZDA7522A 1
2. Remove the bolts (1) and remove the support (2) with
the electric motor (3).
ZDA7353A 2
3. Remove the ring (1) and the bushing (2).
ZDA7523A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 12
4. Screw out the threaded rod (3).
ZDA7332A 4
5. Remove the bolt (4) and the bushing on both sides

to remove the bearing housing (5).
ZDA7333A 5
6. Remove the bolt (6) on both sides to remove the arm

(7).
ZDA7334A 6
7. Remove the dowel pin (1) on both sides to remove

the arms (2).
Remove the grease line (3) completely.
ZDA7335A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 13
8. Remove the three bolts (4).
ZDA7337A 8
9. Install three threaded rods to pull of the bearing hous-

ing (5), using the special tool 380000320.
ZDA7336A 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 14
Intermediate shaft Left hand bearing - Install

1. Install the ring (1). Refer to Intermediate shaft Left
hand bearing - Sectional view (C.50.B).
2. Install the bearing housing (5) with the bearing in-
stalled on the intermediate shaft, using a tube.
ZDA7336A 1
3. Install and tighten the three bolts (4).

Install the ring (7).
ZDA7337B 2
4. Install the grease line (3).

Install the two arms (2) and secure it with the dowel
pins (1).
ZDA7335A_24 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 15
5. Install the arm assembly (7) with the two bolts (6).
Add LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT 50M, PERMABOND 113)
on the two bolts (6).
NOTE: The arms must turn freely.
ZDA7334A_25 4
6. Install the bearing housing (5) with the bushings and

install the two bolts (4) foreseen with LOCTITE® 242
( OMNIFIT 50M, PERMABOND 113).
NOTE: The arms must turn freely.
ZDA7333A 5
7. Screw in the threaded rod (3) completely.

IMPORTANT: Adjust the bracket (2) with dimension “X"
between 193 - 195 mm. ( 7-19/32 - 7-11/16 in)
ZDA7332B 6
8. Install the bushing (2) and the ring (1) with the plastic
side on the moving side.
ZDA7523A_26 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 16
9. Move the support (2) with the electric motor (3) as

fare as possible forward and tighten the bolts (1).
ZDA7353A_27 8
Next operation:
Install the drum variator drive disks. Refer to Drum variator Drive disc - Install (K.40.B).
Next operation:
Adjust the drum variator belt, if necessary. Refer to Speed regulation system - Adjust (K.40.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 17
Intermediate shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Drum variator Drive disc - Remove (K.40.B).
Prior operation:
Intermediate shaft Left hand bearing - Remove (C.50.B).
Prior operation:
Fan variator Driven disc - Remove (K.62.B).
Prior operation:
Intermediate shaft Right hand bearing - Remove (C.50.B).
1. The intermediate shaft (1) can be removed from both

sides.
ZDA7344A 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 18
Intermediate shaft - Install

1. Insert the intermediate shaft (1) into the frame.
ZDA7344A 1
Next operation:
Intermediate shaft Right hand bearing - Install (C.50.B).
Next operation:
Intermediate shaft Left hand bearing - Install (C.50.B).
Next operation:
Drum variator Drive disc - Install (K.40.B).
Next operation:
Fan variator Driven disc - Install (K.62.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 19
Clutch - Remove
CAUTION
Z009
IMPORTANT: Clean the hydraulic clutch housing and the surrounding area thoroughly before any disassembling
operations are executed.
NOTE: For more details, refer to Clutch - Sectional view (C.50.B) and Clutch - Exploded view (C.50.B).
1. • Mark the position of the outer clutch housing
(3) and the inner clutch housing (4) to avoid
balance difficulties at assembly.
• Disconnect the hydraulic hose (1) from the ro-
tating connector (2).
ZEIL06CS0092A0B 1
2. • Secure the hydraulic hose (1) so that the con-

nection is above the oil level in the reservoir to
avoid oil leakage.
• Loosen all the bolts (5).
NOTE: Do not remove the bolts yet
ZEIL06CSX048A0B 2
3. • Tap the outer clutch housing (3) to loosen it

from the inner housing (4).
• Carefully remove the bolts (5) and remove the
clutch housing (3).
ZEIL06CSX049A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 20
4. Remove the clutch disc (6) from the shaft (7).
ZEIL06CSX050A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 21
Clutch - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Clutch - Remove (C.50.B).
1. • Clean the inner side of the clutch assembly.
See arrow.
• Mark the position of the clutch flange (9) on the
outer clutch housing (3).
ZEIL06CSX053A0B 1
2. • Remove the rotating connector (2) from the

outer clutch housing (3).
• Remove the bolts (10), the springs (11) and
the bushings (12) from the outer clutch housing
(3).
ZEIL06CSX054A0B 2
3.
• Carefully remove the clutch flange (9) from the
piston (13).
• Clean the outer clutch housing (3) and the
clutch flange (9) thoroughly.
NOTE: The piston (13) could come out together with the
clutch flange (9).
ZEIL06CSX055A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 22
4. • If the bushings (14) are damaged or worn, re-

move them.
• Check the condition of the bleeding bolt (8).
NOTE: The bushings (14) have to be replaced if they are
removed.
ZEIL06CSX056A0B 4
5. Carefully remove the piston (13) and the O-ring (15)

from the outer clutch housing (3).
ZEIL06CSX057A0B 5
6. In some cases the piston (13) has to be removed by

means of a puller plate and long bolts.
ZEIL06CSX058A0B 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 23
Clutch - Assemble
Before assembling the clutch, clean all the parts with compressed air.
1. • If the bushings (14) have been removed, re-
place them by new bushings using a suitable
tool.
• If removed, reinstall the washer and the bleed-
ing bolt (8).
ZEIL06CSX059A0B 1
2. • Clean the cylinder and the piston (13) thor-

oughly and lubricate them with hydraulic oil.
• Lubricate the O-ring (15) and install it into the
groove. Install the piston (13) carefully into the
cylinder.
NOTE: The threaded holes of the piston (13) should face
upwards, as shown.
Be careful not to damage the O-ring (15).
ZEIL06CSX060A0B 2
3. • Install the clutch flange (9) onto the piston (13)

so that the three holes on the piston (13) match
the three holes on the clutch flange (9). Ensure
that the clutch flange (9) is fully seated on the
piston (13). If necessary use suitable bolts and
nuts to pull the parts together.
• Position the clutch flange assembly (9) in the
clutch housing (3) so the marks made at the
disassembly match. If new parts have been in-
stalled, match the holes (16) with the bushings
on the clutch housing (3).
ZEIL06CSX061A0B 3
4. • Install the bushings (12) and the springs (11)

with the washers, the lock washers and the
bolts (10) as shown.
• Tighten the bolts (10) with a torque between
67.5 - 82.5 Nm (50 - 61 lb ft).
• Install the rotating connector (2) on the outer
clutch flange (3) using LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT
50M, PERMABOND 113) on the threaded sur-
face. Tighten with a torque between 22.5 - 27.5
Nm (16.5 - 20 lb ft).
ZEIL06CSX062A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 24
5. Remove the bleeding bolt (8) and fill the cavity in

the clutch housing with hydraulic oil. Reinstall the
bleeding bolt (8).
ZEIL06CSX063A0B 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 25
Clutch - Install
CAUTION
Z009
1. Check the clutch disc (6) for traces of slippage or
damage. If there are traces of slippage or damage,
replace the clutch disc.
ZEIL06CSX051A0B 1
2. • Clean the inner side of the clutch housing (4).

• Install the clutch disc (6) on the shaft (7) as
shown.
NOTE: Apply pressure resistant grease to lubricate the
splines of the shaft (7).
ZEIL06CSX050A0B 2
3. • Install the outer clutch housing (3) on the inner

clutch housing (4) with the lock washers and
the bolts (5). Ensure that the housings are
aligned to each other.
• Tighten the bolts (5) with a torque between 19
- 25 Nm (14 - 18 lb ft).
NOTE: If new parts have been installed then the residual
balancing marks should be aligned with each other.
ZEIL06CSX049A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 26
4. • Connect the hose (1) with the rotating connec-

tor (2).
• Bleed the system by removing the bolt (8) and
applying pressure on the hydraulic system for
a short period of time.
• As soon as there is only oil coming out of the
bleed gate, reinstall the bolt (8) with the washer
and tighten with a torque between 7 - 11 Nm (5
- 8 lb ft).
NOTE: While bleeding, the clutch may start to rotate.
ZEIL06CSX052A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 27
Drive and gear Belt drive system - Remove

NOTE: Before starting the removal, place the combine within reach of an adequate lifting device.
On the left hand side of the engine

1. Loosen the connection (1) and remove the hose (2).
ZEIL06CS0092A0B 1
2. • Loosen all the belt tensioners.

• Remove the tie rods (3) and (4) from the belt
tensioners (5) and (6).
ZEIL06CS0093A0B 2
3. • Remove the pin (7) from the shaft end (8) and
remove the tensioner assembly (9).
• Remove the belt (10) and the belt (11) from the
drive.
ZEIL06CS0094A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 28
4. At the left hand side loosen the bolts (1) to remove

the belt guide (2). Remove the belt (3) from the pul-
ley.
ZDA6927A_224 4
5. Remove the bolts (4) and remove the belt guide (5).
ZEIL06CS0095A0B 5
6. • Loosen the central nut (6) of the pulley (7) to

remove the belt (3) (ref. fig 5).
• Remove the four bolts (8) and remove the sup-
port with the belt tensioner assembly (9).
NOTE: Do not disconnect the hydraulic tubes.
ZEIL06CS0096A0B 6
7. Remove the remaining belts from the drive.

8. Remove the four bolts (1) to remove the support (2).
ZEIL06CS0215A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 29
9. Loosen the hydraulic connection (3) and remove the

tube (4).
ZEIL06CS0216A0B 8
10. Remove the rubber taps (5).
ZEIL06CS0217A0B 9
11. Remove the eight bolts that connect the engine fly
wheel and the main drive system using the four open-
ings.
NOTE: Pull the fan blades to position the eight bolts in
front of the four openings.
ZEIL06CS0218A0B 10
12. Install an adequate lifting tool (6) over the shaft and
secure it with a pin (7) to avoid slipping, add ropes to
lift the drive system.
ZEIL06CS0219A0B 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 30
13. Remove the bolts (8) and remove the drive system
from the engine.
ZEIL06CS0220A0A 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 31
Drive and gear Belt drive system - Install

1. • Use an adequate lifting device to install the
drive system on the engine.
• Secure the drive system with an adequate lift-
ing hook (6). Secure the hook (6) with a pin (7).
• Install the drive system with the bolts (8).
ZEIL06CS0219A0B 1
2. Insert the eight bolts with the washers to connect the

engine fly wheel with the drive system.
NOTE: Be careful when inserting the bolts and the
washers to prevent dropping them into the cavity.
NOTE: Pull the fan blades to position the tapped holes of
the fly wheel in front of the holes of the drive system.
ZEIL06CS0218A0B 2
3. Insert the rubber taps (5).
ZEIL06CS0217A0B 3
4. Install the hydraulic tube (4) with the connection (3).
ZEIL06CS0216A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 32
5. Install the support (2) with the four bolts (1).
ZEIL06CS0215A0B 5
6. • Install the hydraulic pump belt and the hydro-

static pump belt on the drive.
• Install the support with the belt tensioner as-
sembly (9) with the four bolts (8).
• Place the belt on the tensioner and tighten the
central nut (6) of the pulley (7).
NOTE: Mind the spacers to position the tensioner pulley
(7) in line with the belt.
ZEIL06CS0096A0B 6
7. Install the belt guide (5) with the bolts (4).
ZEIL06CS0095A0B 7
8. At the left hand side, install the belt (3) on the pulley.
Install the belt guide (2) with the bolts (1).
NOTE: For adjustment of the belt guide, refer to Drive
system Belt - Install (K.72.B).
ZDA6927A_224 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 33
9. • If a chopper is installed, install the chopper

drive belt (11) on the drive. Install the main
drive belt (10).
• Install the tensioner assembly (9) on the shaft
end (8) and insert the pin (7).
NOTE: Use spacers to position the tensioner pulley
correctly.
ZEIL06CS0094A0B 9
10. Reassemble the belt tensioners (5) and (6) with the
tie rods (3) and (4).
NOTE: If the tie rods should show traces of severe
damage, replace the tie rod.
ZEIL06CS0093A0B 10
11. Tighten all the belt tensioners, refer to the Operator’s

Manual of your combine to adjust the belt tensions.
12. Reconnect the hose (2) with the connection (1).
ZEIL06CS0092A0B 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 34
Index
POWER TRAIN - C

Clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Clutch - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Clutch - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Drive and gear Belt drive system - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Drive and gear Belt drive system - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Intermediate shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Intermediate shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Intermediate shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Intermediate shaft Left hand bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Intermediate shaft Left hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Intermediate shaft Left hand bearing - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Intermediate shaft Right hand bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Intermediate shaft Right hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Intermediate shaft Right hand bearing - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
C.50.B / 35
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84210989A 24/04/2009
SERVICE MANUAL
TRAVELLING
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
D
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.10.A

CSX7000
REAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.12.A

CSX7000
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.14.E

CSX7040 , CSX7050 Laterale , CSX7050 , CSX7060 Laterale , CSX7060 , CSX7070 , CSX7080 Laterale , CSX7080
STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C

CSX7000
STEERING Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.B

CSX7000
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.C

CSX7000
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.B

CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
D
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Final drive
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CSX7080, CSX7060 Laterale, CSX7080 Laterale, CSX7050 Laterale, CSX7070
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
CSX7050 Hillside
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Final drive
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
CSX7050 Hillside
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
CSX7050 Hillside
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
CSX7050 Hillside
SERVICE
Final drive
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 2
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
CSX7050 Hillside
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
CSX7050 Hillside
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
CSX7050 Hillside
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
CSX7050 Hillside
Wheel stud - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 3
TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE
Final drive - Torque

CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
10/75 final drive

Bolt final drive cover 28-45 Nm ( 21-33 lb ft)
Bolt input shaft cover 34 Nm ( 25 lb ft)
Bolt in output shaft 235 Nm ( 175 lb ft)
Level plug 70-90 Nm ( 50-65 lb ft)
Magnetic plug 90-110 Nm ( 65-80 lb ft)
Filler / Breather plug 90-110 Nm ( 65-80 lb ft)
Bolt final drive to traction beam 440 Nm ( 325 lb ft)
Wheel nuts torque 610-732 Nm ( 450 - 540 lb ft)
Final drive - Torque

11/111 final drive

Bolt final drive cover 28-45 Nm ( 21-33 lb ft)
Bolt input shaft cover 34 Nm ( 25 lb ft)
Bolt in output shaft 235 Nm ( 175 lb ft)
Level plug 70-90 Nm ( 50-65 lb ft)
Magnetic plug 90-110 Nm ( 65-80 lb ft)
Filler / Breather plug 90-110 Nm ( 65-80 lb ft)
Bolt final drive to traction beam 670 Nm ( 494 lb ft)
Wheel nuts torque 610-732 Nm ( 450 - 540 lb ft)
Final drive - Special tools

CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
ZEIL05CS0038A0A 1

10/75 Final drive axle ring nut wrench 380002115
Final drive - General specification

CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
10/75 final drive

Gear ratio 10/75
Max. input rpm ( 30 km/h - 18.6 miles/h) 1000 rpm
Max. output rpm ( 30 km/h - 18.6 miles/h) 100 rpm
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 4
Nom. input torque 1645 Nm ( 1213 lb ft)

Nom. output torque 12400 Nm ( 9146 lb ft)
Input shaft axial end play 0.05 - 0.1 mm ( 0.00197 in - 0.00394 in )
Approx. total weight 180 kg ( 397 lb)
Oil capacity 5.5 liters ( 1.45 US gal)

11/111 final drive

Gear ratio 11/111
Max. input rpm ( 30 km/h - 18.6 miles/h) 1000 rpm
Max. output rpm ( 30 km/h - 18.6 miles/h) 100 rpm
Nom. input torque 1560 Nm ( 1150 lb ft)
Nom. output torque 15750 Nm ( 11620 lb ft)
Input shaft axial end play 0.08 - 0.13 mm ( 0.003 in - 0.005 in )
Approx. total weight 245 kg ( 540 lb ft)
Oil capacity 7.2 liters ( 1.9 US gal)

CSX7050 Hillside
11/111 final drive

Gear ratio 11/111
Max. input rpm ( 30 km/h) 1000 rpm
Max. output rpm ( 30 km/h) 100 rpm
Nom. input torque 1560 Nm
Nom. output torque 15750 Nm
Input shaft axial end play 0.08 - 0.13 mm
Approx. total weight 275 kg
Oil capacity 7.2 liters
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 5
Final drive - Sectional view

CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
RNPH08TC0006G0B 1
10/75 Final drive
1. Seal 2. Bearing
3. Spacer 4. Output gear
5. Cover 6. Retaining ring
7. Seal 8. Bearing
9. Bolts 10. Cover
11. Nut 12. Lock plate
13. Nut 14. Seal
15. Shims 16. O-ring
17. Input shaft 18. Output shaft
19. Bearing 20. Bearing
21. Cover
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 6

ZEIL04CS0073G0D 1
11/111 Final drive
1. Seal 12. Washer

2. Bearing 13. Shims
3. Spacer 14. Bolts
4. Output gear 15. Cover
5. Cover 16. Seal
6. Spacer 17. O-ring
7. Seal 18. Bearing
8. Bearing 19. Input shaft
9. Shims 20. Seal
10. Cover 21. End cap
11. Bolts 22. Bolts
23. Output shaft
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 7

CSX7050 Hillside
ZEIL05CL0047G0B 1
11/111 Final drive
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 8
1. Seal 2. Bearing
5. Spacer 6. Bearing
7. Shims 8. Flange
9. Bolts 10. Cover
11. Cover 15. Bolts
16. Flange 17. Gasket
18. Bearing 19. Input shaft
20. Output shaft 21. O-ring
22. Seal 23. Shims
24. Flange 25. Allen screw
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 9
Final drive - Exploded view

CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
RNPH08TC0007G0B 1
10/75 Final drive
1. Seal 2. Bearing
5. Cover 6. Retaining ring
7. Seal 8. Bearing
9. Bolts 10. Cover
11. Nut 12. Lock plate
13. Nut 14. Seal
15. Shims 16. O-ring
19. Bearing 20. Bearing
21. Cover
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 10

84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 11
ZEIL04CS0087H0C 1
11/111 Final drive
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 12
1. Seal 2. Bearing
5. Cover 6. Spacer
7. Seal 8. Bearing
9. Shims 10. Cover
11. Bolts 12. Washer
13. Shims 14. Bolts
15. Cover 16. Seal
17. O-ring 18. Bearing
19. Input shaft 20. Seal
21. End cap 22. Bolts
23. Output shaft
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 13

CSX7050 Hillside
ZEIL05CL0046G0B 1
11/111 Final drive
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 14
1. Seal 2. Bearing
5. Spacer 6. Bearing
7. Shims 8. Flange
9. Bolts 10. Cover
11. Cover 12. Plug
13. Sight glass 14. Allen screw
15. Bolts 16. Flange
17. Gasket 18. Bearing
21. O-ring 22. Seal
23. Shims 24. Flange
25. Allen screw 26. Dowel pin
27. Plug 28. Breather
29. Bolts
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 15
Final drive - Overview

CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
ZDA7858A 1
10/75 Final drive
1. Input shaft 2. Output gear

3. Wheel hub
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 16

ZEIL04CS0073G0C 1
11/111 Final drive

3. Wheel hub
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 17

CSX7050 Hillside
ZEIL05CL0047G0C 1
11/111 Final drive

3. Wheel hub
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 18
Final drive - Remove

CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
1. Remove the traction tyre from the combine.
CAUTION
Install a suitable and safe support underneath the trac-
tion axle to support the unit.
Z016
2. Loosen the nut (5) and remove the bolt.
ZEIL04CS0030A0B 1
3. Disconnect the sleeve (1) at the final drive.
ZDA7354A_35 2
4. Support the final drive.
CAUTION
A final drive is heavy. Take extreme caution when re-
moving the final drive! Use a supporting device which
can handle this weight!
Z002
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 19
5. Loosen the bolts (2) and remove the final drive (3).
NOTE: If the final drive needs to be disassembled,
drain the oil before the final drive is removed from the
combine (Refer to the Operator’s Manual, SECTION 4 -
“LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE").
ZDF0364A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 20
Final drive - Disassemble

CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Prior operation:
Final drive - Remove (D.10.A).
Output shaft
1. For more details, refer to Final drive - Sectional
view (D.10.A) or Final drive - Exploded view
(D.10.A)
After draining the oil, remove the covers (5) and (10).
2. Remove the nut (11), using the special tool
380002115.
3. Remove the lock plate (12) and the nut (13).
4. Remove the inner ring of the bearing (8) from the
output shaft (18).
6. Press the wheel hub (18) out of the final drive hous-
ing.
NOTE: The inner ring of the bearing (2) and the spacer
(3) will remain on the shaft. The seal (1) will remain in
the housing.
IMPORTANT: In case mud seals are installed, only a part
of the mud seal will remain on the shaft. The other part will
remain in the housing. The surface between the two parts
of the mud seal should be oiled before touching them.
7. Remove the spacer (3) and the inner ring of the bear-
ing (2) from the output shaft (18).
8. Remove the output gear (4).
9. Use a soft punch to remove the outer rings of bear-
ings (8) and (2) out of the final drive housing.
10. If necessary, remove the seal (1) from the final drive
housing.
NOTE: The seal (1) will be damaged when it is removed.
Input shaft
11. Remove the bolts (9) and the cover (21).
NOTE: Shims (15) behind the housing. The seal (14) and
the O-ring (16) will remain in the cover.
12. Remove the input shaft (17) with the bearings (19)
and (20).
13. If necessary, remove the inner rings of the bearings
(19) and (20) from the input shaft.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 21
Final drive - Assemble

CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Input shaft
1. Install the bearings (19) and (20) on the input shaft
(17). Refer to Final drive - Sectional view (D.10.A).
2. Insert the input shaft (17) assembly into the final drive
housing. (as shown)
NOTE: Fill up the seal (14) with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE.
ZDA7860A 1
3. Install a new O-ring (16). (Refer to Final drive -

Sectional view (D.10.A))
4. Measure the distance between the final drive hous-
ing and the bearing (19) to determine the number of
shims to be installed to have an end play between
0.05 - 0.1 mm. Install or remove as much the shims
(15) as necessary to obtain that value.
5. Install and tighten the four bolts (9) of the final drive
housing (21).
RNPH08TC0008A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 22
Output shaft
6. Install the both outer rings of the bearings (2) and (8)
in the final drive housing.
Install the seal (1) as shown and apply grease to the
lip of the seal.
ZDA7861B 3
7. Install the inner ring of the bearing (2) and the spacer
(3) on the output shaft (18).
ZDA7862A 4
8. Slide the output gear (4) into the final drive housing.
Bring the output shaft assembly into the final drive
housing, through the output gear.
ZDA7863A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 23
9. Install the retaining ring (6) (Refer to Final drive -

Sectional view (D.10.A)) and the bearing (8).
Install the first nut (13) and tighten it to a torque of
250 Nm. ( 184.4 lb ft), using the final drive axle ring
nut wrench ( 380002115).
Rotate the output shaft (18) three to four times in the
housing.
Repeat the last two sequences until the nut (13) does
not turn when tightening to a torque of 250 Nm. (
184.4 lb ft)
Loosen the nut (13) and retighten until there is no free
play ( 20 - 40 Nm) ( 14.8 - 29.5 lb ft) + 72 ° further,
to give preload.
ZDA7864A 6
10. Install the lock plate (12) and the second nut (11) and
tighten it to a torque between 1950 - 2050 Nm ( 1438
- 1512 lb ft), while holding the first nut in the same
position.
Bend the lips of the lock plate (12) to secure the nuts
(11) and (13).
ZDA7865A 7
11. Install the cover (10), using LOCTITE® 601 ( OMNIFIT

230L, PERMABOND 148).
ZDA7877A 8
12. Install the cover (5) with a new seal (7) and tighten
the bolts with a torque between 28 - 45 Nm. ( 21 -
33 lb ft)
13. Fill up the final drive gearbox with 5.5 liters ( 1.45
US gal) of oil as described in your Operator’s Man-
ual: “SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTE-
NANCE".
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 24

Prior operation:
Final drive - Remove (D.10.A).
Output shaft
(D.10.A)
After draining the oil, remove the covers (5) and (10).
2. Remove the wire that locks three bolts (11).
Remove the three bolts, washer (12) and the shims
(9).
3. Press the wheel hub (23) out of the final drive hous-
ing.
the housing.
IMPORTANT: In case mud seals are installed, only a part
of the mud seal will remain on the shaft. The other part will
remain in the housing. The surface between the two parts
of the mud seal should be oiled before touching them.
ing (2) from the output shaft.
NOTE: Bearing (2) will be damaged when it is removed.
5. Remove the output gear (4), spacer (6) and the inner
ring of bearing (8) out of the final drive housing.
6. If necessary, remove seal (1) from the final drive
housing.
NOTE: Seal (1) will be damaged when it is removed.
ings (2) and (8) from the final drive housing.
Input shaft
8. Remove the bolts (22) and the cover (21) with seal
(20).
9. Remove the bolts (14) and (15).
NOTE: The seal (16) and the O-ring (17) will remain in
the cover.
10. Remove the input shaft (19) by striking on the shaft
on the splined end with a soft hammer.
11. Use a soft punch to remove the inner rings of bearing
(18) from the input shaft.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 25

Input shaft
(D.10.A).
2. Heat the inner rings of bearings (18) to 80 °C ( 176
°F) and install them on the input shaft (19).
3. Insert the input shaft assembly into the final drive
housing.
4. Install both outer rings of bearings (18).
5. Install end cap (21) with a new seal (20).
113) to bolts (22) and tighten them.
7. Install a new seal (16) and O-ring (17) in the cover
(15) and apply grease to the lip of seal (16).
8. Slide cover (15) over the input shaft.
NOTE: Making sure not to damage the lip of the seal (16).
9. Tighten the bolts (14) up to 34 Nm ( 25 lb ft)
10. Check the end play on the input shaft (19). It should
be between 0.08 - 0.13 mm ( 0.0032 - 0.0051 in).
Install or remove as much shims (13) as necessary
to obtain that value.
NOTE: Install shims (13) behind the cover (15).
11. After checking the end play, remove the cover (15)
and shims (13) again and apply sealing compound
between the cover and the first shims, between the
shims and between the last shim and the final drive
housing to create a complete seal.
12. Reinstall cover (15) with shims (13).
113) onto the bolts (14) and tighten them to 34 Nm (
25 lb ft).
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 26
Output shaft
14. Install the outer rings of bearings (2) and (8) in the
final drive housing.
15. Use NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75 MD GREASE
to lubricate the lip of the seal (1) and to fill the cavity
of the seal.
Install the seal (1) in the final drive housing with the
lip facing to the housing.
Check distance (Y) = 6.5 - 7.5 mm ( 0.25 - 0.30 in).
NOTE: In case mud seals are installed, install the first
part of the mud seal. Take care that the outer side of the
seal is free of dirt and oil.
16. Heat the inner ring of bearing (2) to 80 °C ( 176 °F)
and install it on output shaft (23).
NOTE: In case mud seals are installed, install the second
part of the mud seal. Take care that the outer side of the
seal is free of dirt and oil.
17. Coat bearing (2) with oil.
18. Install spacer (3) on shaft (23).
19. Slide gear (4) into the final drive housing.
IMPORTANT: In case mud seals are installed, ensure the
surface between both seals is oiled.
20. Bring the output shaft into the final drive housing
through gear (4).
21. Lay the complete final drive housing flat on the wheel
flange.
22. Install spacer (6), bearing (8), the washer (12) and
tighten the bolts (11) to 90 Nm ( 66 lb ft) to make
sure bearing (8) is seated correctly. Loosen the three
bolts (11) evenly until there is some end play on the
output shaft. Tap the shaft with a heavy soft hammer
to loosen the bearings and obtain end play.
23. Install a dial gauge to check the output shaft end play.
24. Retighten bolts (11) evenly until zero end play is just
reached.
25. Remove the three bolts (11) and the washer (12).
26. Measure distance (X) between the shaft end and the
outer edge of bearing (8).
27. Install shims (9) for a same value of "X - 0.5 mm" (X
- 0.02 in).
NOTE: Axial preload on the bearing should be 0.045 -
0.055 mm ( 0.0018 - 0.0022 in).
28. Reinstall washer (12) and tighten the bolts (11) to 235
Nm ( 175 lb ft).
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 27
29. Secure the bolts (11) with a wire as shown.

NOTE: Wire must be threaded so that, as the hardware
tends to loosen, the wire is stretched tighter. Twist the
ends of the wire for at least 5 twists and position them
against the washer.
ZEIL04CS0110A0B 1
30. Install cover (10), using LOCTITE® 638( OMNIFIT

230H, PERMABOND 201).
31. Install the cover (5) with a new seal. Apply LOCTITE®
242 ( OMNIFIT 50M, PERMABOND 113) to the bolts and
tighten them to 28 - 45 Nm ( 21 - 33 lb ft).
Next operation:
Final drive - Install (D.10.A).
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 28
Final drive - Install

CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
1. Insert the two dowel pins (4) in the final drive housing.
Install the final drive onto the traction axle of the com-
bine.
CAUTION
A final drive is heavy. Take extreme caution when han-
dling the final drive! Use a supporting device which
Z001
ZDA7859A 1
2. Apply LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT 50Mor PERMABOND

113) to the bolts (2) and install them.
Tighten the bolts (2) to a torque of 440 Nm
( 325 lb ft)
ZDF0364A 2
3. Fill the final drive with oil (Refer to your Operator’s

Manual, “SECTION 4 - “LUBRICATION AND MAIN-
TENANCE").
4. Connect the sleeve and install the bolt.
Install a new locknut (5). Tighten the nut so that the
bolt can still be turned freely.
ZEIL04CS0030A0B 3
5. Install the traction wheel and tighten the wheel nuts to

a torque between 610 - 732 Nm
( 450 - 540 lb ft).
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 29
Final drive - Remove

CSX7050 Hillside
DANGER
84-108
1. Remove the traction wheel from the combine.
CAUTION
Z016
2. Remove the bolts (1) of the brake caliper (2).
ZEIL05CL0037A0B 1
3. Remove the brake caliper (2) and mount it directly to

the traction beam on the welded bushing (8).
IMPORTANT: Do not bend the brake hose. The oil flow
in the hose should not be interrupted.
ZEIL05CL0056A0B 2
4. Fit a suitable shim (3) to keep the brake shoes sepa-

rated, so that the brake caliper (2) can be fitted later
on in the brake disc.
ZEIL05CL0034A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 30
5. Support the final drive with a adequately lifting de-

vice. The approximately total weight of the final drive
is 275 kg.
CAUTION
A final drive is heavy. Take extreme caution when re-
moving the final drive! Use a supporting device which
Z002
ZEIL05CL0057A0B 4
6. Remove the bolts (5) and the relevant pins.

NOTE: Collect the shims for a correct reinstall of the final
drive afterwards.
ZEIL05CL0058A0B 5
7. Remove the final drive together with the first part of

the telescoping shaft (6).
ZEIL05CL0059A0B 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 31

CSX7050 Hillside
Prior operation:
Final drive - Remove (D.10.A)
DANGER
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing -
B026
NOTE: For more details, refer to Final drive - Sectional view (D.10.A) or Final drive - Exploded view (D.10.A).
OUTPUT SHAFT:
1. After draining the oil, remove the covers (10) and
(11).
2. Remove the wire that locks the three bolts (9). Re-
move the three bolts (9), the flange (8) and the shims
(7).
ZEIL05CL0063A0B 1
3. Press the output shaft (20) out of the final drive hous-
ing.
the housing.
ing (2) from the output shaft.
NOTE: The bearing (2) will be damaged when it is
removed.
ZEIL05CL0070A0B 2
5. Remove the output gear (4), the spacer (5) and the
inner ring of the bearing (6) out of the final drive hous-
ing.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 32
6. If necessary, remove the seal (1) from the final drive

housing.
NOTE: The seal (1) will be damaged when it is removed.
ZEIL05CL0066A0B 3

ings (2) and (6) from the final drive housing.
INPUT SHAFT:
8. Remove the bolts (15) and the flange (16) with the
gasket (17).
9. Remove the bolts (15) with the flange (24).
NOTE: The seal (22) and the O-ring (21) will remain in
the flange.
ZEIL05CL0067A0B 4
10. Remove the input shaft (19) by striking on the shaft

on the splined end with a soft hammer.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 33

CSX7050 Hillside
DANGER
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing -
B026
NOTE: For more details, refer to Final drive - Sectional view (D.10.A) or Final drive - Exploded view (D.10.A).
INPUT SHAFT:
1. Heat the inner rings of the bearings (18) to 80 °C and
install them on the input shaft (19).
2. Insert the input shaft assembly into the final drive
housing.
3. Install the both outer rings of the bearings (18).
4. Install the flange (16) with a new gasket (17).
Apply LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT 50M, PERMABOND
113) to the bolts (15) and tighten them with a torque
between 40 - 50 Nm.
5. Install a new seal (22) and a O-ring (21) in the flange
(24). Apply grease to the lip of the seal (22).
6. Slide flange (24) over the input shaft. Tighten the
bolts (15) with a torque between 40 - 50 Nm.
NOTE: Make sure not to damage the lip of the seal (22).
7. Check the end play on the input shaft (19). It should
be between 0.08 - 0.13 mm. Install or remove as
much shims (23) as necessary to obtain that value.
NOTE: Install the shims (23) behind the flange (24).
ZEIL05CL0067A0B 1
8. After checking the end play, remove the bolts (15),

apply LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT 50M, PERMABOND 113)
to the bolts and tighten them with a torque between
40 - 50 Nm.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 34
OUTPUT SHAFT:
9. Install the outer rings of the bearings (2) and (6) in
the final drive housing.
10. Use NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75 MD GREASE
to lubricate the lip of the seal (1) and to fill the cavity
of the seal.
ZEIL05CL0066A0B 2
11. Install the seal (1) in the final drive housing with the
lip facing to the housing. Respect the distance from
the seal to the edge of the final drive housing (Y) =
6.5 - 7.5 mm.
ZEIL05CL0060A0B 3
12. Heat the inner ring of the bearing (2) to 80 °C and

install it on the output shaft (20).
13. Coat bearing (2) with oil.
14. Install spacer (3) on the output shaft (20).
ZEIL05CL0070A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 35
15. Slide the output gear (4) into the final drive housing.
ZEIL05CL0062A0B 5
16. Install the dowel pins (26) to the cover (11).

Make sure the surfaces of the cover (11) are free
from grease and rust.
Seal with LOCTITE® 515.
NOTE: To be sure of a correct sealed cover, apply two
rows of LOCTITE® 515.
ZEIL05CL0068A0B 6
17. Install the cover (11) and tighten the Allen screws
(14) with a torque of 8 - 12 Nm, the Allen screws (25)
with a torque of 40 - 50 Nm and the bolts (29) with a
torque of 70 - 80 Nm.
NOTE: Install all the bolts and Allen screws of the cover
with LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT 50M, PERMABOND 113).
ZEIL05CL0069A0B 7
18. Bring the output shaft (20) into the final drive housing
through the output gear (4).
ZEIL05CL0065A0A 8
19. Lay the complete final drive housing flat on the wheel
hub.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 36
20. Install the spacer (5), the bearing (6), the flange (8)
and tighten the bolts (9) to a torque of 90 Nm to make
sure the bearing (6) is seated correctly. Loosen the
three bolts (9) evenly until there is some end play
on the output shaft (20). Tap the shaft with a heavy
soft hammer to loosen the bearings and to obtain end
play.
ZEIL05CL0064A0B 9
21. Retighten the bolts (9) evenly until zero end play is
just reached.
22. Remove the three bolts (9) and the flange (8).
23. Adjust the bearing axial preload of 0.27 - 0.33 mm
with the shims (7).
IMPORTANT: Execute bearing adjustment after assembly
of the cover (11).
24. Reinstall the flange (8) and tighten the bolts (9). Se-
cure the bolts (9) with a wire as shown.
NOTE: The wire must be threaded so that, as the
hardware tends to loosen, the wire is stretched tighter.
Twist the ends of the wire for at least 5 twists and position
them against the washer.
ZEIL04CS0110A0B 10
25. Install cover (10) using LOCTITE® 638 ( OMNIFIT

230H, PERMABOND 201).
ZEIL05CL0061A0B 11
Next operation:
Final drive - Install (D.10.A).
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 37
Final drive - Install

CSX7050 Hillside
CAUTION
A final drive is heavy. Take extreme caution when removing the final drive! Use a supporting device which
Z002
1. Lift the final drive and place them in assembly posi-

tion, so that the first part of the telescoping shaft (6)
can be fitted.
NOTE: The telescoping shafts fits correctly only in one
position.
ZEIL05CL0059A0B 1
2. Install the final drive with the shims collected during

the remove.
For a correct installation, start from the front fitting a
2 mm shim. Complete the assembly and add shims
at the back, if required.
The joint between front axle and final drive disc must
have a maximum end float of 1 mm.
3. Install the lower and upper pin and fasten them with
the bolts (5).
ZEIL05CL0058A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 38
4. Remove the brake caliper (2) from the traction beam.

Bring the brake caliper (2) over the brake disc, while
removing the shim (3) and reinstall with the bolts (1).
ZEIL05CL0034A0B 3
5. Tighten the bolts (1) with a torque of 240 Nm.
ZEIL05CL0037A0B 4
6. Reinstall the traction wheel and tighten the wheel

nuts to a torque between 610 - 732 Nm.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 39
Final drive Wheel stud - Replace

1. Remove the traction wheel.
CAUTION
Z016
2. Loosen the nut (5) and remove the bolt.
ZEIL04CS0030A0B 1
3. Remove the sleeve (1) at the final drive.
ZDA7354A 2
4. Turn the output shaft of the final drive until wheel bolt
(2) (the bolt to be replaced) is aligned with notch (3)
in the final drive housing.
Drive out the wheel bolt (2).
Insert a new wheel bolt and pull it on its place with a
wheel nut.
NOTE: Make sure that the notch on the wheel bolt is in
line with the step on the output shaft.
ZDA4708A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 40
5. Connect the sleeve (1) and install the bolt.
ZDA7354A 4
6. Install a new locknut (5). Tighten the nut so that the

bolt can still be turned freely.
ZEIL04CS0030A0B 5
7. Install the traction wheel and tighten the wheel nuts to

a torque between 610 - 732 Nm ( 450 - 540 lb ft).
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 41
Index
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A

Final drive - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
CSX7050 Hillside
Final drive - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
CSX7050 Hillside
Final drive - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
CSX7050 Hillside
Final drive - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
CSX7050 Hillside
Final drive - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Final drive - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
CSX7050 Hillside
Final drive - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
CSX7050 Hillside
Final drive - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Final drive - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
CSX7050 Hillside
Final drive - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
CSX7050 Hillside
Final drive - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Final drive - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CSX7060, CSX7040, CSX7050
Final drive - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Final drive Wheel stud - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.10.A / 42
TRAVELLING - D
REAR AXLE - 12.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.12.A / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
REAR AXLE - 12.A
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Hub
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Hub
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.12.A / 2
TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE
Hub - Exploded view
ZDA7558A 1
Wheel Bearing
1. Bolt 2. Dust cover

3. Cotter pin 4. Nut
5. Washer 6. Bearing
7. Hub 8. Bearing
9. Seal 10. Plate
11. Spindle 12. Seal
13. Bolt
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.12.A / 3
Hub - Sectional view
ZDA7559A 1
Wheel Bearing
1. Bolt 2. Dust cover

3. Cotter pin 4. Nut
5. Washer 6. Bearing
7. Hub 8. Bearing
9. Seal 10. Plate
11. Spindle 12. Seal
13. Bolt
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.12.A / 4
Hub - Disassemble
1. Raise the steering axle with an adequate lifting de-
vice.
Remove the steering tyre from the combine by loos-
ening the nuts.
ZDA7565A 1
2. Loosen the four bolts (1) to remove the dust cover

(2).
ZDA7566A 2
3. Remove the cotter pin (3) and turn off the castle nut
(4).
ZDA7567A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.12.A / 5
4. Slide the washer (5) and the inner bearing (6) from
the spindle.
Remove the hub casting (7).
ZDA7568A 4
5. Slide the inner bearing (8) from the spindle.
ZDA7569A 5
6. Remove the seal (9) and the cover plate (10), if nec-
essary.
ZDA7555A 6
7. Using a soft punch, to remove the outer bearings out

from the hub casting.
ZDA7554A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.12.A / 6
Hub - Assemble
1. Install new outer bearings on both sides into the hub
casting.
ZDA7556A 1
2. Install the cover plate (10) and the seal (9) onto the
spindle.
ZDA7555A 2
3. Install the inner bearing (8) to the spindle.
ZDA7569A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.12.A / 7
4. Insert the spindle (11) into the pre-assembled hub

casting (7).
NOTE: Fill up the cavity completely with grease NLGI-2.
ZDA7557A 4
5. While holding the assembly in position, set the inner

bearing (6) onto the spindle with the tapered side in.
Slide the washer (5) on behind the bearing and turn
on the castle nut (4).
ZDA7568A 5
6. Tighten the nut (4) with a torque between 55 - 65 Nm.

( 41 - 48 lb ft)
Line up the nut with the cotter pin hole in the spindle.
If required, turn the nut in the loosen direction.
ZDA7567A 6
7. Install the cover (2) with the four bolts (1).

NOTE: Fill up the cover (2) completely with grease
NLGI-2.
ZDA7566A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.12.A / 8
Index
TRAVELLING - D
REAR AXLE - 12.A

Hub - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Hub - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hub - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hub - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.12.A / 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.12.A / 10
TRAVELLING - D
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - 14.E
CSX7040 , CSX7050 Laterale , CSX7050 , CSX7060 Laterale , CSX7060 ,

CSX7070 , CSX7080 Laterale , CSX7080
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FUNCTIONAL DATA
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic
Control valve
Motor
Hydrostatic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 2
TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Static description

The powered rear axle is available as a factory installed or field installed option. This system will provide additional
traction when the machine is operated in tough field conditions. The system can be engaged or disengaged electron-
ically by a switch in the operators cab.
Both rear wheels are driven by hydraulic motors and the system receives its oil supply directly from the hydrostatic
pump. The high pressure lines from the hydrostatic pump supply the wheel motors through an ‘EQUA-TRAC II™’
control valve mounted near the rear axle.
The powered rear axle system operates as a function of the main hydrostatic drive system. A standard hydrostatic
system utilizes one pump and one drive motor (transmission mounted), whereas the powered rear axle system utilizes
one pump and three motors (one transmission mounted and two wheel mounted).
The wheel motors are cam lobe type units with a fixed displacement. The amount of wheel torque obtained from the
wheel motors is directly related to the hydrostatic system pressure. The higher the system pressure the greater the
wheel torque will be.
NOTE: It is not necessary to synchronize the front wheels (transmission mounted pump driven) with the rear wheels
(wheel motor driven) as the system pressure and hydraulic fluid flow hydraulic will do this automatically.
It is very important to maintain traction to the front wheels. If a front wheel loses traction and begins to slip, the system
pressure will lower. The spinning wheel requires less pressure to rotate. The oil in the pressure lines will take the
least path of resistance, therefore the amount of power assistance from the rear wheels will be reduced because of
the lower pressure. Shifting to a higher gear (if possible) will reduce the amount of torque at the front wheels to stop
the wheel slippage. Also, lightly touching the brakes will help.
NOTE: EQUA-TRAC II™ is a Registered Trademark of Tuthill Transport Technologies
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 3
ZDF0762A 1
Powered Rear Axle
1. Equa-Trac II control valve 2. Right wheel motor

3. Left wheel motor 4. Forward high pressure inlet line "A"
5. Reverse high pressure inlet line "B" 6. Return to tank (reservoir) line
7. Motor case drain line 8. Hydrostatic oil reservoir
9. Hydrostatic pump 10. Hydrostatic drive motor
11. Drain hose 12. To hydrostatic oil cooler
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 4

Introduction
The EQUA-TRAC II control valve block assembly is mounted near the rear axle and is a two tier valve.
The upper tier contains the forward and reverse inlet pressure ports, selector spool valve, reverse flow divider, reverse
check valve and reverse drive pressure outlet ports.
The lower tier contains the low pressure shuttle valve, solenoid valve, forward flow divider, forward check valve and
forward drive pressure outlet ports.
The low pressure shuttle valve, solenoid valve and selector spool supply and control the oil supply to both upper and
lower tier valves of the assembly.
ZDF0553A 1
EQUA-TRAC II Control valve assembly
1. E-T II valve block 2. Solenoid valve

3. Forward pressure inlet 4. Reverse pressure inlet
5. Left wheel motor reverse pressure port 6. Left wheel motor forward pressure port
7. Right wheel motor reverse pressure port 8. Right wheel motor forward pressure port
9. Pilot pressure to engage port 10. Reverse system pressure test port
11. Pilot pressure to disengage port 12. Forward system pressure port
13. Valve selector spool location
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 5
DS00M07 2
Cross section of Equa-Trac II control valve upper tier
1. Solenoid valve passage 2. Selector spool

3. Spring 4. Case drain orifice
5. Pilot pressure to engage port 6. Lower tier supply passage
7. Flow dividers 8. Spring
9. Spring 10. Check valve ball seat
11. Check valve ball 12. Check valve spring
13. Reverse outlet pressure ports 14. Pilot pressure to disengage port
15. (F). Forward inlet pressure port 16. (R). Reverse pressure port
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 6
Low pressure shuttle valve
The low pressure shuttle valve provides hydraulic fluid under charge (pilot) pressure to the solenoid valve to engage or
disengage the PRA system. The solenoid valve, in turn, supplies hydraulic fluid under charge pressure to either end
of the selector spool to move the spool. Depending upon what direction the spool moves, hydraulic fluid to the wheel
motors will be switched “ON" or “OFF". The charge pressure is available from the return side of the PRA hydrostatic
system.
The spacer (2) always holds one of the check balls, (3), (4), off the seat in the valve cavity. This ensures charge
pressure is always available, even if the combine’s main hydrostatic system is in neutral. When the combine is driven
forward, the forward side “F" receives high pressure flow and the reverse side “R" is low pressure (charge pressure).
The high pressure on the forward side will seat the check ball (3) which will move the spacer (2) to unseat the opposite
check ball, on the forward side will seat the forward check ball (3), which will move the spacer (2) to unseat the reverse
check ball (4) on the reverse side of the valve. The pressure will flow past the check ball (4) and the spacer (2) through
the passage (5) to the solenoid valve (1).
When the combine is in reverse, the reverse side “R" receives the high pressure flow and the forward “F" side becomes
low pressure (charge pressure). The reverse check ball (4) will seat, and will move the spacer (2) unseating the
forward check ball (3). This allows hydraulic fluid under charge pressure to flow past the check ball (3) and the spacer
(2) into the passage (5) to the solenoid valve.
The solenoid valve determines which side of the selector spool charge pressure is directed to, depending upon whether
or not current is being supplied to the solenoid.
DS00M058 3
1. Solenoid valve location 2. Spacer

3. Forward check ball 4. Reverse check ball
5. Oil passage
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 7
Forward and reverse flow divider valves
There are two flow divider valve assemblies in the Equa-Trac II valve block, one for the forward drive and one for the
reverse drive. Each flow divider valve assembly is a split spool valve and contains two separate flow dividers.
If traction is lost to one rear wheel (wheel slip), the drive pressure to that wheel will have the least resistance and the
pressure will fall, making the wheel spin faster.
To compensate for this the higher pressure on the non-slipping wheel side of the flow divider will move the flow divider
valve assembly towards the lower pressure (slipping wheel) side, limiting the hydraulic fluid flow to the slipping wheel
at the same time maintaining the pressure on the non-slipping wheel.
When the drive pressure equalizes in both wheel motor drive lines, the flow divider will move back to the center
position.
The flow divider also limits the maximum hydraulic fluid flow to each wheel motor. If both wheel motors should begin
to spin, the split flow dividers will separate due to the pressure acting on the 8.33 mm ( 0.328 inch) orifice (4) in each
half of the spool. As the spools move apart the pressure to each drive motor will be limited to approximately 60.5
litres/min. ( 16 gal/min. ). The rear wheel drive system is therefore limited to a total of 121 litres/min. ( 32 gal/min.).
DS00M069 4
1. End cap 2. Spring (2 per valve)

3. Flow divider valve (2 per valve) 4. Orifice 8.33 mm ( 0.328 inch )
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 8
Forward and reverse check valves
There are two check valve assemblies in the Equa-Trac II valve block, one for the forward drive and one for the reverse
drive. Each check valve assembly contains two check ball seats, two check balls and one spring.
The check valves prevent the full amount of return hydraulic fluid (at charge pressure) from the wheel motors from
flowing back through the check valve seats and flow divider orifice(s). This hydraulic fluid flow would create a large
pressure drop. The return hydraulic fluid pressure from the wheel motors will move the check balls off their seats
allowing some oil to flow through the check valve and through the center passage. The remaining oil will flow into
each end of the flow divider, past the selector spool to the return side of the hydrostatic pump.
DS00M070 5
1. Check valve seat (2 per valve) 2. Check valve ball (2 per valve)
3. Spring (1 per valve)
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 9
E-T II Valve operation — Off position
(Reference Figures 6 and 7)

NOTE: References to directions are as if viewing the valve from the rear, facing the front of the combine.
When the PRA switch in the combine cab is in the “OFF" position, current is no longer supplied to the solenoid valve
(1). This causes the spring loaded spool in the solenoid to move away from the solenoid coil. When this happens,
hydraulic fluid flow from the low pressure spool will be closed off from port (A) to port (B) (which flows to the pressure
to engage side of the selector spool (2) Fig. 7, in the ON position) and allow fluid to flow from port (A) to port (C)
(pressure to disengage side of the selector spool).
The return spring (3) Fig. 7, and charge pressure directed from the low pressure spool, through port (C) of the solenoid
valve, and through the drilled passage (14) Fig. 7, will move and keep the spool (2), Fig. 7, to the left side of the spool
bore. This is the disengaged position for the spool and the forward and reverse high pressure ports are closed off.
The rear wheels of the combine will now “free wheel". As the wheels rotate, the wheel motor pistons are pushed back
into their bores. The hydraulic fluid behind the pistons is directed back to the wheel motor supply/return ports, 12,
13, Fig. 7, of the E-T II valve. From there, the fluid from the right wheel motor flows through the flow dividers (7),
and the right check valve (8) and center passage (9). Hydraulic fluid then flows to the left side wheel motor reverse
supply/return port (12) and to the selector spool (2). Hydraulic fluid that exits the valve at the reverse supply/return
port (12) and from the left wheel motor is directed back to the solenoid valve via external tube where the fluid drains
back to tank.
DS00M060 6
A. Oil supply from low pressure spool

B. From left side of selector spool via external line
C. To right side of selector spool
D. To case drain
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 10
50016593 7
Cross Section of Equa-Trac II control valve - Off position
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 11
E-T II Valve operation — Intermediate position
(Reference figures 8, 9, and 10)

When the rear wheel drive is switched “ON", the system will momentarily go into an intermediate position. The in-
termediate position allows hydraulic fluid under charge pressure to fill the system and wheel motors before full drive
pressure is achieved. This reduces the shock load exerted on the pistons and motor housing.
When the PRA switch in the combine cab is turned to the “ON" position, current is supplied to the solenoid valve (1).
This energizes the coil and causes the spring loaded spool to move towards the coil. Hydraulic fluid under charge
pressure will flow through the solenoid valve from port A to port B and to the pressure to engage (left) side (5) of the
selector spool (2) Fig. 9, in the E-T II valve through an external tube.
As the selector spool (2), Fig. 9, moves left, against the pressure of the spring (3) and will momentarily allow hydraulic
fluid under charge pressure to enter both forward and reverse flow dividers (7), Fig. 9, and (17), Fig. 10, through the
feathering lands (16), Fig. 9, on the selector spool. Hydraulic fluid flowing through the upper (9), Fig. 9, and lower
(6), Fig. 10, center channels will keep the check valves (8), Fig. 9 and (20), Fig. 10, closed. The hydraulic fluid will
then flow through the forward (18), (19), Fig. 10, and reverse (12), (13), Fig. 9, pressure supply/return ports to the
wheel motors.
The hydraulic fluid on the pressure to disengage (right) side of the selector spool (2), Fig. 9, will flow through the
drilled passage (14), Fig. 9, to port (C) of the solenoid valve (1). The hydraulic fluid will flow through the valve and
exit at port (D) and out of the E-T II valve through the case drain. The hydraulic fluid then returns to tank.
DS00M06O 8

B. From right hand side of selector spool via external line
C. From right side of selector spool
D. To case drain
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 12
50016594 9
Cross section of Equa-Trac II Control valve upper tier - Intermediate position
DS00M068 10
Cross section of Equa-Trac II Control valve lower tier - Intermediate position
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 13
E-T II Valve operation — ON position

When the rear wheel drive is switched “ON", the system will momentarily go into an intermediate position to fill the
wheel motors with hydraulic fluid. When the system is full, the selector spool will move completely to the right in the
E-T II valve to the “ON" position, allowing the wheel motors to be driven.
When the PRA switch in the combine cab is turned to the “ON" position, current is supplied to the solenoid valve (1),
Fig. 11. This energizes the coil and causes the spring loaded spool to move towards the coil. Hydraulic fluid under
charge pressure will flow through the solenoid valve from port (A) to port (B) and to the pressure to engage (left) side
(5) of the selector spool (2), Fig. 12, in the E-T II valve through an external tube. The hydraulic fluid shifts the selector
spool to the right and once the system is full of hydraulic fluid, the spool will shift fully to the right against the spring (3).
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 14
Forward
NOTE: The selector spool controls whether or not hydraulic fluid flows to the wheel motors, but does not control
forward or reverse movement in the wheel motors.
When high pressure hydraulic fluid is supplied to the forward pressure port, (F), Fig. 12
the selector spool allows the hydraulic fluid to flow past the spool land (21), Fig. 12, through the center passage (6),
Fig. 12, on lower tier of the valve, to the flow dividers (17), Fig. 12. Hydraulic fluid also flows to the forward check
valves (10), Fig. 12, keeping the valves closed. This assures hydraulic flow is directed out of the valve to the wheel
motors. From the flow dividers high pressure fluid is directed out of the forward pressure supply/return ports (18),
(19), Fig. 12, to the wheel motors. The high pressure oil will drive the motors forward. If the flow of drive oil should
differ from one motor to the other (loss of traction to one wheel), the flow dividers (17), Fig. 12 will compensate for
the differential by shifting in the E-T II valve. Refer to the flow divider description of operation described previously.
Return hydraulic fluid from the wheel motors will flow into the reverse pressure supply/return ports (12), (13), Fig. 13.
The fluid is then directed to the flow dividers (7), and reverse check valves (8), Fig. 13. The check valves will open
when hydraulic flow exceeds the amount of fluid allowed to flow through the 8.33 mm ( 0.328 inch ) orifice in each
flow divider. The hydraulic fluid will flow through the center passage (9), Fig. 13 past the selector spool land (22), Fig.
12, and out of the reverse high pressure port, (R), Fig. 12.
The hydraulic fluid on the pressure to disengage (right) side of the selector spool (2), Fig. 12, will flow through the
drilled passage (14), Fig. 12, to port (C) of the solenoid valve (1). The hydraulic fluid will flow through the valve and
exit at port (D) and out of the E-T II valve through the case drain. The hydraulic fluid then returns to tank.
DS00M06O 11

B. To left side of selector spool via external line
C. From right side of selector spool
D. To case drain
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 15
50016595 12
Cross section of Equa-Trac II control valve forward lower tier valves and upper tier selector spool- On -
Forward position
DS00M064 13
Cross section of Equa-Trac II control valve (Reverse valves upper tier) - On - forward position
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 16
Reverse

NOTE: The selector spool controls whether or not hydraulic fluid flows to the wheel motors, but does not control
forward or reverse movement in the wheel motors
When high pressure hydraulic fluid is supplied to the reverse pressure port, (R), Fig 14, the selector spool (2) Fig. 14,
allows the hydraulic fluid to flow past the spool land (22), Fig. 14, through the center passage (9), Fig. 14, on lower
tier of the valve, to the flow dividers (7), Fig. 14. Hydraulic fluid also flows to the reverse check valves (8), Fig. 14,
keeping the valves closed. This assures hydraulic flow is directed out of the valve to the wheel motors. From the flow
dividers high pressure fluid is directed out of the forward pressure supply/return ports (12), (13), Fig. 14, to the wheel
motors. The high pressure oil will drive the motors in reverse. If the flow of drive oil should differ from one motor to
the other (loss of traction to one wheel), the flow dividers (7), Fig. 14 will compensate for the differential by shifting in
the E-T II valve. Refer to the flow divider description of operation described previously.
Return hydraulic fluid from the wheel motors will flow into the forward pressure supply/return ports (18), (19), Fig. 15.
The fluid is then directed to the flow dividers (17) and forward check valves (10), fig. 15. The check valves will open
when hydraulic flow exceeds the amount of fluid allowed to flow through the 8.33 mm ( 0.328 inch ) orifice in each
flow divider. The hydraulic fluid will flow through the center passage (6), Fig. 15 past the selector spool land (21), Fig.
14, and out of the forward high pressure port, (F), Fig. 14.
The hydraulic fluid on the pressure to disengage (right) side of the selector spool (2) Fig. 14, will flow through the
drilled passage (14) Fig. 14, to port (C) of the solenoid valve (1) Fig. 11. The hydraulic fluid will flow through the valve
and exit at port (D), Fig. 11, and out of the E-T II valve through the case drain. The hydraulic fluid then returns to tank.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 17
50016595_231 14
Cross section of Equa-Trac II control valve (upper tier valves) - On - reverse position
DS00M064_232 15
Cross section of Equa-Trac II control valve (Forward valves lower tier) - On - reverse position
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 18
Motor - Hydrostatic schema

ZDF0519A 1
1. Equa-Trac valve assembly 1a. Low pressure shuttle valve

1b. Solenoid valve 1c. Selector spool
1d. Flow divider valve 1e. Flow divider valve
1f. Check valve 1g. Check valve
2. Wheel motor 3. Wheel motor
A. To oil reservoir B. Forward high pressure from pump ("A" port)
C. Reverse high pressure from pump ("B" port)
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 19
Motor - Static description

Wheel motor operation
To start the drive cycle, hydraulic fluid under high pressure is delivered from the hydrostatic pump through the E-T II
valve and supplied equally to the high pressure port (1) of each motor. The hydraulic fluid is diverted through passage
(2) in the distributor block (3) and port (4) in the cylinder block (5).
The hydraulic fluid passage (2) and port (4) are partially aligned allowing oil to begin entering the cavity behind the
piston (6). The high pressure pushes the piston outwards causing roller to make contact with cam (7) just after the
peak (highest point) of the lobe. This contact causes the cylinder block (5) to start rotating.
20013707 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 20
Full supply position
As the piston and the roller (1) makes its way towards the bottom (valley) (2) of the cam lobe, the MAXIMUM (full)
supply of high pressure hydraulic fluid momentarily is directed through the aligned ports (3) of the distributor (4) (re-
maining stationary) and the cylinder block (5) (rotating) with continuation on to the piston (1). The hydraulic fluid
supply then begins to taper off as the piston approaches the bottom of the cam lobe (2) towards the neutral (no power
drive) position.
ZDF0556A 2
Bottom neutral position
When the piston (1) is at the bottom of cam lobe (2), the hydraulic fluid supply is cut off. Ports (3) in the distributor (4)
and the cylinder block (5) are NOT in aligned with each other. In this neutral position the piston does NOT provide
drive power to the cylinder block however, the piston (and roller) remain in contact with the cam surface.
In order to continue driving power, another piston must take over for the first one to drive the cylinder block in the
direction shown, enabling the first piston to climb the next cam lobe in a smooth and uninterrupted manner.
ZDF0554A 3
Discharge position
As the piston (1) starts to climb the next cam lobe (2) ports (passages) (3) in the distributor (4) and the cylinder block
(5) begin to align with each other, thus starting the discharge cycle. This allows the hydraulic fluid (under charge
pressure) to return to the pump as another piston takes over the drive cycle.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 21
ZDF0555A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 22
Top neutral position
During the final cycle of the piston (1) the piston continues to climb another cam lobe (2). As this happens, ports (3)
in the distributor block (4) and the cylinder block (5) progressively close off the return oil flow as the piston (and roller)
reaches the top (neutral) position.
When the roller is at the top of the cam lobe the ports are no longer aligned, thus ending a full drive cycle. The piston
and its roller will then repeat the cycle starting with a gradual supply of high pressure oil, while other pistons continue
their cycles in a similar manner.
ZDF0557A 5
Wheel motor power distribution
ZDF0558A 6
1 Power stroke 2 Transition to return

3 Return stroke 4 Transition to power
5 Cam 6 Carrier
7 Piston 8 Manifold
9 Pressure oil 10 Oil in transition
11 Return oil
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 23
Pressure oil (9) is routed through the inner cover to the manifold (8). Each of the 16 passages in the manifold is timed
to one ramp on the cam (5).
The oil manifold is pressed against the piston carrier (6) with only a thin film of oil separating the manifold and carrier
surfaces. The piston carrier is splined to the axle. Pressure oil is fed from the pressure passages in the manifold
through passages in the carrier and into the piston bores.
Return oil (11) is routed from piston bores, through the carrier passages and into the manifold return passages.
The cam lobe motor is designed so there are two pistons doing the same thing at equal distances around the motor.
This gives a force balance on the carrier and axle assembly.
With motor engaged, one group of pistons (1) is in power stroke.
As the piston follower is forced down the cam ramp, the carrier is forced to turn. Group (3) pistons push return oil (11)
back through the manifold.
Pressure (10) indicates oil in transition from one port to another. As carrier turns, pistons (4) at the top of the lobes
begin their power stroke and the pistons (2) at the bottom begin their return stroke.
As one group ends its power stroke another group has begun. This overlapping of strokes, both power and return,
serve to smooth the power (torque) applied to the axle.
SYSTEM ENGAGED
Since each wheel motor contains 10 pistons and eight cam lobes, there are a total of 80 power strokes by the pistons
in one revolution of the cylinder block, which is splined to the wheel shaft. Each piston (and roller) travels up and
down each of the eight cam lobes in a smooth, uninterrupted manner, producing a constant torque output with a low
noise level. With an even number of pistons and cam lobes, the forces of the motor are balanced allowing the motor
bearings to be totally available to accept high radial and axial loads.
To change the direction of rotation of the motor, the input supply of high pressure oil is directed through the (reverse)
high pressure port and diverted through the distributor of the motor in a manner opposite to that of the forward rotation
of the motor.
SYSTEM DISENGAGE
When the drive system is shut off or disengaged, the E-T II valve prevents high pressure oil from being supplied to
the wheel motors.
In addition, the system pressure supply lines from the valve to the motors are opened directly to the reservoir through
the valve so that any pressure in these lines is dissipated.
The lack of pressure on either side of the pistons enables the pistons (and rollers) to retract into their cylinder bores
when the rollers are pushed inward by the cam lobes as the cylinder block rotates. With the rollers clear of the cam
lobes, the cylinder block and wheel shaft are able to rotate in a “free - wheeling" (non-drive) mode.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 24
Index
TRAVELLING - D

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydrostatic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Control valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Motor - Hydrostatic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Motor - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 25
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.14.E / 26
TRAVELLING - D
STEERING Hydraulic - 20.C
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
STEERING Hydraulic
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Control valve
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Control valve
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Steering pump
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Cylinder
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
CSX7060, CSX7080, CSX7040, CSX7050, CSX7070
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
CSX7050 Hillside
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
CSX7050 Hillside
SERVICE
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Cylinder
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 2
TRAVELLING - STEERING Hydraulic
STEERING Hydraulic - Special tools

Description
Steering valve seal tool
Tool No.
380000305
ZDF0736A 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 3
Control valve - General specification

Specifications Steering axle
Fixed + PRA ASA
Motor displacement 160 cc ( 9.76 in/rev) 160 cc ( 9.76 in/rev)
Nominal flow rating 18.5 l/min ( 4.9 gal/min) 18.5 l/min ( 4.9 gal/min)
Setting pressure relief valve 160-165 bar ( 2320-2393 psi) 140-145 bar ( 2030-2103 psi)
Setting shock valves 220-235 bar ( 3190-3408 psi) 200-215 bar ( 2900-3118 psi)
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 4

The Danfoss steering valve OSPC 160 ON consists of a selector valve and an orbit pump.
The purpose of having an orbit pump built in the valve is to have a perfect ratio between the steering wheel and the
steering cylinder, and to guarantee a manual operation in case of breakdown.
The steering wheel controls the selector valve and the orbit pump. The valve sleeve is held in neutral by leaf springs.
These leaf springs only allow a minor shifting between the valve sleeve and the spool when turning the steering wheel.
35_35-2_02 1
Four ports discharge into the valve body.
P: Pressure inlet
T: Return to reservoir
L and R: Left and Right cylinder connection to steering
A ball is fitted between the ports (P) and (T). During normal operation the ball is pushed on its seat, closing the
connection between (P) and (T).
When no oil under pressure (e.g. failure of hydraulic pump) flows from the pump into port (P), steering will still be
possible as the return oil pushes the ball from its seat and flows into suction line (P).
The pressure relief valve, situated between inlet (P) and return (T).
The double-acting shock-valve situated between ports (L) and (R).
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 5
ZDF0731A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 6
Control valve - Exploded view
ZDF0724A 1
Steering control valve
1. Dust seal ring 2. Housing spool/sleeve

3. Ball 4. Thread bushing
5. O-ring 6. Check valve
7. Bearing assembly 8. Bushing with pin
9. Ball 10. Ring
11. Cross pin 12. Set of springs
13. Shaft 14. Complete shock valve
15. O-ring 16. Distributor plate
17. Gear wheel set 18. O-ring
19. End cover 20. Washer
21. Spring for relief valve 22. Screw with pin
23. Screw 24. Identification plate
25. Pressure relief valve
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 7
Steering pump - Exploded view
ZDF0844A 1
Steering pump
1. Pump housing 2. Housing cover

3. Radial-lip-type oil seal 4. Housing cover
5. Toothed gear 6. Toothed gear
7. Protective cap 8. Protective cap
9. Bushing 10. Bushing
11. Head screw 12. Straight pin
13. Driver 14. O-ring
15. Straight pin 16. Set of seals
NOTE: Tighten the screws (11) with a torque between 12 - 16 Nm. ( 9 - 12 lb ft)
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 8
Cylinder - Sectional view

CAUTION
This component has an important safety function. Do not attempt to repair it unless you are totally familiar
with it. Only use new genuine parts.
Z027
ZDF0723A 1
Steering cylinder (FIXED STEERING AXLE)
1. Cylinder 7. O-ring
2. Piston rod 8. Guide ring
3. Piston guide ring 9. Seal
4. Scraper ring 10. Cylinder head
5. Seal 11. Bolt (torque 91-111 Nm)
6. O-ring
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 9

ZDF0720A 1
Steering cylinder (ADJUSTABLE STEERING AXLE)
1. Bolt (torque 43-51 Nm) 7. O-ring

2. Washer 8. O-ring
3. Piston guide ring 9. Guide ring
4. Scraper ring 10. Cylinder head
5. Seal 11. Piston rod
6. Cylinder 12. Seal
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 10

ZEIL05CS0107F0B 1
Steering cylinder ( POWERED REAR AXLE)
1. Cylinder
2. Piston rod
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 11

CSX7050 Hillside
CAUTION
Z027
ZEIL05CL0088E0B 1
Steering cylinder
5. Seal 8. O-ring
6. Guide ring 9. Piston guide ring
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 12
Cylinder - Exploded view

CSX7050 Hillside
CAUTION
Z027
ZEIL05CL0090G0B 1
Steering cylinder
1. Cylinder 6. Guide ring

2. Ball joints (male) 7. O-ring
3. Ball joints (female) 8. O-ring
4. Nut 9. Piston guide ring
5. Seal
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 13
Control valve - Remove

1. Place a clean suitable container under the fittings of
the valve to catch the oil.
Loosen the four fittings (1).
ZDF0545A 1
2. Remove the steering column cover. Refer to Steer-

ing column - Remove (D.20.B).
3. Loosen the four bolts (1) from inside the cab.
NOTE: This job has to be done by two persons.
ZDF0544A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 14
Control valve - Disassemble
CAUTION
Z027
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the special tool 380000305 is available before disassembling the steering valve. This
special tool is used to fit new seals in the valve body.
1. Place the shaft in the rotor so that the drive slot forms
a straight line with the rotors hollows [see arrows].
Make sure that the ball between ports (P) and (T) is
correctly seated when the special screw, with the roll
pin, is fitted.
ZDF0562A 1
2. Clamp the steering valve in a vice (as shown).

Remove the end plate (1) by loosening the bolts (2).
ZDF0563A 2
3. Remove the end plate (1), together with the rotor

housing (3) and the rotor, as well as the O-rings from
both sides of the rotor housing.
ZDF0564A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 15
4. Remove the spacer (4), if fitted and the drive shaft

(5).
ZDF0565A 4
5. Remove the intermediate plate (6) and the O-ring (7).
ZDF0566A 5
6. Unscrew the stop (8).
ZDF0567A 6
7. Remove the ball (9) out of the rotor housing and the
two suction valves at (10) (2 pins and 2 balls).
ZDF0568A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 16
8. Press the valve spool out of the valve housing. The

valve housing should be held in a vertical position as
shown.
ZDF0569A 8
9. Subsequently remove the washer (1), the needle

bearing (2), the bearing race (3) and the ring (4).
Press out the cross pin (5) and remove the leaf
springs (6).
Remove the valve spool from the valve sleeve.
ZDF0570A 9
10. The ring (7) and the O-ring (8) can now be removed
from the steering valve body. These seals are lo-
cated in the neck of the steering valve body.
ZDF0571A 10
11. Clean all the parts carefully. Prior to assembly it is

recommended to replace all O-rings (1), the washers
(2), and the plate springs (3) with new parts.
Before assembly, lubricate all parts with hydraulic oil.
ZDF0559A 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 17
Control valve - Assemble
CAUTION
Z027
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the special tool 380000305 is available before disassembling the steering valve. This
special tool is used to fit new seals in the valve body.
1. Place the shaft in the rotor so that the drive slot forms
a straight line with the rotors hollows [see arrows].
Make sure that the ball between ports (P) and (T) is
correctly seated when the special screw, with the roll
pin, is fitted.
ZDF0562A 1
2. Install the leaf springs (1) symmetrically in the spool

(2) so that the spring ends open when installed cor-
rectly.
ZDA0681A 2
3. Assemble the spool (2) and the sleeve (3), and se-
cure it with the cross pin (1).
ZDA0682A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 18
4. Install the ring (5), the bearing race (6), the needle
bearing (7) and the washer (8) on the valve spool in
the above-mentioned order.
ZDA0683A 4
5. Grease the ring (1) and the O-ring (2).

Place the subassembly of the rings (1) and (2)
around the spindle of the special tool 380000305.
ZDA0684A 5
6. Push the sleeve of the special tool over the seal rings
on the spindle until there is some resistance.
ZDA0685A 6
7. Lead the special tool, with the seal rings, into the bore
in the valve housing until the tool sleeve touches the
bottom.
ZDA0686A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 19
8. Hold the sleeve in position and push the spindle

downwards, turning it at the same time so that the
subassembly of the rings (1) and (2) (see fig. 5)
seats in the groove.
First remove the spindle of the special tool and then
the sleeve.
ZDA0687A 8
9. Install the spool with all its parts in the valve housing,
turning it slowly at the same time.
ZDA0688A 9
10. Place the ball (1) in the correct hole and retain with
the stop (2). Place the two suction valves (two pins
and two balls) 180 degrees turned away from the
position of the ball (1).
ZDA0689A 10
11. Install the O-ring (7) and the intermediate plate (6).
ZDF0566A_53 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 20
12. Now refit the rotor housing (3) with rotor and drive
shaft with the coupling (4), together with the new seal
rings.
Place the coupling (4), so that the drive slot (5) forms
a straight line with the rotor hollows. Turn the rotor
housing until the drive slot (5) engages with the cross
pin (1) (fig. 3) in the spool.
Install the spacer (4).
ZDA0690A 12
13. Reinstall the end cap (2) and turn the rotor hous-
ing until all the holes are correctly aligned. Check
whether the ball (1) is in its proper position.
Install the bolt and the pin assembly together with a
new washer to ensure the ball (1) remains correctly
seated.
ZDF0721A 13
14. Install the remaining bolts with new washers and

tighten the bolts diagonally to a torque of 30 Nm (
22 lb ft).
Install the adapter with new O-rings.
ZDF0722A 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 21
Control valve - Install

1. Bring the valve (6) in place.
Install the four bolts (2) with the dampers (3) (from
series 1364 onwards).
Install the flange (4), and the washer (5).
Tighten the four bolts (2) with a torque between 30 -
35 Nm.( 22 - 26 lb ft)
ZDFD0552A 1
2. Install and tighten the four hydraulic lines and tighten

the fittings (1).
Add hydraulic oil in the oil reservoir, if necessary.
ZDF0545A_52 2
Next operation:
Refer to Steering column - Install (D.20.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 22
Cylinder - Service instruction

All seals can be replaced and are made available in a seal kit.
Make sure to order the correct seal kit.
"Unloading tube cylinder with a detachable cylinder head"
Proceed as follows:
1. Loosen the cylinder head (1) by turning the head

clock wise, using a punch mark and a hammer.
ZDF0729A 1
2. Pull out the piston rod (2).
ZDF0728A 2
3. Remove the bolt (3) and the cylinder sleeve (4).

Now is it possible to remove the cylinder head (1)
from the piston rod (2).
Remove all the seals.
ZDF0734A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 23
4. Clean and oil the piston rod (2), the cylinder sleeve
(4) and the seals and reassemble them.
Slide the cylinder head (1) onto the piston rod (2).
Install the cylinder sleeve (4) and tighten the bolt (3).
ZDF0734A 4
5. Slide the pre-assembled piston rod (2) in the cylinder

housing.
Turn the cylinder head (1) counter-clockwise onto the
cylinder housing.
ZDF0728A_72 5
6. Tighten the cylinder head, using a punch mark and a

hammer.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 24
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Control valve - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Cylinder - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
CSX7050 Hillside
Cylinder - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cylinder - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CSX7050 Hillside
Cylinder - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
STEERING Hydraulic - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Steering pump - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 25
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.C / 26
TRAVELLING - D
STEERING Mechanical - 20.B
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.B / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
SERVICE
Steering column
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.B / 2
TRAVELLING - STEERING Mechanical
Steering column - Remove

1. Pull off the adjusting knob (1).
Remove the screws (2) and take the upper cover
halves from the steering column.
ZEIL04CS0093A0B 1
2. Pull the left-hand side upper cover over the direction

indicator lever.
ZEIL04CS0032A0B 2
3. Lower the boot (3) to have access to the lower screw

of the cover.
Remove the two screws (4) of the both lower cover
halves.
ZEIL04CS0094A0B 3
4. With the covers removed, all internal steering column

components can be accessed.
ZEIL04CS0095A0A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.B / 3
TRAVELLING - STEERING Mechanical
Steering column - Install

1. Position the two lower halves of the steering column
covers and install the screws (4).
Secure the boot (3) to the lower cover halves.
ZEIL04CS0094A0B 1
2. Position the two upper cover halves of the steering

column and don’t forget to install the switch (5) and
the light indicator (6) between the cover halves.
ZEIL04CS0096A0B 2
3. Install and tighten the two screws (2).

Install the adjusting knob (1).
ZEIL04CS0093A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.B / 4
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Steering column - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Steering column - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.B / 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.20.B / 6
TRAVELLING - D
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - 30.C
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Brake
Disc - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Command
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Master cylinder
SERVICE
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Bleed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Bleed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
CSX7050 Hillside
Command
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Brake
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
CSX7050 Hillside
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
CSX7050 Hillside
Lining - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Lining - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
CSX7050 Hillside
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 2
TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Torque

Allen screws brake shoe 260-270 Nm ( 192-200 lb ft)
Brake nipples 11-15 Nm ( 8-11 lb ft)
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 3
Brake Disc - General specification

Brake disc diameter 360 mm ( 14 - 3/16 in)


Brake disc diameter 420 mm
Brake disc thickness 22 mm
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 4
Command - Overview
ZDA7846A 1
1. Spring 2. Bolt
3. Brake pedal 4. Nut
5. - 6. Pin
7. Push rod 8. Fork
9. Sealing 10. Nut
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 5
Master cylinder - Static description

Without brake limiter
The two main cylinders (1) are mutually connected with the connectors (2) and (3), further with the pipe (4) to the fluid
reservoir (13) and with the pipes (5) to the brake cylinders.
Fluid from the fluid reservoir enters the brake main cylinder through the port (6) (pedal not engaged).
When both brake pedals are engaged, the port (6) is shut off by the seal (7), and fluid is pressed through the port (8)
and the pipes (5) to the brake cylinder.
The ball (9) is lifted up in the both main cylinders (1) by the plunger (10).
When only one brake pedal is engaged, the port (6) is also shut off by the seal (7) and fluid is pressed through the port
(8) and the pipe (5) to the brake cylinder. In the other main cylinder, the ball (9) is pressed down by the fluid pressure
coming from the first cylinder through the connector (2) and the seat (11). The fluid flow is stopped by the seal (12).
ZDA5249A 1
ZDA7838A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 6
With brake limiter

The two main cylinders (1) and (2) are mutually connected with the pipes (P) / (P1) and (T) / (T1), further with the pipe
(T2) to the fluid reservoir (3) and with the pipes (4) to the brake cylinders. (Refer to fig. 5 for internal connections in
the brake limiter valve (10)).
Fluid from the fluid reservoir (3) enters the brake main cylinders through the pipes (T) and (T1) (pedals not engaged).
When both brake pedals are engaged, the pipes (T) and (T1) are shut off by the seal (5). Fluid is pressed through the
pipes (4) to the brake cylinder. The balls (6) are lifted up in the both main cylinders (1) and (2) by the plunger (7).
The seat (8) and (9) are lifted by the ball (6). The pipes (4), (P) and (P1) are now connected with each other which
ensures the brake pressure in the pipes (4) to the brake cylinders is equal.
When only one brake pedal is engaged, the port (T) or (T1) is also shut off by the seal (5) and fluid is pressed through
one pipe (4) to the brake cylinder (left-hand or right-hand).
In the other main cylinder, the seat (8) is pressed down by the fluid pressure coming from the first cylinder. The fluid
flow is stopped by the seal (9).
ZEIL05CS0108F0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 7
ZEIL05CS0110F0B 4
With the safety on the road tumbler switch in road mode position, the solenoid (11) in the brake pressure limiter valve
(10) is engaged.
The brake pressure in the pipes (4), (P) and (P1) is limited to set value of the pressure release valve (12) which avoids
tipping of the combine when executing an emergency stop.
ZEIL05CS0109A0B 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 8
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed

1. Block the wheels adequately to prevent runaway of

the combine.
2. Raise the header and engage the header safety
latch. Stop the engine.
3. Remove the cover plate (3).
NOTE: As the brake pedals must be depressed several
times while bleeding, this job has to be done with two
persons.
ZDA6061A_47 1
Bleed the left-hand side circuit:

4. On the left-hand side of the traction gearbox, remove
the rubber stops from the bleed screws (1), (2) and
(3).
ZDA8191A 2
5. Slide a transparent hose over the bleed screw (1) to

catch the oil while bleeding.
6. Open the bleed screw (1) and depress the left-hand
side brake pedal until oil escapes.
Close the bleed screw (1).
7. Depress the left-hand side brake pedal several times
to build up a pressure.
8. Keep the pedal depressed.
9. Open the bleed screw (1) slightly to allow air and oil
to escape.
10. Close the bleed screw (1) and release the brake
pedal.
11. Repeat steps 7 to 10 until oil (free of air bubbles)
escapes through the bleed screw (1).
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 9
12. Remove the transparent hose from the bleed

screw (1) and reinstall the rubber stop.
Repeat steps 5 to 12 for the bleed screws (2) and
(3).
ZDA8191A_48 3
Bleeding the connection pipe between the two main cylinders:

13. On the right-hand side of the traction gearbox, re-
move the rubber stops from the bleed screws (1), (2)
and (3).
14. Slide a transparent hose over the right-hand side
bleed screw (1).
15. Open the right-hand side bleed screw (1).
16. Depress and hold the right-hand side brake pedal
depressed.
17. Depress the left-hand side brake pedal once and
keep it depressed.
18. Release the right-hand side brake pedal and then the
left-hand side brake pedal.
19. Repeat steps 16 to 17 until brake oil (free of air bub-
bles) escapes from the bleed screw (1).
Bleed the right-hand side circuit:

20. Depress the right-hand side brake pedal several
times to build up a pressure.
to escape.
pedal.
25. Remove the transparent hose from the bleed
screw (1) and reinstall the rubber stop. Repeat
steps 20 to 24 for the bleed screws (2) and (3).
26. Reinstall the rubber stops on the right-hand side
bleed screws.
27. Fill up the brake oil reservoir.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 10
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed

CSX7050 Hillside

the combine.
2. Raise the header and engage the header safety
NOTE: As the brake pedals must be depressed several
times while bleeding, this job has to be done with two
persons.
Bleed de left-hand side circuit:

3. Check if the brake oil reservoir is full.
4. On the left-hand side brake caliper, remove the rub-
ber stop from the bleed screw (2).
5. Connect a transparent hose (3) over the bleed screw
(2) to catch the oil while bleeding.
ZEIL05CL0042A0B 1
6. Open the bleed screw (2) and depress the left-hand

side brake pedal until oil escapes.
Close the bleed screw (2).
7. Depress the left-hand side brake pedal several times
to build up a pressure.
to escape.
pedal.
12. Remove the transparent hose (3) from the bleed
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 11
Bleeding the connection pipe between the two main cylinders:

13. On the right-hand side brake caliper, remove the rub-
ber stop from the bleed screw (2).
14. Connect a transparent hose (3) over the bleed screw
(2) to catch the oil while bleeding.
ZEIL05CL0042A0B 2
15. Open the bleed screw (2).

16. Depress and hold the right-hand side brake pedal
depressed.
17. Depress the left-hand side brake pedal once and
keep it depressed.
18. Release the right-hand side brake pedal and then the
left-hand side brake pedal.
19. Repeat steps 16 to 17 until brake oil (free of air bub-
bles) escapes from the bleed screw (2).
Bleed the right-hand side circuit:

20. Depress the right-hand side brake pedal several
times to build up a pressure.
to escape.
pedal.
25. Remove the transparent hose (3) from the bleed
26. Fill up the brake oil reservoir.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 12
Command - Adjust
1. Disconnect the spring (1) of the both brake pedals
(3), using a rope.
ZDF0302A 1
2. Remove the cotter pin (5), the pin (6) and disconnect
the fork (8) of the both pedals.
ZDF0303A 2
3. Reinstall the pin (6), secure it with the cotter pin and
connect the springs (1) onto both pedals as shown.
Connect the both brake pedals together.
Keep the pedals (3) in the upper position. Ensure
that the both pedals touches the sealing (9).
Adjust the stops (bolt 10) against the pedal and
tighten the lock nuts of the both pedals (3).
IMPORTANT: Check that the both stops (10) touches the
both coupled pedals at the same time.
ZDF0304A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 13
4. Adjust the stop (bolt 2) (fig. 5) with coupled brake

pedals so that there is a clearance "X" between 10
- 20 mm ( 3/8 - 3/4 in) (this is between the front
windscreen and the brake pedals).
ZDA7880A 4
5. After adjusting, tighten the bolt (2) with the lock nuts
of the both pedals.
Uncouple the brake pedals.
Disconnect the spring (1), using a rope.
ZDF0304B 5
6. Keep the pedal (3) in the upper position until they

touches the stop bolt (10). (see fig. 3)
Loosen the nut (4).
Push in the push rod (7) to take away the internal
clearance.
Adjust the fork (8) so that the pin (6) can be installed.
Screw up the fork (8) onto the push rod (7) one turn.
Install the pin (6). Check that there is some clearance
"X" = +/- 0.8 mm (refer to Command - Overview
(D.30.C))
After adjusting, tighten the nut (4).
ZDA78347A 6
7. Secure the pin (6) with the cotter pin (5).

Install the spring (1) of the both pedals, using a rope.
ZDA7836B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 14
Brake - Remove
NOTE: The model CSX7040 is equipped with a single brake shoe instead of a double brake shoe (only bottom
brake shoes are installed for this model).
1. Remove the flexible hose (1) between the upper and
lower brake shoes.
ZDA7830A 1
2. Turn the disc (1) until the holes in the disc aligns with
the Allen screws (2) and (3).
Remove the two Allen screws (2) and (3).
Remove the upper brake shoe (4).
ZDA7832A 2
3. Remove the two Allen screws (1) and (2).

Remove the lower brake shoe (3).
ZDA7833A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 15
ZDA4211A 4
5. Remove the brake disc (2).

Proceed the same on the other side.
ZDF0402A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 16
Brake - Install
NOTE: Model CSX7040 is equipped with a single brake shoe instead of a double brake shoe (only bottom brake
shoes are installed for this model).
1. Install the brake disc (2) on the output shaft of the
traction gearbox.
ZDF0402A 1
2. Secure the brake disc on the output shaft with the

retaining ring (1).
ZDA4211A 2
3. Apply LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT 50M or PERMABOND

113) on the Allen screws (1) and (2).
Install the lower brake shoe (3) and tighten the Allen
screws (1) and (2) to a torque between 260 - 270 Nm
( 192 - 200 lb ft).
ZDA7832A_49 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 17
4. Apply LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT 50M or PERMABOND

113) on the Allen screws (2) and (3).
Install the upper brake shoe (4) and tighten the Allen
screws (2) and (3) to a torque between 260 - 270 Nm
( 192 - 200 lb ft).
ZDA7832A 4
5. Install the flexible hose (1) between the upper and

lower brake shoes and tighten the nipples to a torque
between 11 - 15 Nm ( 8 - 11 lb ft).
Proceed the same on the other side.
ZDA7830A_50 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 18
Brake - Remove
CSX7050 Hillside
DANGER
84-108
1. Remove the bolts (1) of the brake caliper (2).

2. Remove the brake caliper (2) and mount it directly to
the traction beam on the welded bushing (8).
ZEIL05CL0037A0B 1
3. Fit a suitable shim (3) to keep the brake shoes sepa-

rated, so that the brake caliper (2) can be fitted later
on across the brake disc (4).
IMPORTANT: Do not bend the brake hose. The oil flow
in the hose should not be interrupted.
ZEIL05CL0034A0B 2
4. Remove the brake disc bolts (5). Then, move the

brake disc (4) towards the gearbox.
ZEIL05CL0035A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 19
5. A hole (6) is located on the brake disc support flange.

Through this hole the three locking bolts of the sup-
porting bearing (7) can be reached.
ZEIL05CL0036A0B 4
6. Slowly drive the combine forwards, to align the holes

with the corresponding bolts and remove them.
7. Fully remove the first part of the telescoping shaft.
8. Remove the brake disc (4) from the telescoping
shaft. Check and replace it, if required Brake Disc
- General specification (D.30.C).
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 20
Brake - Install
CSX7050 Hillside
1. Bring the brake disc (4) over the removed part of the
telescoping shaft.
ZEIL05CL0036A0B 1
2. Reinstall the removed part of the telescoping shaft

as shown.
NOTE: The shafts fits correctly only in one position.
ZEIL05CL0038A0B 2
3. Install the supporting bearing (7) with the three bolts.
ZEIL05CL0036A0B 3
4. Move the brake disc (4) towards the brake disc sup-
port flange and install with the bolts (5).
ZEIL05CL0035A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 21
5. Remove the brake caliper (2) from the traction beam.

Bring the brake caliper (2) over the brake disc (4),
while removing the shim (3) and reinstall with the
bolts (1). Tighten the bolts (1) with a torque of 240
Nm.
ZEIL05CL0037A0B 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 22
Brake Lining - Replace


the combine.
Raise the header and engage the header safety
Remove the cover plate (3).
ZDA6061A_47 1
2. On the upper brake shoe, remove the two bolts (1)

and the cover (2).
ZDA5216A 2
3. Disconnect the electric wires at (3).

NOTE: Only the upper brake shoe linings have electrical
connectors.
ZDA5217A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 23
4. Remove the pins (4) out of the brake shoe and take
out the brake linings (5).
ZDA5218A 4
5. Check the condition of the seals (6). If necessary,

replace them.
NOTE: In case the seals are replaced, bleed the brakes
as described in SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed
(D.30.C) after the linings are replaced.
ZDA5219A 5
6. Push the brake cylinders in their housing to allow the

installation of new brake linings.
7. Install new brake linings.
8. Secure the brake linings with the pins (4) (fig. 4) .
9. Connect the electric wires at (3) (fig. 3).
10. On the lower brake shoe, remove the pins (4) out of
the brake shoe and take out the brake linings (5).
NOTE: On the lower brake shoe, there is no cover
installed.
IMPORTANT: Always replace the upper and the lower
brake linings at the same time.
ZDA5220A 6
11. Check the condition of the seals. If necessary, re-

place them.
NOTE: In case the seals are replaced, bleed the brakes
as described in SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed
(D.30.C) after the linings are replaced.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 24

14. Secure the brake linings with pins 4 (fig. 6).
15. Proceed the same way on the other side.
16. Check the brake fluid level. If necessary, remove
brake fluid (refer to your Operator’s Manual SEC-
TION 4 - “LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE",
paragraph headed “Brake system".
17. Check the brakes.
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 25
Brake Lining - Replace

CSX7050 Hillside
1. Remove the pin (1) fastening the brake linings and

remove the springs (2).
ZEIL05CL0039A0B 1
2. Remove the other pin (1).

3. Remove the brake linings (3) as shown.
Check the condition of the seals. If necessary, re-
place them.
ZEIL05CL0040A0B 2

ZEIL05CL0041A0A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 26
6. Reinstall the pins (1) and the springs (2).

IMPORTANT: In case the seals are replaced, bleed the
brakes as described in SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic -
Bleed (D.30.C) .after the brake linings are replaced.
ZEIL05CL0039A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 27
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Brake - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Brake - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
CSX7050 Hillside
Brake - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Brake - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
CSX7050 Hillside
Brake Disc - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Brake Lining - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Brake Lining - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
CSX7050 Hillside
Command - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Command - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Master cylinder - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
CSX7050 Hillside
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.30.C / 28
TRAVELLING - D
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - 32.B
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.32.B / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
SERVICE
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Command
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.32.B / 2
TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Replace

1. Remove the flexible cable from the parking brake by
removing the bolt (1).
Remove the screws (2) which secure the brake
caliper (3) through the hole in the brake disc. Then
take the brake caliper (3) out.
ZEIL05CL0043A0B 1
2. Remove the retaining ring (4) from the hinge pin (5)
of the lever and remove them.
ZEIL05CL0044A0B 2
3. Remove the hook (6).

4. Remove and replace the both brake sections (8).
ZEIL05CL0045A0B 3
5. Reinstall the hook (6) and the hinge pin (5) of the
lever with the retaining ring (4).
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.32.B / 3
6. Reinstall the brake caliper (3) and lock the relevant

screws (2).
Reinstall the flexible cable to the lever with the bolt
(1).
ZEIL05CL0043A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.32.B / 4
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Remove

1. Remove the flexible cable from the parking brake by
removing the bolt (1).
2. Remove the screws (2) which secure the brake
caliper (3) through the hole in the brake disc. Then
take the brake caliper (3) out.
ZEIL05CL0043A0B 1
3. Remove the retaining ring (13) and pull out the brake
disc (14).
ZEIL05CL0081A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.32.B / 5
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Install

1. Install the brake disc (14) on the traction gearbox and
install the retaining ring (13).
ZEIL05CL0081A0B 1
2. Install the brake caliper (3) and lock the relevant

screws (2).
3. Install the flexible cable to the lever with the bolt (1).
ZEIL05CL0043A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.32.B / 6
Command - Adjust
CAUTION
Before carrying out repair or maintenance work on the brake system, secure the machine safely in place by
placing adequate wedges against both traction and steering wheels.
Z007
1. Disengage the hand brake in the cab. (= bottom

position)
ZDA7882A 1
2. Loosen the two nuts (1) and the two bolts (2).
Check that dimension “X" is between 180 - 184 mm.
( 7-1/6 - 7-1/4 in) make sure that the cable (3) is
straight. (fig. 3)
ZDA7847A 2
3. If not, adjust with the nuts (4) and (5).

After adjusting, tighten the nuts (4) and (5).
ZDA7876A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.32.B / 7
4. Simultaneously tighten the two bolts (2) by hand until

they touch the brake blocks.
Engage and disengage the hand brake in the cab a
few times.
Check the tightness of the two bolts (2). If possible,
tighten them simultaneously by hand. Turn them an
extra quarter of a turn with a spanner.
Engage and disengage the hand brake in the cab a
few times.
Loosen the two bolts (2) and tighten them simultane-
ously by hand, after loosen the two bolts (2) with 1/6
of a turn.
Tighten the locknuts (1). Ensure that the two bolts
(2) not turning with the nuts (1).
ZDA7847B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.32.B / 8
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Command - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
D.32.B / 9
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84210989A 24/04/2009
SERVICE MANUAL
BODY AND STRUCTURE
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
E
Contents
BODY AND STRUCTURE - E
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.A

CSX7000
USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A

CSX7000
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.B

CSX7000
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.C

CSX7000
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.D

CSX7000
SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.50.B

CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
E
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT - 32.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.32.A / 1
Contents
DIAGNOSTIC
Mirror
Left hand mirror - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Right hand mirror - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Interior mirror - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fuse - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.32.A / 2
BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT
Mirror Left hand mirror - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the power mirror switch Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between power mirror
connector S62. Action switch connector S62 (pin B), circuit
Disconnect the left-hand power mir- If good reading, continue with next 250 (WT) and Left-hand power mir-
ror connector X104. step. ror connector X104 (pin 4), circuit
Check 250 (GE).
Measure the resistance between
connector S62 (pin B) and connector
X104 (pin 4).
Check Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between power mirror
Measure the resistance between Action switch connector S62 (pin C), circuit
connector S62 (pin C) and connec-If good reading, continue with next 249 (WT) and left-hand power mirror
tor X104 (pin 1 and 2). step. connector X104 (pin 1 and 2), circuit
249 (PK).
Measure the resistance between Action switch connector S62 (pin D), circuit
connector S62 (pin D) and connec- If good reading, the left-hand power 248 (WT) and left-hand power mirror
tor X104 (pin 3). mirror circuits are okay. connector X104 (pin 3), circuit 248
(BL).
Mirror Right hand mirror - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the power mirror switch Less than 1 ohm. Mirror control relay K30.
connector S62. Action Open circuit between power mirror
Disconnect the right-hand power If good reading, go to test point 5. switch connector S62 (pin G), circuit
mirror connector X105. 246 (WT) and cab roof printed circuit
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.32.A / 3

Check connector X129 (pin 2), circuit 246
Measure the resistance between (WT).
connector S62 (pin G) and connec- Open circuit between cab roof
tor X105 (pin 4). printed circuit connector X130 (pin
9), circuit 251 (BL) and right-hand
power mirror connector X105 (pin
4), circuit 251 (BL).
Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between power mirror
cuit connector X129. Action switch connector S62 (pin G), circuit
Check If good reading, continue with next 246 (WT) and cab roof printed circuit
Measure the resistance between step. connector X129 (pin 2), circuit 246
connector S62 (pin G) and connec- (WT).
tor X129 (pin 2).
Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between cab roof
cuit connector X130. Action printed circuit connector X130 (pin
Check If good reading, continue with next 9), circuit 251 (WT) and right-hand
Measure the resistance between step. power mirror connector X105 (pin
connector X105 (pin 4) and connec- 4), circuit 251 (BL).
tor X130 (pin 9).
Remove the mirror control relay K30. Less than 1 ohm. Mirror control relay K30.
Check Action
Check between K30 terminal (pins 3 If good reading, install a new cab
and 4). roof printed circuit.
Check Less than 1 ohm. Mirror control relay K31.
Measure the resistance between Action Open circuit between power mirror
connector S62 (pin E) and connector If good reading, go to test point 9.
switch connector S62 (pin E), circuit
X105 (pin 3). 247 (WT) and cab roof printed circuit
connector X129 (pin 7), circuit 247
(WT).
Open circuit between cab roof
printed circuit connector X129 (pin
8), circuit 252 (WT) and right-hand
power mirror connector X105 (pin
3), circuit 252 (BR).
Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between power mirror
cuit connector X129. Action switch connector S62 (pin E), circuit
Check If good reading, continue with next 247 (WT) and cab roof printed circuit
Measure the resistance between step. connector X129 (pin 7), circuit 247
connector S62 (pin E) and connector (WT).
X129 (pin 7).
Check Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between cab roof
Measure the resistance between Action printed circuit connector X129 (pin
connector X105 (pin 3) and connec- If good reading, continue with next 8), circuit 252 (WT) and right-hand
tor X129 (pin 8). step. power mirror connector X105 (pin
3), circuit 252 (BR).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.32.A / 4

Remove the mirror control relay K31. Less than 1 ohm. Mirror control relay K31.
Check Action
Check between K31 terminal (pins 3 If good reading, install a new cab
and 4). roof printed circuit.
Measure the resistance between Action switch connector S62 (pin F), circuit
connector S62 (pin F) and connector If good reading, the right-hand power 245 (WT) and right-hand power mir-
X105 (pin 1 and 2). mirror circuits are okay. ror connector X105 (pin 1 and 2), cir-
cuit 245 (GN).
Mirror Interior mirror - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Turn the key start "ON". 12 volts. Additional mirror switch S63.
Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- Action Open circuit between additional mir-
cuit connector X129. If good reading, go to test point 3. ror switch S63 connector (pin 3) and
Select additional mirror switch to cab roof printed circuit connector
German mirror. X129 (pin 3), circuit 024 (WT).
X129 (pin 3), circuit 024 (WT).
Disconnect the additional mirror Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between additional mir-
switch S63. Action ror switch S63 connector (pin 3) and
Check If good reading, install a new addi- cab roof printed circuit connector
Measure the resistance between tional mirror switch. X129 (pin 3), circuit 024 (WT).
connector S63 (pin 3) and connector
X129 (pin 3), circuit 024 (WT).
Disconnect the additional power mir- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between additional
ror connector X106. Action power mirror connector X106 (pin
Check If good reading, continue with next B), circuit 254 (ZW) and cab roof
Measure the resistance between step. printed circuit connector X129 (pin
connector X106 (pin B) and connec- 4), circuit 254 (WT).
tor X129 (pin 4).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.32.A / 5

Check Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between additional
Measure the resistance between Action power mirror connector X106 (pin C)
connector X106 (pin C) and connec- If good reading, continue with next and cab roof printed circuit connec-
tor X129 (pin 1). step. tor X129 (pin 1), circuit 251 (WT).
Disconnect the power mirror switch Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between additional
connector S62. Action power mirror connector X106 (pin
Check If good reading, install a new cab B), circuit 254 (ZW) and power mir-
Measure the resistance between roof printed circuit. ror switch connector S62 (pin F),
connector X106 (pin A) and connec- circuit 245 (GN).
tor S62 (pin F).
Mirror Fuse - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the power mirror switch 12 volts. Blown fuse #34.
connector S62. Action Open circuit between power mirror
Turn the key start "ON". If good reading, continue with next switch connector (pin A) and cab roof
Check step. printed circuit connector X128, cir-
Check for 12 volts at the power mir- cuit 285 (OR).
ror switch connector (pin A).
Turn the key start "OFF". Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between power mirror
Check Action switch connector (pin H), circuit 435
Check for a ground at the power mir- If good reading, the power mirror (ZW) and ground.
ror switch connector (pin H). switch power and ground circuit(s)
are okay.
Mirror Switch - Testing

84210989A 24/04/2009
E.32.A / 6
CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the power mirror switch Less than 1 ohm. Power mirror switch.
S62. Action
Select the right-hand side mirror. If good reading, continue with next
Place the power mirror switch in the step.
"UP" position.
Check
Measure between power mirror
switch component side terminals:
(pin H and F).
(pin A and E).
Place the power mirror switch in the Less than 1 ohm. Power mirror switch.
"DOWN" position. Action
Measure between power mirror step.
(pin H and E).
(pin A and F).
"LEFT" position. Action
(pin H and G).
(pin A and F).
"RIGHT" position. Action
(pin H and F).
(pin A and G).
Select the left-hand side mirror. Less than 1 ohm. Power mirror switch.
Place the power mirror switch in the Action
"UP" position. If good reading, continue with next
Check step.
(pin H and C).
(pin A and D).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.32.A / 7

"DOWN" position. Action
step.
(pin H and D).
(pin A and C).
"LEFT" position. Action
(pin H and B).
(pin A and C).
"RIGHT" position. Action
Check If good reading, the power mirror
Measure between power mirror switch is okay.
(pin H and C).
(pin A and B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.32.A / 8
Mirror - Problem solving

OPERATION
There are three mirrors left-hand mirror, right-hand mirror and an additional mirror (German).
There are two switches for power mirrors. The mirror adjust switch can adjust position for left-hand mirror, right-hand
mirror or the additional mirror. This action changes the contacts within the switch. The mirror adjust switch can be
set to power either left-hand mirror or the mirror select switch. The mirror select switch can be set to power German
mirror or right-hand mirror.
Switched power is supplied to the mirror adjust switch through fuse #34 from accessory relay.
Only one mirror can be operated at a time.
There are two motors in each mirror assembly. Power and ground are supplied to the motors through three wires for
each mirror assembly, one wire for each motor and one wire in common, therefore the motors can only be operated
in one mode at a time; up only, down only, in only or out only.
Change in mirror motor direction is accomplished by reversing current flow through the motors.
TROUBLESHOOTING
B. Check fuse #34.
C. Check operation of the accessory 1 relay.
D. The transmission is in neutral or park.
E. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded, pushed out, or bent terminals.
CAUTION
Z011
CAUTION
Z008

All power mirrors are Power mirror switch. A - Power mirror switch component test.
inoperative Mirror Switch - Testing (E.32.A)
Circuit(s). B - Power mirror switch power and ground
test. Mirror Fuse - Testing (E.32.A)
Left hand power mirror Power mirror switch. A - Power mirror switch component test
inoperative (steps 5-8). Mirror Switch - Testing
(E.32.A)
Circuit(s). C - Left-hand power mirror circuit test. Mir-
ror Left hand mirror - Testing (E.32.A)
Left-hand power mirror. If tests A and C are okay, install a new Left-
hand power mirror.
Right-hand power mirror Power mirror switch. A - Power mirror switch component test
inoperative (steps 1-4). Mirror Switch - Testing
(E.32.A)
Mirror control relay K30. D - Right-hand power mirror circuit test.
Mirror control relay K31. Mirror Right hand mirror - Testing
Circuit(s). (E.32.A)
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.32.A / 9

Right-hand power mirror. If tests A and D are okay, install a new right
hand power mirror.
Additional mirror Circuit(s). E - Additional power mirror circuit test. Mir-
inoperative (If fitted) ror Interior mirror - Testing (E.32.A)
(Right-hand power mirror
okay)
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.32.A / 10
Index

Mirror - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Mirror Fuse - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Mirror Interior mirror - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Mirror Left hand mirror - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mirror Right hand mirror - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mirror Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.32.A / 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.32.A / 12
USER PLATFORM - 34.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Door, window and windscreen
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
DIAGNOSTIC
Wiper system
Motor - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Relay - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Windscreen washer system
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Door, window and windscreen
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 2
BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM
Door, window and windscreen - Replace

NOTE: The most difficult problem for a manufacturer and dealer is the supply of the polyurethane based adhesive to
be used, due to its short shelf life. For this reason ask your local supplier of products to glue windows.
1. Park the combine so that they can stay for minimum
48 hours on the spot after the window is replaced.
2. Use a sturdy and sufficiently high working platform
placed in front of the cab.
3. Open up the roof (1) of the cab (refer to your Oper-
ator’s Manual - Section 4 - Lubrication and Mainte-
nance).
Remove the wiper (2), the supports (3) and the lower
yellow covers (4).
ZEIL05CS0091A0B 1
4. Using a foot slicer (5), to saw out of the broken win-

dow: Place the foot slicer inside the cab between the
window and the frame as shown.
NOTE: You can also use a wire to cut out the window.
WARNING
Always wear safety glasses when using a drill, ham-
mer, saw, or other tools that may cause chips to fly.
M428
ZEIL05CS0092A0B 2
5. Push the little clamps (6) at the bottom down as

shown.
Keep the U shape (7) on the bottom of the window
for later use.
Remove the window.
NOTE: Make sure that all the silicone is removed from the
frame where the window should be sticked on.
ZEIL05CS0093A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 3
6. Take out of the new window out of his box and placed
them as shown.
NOTE: Keep the plastic plates (8) for later use.
ZEIL05CS0094A0B 4
7. Add paper tape onto the outside border (left-and

right) of the window as shown. This is to prevent
silicone onto the screen.
ZEIL05CS0095A0B 5
8. Add also a paper tape on the inside border of the

window as shown.
Clean the black edge on the window before apply a
glass primer, using a paint brush.
Afterwards remove the paper tape.
Install the U shape (7) onto the bottom side of the
window.
ZEIL05CS0096A0B 6
9. Apply also a lack primer onto the frame where the

silicone should be added, using a paint brush.
10. Add the (self-stick) rubber plugs (9) ( 89818501) onto
the frame as shown.
The distance between the rubber plugs should be
between 20 - 25 cm.
IMPORTANT: Do not add rubber plugs (9) at the bottom
of the frame.
ZEIL05CL0092A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 4
11. Apply silicone rubber onto the frame, using gloves.

ATTENTION: Do not add many silicone at the bottom side
of the frame, because the rubber U shape.
ZEIL05CS0097A0B 8
12. Place the window in vertical position, and add two

glass lift/grab devices onto the window as shown.
NOTE: Before installing the glass lift/grab devices, clean
the outer side of the window.
ZEIL05CS0098A0B 9
13. Place the window onto the working platform.

ATTENTION: This job should be done with 4 persons.
14. Position first the bottom side of the window onto the
frame. Afterwards the top side.
Close the cab roof. (This needs to be done to open
the right-hand side cab door)
ZEIL05CS0100A0B 10
15. Fasten the window by using two spanners as shown.

One at the bottom and a second at the top. DO NOT
FORCE.
Afterwards open the cab roof again.
ZEIL05CS0101A0B 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 5
16. Fill-up the groove between the window and the frame
with silicone rubber.
IMPORTANT: To prevent water in the cab, be sure that
the groove on the top is completely fill-up with silicone.
ZEIL05CS0102A0B 12
17. Scrape the silicone flat, using the plastic plates (8).
ZEIL05CS0103A0B 13
18. Remove the paper tape.
ZEIL05CS0104A0B 14
19. Pull up the clamps (6), using a rubber hammer.
ZEIL05CS0105A0B 15
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 6
20. Reinstall the lower yellow covers (4), the supports (3)
and the wiper (2).
Close the cab roof (1) and install the bolts.
ZEIL05CS0091A0B 16
21. After 48 hours, remove the spanners.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 7
Wiper system Motor - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Turn the key start "ON". 12 volts. Open circuit between wiper switch
Place the wiper switch in the "OFF" Action connector (pin 5B) and cab roof
position. If good reading, continue with next printed circuit connector X128 (pin
Check step. 1), circuit 285 (OR).
Check for 12 volts at wiper motor Open circuit between wiper switch
connector X109 (pin 5). connector (pin 4) and wiper motor
connector X109 (pin 5).
Place the wiper switch in the "IN- 12 volts. Open circuit between wiper switch
TERMITTENT" position. Action connector (pin 2B) and cab roof
Check If good reading, continue with next printed circuit connector X128 (pin
Check for 12 volts at connector step. 7), circuit 267 (OR).
X109 (pin 5) and (pin 4). Open circuit between wiper switch
connector (pin 3) and wiper motor
Open in circuit 285 (OR).
Place the wiper switch in the "ON" 12 volts. Open circuit between wiper switch
(continuous) position. Action connector (pin 6) and cab roof
Check If good reading, continue with next printed circuit connector X128 (pin
Check for 12 volts at connector step. 9), circuit 025 (OR).
X109 (pin 4) and (pin 3). Open circuit between cab roof
printed circuit connector X128 (pin
8) and Wiper Motor connector X109
(pin 3).
Open in circuit 267 (OR).
Turn the key start "OFF". Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between wiper motor
Check Action connector X109 (pin 1) and ground.
Check for a ground at connector If good reading, the wiper motor cir-
X109 (pin 1). cuit(s) are okay.
Wiper system Switch - Testing

84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 8
CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the wiper switch connec- Less than 1 ohm. Wiper switch.
tor. Action
Place the wiper switch in the "OFF" If good reading, continue with next
position. step.
Check
Measure between the wiper switch
connector (pin 5B and 4) component
side.
Check Open circuit. Wiper switch.
Measure between the wiper switch Action
connector (pin 5B and 6) and (pin 2B If good reading, continue with next
and 3) component side. step.
Place the wiper switch in the "IN- Less than 1 ohm. Wiper switch.
TERMITTENT" position. Action
Measure between the wiper switch step.
connector (pin 2B and 3) and (pin 5B
and 4) component side.
connector (pin 2B and 1) and (pin 5B If good reading, continue with next
and 6) component side. step.
Place the wiper switch in the "ON" Less than 1 ohm. Wiper switch.
(continuous) position. Action
Measure between the wiper switch step.
connector (pin 2B and 3) and (pin 5B
and 6) component side.
connector (pin 2B and 1) and (pin 5B If good reading, the wiper switch is
and 4) component side. okay.
Wiper system Relay - Testing

84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 9
CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Turn the key start "ON". 12 volts. Blown fuse #34.
Remove the wiper motor relay K43. Action Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
Check If good reading, continue with next cuit.
Check for 12 volts at wiper motor step.
relay terminal (pin 3).
Turn the key start "OFF". Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
Check Action cuit.
Check for a ground at wiper motor If good reading, continue with next
relay terminal (pin 1). step.
Disconnect the cab roof printed cir- 12 volts. Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
cuit connector X128. Turn the key Action cuit.
start "ON". If good reading, continue with next
Check step.
Check for 12 volts at X128 (pin 7).
Turn the key start "OFF". Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
Check Action cuit.
Measure between the following: If good reading, the wiper relay cir-
wiper relay terminal (pin 5) and X128 cuit(s) are okay.
(pin 8).
wiper relay terminal (pin 2) and X128
(pin 9).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 10
Wiper system - Problem solving

OPERATION
The wiper/washer system consists of a two speed motor and a separate washer motor and reservoir.
The system is energized by switched power and will operate in continuous or fixed interval speeds.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the wiper/washer system make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded or pushed out terminals.
D. Check fuse #34.
E. Check power distribution section if fuse and circuit breaker are good.
CAUTION
Z011
CAUTION
Z008

Wiper motor is inoperative Fuse #34. A - Wiper motor relay circuit test. Wiper
Cab roof printed circuit. system Relay - Testing (E.34.A)
Wiper motor relay If test A is okay, install a new wiper motor
relay.
Wiper switch. B - Wiper switch component test. Wiper
system Switch - Testing (E.34.A)
Wiper motor circuit(s). C - Wiper motor circuit test. Wiper system
Motor - Testing (E.34.A)
Wiper motor. If test C is okay, install a new wiper motor.
Wiper motor works in low Cab roof printed circuit. A - Wiper motor relay circuit test. Wiper
speed only system Relay - Testing (E.34.A)
Wiper motor relay If test A is okay, install a new wiper motor
relay.
Wiper switch. B - Wiper switch component test. Wiper
system Switch - Testing (E.34.A)
Wiper motor works in high Wiper switch. B - Wiper switch test. Wiper system
speed only Switch - Testing (E.34.A)
Wiper motor does not Wiper motor. Install a new wiper motor.
park, stops when switch
is turned OFF
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 11

Windscreen washer Washer fluid level low. Check reservoir and fluid lines.
inoperative Blockage in washer lines.
Washer switch. D - Washer switch and motor test. Wind-
Circuit(s). screen washer system - Testing (E.34.A)
Washer pump. If test D is okay, install a new washer pump.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 12
Windscreen washer system - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the washer switch con- 12 volts. Open circuit between washer switch
nector. Action connector (pin 2B) and cab roof
Turn the key start "ON". If good reading, continue with next printed circuit connector X128 (pin
Check step. 1), circuit 285 (OR).
Check for 12 volts at washer switch
connector (pin 2B).
Turn the key start "OFF". Less than 1 ohm. Washer switch.
Place the washer switch in the "ON" Action
position. If good reading, continue with next
Check step.
Measure between the washer switch
connector (pin 2B and 3) component
side.
Disconnect the washer pump con- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the washer
nector. Action switch connector (pin 3) and the
Check If good reading, continue with next washer pump connector (pin 1), cir-
Measure between the washer switch step. cuit 239 (WT).
connector (pin 3) and the washer
pump connector (pin 1).
Check Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between the washer
Measure between the washer pump Action pump connector (pin 2) and ground,
connector (pin 2) and ground. If good reading, the washer switch circuit 128 (ZW).
and circuit(s) are okay.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 13
Door, window and windscreen - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the interior light connec- Less than 1 ohm. Door switch.
tor (pin 1) (BL). Open the cab door. Action Open in circuit 284 (BL).
Check If good reading, install a new interior Go to next test point.
Check for a ground at the interior light.
light connector (pin 1), circuit 284
(BL).
Disconnect the door switch S57 con- Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between interior light
nector. Action connector (pin 1), circuit 284 (BL)
Check If good reading, install a new Door and the door switch connector.
Measure resistance between the Switch.
door switch connector and the in-
terior light connector (pin 1), circuit
284 (BL).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 14
Index

Door, window and windscreen - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Door, window and windscreen - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Windscreen washer system - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Wiper system - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Wiper system Motor - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Wiper system Relay - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Wiper system Switch - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 15
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.34.A / 16
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system - 40.B
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.B / 1
Contents
SERVICE
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.B / 2
BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system - Check

1. Check that both engine coolant shutoff valves at the
engine block are open.
(CCW = Open, CW = Closed)
2. Check that the heater supply hose at the rear of the
engine head is warm.
3. Check that the engine coolant temperature is at least
76 ° C ( 170 ° F).
4. Check the cab fresh air filter to check that it is clean
and free from obstruction to air flow.
5. Check the cab recirculation air filter to see that it is
clean and free from obstruction to air flow.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.B / 3
Index

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.B / 4
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - 40.C
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Compressor
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
A/C schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Command
Compressor
Condenser
Receiver/drier
Sensing system
Limit switch - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
SERVICE
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Pre delivery inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 2
Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Tool description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Tool usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Compressor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Magnetic clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Magnetic clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Condenser
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Receiver/drier
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Sensing system
Limit switch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Limit switch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Limit switch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Limit switch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
DIAGNOSTIC
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 3
BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Special tools

Description CNH number (ex) NH number
Refrigerant gas leak detector 380000314 294036
R-134 Recovery/Recycle and 380000315 294161
recharging station
Thermometer - OEM1662
Service gauge set - 134A - OEM1419
Sanko/Sanden compressor tools 380000333 297422
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - General

specification
Refrigerant R-134a and the lubricant used with it were developed together. The lubricant is made from Poly Aklylene
Glycol (PAG) and is not compatible with the mineral oil used with R-12 systems. Mixing of R-134a and mineral oil will
cause the oil to become chemically unstable, attacking internal components. Hoses, bearing shaft seals and O-rings
designed for R-12 systems cannot be used in air conditioning systems with R-134a refrigerant. Hardening, swelling or
cracking of these parts will occur. The recommended lubricant to be used in the combine A/C system is PAG SP-10.
The lubricants used with R-134a systems are far more aggressive to rubber parts than the mineral oils used with other
systems. When servicing this A/C system, be certain that the rubber parts you are installing is approved for use with
R-134a and its oil.
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - General

specification
Applicable SAE standards:
J639 Safety and containment of refrigerant for mechanical vapor compression systems
used for mobile air conditioning systems.
J1989 Recommended service procedure for the containment of R-12.
J1991 Standard of purity for use in mobile air conditioning systems.
J2099 Standard of purity for recycled R-134a for use in a mobile air conditioning system.
J2196 Service hose for automotive air conditioning.
J2197 R-134a service hose fittings for automotive air conditioning service equipment.
J2211 Recommended service procedure for the containment of R -134a.
J2219 Committee draft: Concern to the mobile air conditioning industry.
Related SAE standards:

J1990 Recovery and recycle equipment for mobile air conditioning systems.
J2209 R-12 recovery equipment for mobile air conditioning systems.
J2210 R-134a recycling equipment for mobile air conditioning systems.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 4
Compressor - General specification

Refrigerant
Specification: R134 a
Amount: 2100 g
Compressor
Type: SANDEN SD7H15MD8124 (FPT engine (New Holland)) and SANDEN SD7H15KG8173 (FPT engine (Cursor
9) )
Displacement per revolution: 154.9 cc
Oil capacity: 360 cc (Sanden SP-10) ( 135 cc in compressor + 225 cc in circuit)
NOTE: The use of R134a in an automotive air-conditioning compressor requires special attention to lubrication.
A specific PAG - type oil, Sanden SP-10, has been developed to suit the SD7H15. Care must be taken to avoid
incorrect oils being used as SP-10 is the only lubricant approved for use with the SD7H15.
Compressor clutch
Rated voltage: DC 12 V
Minimum breakaway torque: 34.3 Nm ( 25.3 lb ft)
Minimum engagement voltage: 7.5 V
Maximum power consumption: 43 watts
Belt type: PV type
Circuit parameters
Air-conditioning Ambient temperature °C Low pressure bar High pressure bar

Not in operation 20 4.5 4.5
Not in operation 30 6.5 6.5
In operation 20 0.5 to 1 11
In operation 30 1 14
Low pressure switch
Switch normally open: non adjustable

Cut-in set point: 2.5 bar +/- 0.3 bar
Cut-out set point: 0.3 bar +/- 0.15 bar
Switch body color: bronze
High pressure switch
Switch normally closed: non adjustable

Cut-out set point: 28 bar +/- 1.5 bar
Cut-in set point: 19 bar +/- 1.5 bar
Switch body color: green
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 5
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Functional

diagram
50_sec50-1_09 1
A/C cycle
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 6
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - A/C schema

Components
1. Compressor
2. High pressure switch
3. High pressure charge port ("S": Suction port)
4. Condenser
5. Filter-drier
6. Expansion valve
7. Evaporator
8. Low pressure charge port ("D": Discharge port)
9. Low pressure switch
51125 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 7
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Static

description
The refrigerant used is R-134a, a hydro fluoro carbon (HFC) that has no ozone consuming chlorine molecule.
NOTE: Follow all local and governmental regulations regarding the handling of HFC materials before performing any
work on systems using HFC compounds.
CAUTION
This air-conditioning system uses R-134a refrigerant. Use only R-134a refrigerant and compatible lubricants
in this system. Gases and lubricants of R-134a and R-12 are not compatible with each other, they must be
handled separately and not mixed.
Z026
Vehicles with R-134a system components are distinguished from others that use R-12 by an ID tag mounted on or
near the compressor mounting location.
The function of the climate control system is to provide a comfortable environment for the operator by raising or low-
ering the air temperature, reducing the humidity level and removing dust and pollen within the cab compartment.
Using the control panel, the operator controls fan speed, heater valve position and compressor operation by direct
input.
The components of the climate control system are located at various points on the combine. The control panel (1) is
in the headliner of the operators’ cab. In the roof of the cab is the central air handling (2) unit which houses the blower
fan, heater core, evaporator core and water valve. A separator fan (3) is located behind the shielding outside the left
cab door. The compressor, condenser and filter-drier are mounted in and around the engine compartment at (4).
ZDF0902A 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 8
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Dynamic

description
NOTE: Refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Functional diagram (E.40.C)
Refrigerant is drawn into the compressor as a cool, low-pressure vapor, compressed and then moves out as a hot,
high-pressure vapor to the condenser.
As the hot, high-pressure vapor passes through the condenser core, it gives off heat to the cooler outside air being
drawn past the condenser cooling fins.
The vapor is condensed to a liquid by giving off heat to the outside air. This liquid moves to the filter-drier under high
pressure.
Hot, high-pressure liquid is stored in the filter-drier until it is released to the evaporator by the expansion valve.
The liquid refrigerant passes through a metered orifice in the expansion valve and into the evaporator coil. As the
refrigerant passes through the orifice in the expansion valve, the refrigerant changes from a high-pressure liquid to a
low-pressure atomized liquid. Then, when it reaches the evaporator coils, it begins to cool, absorbing heat from the
air drawn across the coils and fins by the blower. The refrigerant now changes from a cold low-pressure liquid to a
cool low-pressure vapor and leaves the evaporator outlet moving to the suction (low-pressure) side of the compressor
to repeat the cycle.
As the heat loss is taking place, moisture (humidity) in the air will condense on the outside of the evaporator and
drain off as water through the drain hoses attached to the evaporator drain pan, thereby reducing the humidity level
of the cab. Also, dust or pollen not removed by the cab filters will collect on the wet evaporator fins and coils and may
require periodic cleaning depending on operating conditions.
In summary, the heat in the cab is removed by the refrigerant in the evaporator and is transferred from the refrigerant
to the outside air by the condenser unit.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 9
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Component

localisation
Filter-drier (5)
ZDA6254C 1
Condenser (4)
ZDA5954C 2
Compressor (1)
High pressure switch (2)
High pressure charge port (3) "D": Discharge port
Low pressure charge port (8) "S": Suction port
Low pressure switch (9)
ZEIL04CS0105A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 10
Evaporator (7)
ZEIL04CS0104A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 11
Command - Static description

The control panel operates the various modes of the cab climate control system.
The fan switch (1) is a four position switch used to select Off "0", Low , Medium, and High fan speeds. No other speed
control is provided.
The temperature control knob (2), gives the operator control over the amount of heated engine coolant that will circu-
late through the heater core. If a warmer air temperature is desired, rotate the knob clockwise. With the control knob
in the fully clockwise position, the water valve is completely open allowing maximum coolant flow through the core,
and maximum heating of the cab air.
The A/C button (3), when pressed, will energize the air conditioning circuit causing the A/C compressor to cycle ac-
cording to its own control parameters.
ZEIL06CS0027A0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 12
Compressor - Static description

The compressor, mounted inside the engine compartment, is driven by the crankshaft pulley. Refrigerant and oil is
moved through the air conditioning system by the compressor, which lubricates and cools the unit during operation.
An electromagnetic clutch is used to engage or disengage the compressor as required when operating the air-condi-
tioning system. The clutch is of a stationary coil type and forms an integral part of the compressor pulley assembly.
When the coil is energized, the clutch plate is pulled against the rotating pulley. De-energizing the coil will allow the
plate to return to a standby position.
50_sec50-2_01 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 13
Condenser - Static description

The condenser (1) is located on the inside of the screen cleaner swing out door. The condenser consists of a number
of turns of continuous coil mounted in a series of thin cooling fins to provide maximum heat transfer in a minimum
amount of space.
The condenser receives the hot, high-pressure refrigerant vapor from the compressor. As the hot vapor passes
through the coils, outside air is drawn around the coils by the engine fan. Heat is transferred from the hot refriger-
ant vapor into the cooler outside air flowing across the coils and fins. The refrigerant condenses inside the unit and
becomes a high pressure liquid.
ZDA5954B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 14
Receiver/drier - Static description

The filter-drier (5), located on the right-hand side of the engine compartment is a storage tank that receives the high-
pressure liquid refrigerant from the condenser through an inlet line.
The refrigerant exits the filter-drier (5) through an outlet connection and flows to the thermostatic expansion valve.
ZDA6254C_100 1
A sight glass (3) and a ring shaped moisture indicator (4) is installed so that the general condition of the refriger-
ant charge can be determined. The decision to add refrigerant should not be based on the indication of the sight
glass alone. Perform the appropriate steps of the ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Service
instruction (E.40.C) section.
NOTE: Any moisture in the air-conditioning system is extremely harmful. Moisture not absorbed by the filter-drier
will circulate with the refrigerant. Droplets may collect and freeze in the thermostatic expansion valve restricting
refrigerant flow. The moisture circulating in the system may also react with the refrigerant to form hydrochloric acid.
NOTE: In general, the filter-drier (5) should be replaced any time the system is opened for service.
ZDA6254A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 15
Sensing system - Dynamic description
50_sec50-1_13 1
1 Low side low 2 High side low

3 High side hand valve closed 4 High side hose connected to high side service connector
5 Not used 6 Low side hose connected to low side service connector
7 Low side hand valve closed
GAUGE READINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS

EXAMPLE 1
Problem:
Little or no cooling.
Cause:
Refrigerant slightly low.
CONDITIONS*
1. Low side pressure too low.

2. High side pressure too low.
3. Evaporator air not cold.
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
1. Leak test the system.

2. Repair leaks. (Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system; replace lines or components).
3. Replace any oil lost during recovery with new oil. Be sure to use oil compatible with the system.
4. Evacuate the system.
5. Charge the system.
6. Performance test the system.
NOTE: DIAGNOSIS: System refrigerant is low. May be caused by a small leak.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 16
50_sec50-1_14 2


EXAMPLE 2
Problem:
Insufficient cooling.
Cause:
Refrigerant excessively low.
CONDITIONS*
1. Low side pressure very low.

3. Evaporator air warm.
Corrective procedures
1. Leak test the system.

2. Recover the refrigerant from the system.
3. Repair leaks.
4. Replace any oil lost during recovery with new oil. Be sure to use oil compatible with the system.
NOTE: DIAGNOSIS: System refrigerant is extremely low. A serious leak is indicated.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 17
50_sec50-1_15 3
1 Low side low 2 High side normal


EXAMPLE 3
Problem:
Cause:
Air in system.
CONDITIONS*
1. Low side pressure reading does not change when compressor cycles “on" and “off."
2. High side pressure slightly high or slightly low.
1. Leak test the system. Give special attention to the compressor seal area.
3. Repair leaks.
4. Replace the filter-drier.
5. Check compressor oil to ensure no loss.
NOTE: DIAGNOSIS: Non-condensables (air or moisture) present. System not fully charged.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 18
50_sec50-1_16 4
1 Low side high 2 High side low


EXAMPLE 4
Problem:
Cause:
Compressor malfunction.
CONDITIONS*
1. Low side pressure too high.

3. System fully charged
1. Replace the compressor.

NOTE: DIAGNOSIS: Internal leak in compressor caused by worn or scored pistons, rings, or cylinders.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 19
50_sec50-1_17 5
1 Low side high 2 High side high


EXAMPLE 5
Problem:
Insufficient or no cooling. Engine overheats in some cases.
Cause:
Condenser not functioning properly.
CONDITIONS*

2. High side pressure too high.
3. Liquid line hot.
1. Check belt tension. Loose or worn drive belts could cause excessive pressures in the compressor head.
2. Look for clogged passages between the condenser fins and coil, or other obstructions that could reduce condenser
air flow.
3. If engine overheating is a symptom, check radiator fan and pressure cap for proper operation.
(At this point, operate the system and check its performance. If still unsatisfactory, proceed as follows.)
4. Check for overcharge of refrigerant, and correct as follows:
Discharge and recover the refrigerant.
Add new refrigerant.
(Operate the system and re-check the performance. If the gauge readings are still too high, proceed as follows.)
6. Remove the condenser; if it appears dirty or plugged, replace it.
8. Evacuate the system, and recharge it.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 20

NOTE: DIAGNOSIS: Lack of cooling caused by pressure that is too high on the high side, resulting from improper
operation of condenser. (Refrigerant charge may be normal or excessive.)
50_sec50-1_18 6
1 Low side normal 2 High side normal


EXAMPLE 6
Problem:
Insufficient cooling during hottest part of hot days.
Cause:
Moisture in the system.
CONDITIONS*
1. Low side pressure reading normal but drops to a vacuum reading during testing.
2. High side pressure reading normal but drops when low side reading shows a vacuum.
3. Evaporator air sufficiently cold until low side pressure gauge shows a vacuum, then it becomes warm.

NOTE: DIAGNOSIS: Excessive moisture in system. Drying agent in filter-drier is saturated and releases moisture
during high outside air temps. This moisture collects and freezes in the expansion valve, preventing a flow of
refrigerant through the evaporator.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 21
50_sec50-1_19 7
1 Low side normal 2 High side normal


EXAMPLE 7
Problem:
Insufficient or no cooling.
Cause:
Large amount of air in system.
CONDITIONS*

3. Evaporator air not cool.

NOTE: DIAGNOSIS: Air in system. This, and the moisture in the air, is contaminating the refrigerant, causing the
system to operate improperly.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 22
50_sec50-1_20 8
1 Low side high 2 High side high


EXAMPLE 8
Problem:
Insufficient or no cooling.
Cause:
Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck open)
CONDITIONS*

4. Evaporator and suction hose (to compressor) surfaces show considerable moisture.
1. Check for sticking expansion valve:

Operate the system at maximum cooling
Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the test indicates that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
Recover the refrigerant from the system.
Replace the expansion valve.
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
NOTE: DIAGNOSIS: Thermostatic expansion valve is allowing too much refrigerant to flow through the evaporator
coils. Valve may be stuck open.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 23
50_sec50-1_21 9


EXAMPLE 9
Problem:
Cause:
Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck closed).
CONDITIONS*
1. Low side pressure too low (0 PSI or vacuum).

2. High side pressure low.
3. Evaporator air cool, but not sufficiently cold.
4. Evaporator valve inlet pipe surface shows considerable moisture or frost.
1. Place finger on expansion valve inlet. If too cold to touch, proceed as follows:
Operate the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the expansion valve inlet surface shows frost or heavy moisture, proceed as follows:
Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
3. If the corrective procedure outlined in Step 1 shows that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
NOTE: DIAGNOSIS: Expansion valve is not permitting a sufficient flow of refrigerant. May be caused by valve stuck
in restricted or closed position.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 24
50_sec50-1_22 10


EXAMPLE 10
Problem:
Cause:
Restriction in high side of system.
CONDITIONS*
1. Low side pressure too low.

3. Evaporator only slightly cool.
4. Liquid line and filter-drier are cool to touch and show frost or considerable moisture.
NOTE: A normal or high reading of the high side pressure gauge under these conditions indicates the system is
overcharged or the condenser is restricted.
1. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.

2. Replace the liquid lines, filter-drier, or other obstructed components.
NOTE: DIAGNOSIS: Restriction in the liquid line and/or filter-drier resulting in a “starved" evaporator (compressor
removing refrigerant from the evaporator faster than it can enter).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 25
50_sec50-1_23 11
1 Low side gauge 2 High side normal

Compressor cycles on at 2.3 bar (33.3 PSI)
Compressor cycles off at 1.9 bar (27.6 PSI)

EXAMPLE 11
Problem:
Compressor cycles (cuts in and out) too rapidly.
Cause:
Thermostatic switch.
CONDITIONS*
1. Low side pressure readings too high during both “on" and “off" compressor cycles and between cycles.
2. High side pressure normal.
1. Stop the engine and shut off air conditioning system.

2. Replace thermostatic switch.
3. Make sure the switch temperature sensing line is installed in the same position and depth (in evaporator core) as
previous bulb.
CAUTION
Line is filled with refrigerant under pressure. Do not kink or bend it too sharply.
Z017
NOTE: DIAGNOSIS: Defective thermostatic switch.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 26
Sensing system Limit switch - Static description

The high pressure cut-out switch (2) monitors the operating pressure on the high pressure side of the A/C system.
The function of this switch is to prevent the compressor from operating when the pressure on the high side exceeds
the preset operating limits. When actuated at 28.96-26.20 bars ( 420-380 psi) increasing, the electrical contacts in
the switch open and secure power to the compressor clutch. The pressure switch will reset at 20.69-17.93 bars (
300-260 psi) decreasing. The set point is not adjustable.
The low pressure cut-out switch (1) monitors the operating pressure on the low pressure side of the A/C system.
The function of this switch is to prevent the compressor from operating when pressure on the low side is less than
the preset operating limits. When actuated at .070 - .482 bars ( 1-7 psi) decreasing, the electrical contacts in the
switch open and stop power to the compressor clutch. The pressure switch will reset at 2.134-2.686 bars ( 31-39 psi)
increasing. The set point is not adjustable.
ZDF0850B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 27
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Service

instruction
1. Operate the air-conditioning unit with the engine on
idle speed and the ventilator on position II for at least
five minutes once a month during the storage period
(i.e. to oil all compressor seals and to avoid leak-
ages).
NOTE: The air-conditioning system must only be
operated if the cab temperature is 21 °C or more. The
air-conditioning system must only be operated if the
ambient temperature is higher than 10 °C.
ATTENTION: It is fully recommended to have the
air-conditioning system checked yearly by a specialist
(before the start of the harvest season).
ATTENTION: After recharging of the system by a
specialist, ensure the engine speed is set at low idle,
then engage and run the air-conditioning system for two
2 minutes to allow the system gas and lubrication to
normalise.
2. After this initial run-up the system can be used nor-
mally.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 28

instruction
Refrigerants must not be mixed. For this reason, service fittings are different for refrigerants R-12 and R-134a. Sys-
tems using R-134a have quick couple service connections while R-12 systems use screw threads. The intent of this
is to prevent the use of the same tools for different refrigerants, thereby avoiding mixing of refrigerants in the service
equipment.
Incompatible lubricants and other contaminants can be left behind on air conditioning service manifolds, gauges,
hoses and fittings. Even small amounts of refrigerant and lubricant left behind can be harmful to the performance and
durability of a system designed to use another refrigerant.
If refrigerants are mixed, the thermodynamic and chemical characteristics will change resulting in excessive pressure
and poor lubrication, leading to failure of the compressor, desiccant and other system components. Mixtures of R-12
and R-134a can result in a 25 % over pressure resulting in system failure.
1. To help avoid a mix-up of service equipment and

refrigerants, equipment hoses designed for use with
each refrigerant is easily identified. New service
hoses compatible with R-12 will carry the designa-
tion "SAE J2196". Service hoses used with R-134a
must have a black stripe along the entire hose length
and carry the designation "SAE J 2196/R-134a."
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 29

instruction
WARNING
Be sure to use the correct and dedicated equipment for testing and working on any system containing R-134a.
Read and understand all of the following information before working on this system.
Z005
CAUTION
Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant and lubricant vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose, and throat.
To remove R-134a from the A/C system, use service equipment certified to meet the requirements of SAE
J2210 (R-134a recycling equipment). If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate the work area before
resuming service. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant and lubricant
manufacturers.
Z003
General safety and service precautions

All refrigerants have potentially dangerous physical and chemical properties. Refrigerants are stored under relatively
high pressure as a liquid, and all of them are chemicals which can be harmful or fatal if not treated properly. When
not used as directed, you could be exposed to physical injury, frostbite, blindness, poisoning, death by asphyxiation,
or cardiac arrest. In addition, some of the new refrigerants including R-134a have been found to be flammable under
certain conditions.
1. Read, understand, and follow the instructions pro-

vided by the manufacturer of all the service equip-
ment that you will be working with.
2. Wear safety goggles at all times when servicing
an air conditioning system, extraction recycling
equipment, or otherwise handling refrigerant. Liq-
uid splashed in the eye can cause frostbite and/or
irritation.
Wear appropriate rubber gloves and other protective
clothing. Extreme care should be used when han-
dling R-134a in order to prevent contact with skin and
other body parts. This is to prevent freezing of body
tissues. Liquid R-134a boils at -18 - 11 ° C ( 0 - 12 °
F) at atmospheric pressure. Read and follow the in-
formation in the material safety data sheet provided
by your refrigerant supplier regarding the proper han-
dling of refrigerant.
3. Never mix R-134a with air for leak testing. In gen-
eral, it should not be used or allowed to be present
with high concentrations of air above atmospheric
pressure. It has been determined that pressurized,
air rich mixtures of R-134a can undergo combustion
when exposed to an ignition source.
4. Never perform operations other than routine main-
tenance on your extraction or recycling equipment
without first consulting the manufacturers’ authorized
personnel. Removal of fittings and filters can cause
refrigerant under pressure to escape. Use the proper
safety equipment, including safety goggles.
5. Never service or maintain extraction or recycling
equipment while it is plugged in unless proper ser-
vice procedures direct you to do so.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 30
6. Always transfer refrigerant to cylinders or tanks

specifically approved for refilling. Use no other
containers.
7. Never overfill a refrigerant container. There must be
a vapor space left in the cylinder in order to accom-
modate temperature-induced changes in pressure
and liquid volume. SAE recommends filling tanks for
shop use with liquid to no more than 60 % of their
gross weight rating.
8. Ensure that containers are never heated to over 52
° C ( 125 ° F). Even a correctly filled container be-
comes an explosive hazard if its temperature ex-
ceeds 52 ° C ( 125 ° F).
9. Recycling equipment may create sparks or arcs in in-
ternal switches or other systems. Because of the fire
and explosive hazard that may be present, always
use recycling equipment in locations with forced ven-
tilation having at least four air changes per hour.
10. Extension cords are a known cause of fires and
equipment malfunction. Their use is not recom-
mended. In circumstances where their use is
unavoidable, the shortest cord with 14 gauge or
larger conductors must be used. If your service
equipment requires a ground circuit (third prong),
make sure that the extension cord is so equipped
and that the ground circuit is intact. Avoid cords that
are worn, frayed, or otherwise damaged.
11. Perform work in well-ventilated areas. Refriger-
ants accumulate in low areas such as service pits.
Breathing concentrated refrigerant vapors could
result in asphyxiation or other health hazards, in-
cluding cardiac arrest.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 31
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Cleaning

° CLEANING
Many failures in all types of systems can be traced to dirt. The cleaner your work, the longer the systems will last, and
the less need there will be for maintenance operations that could potentially release refrigerant into the atmosphere.
Dirt, even microscopic particles, in hose connections can create enough clearance for the refrigerant to escape.
° FLUSHING
Flushing the system is not recommended. In the event of a major compressor failure replacing the compressor output
pressure line and filter-drier should collect most of the debris.
Some service or repair operations have been flushing A/C systems to remove dirt or other debris. It has been common
practice to use another CFC (ChloroFluoroCarbons), usually R-11, for this purpose. The use of any CFC for such
a purpose is prohibited where the CFC may be released into the atmosphere. Methychloroform, a popular flushing
agent, is also prohibited.
CAUTION
Flushing should never be done with shop or other compressed air. Certain mixtures of air and R-134a are
combustible. The use of air to flush R-134a systems could result in combustion. Shop air also contains
moisture which would contaminate the system.
Z012
IMPORTANT: Never use CFC-11, R-11, CFC-12, R-12, CFC-113, R-13 or any substance to flush an R-134a system.
To do so would result in breakdown of the lubricant and system corrosion.
1. Use of other flushing solvents may cause other prob-
lems. If a vacuum pump does not remove the sol-
vent, it could affect the chemical stability of the re-
frigerant and lubricant.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 32
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Storing

Recycled refrigerant must be stored only in DOT CFR Title 49 or UL containers approved for such use. The container
must be specifically marked for the refrigerant type you are storing. The use of unmarked containers must be avoided
as it can lead to mixing of refrigerants and consequent A/C system failure.
Disposable refrigerant containers should not be used for the storage or recovery of used or recycled refrigerant. Dis-
posable containers are the type of containers in which virgin refrigerant is often sold.
Any container of recycled refrigerant that has been stored or transferred must be checked prior to its use in accor-
dance with the temperature/pressure check described in ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system -
Tool usage (E.40.C).
New storage tanks must be evacuated to at least 635 mm ( 25 in) of mercury prior to use. Otherwise, excess air may
be introduced to the refrigerant.
Transfer of refrigerant
To transfer refrigerant in portable containers, you must make sure that:
1. The container meets DOT CFR Title 49 requirements and is UL-approved for such use.
2. The container is free of contaminants and air.
3. Container filling operations are controlled by weight. In the shop, containers must be filled NO MORE THAN 60 %
of their gross weight rating. This will prevent overfilling and possible explosion if the container is exposed to higher
temperatures.
Disposal of empty or near empty disposable containers
Improper scrapping of disposable containers can release some refrigerant into the atmosphere. This must be avoided
by removing any of the remaining contents with a recovers or recycling machine as follows.
1. Attach the service hose of your recovery or recycling

machine to the container.
2. Open the container valve and the recovery/recycling
equipment shutoff valve and evacuate the container
just as you would a mobile air conditioning system.
3. When the maximum stable vacuum has been
achieved, close the container valve and the service
hoses valves, allowing the vacuum to be in the
container.
4. Mark the container “empty" and dispose of it properly.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 33
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Drain fluid

1. Ensure that all service equipment hose lines are fit-
ted with shutoff valves or check valves within 30 cm
( 12 in) of their ends. This will ensure that only min-
imal quantities of refrigerant escape to the atmos-
phere when the equipment is disconnected from the
A/C system, and that only small amounts of moisture
and other contaminants can enter the system.
2. Be sure that all equipment including the connecting
hose lines and manifold are compatible with the re-
frigerant in the system with which you are going to
work, and that your equipment has been previously
used only with the refrigerant you are about to re-
cover.
3. Be sure that all shutoff valves are tight before con-
necting them to the A/C system.
CAUTION
Shutoff valves should be closed at all times unless
they are connected to a vehicle’s A/C system, a re-
frigerant storage container, or another piece of service
equipment containing the same refrigerant. This pre-
vents refrigerant from escaping into the atmo
Z021
4. Connect the extraction or recovery equipment to the

A/C system in accordance with the instructions sup-
plied by the equipment manufacturer.
5. Start the recovery process by turning on the recov-
ery equipment and extracting the refrigerant from the
A/C system in accordance with the equipment man-
ufacturer’s instructions.
6. Continue to extract refrigerant until the A/C system
has been brought under a vacuum and there is no
refrigerant remaining in the vehicle system.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 34
7. Verify that there is no refrigerant remaining in the

system by:
- Shutting off the recovery unit and observing the sys-
tem pressure level.
- Waiting five minutes and observing the system
pressure again. If the system pressure has not risen
above atmospheric pressure (0 gauge pressure),
all the refrigerant has been removed and you may
proceed to step 8.
If, after five minutes, the system pressure reading
has risen above atmospheric pressure (0 gauge
pressure), the extraction/recovery process must be
repeated until the pressure reading remains at or
below atmospheric for at least two minutes with the
recovery equipment shut off before proceeding to
step 8.
8. Close the shutoff valves in the service lines.
9. Remove the service lines from the vehicle system. If
the recovery equipment has automatic closing shut-
off valves, verify that they are operating properly and
do not leak.
10. Determine the amount of lubricant removed from the
A/C system during the refrigerant recovery process.
Replenish the A/C system with an equal volume of
new, correct lubricant.
Dispose of the used lubricant in accordance with ap-
plicable federal, state and local requirements.
11. The system is now ready to be serviced or repaired.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 35
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Pre delivery

inspection
1. Keep door and window closed.
2. Use the air-conditioning as much as possible.
3. Use the air-conditioning only with the ventilator in po-
sition I or II.
4. Control the desired temperature with the air-condi-
tioning knob (thermostat).
5. Regularly pay attention to the following:
The status of the sight glass and the moisture indi-
cator.
The cleanliness of the condenser and evaporator.
The cleanliness of the air intake filters.
The cleanliness of the air recycling filter.
The water dropping at the drain tubes.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 36
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Preliminary

test
The most important factor in heater air-conditioning troubleshooting is verification of the problem by observing the
system operation and isolating the problem area.
The test ports are located on the high and low pressure hoses where they connect to the compressor. The fittings
conform to SAE J2197 standards.
After the manifold gauge set has been connected and before pressure tests can be made, the system must be sta-
bilized as follows:
1. Set the parking brake, be sure the multi-function

lever is in neutral, start the engine and close the cab
window and doors.
2. Start the engine and run at fast idle speed (approxi-
mately 1500 RPM).
3. Set the A/C mode switch (3) to "on".
ZEIL06CS0027A0B 1
4. Operate the system at maximum cooling, with the

blower fan at high speed, for 10 minutes to stabilize
all components.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 37
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Tool

description
When using a manifold gauge set to diagnose, recharge or service the air conditioning system.
1. Ensure that all equipment hose lines are fitted with

shutoff valves or check valves within 30 cm ( 12 in)
of their ends and that the valves are closed. This
will ensure that only minimal quantities of refriger-
ants escape to the atmosphere, and that only small
amounts of moisture and other contaminants can en-
ter the system.
2. Be sure that all equipment including the connecting
hose lines and manifolds are:
- Compatible with the refrigerant in the A/C system.
- Free of all contaminants.
- Used only for the same type of refrigerant in the
system.
3. Be certain that all shutoff valves are shut tight be-
fore connecting them to the A/C system or charging
source.
4. Connect the manifold gauge set to the unit according
to the instructions supplied by the gauge set manu-
facturer.
5. Perform the desired diagnostic and service opera-
tion.
6. Close the shutoff valves on the service hoses.
7. Disconnect the hoses from the system.
NOTE: When the manifold gauge set is disconnected
from the air conditioning system and you want to empty it
of refrigerant, or when the center hose is to be moved to
another device which cannot accept refrigerant pressure,
the hoses should be attached to recovery equipment or
recycling equipment to remove the refrigerant, lubricant
and contaminants from the hoses.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 38
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Tool usage

At times you may question whether or not a container of refrigerant has been recycled. One method is a simple
comparison of the container pressure with theoretical pressure at a known temperature. If the pressure is equal to or
less than a theoretical value established for R-134a of usable purity, the contents of the container does not contain
excess air.
IMPORTANT: Using R-134a with excess air will result in higher system operating pressures and may cause damage
to the A/C system.
1. Store the container for at least 12 hours at a known
temperature of 18.3 ° C ( 65 ° F), or higher. The
container must not be in direct sunlight or under the
influence of any other direct source of heat.
Carry out all the next steps in the same area in which
the container has been stored, as it is very important
that the temperature of the container is stable.
2. Attach an appropriate pressure gauge to the con-
tainer. This pressure gauge should read in incre-
ments of 6.9 kPa ( 1 PSI).
3. Use a calibrated thermometer to measure the air
temperature within 100 mm ( 4 in) of the container
surface.
4. Use this table for R-134a to compare the pressure in
the container with the pressure shown for the tem-
perature of the tank. If the pressure in the container
is equal to or less than the pressure in the table, the
refrigerant in the container meets the requirements
for excess air.
50_sec50-1_11 1
Temperature vs. Pressure Chart
If the pressure is greater than shown in the table, you may still be able to use it by proceeding to step 5.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 39
5. If the pressure exceeds that of the table, connect the

tank to recovery or recycling equipment in such a way
as to allow you to continue to monitor tank pressure.
6. Bleed a small amount of vapor from the tank into the
recovery or recycling equipment until the tank pres-
sure is below that shown in the table for the temper-
ature at which the tank was stored. Close the shutoff
valves in the recovery/recycling equipment service
hose.
NOTE: This process may cause the temperature of the
tank to drop.
7. Allow the tank temperature to re-stabilize at the tem-
perature of the storage room by shaking it and al-
lowing it to sit in the same spot for up to another 12
hours.
8. After making certain that container temperature has
again stabilized to room temperature, repeat step 4.
If the pressure exceeds that in the table for the stor-
age temperature you measured, the refrigerant in the
tank has too much excess air to be used and must
be recycled or reclaimed.
9. If the refrigerant being checked has been contami-
nated with other refrigerant, such as R-12, the tank
pressure may indicate it contains air. If the tank is
vented and the pressures still indicates a high read-
ing, and there is a possibility of the R-134a refrigerant
being contaminated with R-12, the container must be
sent to a reclaim facility.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 40
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Check

The A/C system should not leak. "Topping off" a leaky air conditioning system perpetuates the escape of refrigerant
to the atmosphere. The proper service procedure is to locate and then correct the leak before putting any refrigerant
into the system.
IMPORTANT: Any refrigerant introduced into the system for the purpose of finding leaks must also be recovered
from the system.
IMPORTANT: Always use the same type of refrigerant for checking leaks as was originally installed.
IMPORTANT: Never use compressed air to detect system leaks. The introduction of air into the system may create
a fire or explosion hazard, may overload the desiccant with moisture, and could contaminate the system with dirt.
1. A small amount of refrigerant leakage is normal.
Much of the normal leakage comes from the slow
seepage of refrigerant through the flexible hoses.
Other common sources of leaks are at joints be-
tween the flexible hose and metal tubing or at
threaded hose connections. These are usually much
larger leaks than the natural seepage through the
walls of the hose and are almost always repairable.
When servicing them it is important that leakage be
minimized.
Be certain to use an electronic leak detector, Tool #
OEM 1486 or equivalent, for detecting R-134a.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 41
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Check

Start the engine and set the throttle at 1500 RPM. Run the engine for ten minutes with the air conditioner set at
maximum cooling and the blower on high speed.
1. Check that the A/C mode button (3) is pushed in, the
temperature control knob is on cold, and the blower
is on the highest speed.
ZEIL06CS0027A0B 1
2. Check that the air-conditioning components are op-

erating, such as:
Compressor clutch engages when the A/C mode
switch (3) is pushed from "OFF" to "ON" position.
Engine cooling fan is operating.
Blower fan is operating at all speeds.
3. Check the compressor drive belt for slippage.
4. Check the cab air filter to ensure it is clean and free
from obstruction to air flow.
5. Check the evaporator fins. Be sure they are not
plugged or excessively dirty causing insufficient air
flow across the evaporator coil.
6. Check the recirculation filter to ensure that it is clean
and free from obstruction to air flow.
7. Check the condenser core to ensure it is clean and
free from obstruction to air flow.
NOTE: If the compressor clutch fails to engage by
operating the air conditioning mode switch when the
engine is first started, it may indicate an electrical
problem or a malfunction of the electric drive clutch on the
compressor. Review the electrical diagram in this section
for proper diagnosis.
8. If the compressor clutch engages but cuts out pre-
maturely, the system may be either very low on re-
frigerant charge or have a malfunction of the expan-
sion valve, low-pressure or high pressure switches.
Troubleshoot the system by conducting the ENVI-
RONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system -
Troubleshooting (E.40.C).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 42
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Charging

1. Recharge the system only with the proper virgin re-
frigerant or recycled refrigerant purified to meet SAE
purity standard (J2099 for R-134a). Use the weight
method to determine the proper amount of refriger-
ant.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 43
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Filling

Refilling the air conditioning system must be done by the weight method. The lubricants used in R-134a tend to layer
onto the walls of the refrigeration system. This layering obscures the view through the sight glass. Visual methods
of refilling R-134a systems will result in improper system charging. For this reason, the old practice of “topping off"
a partially discharged air conditioning system using the sight glass is no longer recommended. The air conditioning
system has a capacity of 3 kg (6,6 lb). of R-134a refrigerant.
1. Contaminants
No mobile air conditioning system can operate for
long without picking up some contaminants in the
refrigerant. The flexible hoses, for example, allow
moisture and air to migrate into the refrigerant from
the outside atmosphere. Moisture and non-condens-
able gasses (air) are the most common contaminants
found in mobile air conditioning systems.
Lubricant and refrigerant that remains in service
equipment can be a contaminant. The lubricant
may have absorbed some moisture and air that has
migrated into the air conditioning system. Some of
the lubricant is captured by and carried along with
the refrigerant. When you recover a refrigerant, a
certain amount of lubricant will be captured by the
extraction or recovery equipment as well. This lubri-
cant will be drained into a catch bottle or reservoir
for measurement and proper final disposal.
Lubricant that has come out of an air conditioning
system should never be reused. Reusing this oil may
result in contamination of the air conditioning system
with the refrigerant, moisture and air that has been
temporarily absorbed into the oil. Instead, the A/C
system should be refilled with the same amount of
correct fresh oil that was removed in the service oper-
ation. The used oils must be disposed of in a manner
which complies with federal, state and local disposal
requirements.
To avoid contamination between systems using dis-
similar refrigerant, service equipment MUST be ded-
icated to a single refrigerant.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 44
Compressor - Remove
NOTE: Shielding around engine removed for clarity.
1. Recover refrigerant in accordance with the Re-
frigerant Recovery Procedure ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Drain fluid
(E.40.C).
NOTE: A 1/2 in ratchet cutout is provided in the arm of
the idler pulley. Because of the orientation of the various
components, this cutout may be unusable.
2. Use a crowbar (1) to release tension from the drive
belt.
Remove the drive belt from the compressor pulley.
10008351 1
3. Detach the compressor clutch electrical connector

(1).
Remove the bolts (2) and (3) to remove the both sup-
ports.
Disconnect the suction line (5) and the discharge line
(4). Cap the line side to prevent moisture or foreign
material from entering the system.
Take off the hose clamp mounting bolt (3).
ZDF0850C 2
4. Remove the compressor mounting bolts and lift the

compressor from the combine.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 45
Compressor - Install
1. Set the compressor on its mount and secure into
place using the four bolts.
Connect the refrigerant suction line (5) and the dis-
charge line (4).
Install the both supports and tighten the bolts (2) and
(3).
Attach the clutch electrical connector (1).
ZDF0850C_95 1
2. Use a crowbar (1) to rotate the idler pulley toward

the rear of the combine. Route the drive belt around
the compressor pulley and release pressure on the
crowbar.
10008351_96 2
3. Recharge the refrigerant system in accordance with

the Recharge/Refilling procedure. Refer to ENVI-
RONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system -
Filling (E.40.C).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 46
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Remove

1. Insert the two pins of the front plate spanner into any
two threaded holes of the clutch front plate. Hold the
clutch plate stationary.
Remove the hex nut with a 19 mm socket.
30288 1
2. Remove the clutch plate using a puller. Align the

puller centre bolt to the compressor shaft. Thumb
tighten the 3 puller bolts into the threaded holes.
Turn the centre bolt clockwise until the front plate is
loosened.
30287 2
3. Remove the shaft key by lightly tapping it loose with

a slot screw driver and hammer.
30291 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 47
4. Remove the internal bearing snap ring.
30290 4
5. Remove the front housing external snap ring.
30292 5
6. Remove the rotor pulley assembly:

Insert the lips of the jaws into the internal bearing
snap ring groove.
30295 6
7. Place the rotor puller shaft protector over the ex-

posed shaft.
30289 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 48
8. Align the thumb head bolts to the puller jaws and

finger-tighten.
30286 8
9. Turn the puller centre bolt clockwise until the rotor

pulley is free.
30280 9
10. Remove the field coil.

Loosen the coil lead wire from the clip on top of the
compressor front housing.
30281 10
11. Remove the snap ring and the field coil.
30294 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 49
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Install

1. Install the field coil: the coil flange protrusion must
match the hole in the front housing to prevent coil
movement and the lead wire must be correctly lo-
cated.
Replace the rotor pulley.
30293 1
2. Support the compressor on the four mounting ears at

the compressor rear side. If using a vise, clamp only
the mounting ears, never the compressor body itself.
Align the rotor assembly squarely on the front hous-
ing hub.
Using a hammer and a special tool, tap until the rotor
bottoms to the compressor front housing hub.
30283 2
3. Reinstall the internal bearing snap ring.

Reinstall the front housing external snap ring.
30284 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 50
4. Replace the front plate assembly.

Check that the original clutch shims are in place on
the compressor shaft.
Replace the compressor shaft key.
Align the front plate key way to the compressor shaft
key.
Using a shaft protector, tap the front plate to the shaft
until it has bottomed to the clutch shims.
30282 4
5. Replace the shaft hex nut and torque between 35 -

40 Nm ( 26 - 29.5 lb ft).
Check the air gap with a feeler gauge ( 0.4 - 0.8 mm).
If the air gap is not consistent around the circumfer-
ence, lightly pry up at the minimum variations. Lightly
tap down at points of maximum variation.
30285 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 51
Condenser - Remove
frigerant Recovery procedure ENVIRONMENT
(E.40.C).
Open the rotary dust screen door with the handle (1),
to gain access to the air-conditioning condenser.
ZEIL06CS0011A0B 1
2. Disconnect and cap the refrigerant lines (1) from the

condenser. The fittings are different sizes, labeling
should not be required.
IMPORTANT: Use a wrench on the condenser tube nut to
prevent twisting the condenser tube.
10010478 2
3. Remove the two lynch pins (2) to separate the con-

denser (3) from the rotary dust screen door (4).
Lift-up the condenser out of his hinges.
ZDF0696B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 52
Condenser - Install
1. Open the rotary dust screen door (1) to gain access
to the mounting area for the air-conditioning con-
denser.
ZEIL06CS0011A0B 1
2. Hang-up the condenser (3) into the hinges.

Connect the condenser (3) with the rotary dust
screen door (4) and install the two lynch pins (2).
ZDF0696B_98 2
3. Replace the O-rings, and lubricate them with PAG oil.

Attach the hoses (2) to the condenser, and tighten to
the proper torque.
IMPORTANT: Use a wrench on the condenser tube nut to
prevent twisting the condenser tube.
NOTE: The fittings are different sizes.
10010478_99 3

the Recharge/Refilling Procedure ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Filling
(E.40.C) .
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 53
Receiver/drier - Remove
1. Recover the refrigerant in accordance with the
Refrigerant Recovery Procedure ENVIRONMENT
(E.40.C).
Disconnect and cap the refrigerant lines (1) from the
receiver/dryer.
Loosen the hose clamp (2), holding the unit in place.
ZDA6254B 1
2. Remove the unit from the combine.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 54
Receiver/drier - Install
1. Set the filter-drier in place and secure by tightening
the hose clamp (2).
Inspect the O-rings and replace if necessary. Lubri-
cate the O-rings with PAG oil, and uncap and connect
refrigerant lines (1).
Tighten the lines to the correct torque
ZDA6254B_101 1

the Recharge/Refilling procedure ENVIRONMENT
(E.40.C).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 55
Sensing system Limit switch - Remove


frigerant Recovery Procedure ENVIRONMENT
(E.40.C).
2. Remove the high pressure switch (2) from the sys-
tem.
ZDF0850B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 56
Sensing system Limit switch - Install

1. Install the high pressure switch (2) into the system.
ZDF0850B 1

(E.40.C).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 57
Sensing system Limit switch - Remove

Low pressure switch
1. Recover refrigerant in accordance with the Refrig-

erant Recovery Procedure ENVIRONMENT CON-
TROL Air-conditioning system - Drain fluid ().
2. Remove the low pressure switch (1) from the system.
ZDF0850B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 58
Sensing system Limit switch - Install

Low pressure switch
1. Install the low pressure switch (1) into the system.
ZDF0850B 1

(E.40.C).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 59
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system -

Troubleshooting
No cooling A/C mode switch not on. Turn A/C mode switch on.
Temperature control switch not rotated fully Rotate temperature control counter-clock-
counter-clockwise towards the blue index. wise.
Loose or broken compressor drive belt. Check belt and tension. Replace as re-
quired.
Loss of refrigerant. Perform system tests - recharge.
Compressor clutch does not engage. Perform electrical checks of clutch circuit.
Insufficient air flow through evaporator. Check air filter.
Check evaporator core and clean if re-
quired.
Check blower motor operation.
Defective blower fans.
Faulty expansion valve operation. Conduct “System Performance Test" - re-
place as needed.
Faulty compressor. Conduct “System Performance Test" - re-
pair as needed.
Insufficient cooling Dirty evaporator coil and/or filter. Visual inspection - clean.
Temperature control switch not rotated fully Rotate temperature switch counter-clock-
counter- clockwise towards the blue index. wise.
Dirty condenser core. Visual inspection - clean.
Low refrigerant charge. Perform system tests - recharge.
Water valve partially open. Visual inspection.
Compressor drive belt slipping. Visual inspection - replace or adjust as
needed.
Evaporator icing up. Perform system tests.
Faulty thermostatic switch. Visual inspection of capillary tube to outlet
tube.
Perform system tests - replace if needed.
Faulty expansion valve. Visual inspection of capillary tube to outlet
tube.
Perform system tests - replace if needed.
Faulty blower fan. Visual inspection of fan rotor and fastening
to motor shaft. Repair or replace.
Plugged or restricted filter-drier. Perform system tests - replace if needed.
Moisture in the system. Visually inspect moisture indicator on the
filter-drier.
Perform system tests - evacuate and
recharge.
Replace the filter-drier.
Faulty compressor. Perform system tests - overhaul if needed.
Noisy system Faulty compressor clutch. Replace clutch assembly.
Noise in compressor. Replace compressor.
Excessive charge in system. Perform system test and adjust charge.
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system -

Troubleshooting
Gauge readings: Low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair.
Low-pressure - Low Evacuate system.
High-pressure - Low Charge system, retest system.
Evaporator air not cold.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 60

Gauge readings: Air or moisture present in system. Replace filter-drier.
Low-pressure - High Evacuate the system.
High-pressure - Normal Charge the system.
Evaporator air not cold. Retest.
Gauge readings: Excessive moisture in system. Discharge system.
Low-pressure - High Replace the filter-drier.
High-pressure - Normal Evacuate system.
Insufficient cooling during Charge the system.
hottest part of day. Retest.
Gauge readings: Filter-drier saturated and releases moisture Discharge system.
Low-pressure - High when outside air temperature is high. Replace the filter-drier.
Low-pressure reading Charge the system.
does drop to vacuum Retest.
during test. (normal)
Gauge readings: Defective temperature control (thermo- Stop engine and shut off A/C.
Low-pressure - Normal static) switch. Replace temperature control switch or
High-pressure - Normal evaporator sensor.
Compressor cycles “on" Retest system and check compressor cy-
and “off" too frequently. cling.
Gauge readings: Overcharged with refrigerant. Check operation of engine cooling fan. Re-
Low-pressure - High pair as needed.
High-pressure - High Check for overcharge as follows:
Bubbles in sight glass. Recover the system refrigerant R-134a.
Remove condenser assembly, flush and
clean thoroughly.
Replace filter-drier.
Replace any oil lost during recovery.
Charge the system with 3.06 kg ( 6.75 lb.)
of R-134a refrigerant.
Retest.
Gauge readings: Air and moisture in the system. Discharge the system.
Low-pressure - High Replace filter-drier.
High-pressure - High Evacuate the system.
Evaporator air not cold. Charge the system.
Retest.
Gauge readings: Internal leak in compressor. (reed valves, Recover the system refrigerant R-134a.
Low-pressure - High gasket, worn or scored piston rings or cylin- Replace the compressor.
High-pressure - Low der) Evacuate the system.
Evaporator air not cold. Charge the system.
Retest.
Gauge readings: System low on charge. Perform leak test.
Low-pressure - High Recover the system refrigerant R-134a.
High-pressure - Normal Repair leaks.
Insufficient cooling,
Low-pressure reading
does not fluctuate with
manual operation of
the A/C mode switch.
(pressure should drop
until compressor cycles)
Gauge readings: Extremely low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair.
Low-pressure - Low Evacuate system.
High-pressure - Low Charge system, retest system.
Evaporator air warm.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 61

Gauge readings: Expansion valve not permitting sufficient Check expansion valve as follows:
Low-pressure - Low flow. 1) Set at maximum cooling.
High-pressure - Low Spray CO2 or other gas on valve head or
Evaporator air cool but sensing bulb.
not sufficiently cold. Low-pressure gauge should then show a
vacuum reading.
Retest.
2) If expansion valve is defective as deter-
mined in Step 1, or if the valve inlet tube
shows heavy condensation or frost, pro-
ceed as follows:
Recover the system refrigerant R-134a.
Replace expansion valve.
Evacuate system.
Charge system.
Retest.
Gauge readings: Moisture freezes in expansion valve pre- Discharge system.
Low-pressure - High venting refrigerant flow. Replace the filter-drier.
High pressure reading Charge the system.
drops when low pressure Retest.
reading shows vacuum.
Evaporator air is
sufficiently cold until
low-pressure reading
drops to vacuum, then it
becomes warm.
Gauge readings: Stuck valve. Check expansion valve as follows:
Low-pressure - Low 1) Set at maximum cooling.
High-pressure - Low Spray CO2 or other gas on valve head or
Expansion valve sensing bulb.
inlet tube surface Low-pressure gauge should then show a
shows considerable vacuum reading.
condensation or frost. Retest.
2) If expansion valve is defective as deter-
mined in Step 1, or if the valve inlet tube
shows heavy condensation or frost, pro-
ceed as follows:
Evacuate system.
Charge system.
Retest.
Gauge readings: Improper operation of condenser. Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
Low-pressure - High flow and cooling.
High-pressure - High
Evaporator air warm.
Liquid line hot.
(condenser outlet to
expansion valve tube)
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 62

Gauge readings: Expansion valve allowing too much refrig- Check expansion valve.
Low-pressure - High erant to flow through the evaporator. Set for maximum cooling.
High-pressure - High Spray liquid CO2 on expansion valve head.
Evaporator air warm. Low-pressure gauge should show vacuum
Evaporator and hose reading.
to compressor shows If the expansion valve is defective, proceed
considerable moisture. as follows:
Discharge the system.
Charge the system.
Retest.
If the above test shows expansion valve
operating properly, proceed as follows:
Replace the filter-drier.
Inspect all lines and tubing from the com-
pressor outlet to the expansion valve. Re-
place if needed.
Charge the system.
Retest.
Gauge readings: Restriction in liquid line. Discharge the system.
Low-pressure - low Replace the filter-drier.
High-pressure - high Inspect all lines and tubing from compres-
Insufficient cooling. sor outlet to expansion valve. Replace if
needed.
Charge the system.
Retest.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 63
Index

Command - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Compressor - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Compressor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Compressor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Compressor - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Condenser - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Condenser - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Condenser - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - A/C schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Component localisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Pre delivery inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Tool description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Tool usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 64
Receiver/drier - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Receiver/drier - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Receiver/drier - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Sensing system - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Sensing system Limit switch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Sensing system Limit switch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Sensing system Limit switch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Sensing system Limit switch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Sensing system Limit switch - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 65
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.C / 66
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- 40.D
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.D / 1
Contents
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D
DIAGNOSTIC
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ventilation system
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Electrical control
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.D / 2
BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- Problem solving
OPERATION
BLOWER CONTROL CIRCUIT

The climate control is a manually controlled system for providing heat and air conditioning that consists of the following
functions:
Operator control of the blower fan (3 speeds)
Operator selection of A/C "ON" and A/C "OFF".
Electronic control of heater valve and compressor clutch.
The fan speed of the blower motor is controlled by a four position switch ("Off", "Low", "Med", and "High") The blower
speed is controlled by a power resistor that determines various voltage drops to provide the different blower speeds.
The "OFF" position will also turn off the A/C if it is on.
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL CIRCUIT

Control is achieved through the use of a dash mounted potentiometer which operates over a range from maximum A/C
to maximum heat. A/C is achieved by activating the A/C compressor and heat is achieved by opening an electronically
operated water valve.
Additionally, the A/C can be turned ON or OFF via the A/C switch but there is no visual indication of operation.
DEHUMIDIFY CONTROL CIRCUIT

Dehumidification (A/C and heat on at the same time) can be achieved by placing the two position toggle switch in the
A/C ON position.
A/C COMPRESSOR PROTECTION CIRCUIT

The compressor is protected through the use of high and low refrigerant pressure switches. These switches will not
allow compressor operation if the refrigerant pressure is above or below a preset threshold. If the compressor is
turned OFF for any reason, it can be reset by either turning the fan switch or the toggle switch OFF and then ON.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting the Manual Climate control system, make sure that the following operating conditions are met:
C. Check all connectors for full installation, loose, corroded, pushed out, or bent terminals
D. Refrigerant fill must be correct.
E. Condenser fins are clean and unrestricted.
F. Engine cooling fan must be operating correctly (fan clutch).
G. Compressor drive belt properly tensioned and in good condition.
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.D / 3
CAUTION
Z011
CAUTION
Z008

Climate control module is Fuse #6 A - Air conditioning switch S84 power
inoperative Circuit(s) supply test Electrical control - Testing
Cab roof printed circuit (E.40.D)
Air conditioning switch S84 If test A is okay, install a new air condition-
ing switch S84.
Blower fan inoperative Air conditioning switch S84 A - Air conditioning switch S84 power
(All speed positions) supply test Electrical control - Testing
(E.40.D)
Fuses #15 and #35 B - Blower fan circuit test Ventilation sys-
Circuit(s) tem - Testing (E.40.D)
Blower fan
Air conditioning switch S84
Blower f an inoperative Circuit(s) C - Blower fan (low speed) circuit test Ven-
(low speed) Fan speed (low) relay tilation system - Testing (E.40.D)
Blower fan
Air conditioning switch
Blower Fan inoperative Circuit(s) D - Blower fan (medium speed) circuit test
(medium speed) Fan speed (medium) relay Ventilation system - Testing (E.40.D)
Blower fan inoperative circuit(s) E - Blower fan (high speed) circuit test Ven-
(high speed) Fan speed (high) relay tilation system - Testing (E.40.D)
Blower fan
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.D / 4
Ventilation system - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the fan speed (low) relay 12 volts. Blown fuse #35.
K38. Action Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
Turn the key start "ON". If good reading, go to test point 3. cuit.
Check for 12 volts at relay connector
K38 (pin 5).
Disconnect cab roof printed circuit 12 volts. Blown fuse #15.
connector X135. Action Open circuit between cab roof
Check If good reading, install a new cab printed circuit connector X135 and
Check for 12 volts at connector roof printed circuit. fuse printed circuit X191, circuit 413
X135, circuit 413 (RD). (RD).
Open circuit in fuse printed circuit.
Disconnect blower fan connector Less than 1 ohm resistance. Open circuit between blower fan
X81. Action connector X81 (pin 3 and 4) and
Check If good reading, continue with next ground, circuit 283 (ZW).
Check for a ground at connector X81 step.
(pin 3 and 4).
Reconnect blower fan connector 12 volts. Air conditioning switch S84.
X81. Action
Turn the key start "ON". If good reading, install a new blower
Select blower switch (low) position. fan.
Check
K38 (pin 1).

84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.D / 5
CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the fan speed (low) relay 12 volts. Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
K38. Action cuit.
Turn the key start "ON". If good reading, continue with next
Check step.
K38 (pin 5).
Check Action cuit.
(pin 2). step.
Turn the key start "ON". 12 volts. Open in circuit 293 (WT).
Select blower switch (low) position. Action Air conditioning switch S84.
Check If good reading, go to test point 5. Go to next test point.
K38 (pin 1).
Disconnect air conditioning switch Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between fan speed
connector S84. Action (low) relay connector K38 (pin 1)
Check If good reading, install a new air con- and air conditioning switch connec-
Measure resistance between conditioning switch S84. tor S84 (pin 2), circuit 293 (WT).
nector K38 (pin 1) and connector
S84 (pin 2).
Turn the key start "OFF". 12 volts. Fan speed (low) relay K38.
Install the fan speed (low) relay K38. Action Open circuit between fan speed
Disconnect blower fan connector If good reading, install a new blower (low) relay connector K38 (pin 3)
X81. fan. and blower fan connector X81 (pin
Turn the key start "ON". 8), circuit 290 (WT).
Measure the voltage at connector
X81 (pin 8).
Turn the key start "OFF". Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between fan speed
Remove the fan speed (low) relay Action (low) relay connector K38 (pin 3)
K38. If good reading, install a new fan and blower fan connector X81 (pin
Check speed (low) relay K38. 8), circuit 290 (WT).
nector K38 (pin 3) and blower fan

84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.D / 6
CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the fan speed (medium) Re- 12 volts. Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
lay K39. Action cuit.
Check step.
K39 (pin 5).
Check Action cuit.
(pin 2). step.
Select blower switch (medium) posi- Action Air conditioning switch S84.
tion. If good reading, go to test point 5. Go to next test point.
Check
K39 (pin 1).
connector S84. Action (medium) relay connector K39 (pin
Check If good reading, install a new air con- 1) and air conditioning switch con-
Measure resistance between conditioning switch S84. nector S84 (pin 1), circuit 294 (WT).
S84 (pin 1).
Turn the key start "OFF". 12 volts. Fan speed (medium) relay K39.
Install the fan speed (medium) relay Action Open circuit between fan speed
K39. If good reading, install a new blower (medium) Relay connector K39 (pin
Disconnect blower fan connector fan. 3) and Blower Fan connector X81
X81. (pin 6), circuit 291 (WT).
Turn the key start "ON". Go to next test point.
Check
X81 (pin 6).
Remove the fan speed (medium) re- Action (medium) relay connector K39 (pin
lay K39. If good reading, install a new fan 3) and blower fan connector X81
Check speed (medium) relay K39. (pin 6), circuit 291 (WT).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.D / 7

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Remove the fan speed (high) relay 12 volts. Open circuit in cab roof printed cir-
K40. Action cuit.
Check step.
K40 (pin 5).
Check Action cuit.
(pin 2). step.
Select blower switch (high) position. Action Air conditioning switch S84.
Check If good reading, go to test point 5. Go to next test point.
K40 (pin 1).
connector S84. Action (high) relay connector K40 (pin 1)
Check If good reading, install a new air con- and air conditioning switch connec-
Measure resistance between conditioning switch S84. tor S84 (pin 3), circuit 295 (WT).
S84 (pin 3).
Turn the key start "OFF". 12 volts. Fan speed (high) relay K40.
Install the fan speed (high) relay Action Open circuit between fan speed
K40. If good reading, install a new blower (high) relay connector K40 (pin 3)
Disconnect blower fan connector fan. and blower fan connector X81 (pin
X81. 12 and 14), circuit 292 (WT).
Turn the key start "ON". Go to next test point.
Check
X81 (pin 12 and 14).
Remove the fan speed (high) relay Action (high) relay connector K40 (pin 3)
K40. If good reading, install a new fan and blower fan connector X81 (pin
Check speed (high) relay K40. 12 and 14), circuit 292 (WT).
connector X81 (pin 12 and 14).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.D / 8
Electrical control - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect air conditioning connec- 12 volts. Blown fuse #6.
tor S84. Action Open circuit between air condition-
Turn the key start "ON" . If good reading, continue with next ing switch connector S84 (pin 4) and
Check step. fuse #6, circuit 110 (OR).
Check for 12 volts at connector S84
(pin 4).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.D / 9
Index
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D

Electrical control - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ventilation system - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.40.D / 10
SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety - 50.B
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.50.B / 1
Contents
DIAGNOSTIC
Audible alert
Horn - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.50.B / 2
BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety
Audible alert Horn - Testing

CAUTION
Z011
WARNING
Z008

Disconnect the road lights switch 12 volts. Open circuit between road light
connector X148. Action switch connector X148 (pin 8), cir-
Check If good reading, continue with next cuit 199 (RD) and In-line harness
Check for 12 volts at connector step. connector X7 (pin P).
X148 (pin 8), (RD).
Check Less than 1 ohm, when the horn Road lights switch.
Measure the resistance between the switch is closed.
connector X148 (pin 8 and 9) com- Action
ponent side. Open circuit, when the horn switch is
open.
step.
Disconnect the horn connector (pin Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between horn connector
1) (ZW). Action (pin 1), circuit 128 (ZW) and ground.
Check for a ground at the horn con- step.
nector (pin 1), (ZW).
Disconnect the horn connector (pin Less than 1 ohm. Open circuit between horn connector
1) (WT). Action (pin 1), circuit 196 (WT) and road
Check If good reading, Install a new horn. light switch connector X148 (pin 9),
Measure the resistance between the circuit 196 (WT).
horn connector (pin 1) (WT) and con-
nector X148 (pin 9), (WT).
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.50.B / 3
Index

Audible alert Horn - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.50.B / 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
E.50.B / 5
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84210989A 24/04/2009
SERVICE MANUAL
FRAME POSITIONING
CSX7050 Hillside
CSX7050 Laterale
CSX7060 Laterale
CSX7080 Laterale
84210989A 24/04/2009
F
Contents
FRAME POSITIONING - F
FRAME LEVELLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F.30.A

CSX7050 Hillside , CSX7050 Laterale , CSX7060 Laterale , CSX7080 Laterale
84210989A 24/04/2009
F
FRAME LEVELLING - 30.A
CSX7050 Hillside
CSX7050 Laterale
CSX7060 Laterale
CSX7080 Laterale
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump
FUNCTIONAL DATA
FRAME LEVELLING
CSX7050 Hillside
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CSX7050 Hillside
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Command valve
Cylinder
Overview Compensation cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Overview Laterale cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Longitudinal - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Lateral - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

CSX7050 Hillside
Lateral - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

CSX7050 Hillside
Longitudinal - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

CSX7050 Hillside
Longitudinal - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

CSX7050 Hillside
SERVICE
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 2
Command valve
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Pump
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
CSX7060 Laterale, CSX7080 Laterale, CSX7050 Laterale, CSX7050 Hillside
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Cylinder
Lateral - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
CSX7050 Hillside
Lateral - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
CSX7050 Hillside
Longitudinal - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
CSX7050 Hillside
Longitudinal - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
CSX7050 Hillside
Longitudinal - Remove Compensation cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Longitudinal - Install Compensation cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Longitudinal - Remove Laterale cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Longitudinal - Install Laterale cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 3
FRAME POSITIONING - FRAME LEVELLING

RNPH08CS0011F0A 1
Laterale hydraulic pump
Type: Gear type

Maximum pressure 250 bar (3625.0 psi)
Maximum oil flow 66.3 l/min ( 17.51 gal/min)
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 4
FRAME LEVELLING - Hydraulic schema

CSX7050 Hillside
• 1. Longitudinal levelling hydraulic pump ( 17 cc/rev)

• 2. Lateral levelling hydraulic pump ( 11 cc/rev)
• 3. Oil filters
• 4. Oil reservoir
• 5. Filler cap with filter
• 6. Lateral levelling solenoid valve
• 7. Longitudinal levelling solenoid valve
• 8. Valve to regulate the flow (factory-set) of the longitudinal levelling
• 9. Lateral levelling valve (to deviate the oil) command by electrical switch
• 10. Lateral levelling distributor manual command
• 10a. Lock out valve
• 11. Drain hose
• 12. Lateral float cylinders (located on the top of the straw elevator)
• 13. Header lift cylinders
• 13a. Lock out valve
• 14. Lateral levelling cylinders with stop valve
• 15. Lateral float cylinders (located behind the front axle)
• 16. Longitudinal levelling cylinder
• 17. Stop valve
• 18. Lateral flotation control valve
• 19. Steering cylinder
• 20. Lateral flotation anti-shock valve
• 21. Stop valve on longitudinal levelling lifting circuit
• 22. Adjustable flow divider
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 5
ZEIL05CL0055H0B 1
Hydraulic levelling system
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 7
FRAME LEVELLING - Hydraulic schema

29. Lateral flotation cylinder 51. Laterale float compensation relief valve
36. Hydrostatic pump, charge pressure of hydrostatic 52. Laterale relief valve
circuit
43. Low pressure filter 53. Check valve
44. Hydraulic pump 54. Pilot operated pressure reducing valve
45. Laterale control manifold (includes parts 49 to 60) 55. Check valve
46. Laterale cylinder 56. Pilot operated check valve
47. Compensation cylinder 57. Check valve
48. Velocity fuse 58. Flow control valve
49. Laterale leveling valve 59. Flow control valve
50. Laterale height valve 60. Pilot operated check valve
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 8
RNPH08CS0013G0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 9
FRAME LEVELLING - Overview

RNPH08CS0001G0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 10
RNPH08CS0002G0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 11
FRAME LEVELLING - Component localisation

CSX7050 Hillside
Longitudinal levelling hydraulic pump (1)

Lateral levelling hydraulic pump (2)
ZEIL05CL0022A0B 1
Oil filters (3)

Oil reservoir (4)
ZEIL05CL0020A0C 2
Lateral levelling solenoid valve (6)

Longitudinal levelling solenoid valve (7)
Valve to regulate the flow (factory-set) of the
longitudinal levelling (8)
ZEIL05CL0028A0C 3
Lateral levelling valve (to deviate the oil)

command by electrical switch (9)
Lateral levelling distributor manual command
(10)
ZEIL05CL0029A0D 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 12
Drain hose (11)
ZEIL05CL0002A0C 5
Lateral float cylinders (12) (located on the top

of the straw elevator)
ZEIL05CL0048A0B 6

Lock out valve (13a)
ZEIL05CL0051A0B 7
Lateral levelling cylinders with stop valve (14)

Lateral float cylinders (15) (located behind the
front axle)
ZEIL05CL0050A0B 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 13
Longitudinal levelling cylinders (16)

Lock out valve (17)
ZEIL05CL0049A0B 9
Lateral flotation control valve (18)
ZEIL05CL0052A0B 10
Steering cylinder (19)
ZEIL05CL0053A0B 11
Lateral flotation anti-shock valve (20)
ZEIL05CL0054A0B 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 14
Stop valve on longitudinal levelling lifting

circuit (21)
Adjustable flow divider (22)
ZEIL05CL0100A0B 13
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 15
FRAME LEVELLING - Component localisation

NOTE: To find the location of those components, refer to FRAME LEVELLING - Overview (F.30.A).
Oil reservoir (5)

Breather with filter and non-return valve (33)
Low pressure filter (32) Low pressure filter (43)
RNIL08CS0001A0B 1

Laterale cylinders (46)
Velocity fuses (48)
RNIL08CS0004A0B 2
Laterale control manifold (45) mention:
• Laterale levelling valve (49)

• Laterale height valve (50)
• Laterale float compensation relief valve (51)
• Laterale relief valve (52)
• Check valve (53), (55), (57)
• Pilot operated pressure reducing valve (54)
• Pilot operated check valve (56), (60)
• Flow control valve (58), (59)
RNIL08CS0021A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 16
Laterale hydraulic pump (47)
RNIL08CS0008A0B 4
Compensation cylinder (47)
RNIL08CS0009A0B 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 17
FRAME LEVELLING - Exploded view

1. - 35. Sealing washer

2. Traction beam 36. Bushing
3. Rocker left hand 37. Connection block
4. Hydraulic cylinder 38. -
5. Final drive 39. -
6. Rocker right hand 40. -
7. - 41. -
8. Axial bearing 42. -
9. Shaft 43. -
10. Shaft 44. -
11. Splined bushing 45. -
12. Splined bushing 46. Grease zerk
13. Locking ring 47. Washer
14. Retaining ring 48. Washer
15. Bushing 49. Washer
16. Axial bearing 50. Washer
17. Ring 51. Bolt
18. Sealing ring 52. Bolt
19. Shaft 53. Bolt
20. Disc 54. Bolt
21. Support 55. Bolt
22. Ring 56. Bolt
23. Nipple 57. Bolt
24. Grease line 58. Bolt
25. Retaining plate 59. Bolt
26. Nipple 60. Washer
27. Sealing washer 61. Bolt
28. Plug 62. Nut
29. Magnetic plug 63. Nut
30. Level gauge control 64. Nut
31. Plug 65. Washer
32. Grease zerk 66. Bolt
33. Wheel nut 67. Plug
34. Dowel pin
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 18
ZEIL08CS0002I0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 19
FRAME LEVELLING - Sectional view

8. Axial bearing
15. Bushing
16. Axial bearing
17. Ring
18. Sealing ring
20. Disc
22. Ring
23. Nipple
ZEIL08CS0001F0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 20
Command valve - Dynamic description

RNPH08CS0010A0B 1
NEUTRAL SITUATION:
The laterale levelling valve (1) and the laterale height valve (2) are closed, which means that the oil can not flow
through these valves. The oil flows back to the special tank.
FILLING SYSTEM– Cylinder out
The manual control lateral levelling rocker switch in left hand position activates the laterale levelling valve (1). The oil
flows through the laterale levelling valve (1) to the right cylinder. At the same time the return flow is opened. When
activating the stable lateral levelling activation switch to manual the 4/2 valve (2) will be opened and the oil flow to the
hydraulic cylinder. The cylinders will be filled and the combine raise.
AUTOMATIC
The stable lateral levelling activation switch is in left hand position (Automatic). The laterale control manifold is con-
trolled automatically.
TILT LEFT, TILT RIGHT
The manual control lateral levelling rocker switch activates the laterale levelling valve (1). The stable lateral levelling
activation switch is in middle position (OFF). The oil flows to the left/right cylinder and the return flow of the right/left
cylinder to the tank is possible. Depending on switching one side will be lowered and at the same time the other side
will be lifted.
LOWERING MACHINE– Cylinder in
The laterale levelling valve (1) is closed. When activating the stable lateral levelling activation switch to manual the
laterale height valve (2) will be opened, and the oil flow from the hydrostatic charge pump opens the check valve. The
oil flow from cylinder to the tank is possible. The cylinders will be retracted by the combine.
OFF
If the stable lateral levelling activation switch is in middle position (OFF), no laterale movement can be done.
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 21
Command valve - Static description

The lateral hydraulic system controls the lateral system of the combine.
The lateral hydraulic system contains one laterale control manifold:
• Laterale control manifold (see also hydraulic schematic FRAME LEVELLING - Hydraulic schema (F.30.A)) lo-
cated on the right-hand side near right drive motor.
RNIL08CS0011A0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 22
Cylinder - Overview Compensation cylinder

RNPH08CS0016F0A 1
Compensation cylinder
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 23
Cylinder - Overview Laterale cylinder

RNPH08CS0017F0A 1
Laterale cylinder
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 24
Cylinder Longitudinal - Exploded view

RNPH08CS0009F0B 1
Laterale cylinder
1. Seals Kit 6. Piston locking screw

2. Body 7. Ball joint
3. Rod 8. Locating snap ring
4. Rod Guide 9. Ball joint
5. Piston 10. Locating snap ring
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 25
Cylinder Lateral - Sectional view

CSX7050 Hillside
ZEIL05CL0086F0B 1
Lateral levelling cylinder
2. Ball joint 7. Guide ring
3. Seals 8. O-ring
4. Guide ring 9. Dowel pin
5. Seal
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 26
Cylinder Lateral - Exploded view

CSX7050 Hillside
ZEIL05CL0091G0B 1
Lateral levelling cylinder
3. Seals 8. O-ring
4. Guide ring 9. Dowel pin
5. Seal
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 27
Cylinder Longitudinal - Sectional view

CSX7050 Hillside
ZEIL05CL0087F0B 1
Longitudinal levelling cylinder
1. Cylinder 6. Dowel pin

3. O-ring 8. Seals
4. Guide ring 9. O-ring
5. Seal
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 28
Cylinder Longitudinal - Exploded view

CSX7050 Hillside
ZEIL05CL0089G0B 1
Longitudinal levelling cylinder
1. Cylinder 6. Dowel pin

3. O-ring 8. Seals
4. Guide ring 9. O-ring
5. Seal
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 29
Command valve - Repair

If the laterale control manifold does not respond to a switch command, either an electric or a hydraulic problem may
be the cause.
Hydraulic cause
1. In case of laterale control manifold failure, the seal
rings or the valves of the manifold can be replaced.
A repair of the valves is not possible.
2. In case of an internal leakage order the repair kits.
IMPORTANT: When installing the repair kits, the following
procedure must be used to avoid external leakages:
3. Ensure that the machine component involved is com-
pletely down (cylinder fully retracted) to release any
possible pressure on the valves.
4. Loosen one (or two) hydraulic tubes at the laterale
control manifold to release any remaining pressure
so as to avoid loss of components on removal.
5. Install the relevant valve.
Laterale levelling valve

6. Remove the four bolts and take off the laterale relief
valve (49).
7. Install a new seal kit and the laterale relief valve (49).
Fasten the valve with the four bolts.
RNPH08CS0014A0B 1
Laterale height valve

8. Remove the laterale height valve (50).
9. Install new seal rings and the laterale height valve
(50). Fasten the laterale height valve with a torque
of 64 - 70 Nm (47.2 - 51.6 lb ft).
Laterale float compensation relief valve

10. Remove the laterale float compensation relief valve
(51).
11. Install new seal rings and a new laterale float com-
pensation relief valve (51). Fasten the valve with a
torque of 30 - 35 Nm (22.1 - 25.8 lb ft). Set the pres-
sure of the relief valve to 200 bar (2900.0 psi) at 10
l/min (2.6 US gpm).
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 30
Laterale relief valve

12. Remove the laterale relief valve (52).
13. Install new seal rings and a new laterale relief valve
(52). Fasten the valve with a torque of 30 - 35 Nm
(22.1 - 25.8 lb ft). Set the pressure of the relief valve
to 200 bar (2900.0 psi) at 60 l/min (16 US gpm).
RNPH08CS0015A0B 2
Check valve
14. Remove the check valve (53). (55) or (57).
15. Install new seal kit and a new check valve (53). (55)
or (57). Fasten the valve with a torque of 47 Nm (34.7
lb ft).
Pilot operated pressure reducing valve

16. Remove the pilot operated pressure reducing valve
(54).
17. Install a new seal kit and a pilot operated pressure
reducing valve (54). Fasten the valve with a torque
of 50 Nm (36.9 lb ft). Set the pressure of the valve
to 200 bar (2900.0 psi) at 1 l/min (0.26 US gpm).
Pilot operated check valve

18. Remove the pilot operated pressure reducing valve
(54).
19. Install a new seal kit and the pilot operated check
valve (56) Fasten the valve with four washers and
bolts.
Flow control valve

20. Remove the flow control valve (58) or (59).
21. Install a new seal kit and a flow control valve (58) or
(59).
Pilot operated check valve

22. Remove the pilot operated check valve (60).
23. Install a new seal kit and a pilot operated check valve
(60). Fasten the valve with a torque of 50 Nm (36.9
lb ft).
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 31
Electrical cause
24. The solenoid does not operate the valve spool.
No power supply to the solenoid spool or failure of
the solenoid spool.
In this case, the valve spool can be manually acti-
vated by pushing on the rubber cap of the solenoid
and moving the valve spool into the an operating po-
sition.
As a provisional solution, if there is no power avail-
able on a solenoid, the electric wires of another valve
(which is not used needed at the moment) may be
connected to that solenoid.
DANGER
Before activating a solenoid manually, ensure that ev-
erybody stands clear of the machine. Activate it just
long enough to notice that the valve works.
Z006
CAUTION
Never put 12V continuously to a solenoid as this will
cause the solenoid to burn. It is allowed to put 12V on
a solenoid as a pulse or maximum 7V continuously!
Z019
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 32
Command valve - Remove


2. Ensure that the header lift cylinders are mechanically
secured in the upper position.
3. Stop the engine.
IMPORTANT: Be sure that the area around the hydraulic
valve is clean before removing it. Dirt contamination will
cause hydraulic component damage and/or failure. Use
caution while washing, keep electrical components as dry
as possible.
drain hose and catch the oil into a clean suitable con-
tainer. (Refer to your Operator’s Manual: Section 4 -
Lubrication and Maintenance)
5. • Disconnect all the electrical connectors from
the valve solenoids (1).
• Loosen and disconnect the hydraulic line fit-
tings from the command valve. Cap and plug
all lines and fittings.
NOTE: Mark all the electrical connector locations for
proper connection during assembly.
hydraulic oil.
1
plugged when disconnected to avoid contamination. Dirt RNIL08CS0011A0B

and/or failure.
6. Loosen the four bolts (2) on the support (5) and re-
move the hydraulic valve (4).
RNIL08CS0012A0B 2
7. Remove all straight connectors, fittings, quick cou-

plings and the adjustable locknut.
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 33
Command valve - Install

1. Install all straight connectors, fittings, quick couplings

and the adjustable locknut.
2. Bring the hydraulic valve (4) in place on the support
(5) and install the bolts (2) with washers (3).
RNIL08CS0012A0B 1
3. Connect all hydraulic hoses.

4. Connect the electrical connectors to the valve
solenoids (1).
RNIL08CS0011A0B 2

Fill the hydraulic reservoir with the proper type and
the correct amount of hydraulic fluid.
(Refer to your Operator’s Manual: Section 4 - Lubri-
cation and Maintenance)
Check the hydraulic oil level.
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 34
Pump - Remove
CAUTION
Z009
IMPORTANT: Be sure that the area around the hydraulic pump is clean before removing it. Dirt contamination will
cause hydraulic component damage and/or failure.
drain hose into a clean suitable container. (Refer to
your Operator’s Manual "Section 4 - Lubrication and
Maintenance")
2. Remove the hydraulic hoses (2) and (3).
hydraulic oil.
plugged when disconnected to avoid contamination. Dirt
and/or failure.
RNIL08CS0010A0B 1
3. Loosen the two bolts (4) and remove the hydraulic

pump (1). See fig. 1.
4. Remove the two fittings of the hydraulic pump.
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 35
Pump - Install
CAUTION
Z009
1. Install the two fittings on their respective side of the

hydraulic pump.
2. Bring the hydraulic pump (1) in place and install the
two bolts (4) with washers.
RNIL08CS0010A0B 1
3. Install the O-ring and lubricate it with oil. Install the

hydraulic hoses (2) and (3). See fig. 1.
Reinstall the plug of the drain hose. Fill the hydraulic
reservoir with proper type and amount of hydraulic
fluid. (Refer to your Operator’s Manual: "Section 4 -
Lubrication and maintenance").
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 36
Cylinder Lateral - Remove

CSX7050 Hillside
WARNING
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have enough force to penetrate the skin. Hydraulic fluid may
also infect a minor cut or opening in the skin. If injured by escaping fluid, see a doctor at once. Serious
infection or reaction can result if medical treatment is not given immediately. Make sure all connections are
tight and that hoses and lines are in good condition before applying pressure to the system. Relieve all
pressure before disconnecting the lines or performing other work on the hydraulic system. To find a leak
under pressure use a small piece of cardboard or wood. Never use hands. Failure to comply could result in
death or serious injury.
M252A
1. Position the machine horizontally and secure the

safety locks (1) as shown.
ZEIL05CS0034A0B 1
2. Loosen the connectors (2) to let oil drain out slowly,

as it may initially come out under a little pressure.
Remove the connectors (2).
ZEIL05CS0035A0B 2
3. Loosen the bolt (3) to remove the hydraulic hose.
ZEIL05CS0037A0C 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 37
4. Remove the cotter pin (4), the nut (5) to remove the
bolt.
ZEIL05CS0036A0B 4
5. On both sides of the cylinder, remove the bolts (6) of

the bushings (7).
ZEIL05CS0037A0B 5
6. Take out of the bushings (7).
ZEIL05CL0093A0B 6
7. Remove the cylinder (8).
ZEIL05CL0094A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 38
Cylinder Lateral - Install

CSX7050 Hillside
1. Fit the cylinder (8) in its housing.
ZEIL05CL0094A0B 1
2. On both sides of the cylinder, install the bushings (7)

and tighten the bolts (6).
ZEIL05CS0037A0B 2
3. Install the bolt and tighten the nut (5).

Secure with the cotter pin (4).
ZEIL05CS0036A0B 3
4. Connect the hydraulic hose with the bolt (3).
ZEIL05CS0037A0C 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 39
5. Install the hydraulic hoses and tighten the connectors

(2).
ZEIL05CS0035A0B 5
6. Fill the circuit before placing the safety locks (1) in

rest position.
ZEIL05CS0034A0B 6
7. Filling of the circuit is carried out by moving many

times and shortly the lateral levelling manual control
lever (26), to the left (b) and to the right (a).
This procedure must be interrupted only if the ma-
chine is moving, in order to avoid damaging the
safety locks (1).
NOTE: Check the connections (2) and (3) for oil leaks.
ZEIL05CL0026A0D 7
8. Place the locks (1) in rest position and fill the oil reser-
voir up to the maximum level.
For the oil specifications, refer to your Operator’s
Manual.
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 40
Cylinder Longitudinal - Remove

CSX7050 Hillside
WARNING
M252A
1. Position two wooden blocks on the rear axle.

Lower machine at the rear with the appropriate
unstable longitudinal levelling manual control rocker
switch, so that its weight is completely discharged
on the wooden blocks.
ZEIL05CS0039A0A 1
2. Loosen the connectors (1) to let oil out slowly, as it

may initially come out under a little pressure.
Remove the connectors (1).
ZEIL05CS0042A0B 2
3. Loosen the connector (2).
ZEIL05CS0040A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 41
4. Remove the two bolts (3) to remove the support plate

(4).
Remove the central bolt (5).
ZEIL05CS0041A0B-2 4
5. On both sides of the cylinder, remove the bolts (6) of

the bushing (7).
ZEIL05CS0037A0B 5
6. Take out of the bushings (7).
ZEIL05CL0093A0B 6
7. Remove the cylinder (8).
ZEIL05CL0094A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 42
Cylinder Longitudinal - Install

CSX7050 Hillside
1. Fit the cylinder (8) in its housing.
ZEIL05CL0094A0B 1
2. On both sides of the cylinder, install the bushings (7)

and tighten the bolts (6).
ZEIL05CS0037A0B 2
3. Install the central bolt (5).

Secure the bolt (5) by installing the support plate (4)
and tighten the two bolts (3).
ZEIL05CS0041A0B-2 3
4. Connect the hydraulic hose and tighten the bolt (2).
ZEIL05CS0040A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 43
5. Connect the two hydraulic hoses (1).
ZEIL05CS0042A0B 5
6. Lift the combine with the appropriate unstable longi-

tudinal levelling manual control rocker switch till the
wooden blocks are free of its weight.
Remove the wooden blocks and fill the oil reservoir
up to the maximum level.
For the oil specifications, refer to your Operator’s
Manual.
NOTE: Check the connections (1) and (2) for oil leaks.
ZEIL05CS0039A0A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 44
Cylinder Longitudinal - Remove Compensation cylinder

WARNING
M252A

3. Stop the engine.
NOTE: Indicate that the laterale combine should be in it’s
lowest position and level to release all pressure from the
system before performing any service actions. Refer to
your Operator’s Manual for more details.
IMPORTANT: Be sure that the area around the compensation cylinder is clean before removing it. Dirt contamination
will cause hydraulic component damage and/or failure. Use caution while washing, keep electrical components
as dry as possible.
4. Remove the hydraulic hoses (1). See fig. 1.
NOTE: Mark the hose locations for proper connection during installation.
NOTE: When disconnecting the hydraulic lines, have a suitable container readily available to capture any residual
hydraulic oil.
IMPORTANT: Lines and fittings must be capped and plugged when disconnected to avoid contamination. Dirt
5. Remove the retaining ring (2). See fig. 1.
6. Remove the pin (3) and lower the compensation
cylinder (4).
RNIL08CS0013A0B 1
7. Remove the retaining ring (2). See fig. 2.
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 45
8. Remove the pin (5) and the compensation cylinder

(4).
RNIL08CS0014A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 46
Cylinder Longitudinal - Install Compensation cylinder

1. Place the compensation cylinder (4) with the connec-

tions on top.
RNIL08CS0014A0B 1
2. Install the pin (3) and pin (5). See fig. 1.
RNIL08CS0013A0B 2
3. Secure the pins with the retaining rings (2).

See fig. 1 and 2.
4. Connect the hydraulic hoses (1). See fig. 2.
5. Start the engine and perform a functional test (Refer
to the Operator’s Manual: “Section 4 - Lubrication
and Maintenance")
6. Check all connections for leaks.
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 47
Cylinder Longitudinal - Remove Laterale cylinder

WARNING
M252A
IMPORTANT: Be sure that the area around the laterale cylinder is clean before removing it. Dirt contamination will
cause hydraulic component damage and/or failure.
NOTE: Indicate that the laterale combine should be in it’s
lowest position and level to release all pressure from the
system before performing any service actions. Refer to
your Operator’s Manual for more details.
DANGER
Hydraulic cylinders support heavy loads. Removal of cylinders may cause weight shifts that can result in
personal injury. The machine must be properly blocked on both the right and left side to prevent weight shift
and tipping prior to removing the frame tilt cylinder.
M696
3. On both sides, put wooden blocs under the frame.
RNIL08CS0019A0B 1
4. Ensure that the laterale cylinders are fully retracted

to release any possible pressure in the circuit.
5. Stop the engine.
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 48
6. Put a hydraulic jack under the frame at the marked

lifting point near the hydraulic cylinder to be removed.
RNIL08CS0020A0B 2
NOTE: Mark the hose locations for proper connection during installation.
NOTE: When disconnecting the hydraulic lines, have a suitable container readily available to capture any residual
hydraulic oil.
IMPORTANT: Lines and fittings must be capped and plugged when disconnected to avoid contamination. Dirt
7. Remove the hydraulic hoses (1) and (2).
RNIL08CS0015A0B 3
8. Secure the laterale cylinder with a belt against falling

down. Remove the bolt (3) and the pin (4).
RNIL08CS0016A0B 4
9. Lift the combine using the hydraulic jack until the

cylinder housing can pass the frame. See fig. 2.
10. Release the belt and lower the laterale cylinder to
ground.
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 49
11. Remove the two bolts (7) and the washer (6).
RNIL08CS0017A0B 5
12. Remove the laterale cylinder (5). See fig. 5.
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 50
Cylinder Longitudinal - Install Laterale cylinder

1. Install the laterale cylinder (5) on the wheel drive

housing.
RNIL08CS0017A0B 1
2. Install the washer (6) with the two bolts (7). See fig.
1.
3. Lift up the laterale cylinder to the frame and secure it
in upper position with a belt. See fig. 2.
4. Lower the combine by using the hydraulic jack until
the pin (4) can be installed.
RNIL08CS0016A0B 2
5. Secure the pin (4) with the bolt (3) remove the hy-
draulic jack. See fig. 2.
6. Connect the hydraulic hoses (1) and (2).
RNIL08CS0015A0B 3
7. Start the engine and raise the combine to remove the

wooden blocs under the frame. Perform a functional
test (Refer to the Operator’s Manual: “Section 2 Op-
eration")
8. Check all connections for leaks.
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 51
Index

Command valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Command valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Command valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Command valve - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Command valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Cylinder - Overview Compensation cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Cylinder - Overview Laterale cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cylinder Lateral - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
CSX7050 Hillside
Cylinder Lateral - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
CSX7050 Hillside
Cylinder Lateral - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
CSX7050 Hillside
Cylinder Lateral - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
CSX7050 Hillside
Cylinder Longitudinal - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Cylinder Longitudinal - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
CSX7050 Hillside
Cylinder Longitudinal - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
CSX7050 Hillside
Cylinder Longitudinal - Install Compensation cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Cylinder Longitudinal - Install Laterale cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Cylinder Longitudinal - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
CSX7050 Hillside
Cylinder Longitudinal - Remove Compensation cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Cylinder Longitudinal - Remove Laterale cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Cylinder Longitudinal - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
CSX7050 Hillside
FRAME LEVELLING - Component localisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
CSX7050 Hillside
FRAME LEVELLING - Component localisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
FRAME LEVELLING - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
FRAME LEVELLING - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
CSX7050 Hillside
FRAME LEVELLING - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
FRAME LEVELLING - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
FRAME LEVELLING - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 52
84210989A 24/04/2009
F.30.A / 53
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84210989A 24/04/2009
SERVICE MANUAL
TOOL POSITIONING
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
G
Contents
TOOL POSITIONING - G
LIFTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.10.A
CSX7000
LEVELLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.30.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
G
LIFTING - 10.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.10.A / 1
Contents
LIFTING - 10.A
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Command valve
Header lift valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Control valve
Cylinder
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
Cylinder
Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.10.A / 2
TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING
Command valve Header lift valve - Static description

1. Orifice A. Towards header cylinders
2. Pressure compensator A’. Towards shock valve
3. Lowering spool R1. Return line
4. Check valve P. Pressure line
5. Lifting spool Y. Load sensing line
ZEIL09CS0149F0B 1
Neutral position:
The lowering spool (3) and the lifting spool (5) remain in neutral position (no electric activation of the solenoids) so
there is now oil flow. The oil stays in the header cylinder line because of the check valve (4) and the shock valve at
port (A). This shock valve limits the pressure peaks in the header cylinders. These pressure peaks are caused by
load shocks.
Lowering:
The lowering spool (3) will be activated so the oil can flow towards the return line (R1). The more current is sent to
the lowering spool, the more it will open and the more oil will flow. When pushing harder on the header height rocker
switch on the multifunction handle, the more current is sent and the header will lower faster.
Lifting:
After starting the engine (pump pressure will build up), a small amount of pressure will be present at port (P) and also
at the lifting spool (5). When the lifting spool (5) is activated the pressure will also be present at the check valve (4)
and port (Y), this pressure is too low to open the check valve (4). Nevertheless the pressure at port (Y) opens the
load sensing valve (on port (Y)) that makes the pressure to build up in the pressure line (P). This pressure will open
the check valve (4) so the oil can flow towards the header cylinders. The flow of oil through the lifting spool (5) will
create a pressure drop over that spool. The more electric current is sent to the lifting spool (5), the more the lifting
spool will open. The pressure over the lifting spool (5) is kept constant by the pressure compensator (2). So the more
current is sent to the lifting spool, the more oil will flow to the header cylinders independent of the pressure in the
header cylinders.
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.10.A / 3
Control valve - Dynamic description

NEUTRAL POSITION
Most of the oil will flow to the main valves and a small amount of oil will enter the return system. This will avoid
overheating of the oil in the neutral position of the control spool (8b).
° The header height control spool (8b) remains in neutral position (no electric activation of the solenoids).
° Before starting the engine (no pump pressure) load sensing valve (8a) will be pushed against the plug on the left-
hand side due to the spring tension on the other side.
After starting the engine (pump pressure will be built up), pump pressure is also available at (7c) of the load sensing
valve. This pressure opens the load sensing valve against the spring tension and the return pressure.
Now most of the pump oil capacity flows towards the main hydraulic control valves.
° A limited amount of oil flows towards control spool (8b) into the return system.
° A lift check valve (8g) prevents the oil in the header cylinders from returning towards the control valve (8b).
° Load shocks on the header cylinders are absorbed by a pressure relief valve (8h) set at 200 bar.
ZEIL04CS0106H0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.10.A / 4
HEADER LIFT POSITION

During lifting of the header, most of the oil flows towards the header cylinders. A small amount of oil ( 4 L/min) will
always flow to the main hydraulic valves.
° Control spool (8b) will be moved to the left due to the movement of the electric solenoid.
Now pump oil flow passes the control spool (8b) and flows into pilot line (8d).
This pushes the load sensing valve (8a) to the left, assisted by the spring tension. The complete pump capacity ( 4
L/min) will flow towards the lift check valve. Trapped oil behind the lift check valve (8g) will be drained through line
(8j). Now valve (8g) will be moved to the left allowing oil flow towards the header cylinders.
ZEIL04CS0107H0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.10.A / 5
HEADER LOWERING POSITION

During lowering of the header, the header cylinders will be connected to the return system by exerting indirect pressure
on the lift check valve.
° Control spool (8b) will be moved to the right due to the movement of the electric solenoid. Pump oil flow is able
to pass the control valve towards the right-hand side of the flow limiter (8f). Flow limiter (8f) will be pushed to the
left against the spring tension and header weight. Due to that movement, lift check valve (8g) will also pushed open
allowing oil flow from the header towards the return system.
° The cylinder return oil flow is restricted by control spool (8b). This creates a pressure between control spool (8b) and
the header cylinders. This pressure is seated on the left-hand side of flow limiter (8f) and acts against the pressurized
oil on the right-hand side.
° A heavier header installation will increase the return pressure located on the left-hand side of flow limiter (8f) which
will be pushed more to the right (pump pressure remains the same). This will affects the position of the lift check valve
(8g) resulting in a reduced header lowering speed, i.e. the basic lowering speed.
° Oil flow restrictor (8i) affects the header lowering speed as follows:
Permitting more oil flow towards the return system than towards the flow limiter (8f) will decrease the pressure on the
right-hand side of the flow limiter (8f).
This will result in a lower header lowering speed.
Less oil flow will increase the header lowering speed.
° Oil flow restrictor (8i) is factory-adjusted and has only one correct position which must not be changed. Repositioning
of the restrictor will result in subsequent damage of the different valve components.
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.10.A / 6
ZEIL04CS0108H0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.10.A / 7
CAUTION
Z027
ZDF0429A 1
Header lift cylinder
1 Cylinder housing 2 Piston rod

3 Seal 4 Seal
5 Scraper ring 6 Locking wire
7 Seal 8 Seal
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.10.A / 8
CAUTION
Z027
Header lift cylinder with a locking wire on the piston:

1. Move the piston until the locking wire (1) is visible
through the hydraulic pipe connection.
Turn the piston while gently pushing the locking wire
(1) into the groove (2) with a screwdriver.
Remove the piston.
ZDF0550A 1
2. To install, slide the piston in the cylinder.

Reinstall the locking wire (1) in its original groove (3).
ZDF0551A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.10.A / 9
Index
LIFTING - 10.A
Command valve Header lift valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Control valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cylinder - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.10.A / 10
LEVELLING - 30.A
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.30.A / 1
Contents
LEVELLING - 30.A
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Control valve
Hydraulic pump
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cylinder
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Cylinder
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.30.A / 2
TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING

The pressure valve (30) will open when moving the header laterally with the left-hand side down.
ZEIL06CS0063A0C 1
The pressure in the line towards the main hydraulic valve will be 60 bar ( 870 psi) at that moment.
ZDF0546A 2
When moving the header laterally with the left-hand side up, full oil flow is possible through the pressure relief valve.
ZDF0547A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.30.A / 3
Hydraulic pump - Exploded view
ZDF0841A 1
Lateral float hydraulic pump
1 Bearing end plate 2 Pump housing

3 Bearing 4 O-ring
5 Driver 6 Toothed gear
7 Toothed gear 8 Plain washer
9 Nut 10 Bolt
11 Closing cover 12 Protective cap
13 Protective cap 14 Set of seals
NOTE: Tighten the screw (9) with a torque between 22 - 27 Nm. ( 16 - 20 lb ft)
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.30.A / 4
CAUTION
Z027
ZDF0431A 1
Lateral flotation cylinder
1. Cylinder 7. Guide ring

2. Piston rod 8. Seal
3. Piston guide ring 9. Cylinder
4. Scraper ring 10. Bolt (torque 91-111 Nm)
5. Seal 11. Locking wire
6. Seal
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.30.A / 5

"Lateral float cylinder with a locking wire"
Proceed as follows:
1. Turn the cylinder head (1) using a tool with thread

(see fig. 2), until the end of the locking wire (2) is
visible through the gap.
ZDF0727A 1
2. Pull out the locking wire (2) with a screwdriver while

turning the cylinder head (1).
ZDF0725A 2
ZDF0726A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.30.A / 6

ZDF0735A 4
5. Before reassemble, clean and oil the piston rod (3),

the cylinder sleeve (5) and the seals.
ZDF0735A_73 5
6. Slide the cylinder head (1) with the piston rod into
the cylinder housing and line up the groove for the
locking wire (2).
Turn the cylinder until the cavity provided in the cylin-
der becomes visible.
ZDF0727A 6
7. Introduce the folded end of the locking wire (2) in the

cavity, making sure that the other end points to the
bevelled edge of the cylinder slot.
Turn the cylinder head (1) until the locking wire (2)
has been completely pulled into the groove.
ZDF0725A_74 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.30.A / 7
Index
LEVELLING - 30.A
Hydraulic pump - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.30.A / 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
G.30.A / 9
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84210989A 24/04/2009
SERVICE MANUAL
CROP PROCESSING
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
K
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
FEEDING Reel feeding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.25.B

CSX7000
FEEDING Header feeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.25.D

FEEDING Feeder housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.25.E

CSX7000
THRESHING Conventional threshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.40.B

CSX7000
SEPARATING Beating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.42.B

CSX7000
SEPARATING Rotary separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.42.C

CSX7000
SEPARATING Straw flow beater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.42.F

SEPARATING Straw walker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.42.E

CSX7000
CLEANING Primary cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.62.B

CSX7000
CLEANING Tailings return system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.62.C

CSX7000
STORING AND HANDLING Grain storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.60.B

CSX7000
UNLOADING Grain unloading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.72.B

CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
K
CROP PROCESSING - K
FEEDING Reel feeding - 25.B
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.B / 1
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Hydraulic line
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Drive system
Belt - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hydraulic pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hydraulic pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.B / 2
CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Reel feeding
Hydraulic line - Overview

1. Nuts 14. -
2. Nut 15. -
3. Support 16. Allen screw
4. Pulley 17. Allen screw
5. - 18. Solenoid
6. Hydraulic pump 19. Connector
7. Bolt 20. Hydraulic hose
8. - 21. Valve
9. Bolts 22. Bolts
10. Hydraulic hose 23. Hydraulic tube
11. Hydraulic hose 24. Hydraulic tube
12. - 25. -
13. Connector 26. -
ZEIL06CSX074F0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.B / 3
Drive system Belt - Replace

NOTE: For more details, refer to Hydraulic line - Overview (K.25.B).
1. Loosen the three nuts (1). Loosen the nuts (2) and
slide the pump support plate (3) rearwards.
ZEIL06CSX066A0B 1
2. Remove the belt from the pulley (4) and from the
pulley at the rear.
ZEIL06CSX067A0B 2
3. • Replace the belt with a new one on the rear

and front pulley (4).
• Tension the belt by moving the pump support
plate (3) forwards with the nuts (2). For the
proper belt tension, refer to the Operators Man-
ual of your combine.
• Tighten the nuts (1) and (2).
ZEIL06CSX066A0C 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.B / 4
Drive system Hydraulic pump - Remove

1. • Drain the oil from the hydraulic reservoir.
• Loosen the nut (5). Remove the belt from the
pulley (4). Refer to Drive system Belt - Re-
place (K.25.B).
• Remove the nut (5).
ZEIL06CSX068A0B 1
2. Remove the pulley (4) from the shaft of the hydraulic

pump (6) with a puller.
NOTE: Make sure not to loose the key while removing
the pulley (4) from the shaft.
ZEIL06CSX069A0B 2
3. • Remove the bolt (7) and the two nuts (2).

• Remove the three nuts (1) and the three bolts
(8).
ZEIL06CSX066A0D 3
4. • Remove the bolts (9) and remove the hydraulic

pump (6) from the support plate (3).
• Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (10) and (11)
from the hydraulic pump (6).
• Remove the Allen screw (14) and (15) and re-
move the connector (12). Remove the Allen
screws (16) and (17) and remove the connec-
tor (13).
NOTE: When disconnecting the hydraulic lines, have
a suitable container available to capture any residual
hydraulic oil.
ZEIL06CSX070A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.B / 5
Drive system Hydraulic pump - Install

1. • Install the connector (12) on the hydraulic
pump (6) with the two Allen screws (14) and
(15).
• Install the connector (13) onto the hydraulic
pump (6) with the two Allen screws (16) and
(17).
• Install the hydraulic pump (6) onto the support
plate (3) with the washers and the bolts (9).
• Connect the hydraulic hoses (10) and (11) with
the connectors (12) and (13).
NOTE: Ensure that the rubber seals are installed properly
on the connectors (12) and (13). ZEIL06CSX070A0B 1
2. • Install the hydraulic pump assembly as shown

with the three bolts (8), the washers and the
three nuts (1).
• Install the bolt (7) and the two nuts (2).
NOTE: Do not tighten the bolts (7) and (8) and the nuts
(1) and (2) yet.
ZEIL06CSX066A0D 2
3. • Clean up the shaft of the hydraulic pump (6).

• Bring the key in place, if necessary, apply
some grease to prevent the key from falling.
• Install the pulley (4) onto the shaft of the hy-
draulic pump (6) with the washer and the nut
(5). Refer to fig. 4.
ZEIL06CSX071A0B 3
4. • Install the belt, refer to Drive system Belt -

Replace (K.25.B).
• Tighten the nut (5).
• Refill the hydraulic reservoir with oil. For oil
specification, refer to the Operators Manual of
your combine. Check the oil level after the
hydraulic pump (5) has run for several minutes.
ZEIL06CSX068A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.B / 6
Control valve - Remove

NOTE: When disconnecting the hydraulic lines, have a suitable container available to capture any residual
hydraulic oil.
1. Inside the grain tank, remove the two covers (2).
ZEIL06CS0046A0B 1
2. • Drain the oil from the hydraulic reservoir.

• Disconnect the connector (19) from the sole-
noid (18).
• Disconnect the hydraulic hose (20) from the
valve (21).
ZEIL06CSX072A0B 2
3. • Remove the two bolts (22) from the valve (21).

• Disconnect the hydraulic tubes (23) and (24)
from the valve (21) and remove the valve.
ZEIL06CSX073A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.B / 7
Control valve - Install

1. • Connect the hydraulic tubes (23) and (24) with
the valve (21) as shown. Do not tighten yet.
• Install the hydraulic valve (21) with the two
bolts (22), the washers and the two nuts.
• Tighten the hydraulic connections (23) and
(24).
ZEIL06CSX073A0B 1
2. • Connect the hydraulic hose (20) on the valve

(21).
• Reconnect the connector (19) with the sole-
noid (18).
• Fill the hydraulic reservoir with oil. For oil spec-
ifications, refer to the Operators Manual of your
combine.
ZEIL06CSX072A0B 2
3. Install the covers (2).
ZEIL06CS0046A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.B / 8
Index
CROP PROCESSING - K

Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Drive system Belt - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Drive system Hydraulic pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Drive system Hydraulic pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hydraulic line - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.B / 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.B / 10
CROP PROCESSING - K
FEEDING Header feeding - 25.D

84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.D / 1
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Drive system
Drive shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Drive system
Drive shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Drive shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.D / 2
CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Header feeding
Drive system Drive shaft - Exploded view

ZDA6971A 1
Header drive shaft (Hydraulic reverser)
1 Header drive shaft 2 Bearing

3 Lock collar 4 Bearing
5 Lock collar 6 Cover
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.D / 3
Drive system Drive shaft - Remove

If hydraulic reverser
1. At the left-hand side, raise the straw elevator com-

pletely, install the safety latch (1), and stop the en-
gine.
WARNING
ALWAYS shut OFF engine, remove the key and engage
header or feeder safety locks in position on lift cylin-
der before working under or around header or feeder.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious in-
jury.
M184D
ZDA6965A 1
2. Remove the shielding.

3. Remove the header drive belt (2) by loosening the
nuts (4) and (3).
ZDA5931B_126 2
4. Loosen the counter nut (5) and the nut (6).

Remove the pulley (7) from the shaft.
ZDA6967A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.D / 4
5. Remove the four bolts (1) of the bearing housing (2).
ZDA6981A 4
6. At the right-hand side, remove the cover (1) by loos-

ening the four bolts (2).
ZDA7138A 5
7. Loosen the Allen screw to remove the lock collar (2).

Remove the three bolts (3).
Remove the bearing with the flanges.
ZDA6968A 6
8. Now is it possible to remove the header drive shaft

out to from the left-hand side.
ZDA7351A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.D / 5
9. To remove the left-hand side bearing (1) from the

header drive shaft (2), remove the two keys (3) and
loosen the Allen screw of the lock collar (4).
ZDA6969A 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.D / 6
Drive system Drive shaft - Install

If hydraulic reverser
1. Install first the lock collar with the bearing (1) on left-
hand side of the header drive shaft (2) with dimension
“X" between 227 - 229 mm. ( 8-15/16 - 9-1/64 in)
Grease the lock collar with anti-corrosive grease. In-
stall the lock collar (4).
Tighten the Allen screw.
ZDA6969A 1
2. Bring the pre-assembled shaft (1) with the grease

hole of the bearing housing downwards into the straw
elevator frame from the left-hand side.
Install and tighten the four bolts (2).
Install the two keys (3).
ZDA6981B 2
3. Install the bearing with the flanges at the right-hand

side and tighten the three bolts (3).
Install the lock collar (2) and tighten the Allen screw.
ZDA6968A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.D / 7
4. Install the cover (1) and tighten the bolts (2).
ZDA7138A_127 4
5. At the left-hand side, install the pulley (7) as follows:

2HB: dimension "Y" = between 150 - 154 mm. (
5-29/32 - 6-1/16 in)
3HB: dimension "Z" = between 131 - 135 mm. (
5-5/32 - 5-5/16 in) (This is in line with the pulley on
the upper shaft.)
ZDA6970A 5
6. Tighten the nut (6), with a minimum torque of 240

Nm. ( 177 lb ft)
Tighten the counter nut (5), with a minimum torque
of 120 Nm. ( 88.5 lb ft)
Grease the shaft ends with grease NLGI-2.
ZDA6967A 6
7. Install the drive belt (2).
ZDA5931B_118 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.D / 8
8. Install the shielding.

9. Install the header drive belt and adjust as described
in your Operator’s Manual. "SECTION 4 -LUBRI-
CATION AND MAINTENANCE",paragraph headed:
“Drive belts and chains".
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.D / 9
Index
CROP PROCESSING - K

Drive system Drive shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Drive system Drive shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Drive system Drive shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.D / 10
CROP PROCESSING - K
FEEDING Feeder housing - 25.E
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 1
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
TECHNICAL DATA
Drive shaft
Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CSX7060, CSX7060 Laterale, CSX7040, CSX7050, CSX7050 Laterale
Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CSX7080, CSX7080 Laterale, CSX7070
Cradle
Seal - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Drive system
Slip clutch - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Drive shaft
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Reversing system
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Bottom shaft
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cradle
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Feeding roll drive system

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
CSX7050 Hillside
Feeding roll
Retractable finger system - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
CSX7050 Hillside
SERVICE
Drive system
Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Slip clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Slip clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Drive shaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Reversing system
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 2
Hydraulic motor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Hydraulic motor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Feed chain
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Bottom shaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
CSX7050 Hillside
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
CSX7050 Hillside
Intermediate plate
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Cradle
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Feeding roll
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
CSX7050 Hillside
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
CSX7050 Hillside
Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
CSX7050 Hillside
Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
CSX7050 Hillside
Retractable finger system - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

CSX7050 Hillside
Retractable finger system - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

CSX7050 Hillside
Feeding roll drive system

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
CSX7050 Hillside
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
CSX7050 Hillside
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 3
CROP PROCESSING - FEEDING Feeder housing
Drive shaft - Dimension

ZDA6621A 1
Straw elevator upper shaft
A = 1314 mm B = 517-519 mm
C = 517-519 mm D = 138-140 mm
Y = 2-3.5 mm ( 5/64 in - 1/8 in) Z = 3 mm
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 4
Drive shaft - Dimension

ZDA6622A 1
A = 1574 mm B = 439 mm
C = 836-838 mm D = 378-380 mm
E = 178-180 mm F = 378-380 mm
G = 178-180 mm Y = 2-3.5 mm ( 5/64 in - 1/8 in)
Z = 3 mm
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 5
Cradle Seal - General specification

Specifications
° Cleansing liquid
Base: solvent
Color: color less
Specific weight: 0.757-0.765 g/cm3 at 20 ° C
Flash point: 56 ° C
Kinematic viscosity: 1.42 mm2 /sec at 25 ° C
° Primer
Base: polyisocyanate
Color: Black
Pigment: soot colored
Specific weight: 0.91 g/cm3 +/- 0.02 at 23 ° C
Viscosity (Din head 4): < 16 s at 23 ° C
Flash point: 8 ° C
° Glue
Base: polyurethaneprepolymere
Color: black
Density: 1.23 g/cm3 +/- 0.03 at 23 ° C
Flash point: > 100 ° C
Viscosity by extrusion: 12-20 g/min at 23 ° C
Solid content: > 98 %
Consistency: non sag
Processing temperature: 10-40 ° C
Processing rate: maximum 15 min at 23 ° C / 50 % R.M.
Cure rate: > 4 mm during the first 48 h at 23 ° C / 50 % R.M.
Hardness (DIN 53505): 60+/-5 shore A
Elongation at break (DIN 53504): > 500 %
Tensile strength (DIN53504): 9 +/- 1 N/mm2
Temperature resistance: - 40 - 100 ° C (temporary up to 140 ° C)
Chemical resistance good against aqueous solutions, benzine, alcools, mineral oil.
Characteristics: In accordance with the EG guide-lines for materials and preparations.
- symbol: -
- R-serie: -
- S-serie: 24/25
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 6
Drive system Slip clutch - Exploded view
ZDA6295A 1
Straw elevator slip clutch
1. Cotter pin 8. Spring

2. Nut 9. Pressure Plate
3. Special washer 10. Clutch disc
4. Bolt 11. Bushing
5. Ring 12. Washer
6. Bolt 13. Shielding
7. Fixing plate 14. Pulley
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 7
Drive shaft - Exploded view

1. Upper shaft (5 straw walker models) 6. Bearing housing (6 straw walker models)
2. Upper shaft (6 straw walker models) 7. Bearing (6 straw walker models)
3. Sprocket 8. Guard
4. Bearing housing 9. Headed key
5. Bearing 10. Key
ZDA6687A 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 8
Reversing system - Exploded view
ZDF0847A 1
Hydraulic reverser
1. Hydraulic reverser 6. Castle nut

2. Hydraulic screw coupler (port "A") 7. Washer
3. Hydraulic screw coupler (port "B") 8. Pulley
4. Reverser support 9. Key
5. Cotter pin 10. Bolt
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 9
Bottom shaft - Exploded view
ZEIL09CS0125G0B 1
Bottom shaft
1. Spring 10. Bolt

2. Indicator plate 11. Support
3. Grease zerk 12. Plate
4. Retaining ring 13. Support right-hand side
5. Lock collar 14. Plate
6. Bearing 15. Eyebolt
7. Support left-hand side 16. Bolt
8. Bottom shaft (5 straw walker models) 17. Spring
9. Bottom shaft (6 straw walker models)
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 10
Cradle - Exploded view

ZDA7541A 1
Cradle
1 Cradle 2 Anti-dust plate

3 Central axle 4 Shim pack
5 Support 6 Sealing
7 Bolt 8 Coach bolt
9 Spacer key 10 Washer
11 Locknut
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 11
Feeding roll drive system - Exploded view

CSX7050 Hillside
ZEIL05CL0121G0B 1
Feeding roll drive system.
1 Anti-wrap shield 8 Sprocket

2 Cotter pin 9 Clutch disc
3 Nut 10 Bushing
4 Bearing support 11 Key
5 Washer 12 Belleville springs
6 Shaft end 13 Plate
7 Bolt
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 12
Feeding roll Retractable finger system - Exploded view

CSX7050 Hillside
ZEIL05CL0122G0B 1
Feeding roll retractable finger system.
1 Bolt 4 Bushing
2 Finger holder 5-
3 Finger 6 Feeding roll shaft
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 13
Drive system Belt - Remove

1. At the left-hand side of the straw elevator, remove
the shielding (1) and (2), using the special tool that
is located at the left-hand side of the straw elevator.
ZDA6149A_115 1
2. Open the left-hand side shielding at the combine.

Remove the cover (3).
ZDA6150A 2
3. Loosen the nut (1) to release the main drive belt.
ZDA5937B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 14
4. Remove the main drive belt (2) from the pulley.
ZDA6257B 4
5. Loosen the three bolts (1) to remove the pulley (2).
ZDA7230A 5
6. Remove the three bolts (3) of the support (4).
ZDA7231A 6
7. Remove the two bolts (5) at the front and remove the
belt guide (6) of the straw elevator drive belt com-
pletely.
ZDA7232A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 15
8. Loosen the bolt (7) to remove the idler and the belt
hook.
ZDA7233A 8
9. Remove the straw elevator drive belt (1).
ZDA7234A 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 16
Drive system Belt - Install

1. Install the new belt (1).
ZDA7234A 1
2. Install the washers, the belt hook (2), the idler (3) and
the washer with the bolt (4).
ZDA7329A 2
3. Install the belt guide (6) of the straw elevator drive

belt at the front with the two bolts (5). Do not tighten
the bolts (5).
ZDA7232A_116 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 17
4. Install the support (4) with the belt guide at the rear
and tighten the three bolts (3).
ZDA7231A 4
5. Start the engine and engage the header system.

Perform a "Kill stall", refer to the Operators Manual
of your combine.
Adjust the belt hook (2) so that the gap "Y" is even
on both sides.
IMPORTANT: Check, if there is no interference between
the belt and the belt hook (2) when the belt is engaged.
ZDA7329B 5
6. Adjust the belt guide so that the dimension "X" on the

nearest place is between 5 - 7 mm. ( 3/16 - 1/4 in)
After adjusting, tighten all the bolts of the straw ele-
vator belt guide.
ZDA7257A 6
7. Install the support (3) and tighten it with the two bolts.
The distance between the support (3) and the drive
belt should be 4 - 8 mm. ( 5/32 - 10/32 in)
Disengage the straw elevator drive belt.
ZEIL04CS0080A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 18
8. Install the pulley (2) and tighten the three bolts (1).
ZDA7230A 8
9. Install the main drive belt (2).
ZDA6257B 9
10. Adjust the belt tension by tighten the nut (1). Re-
fer to your Operator’s Manual: SECTION 4 - LUBRI-
CATION AND MAINTENANCE"; paragraph headed:
ZDA5937B 10
11. Install the guards (1) and (2).
ZEIL04CS0081A0B 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 19
12. Install the shielding (2) and (1).
ZDA6149A_115 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 20
Drive system Slip clutch - Disassemble

1. To remove the slip clutch, detach the straw elevator,
refer to the Operator’s Manual of your combine;
"SECTION 3 - “FIELD AND SITE OPERATION",
paragraph headed: "Straw elevator - Removal and
Installation".
NOTE: It’s also possible to first remove the left-hand side
traction wheel.
2. Remove the header drive belt (2) by loosening the
nuts (4) and (3).
ZDA5931B_118 1
3. Loosen the four bolts to remove the shielding (13) of

the pulley.
ZDA6620A 2
4. Remove the cotter pin (1), the nut (2) and the special
washer (3).
ZDA6288A_119 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 21
5. Remove the slip clutch completely, using a puller.
ZDA6289A_120 4
6. Remove the four bolts (4) to remove the ring (5).
ZDA6290A 5
7. Loosen the eight bolts (6), evenly one turn at a time

to remove spring pressure from the clutch. Remove
the fixing plates (7) and the springs (8) from the back
of the pulley (14).
Remove the pressure plate (9) from the sheave.
ZDA6293A 6
8. Remove the clutch discs (10).
ZDA6291A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 22
9. Slide the bushing (11) out of the pulley. Be careful,

there are three washers (12) between the bushing
and the pulley.
ZDA6294A 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 23
Drive system Slip clutch - Assemble

1. Install the three washers (12) over the bushing (11)
and install the bushing assembly into the pulley.
NOTE: Grease the bushing (11) and the eight bolts (6) (fig.
3) with anti-corrosive grease. Grease the clutch discs (10)
(fig. 2) and the three washers (12) with grease NLGI-2.
ZDA6294A 1
2. Install the clutch disc (10) on the bushing (11), (fig.

1) and the pressure plate 9 (fig. 3). Ensure the pins
on the clutch discs are properly seated in the holes
in the bushing and pressure plate.
ZDA6291A 2
3. Insert the eight bolts (6) through the pressure plate

(9) and the pulley (14). Install a spring (8) over each
bolt, and install the fixing plates (7), by threading the
bolts into them.
NOTE: The fixing plates must be installed into spring pairs
between the pulley spokes.
ZDA6293A_121 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 24
4. Tighten the bolts evenly one turn at a time and adjust

the springs (8) to distance "Y" (spring length) = 37-39
mm ( 1-1/2 in - 1-17/32 in).
ZDA6296A 4
5. Install the ring (5) with the four bolts (4).

NOTE: Turn the eight bolts (6), (fig 3), until it is possible
to install the ring (5).
ZDA6290A_122 5
6. Install the assembled slip clutch to the upper shaft.

Install the special washer (3) and tighten the nut (2)
with a maximum torque of 80 Nm ( 59 lb ft.).
IMPORTANT: Do not turn slotted nut back when mounting
the cotter pin.
ZDA6288A_123 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 25
7. Install the shielding (13).

NOTE: Install the shielding with hole on grease zerk.
ZDA6620A 7
8. Grease the slip clutch.

9. Install the drive belt (2).
Adjust the belt with the nut (3), refer to the Operator’s
Manual of your combine; “SECTION 4 - LUBRICA-
TION AND MAINTENANCE".
Tighten the counter nut (4) with a minimum torque of
120 Nm. ( 88.5 lb ft)
ZDA5931B_118 8
10. Attach the straw elevator, refer to the Operator’s

Manual of your combine; “SECTION 3 - FIELD AND
SITE OPERATION". paragraph headed: “Straw
elevator - Removal and Installation".
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 26
Drive shaft - Remove

1. Detach the straw elevator. Refer to the Operator’s

Manual of your combine: “SECTION 3 - FIELD AND
SITE OPERATION": paragraph headed: “Straw ele-
vator - Removal and Installation".
2. Open the elevator chain. Refer to Feed chain - Re-
move (K.25.E).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the straw elevator
chain.
3. Fit a rope to the lower and upper chain end to hold
the chain.
4. Loosen the four bolts to remove the shielding (13) of
the pulley.
ZDA6292A 1
5. Remove the cotter pin (1), the nut (2) and the special
washer (3).
ZDA6288A 2
6. Remove the slip clutch completely with a puller.
ZDA6289A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 27
7. Remove the key of the slip clutch on the upper shaft.

8. Remove the anti-wrap shields (4).
ZDA3358A 4
9. For 6 straw walker combines only: Loosen the Allen

screw of the lock collar (1) of the centre bearing and
loosen the two bolts (2) to remove the bearing hous-
ing from the cross beam.
ZDA3456A 5
10. Remove the headed keys (5).
ZDA3359A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 28
11. Remove the two grease lines (1) from the bearing
housing (2) on both sides.
Remove the central bolt (3) and the washer on the
right-hand side.
Remove the bolts (4), to remove bearing housing, (2)
on both sides.
Slide the shaft to the right-hand side until it is free on
the left side, take the shaft out of the straw elevator
casing.
Remove the sprockets and the guards from the shaft.
ZDA6980A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 29
Drive shaft - Install

Refer to Drive shaft - Dimension (K.25.E).
1. Install the felt ring (1) with grease NLGI-2 on both

sides in the bearing housing.
2. Install the bearing housing with the bearing (2) loose
on the left-hand side of the straw elevator casing.
NOTE: Install the bearing with the marked side on outside
of the straw elevator.
3. Install the bearing housing without the bearing (2)
loose on the right-hand side of the straw elevator
casing.
4. Slide the guards (3) and the sprockets (4) on the
shaft.
5. 6 straw walker models only: Slide also the bearing
(5) with the lock collar loose on the shaft. (grease
the inner ring and collar with anti corrosive grease
and the sealing with grease NLGI-2).
6. Introduce the shaft from the middle to the right-hand
side in the straw elevator casing and then slide it to
the left.
7. Move the left-hand side bearing (2) against the stop
on the shaft.
8. Install the right-hand side bearing (2) with the plate
(6) and tighten the bolt (7).
IMPORTANT: Do not hammer the bearings on the upper
shaft.
9. Tighten the bearing housing bolts (8) crosswise on
both sides with a minimum torque of 45 Nm ( 33 lb
ft.).
10. Install the grease lines on both sides.
11. Install the sprockets (4) with the headed keys.
Refer to Drive shaft - Dimension (K.25.E). (Dimen-
sions are marked.)
NOTE: Install the headed key in according to mark on the

sprocket and lock them with two punch marks.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 30
12. 6 straw walker models only: Install the bearing hous-

ing and the centre bearing (5) on the cross beam and
secure the lock collar.
13. Install the anti-wrap plates (10) on both sides (clear-
ance 0 mm on nearest place of the upper shaft).
14. Install the key (13) on the left-hand side of the upper
shaft.
15. Grease the shaft end with grease NLGI-2.
16. Install the slip clutch.
17. Install the washer (11) and tighten the nut (12) with a
maximum torque of 80 Nm ( 59 lb ft.).
18. Install the cotter pin.
IMPORTANT: Do not turn slotted nut back when mounting
cotter pin.
19. Install the anti-wrap shields and tighten the bolts with
a minimum torque of 28 Nm ( 21 lb ft.).
IMPORTANT: The sprockets must turn freely.
ZDA6264A 1
20. Install the straw elevator chain. Refer to Feed chain

- Install (K.25.E).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 31
Reversing system Hydraulic motor - Remove

1. Disconnect the hydraulic hoses as shown by the ar-
rows.
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible oil contamination by properly
fitting the blanking plugs into the hydraulic quick couplers.
ZDA6258A 1
2. At the left-hand side, remove the shielding (1) and

(2), using the special tool.
ZDA6149A 2
3. Start the engine and engage the header system.

Perform a "Kill stall", refer to the Operators Manual
of your combine.
CAUTION
For safety raisons, make sure nobody is near the com-
bine when engaging or disengaging the valve(s), even
when the engine is not running!
Z014
4. Remove the cotter pin (5).

Loosen the castle nut (6).
ZDF0761A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 32
5. Remove the header drive belt by (2) by loosening the

nuts (4) and (3).
NOTE: Mark the routing of the drive belt (2) before
removal.
ZDA5931B 4
6. Remove the castle nut (6) completely and the washer

(7).
ZDF0825A 5
7. Remove the pulley (8), using a puller.
ZDF0839A 6

Loosen the four bolts (10). Now is it possible to re-
move the hydraulic reverser completely.
ZDF0840A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 33
Reversing system Hydraulic motor - Install

1. Bring the hydraulic reverser in place.
ZDF0808A 1
2. Install and tighten the four bolts (10).

ZDF0840A_64 2
3. Install the pulley.

Install the washer (7) and the castle nut (6).
ZDF0825A_65 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 34
4. Install the header drive belt (2) and tighten the nuts
(3) and (4). To adjust the header drive belt, refer
to your Operator’s Manual: “SECTION 4 - LUBRI-
CATION AND MAINTENANCE“: paragraph headed:
“Belts and Chains".
ZDA5931B 4
5. Tighten the castle nut (6) with a minimum torque of

165 Nm.( 122 lb ft)
Turn the castle nut (6) further until the cotter pin (5)
can be installed.
ZDF0761A 5
6. Disengage the header system (without starting the

engine) by turning the button (or screw) on the pneu-
matic valve 1/4 turn counter clock wise.
7. At the left-hand side of the straw elevator, install the
shielding (2) and (1), using the special tool.
ZDA6149A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 35
8. Connect the hydraulic hoses.
ZDA6258A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 36
Feed chain - Remove

1. Detach the straw elevator from the combine. Refer to
your Operator’s Manual: “SECTION 3 - FIELD AND
SITE OPERATION". paragraph headed: “Straw ele-
vator - Removal and Installation".
2. Release the chain tension by loosening the nut (1)
on both sides.
ZDA5929C 1
3. Rotate the elevator chain until the chain coupler links

are accessible on the top shaft side and open the
joining links.
4. Fit a rope to the lower part of the chain at the two
outer links.
NOTE: To install a complete new straw elevator chain,
fit the new straw elevator chain to the lower links of the
chain to be removed.
ZDA7301A 2
5. Pull the straw elevator chain over the top shaft out
of the straw elevator. Hold the two ropes (or new
straw elevator chain) with a little tension to prevent
the chain from sliding fast to the bottom of the straw
elevator housing.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 37
Feed chain - Install

1. Attach the ropes to the new straw elevator chain and
pull the chain underneath the top shaft to the bottom
shaft. Pull the chain over the bottom shaft to the top.
NOTE: This job should be done with at least two people.
NOTE: Be sure the straw elevator chain is in the right
direction. The straight edge should be towards the
direction of travel.
ZDA7521A 1
2. Close the new chain with the coupler links (1).

NOTE: Insert the coupler links from the same side of the
guide on the guide wheel on the bottom shaft (the cotter
pins should be in the opposite side of the chain then the
edges of the discs on the lower shaft).
ZDA7301B 2
3. Install the cotter pins (2) to secure the coupler links.

NOTE: Insert the cotter pins in the direction of travel (as
shown) and bend the legs close to the pen.
4. Move the straw elevator chain as much as possible
to the right-hand side while turning the chain a few
times around.
On the left-hand side, tighten the spring (2) com-
pletely.
On the right-hand side, tighten the spring (2) com-
pletely and then adjust to the length of the indicator
plate.
On the left-hand side, adjust the spring (2) to the
length of the indicator plate (3).
ZDA5929F 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 38
Bottom shaft - Remove

1. Remove the anti-dust plate (1).
ZDA6623A 1
2. Rotate the straw elevator chain until chain coupler

links (2) are accessible on the bottom shaft side.
ZDA6624A 2
On both sides
3. Loosen the nut (1).
Remove the nuts (3).
Remove the nut (4), the washer (5), the spring (6),
the bushing and the bolt (7).
Disconnect the joining links (2) (fig. 2) of the straw
elevator chain.
ZEIL05CL0095A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 39
4. Remove the retaining ring (8) and the shim.

Loosen the Allen screw of lock collar (9).
Remove the bearing (10) together with the bearing
plate.
ZEIL05CL0096A0B 4
5. Take out of the bottom shaft (1).
ZDA6626A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 40
Bottom shaft - Install

1. On both sides, bring the bottom shaft (1) in the straw

elevator frame.
IMPORTANT: Check if the bottom shaft (1) is installed
in the right position.
ZDA6626A 1
2. On both sides, install the bearing plate with the bear-

ing (10) installed.
ZEIL05CL0096A0B 2
3. Install and tighten the nuts (3).

Install the bolt (7), the bushing, the spring (6), the
washer (5) and the nut (4).
NOTE: Do not adjust the nut (4).
ZEIL05CL0095A0B 3
4. Install the lock collar (9), the shim and the retaining
ring (8) (fig. 2).
NOTE: On both sides, check if the minimum clearance
between the frame and the bearing plate = 3 mm ( 1/8 in).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 41
5. Connect the joining links (2) on the chain and install

the coupler links in the right direction.
ZDA6624A 4
6. On both sides, adjust the springs with nuts (1) and

(4) (fig. 3).
Grease the bearings.
NOTE: To adjust the height of the bottom shaft, refer to
your Operator’s Manual.
7. Install the anti-dust plate (1).
ZDA6623A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 42
Bottom shaft - Remove

CSX7050 Hillside
Prior operation:
Feeding roll drive system - Remove (K.25.E).
Prior operation:
Feeding roll - Remove (K.25.E).
1. Rotate the straw elevator chain until chain coupler

links (2) are accessible on the bottom shaft side.
ZEIL05CL0123A0B 1
On both sides
2. Loosen the nut (1).
Remove the lock nut (3).
Remove the nut (4), the washer (5), the spring (6),
the bushing and the bolt (7).
Disconnect the joining links (fig. 1) of the straw ele-
vator chain.
ZEIL05CL0124A0B 2
3. Remove the retaining ring (8) and the washer (9).

Loosen the Allen screw of the lock collar (10).
Remove the bearing (12) together with the bearing
plate.
ZEIL05CL0125A0B 3
4. Take out the bottom shaft.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 43
Bottom shaft - Install

CSX7050 Hillside
1. On both sides, bring the bottom shaft in the straw

elevator frame.
IMPORTANT: Check if the bottom shaft is installed in the
right position.
2. On both sides, install the bearing plate with the bear-
ing (12) installed.
ZEIL05CL0125A0B 1
3. Install and tighten the lock nut (3).

Install the bolt (7), the bushing, the spring (6), the
washer (5) and the nut (4).
NOTE: Do not adjust the nut (4).
ZEIL05CL0124A0B 2
4. Install the lock collar (10), the washer (9) and the
retaining ring (8).
NOTE: On both sides, check if the minimum clearance
between the frame and the bearing plate = 3 mm.
ZEIL05CL0125A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 44
5. Connect the joining links (2) on the chain and install

the coupler links in the right direction.
ZEIL05CL0123A0B 4
6. On both sides, adjust the springs with nuts (1) and

(4).
NOTE: To adjust the height of the bottom shaft, refer to
your Operator’s Manual.
ZEIL05CL0124A0B 5
Next operation:
Feeding roll - Install (K.25.E).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 45
Intermediate plate - Remove

1. Refer to Bottom shaft - Remove (K.25.E).
Remove the four bolts (1) on both sides of the inter-
mediate plate (2).
Slide the plate out of the frame.
ZDA6926A 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 46
Intermediate plate - Install

1. Bring the intermediate plate in the straw elevator
frame.
Tighten the bolts.
NOTE: Before tighten the bolts, check if the intermediate
plate is in line with the fixed intermediate plate.
ZDA3463A 1
Next operation:
Refer to Bottom shaft - Install (K.25.E)
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 47
Cradle - Remove
1. Adjust the cradle in neutral position. This is neces-

sary to remove the axle through the hole (3).
Remove the cotter pin (1) to remove the axle (2).
ZDA7248A 1
2. To remove the axle to disconnect the hydraulic cylin-

der from the cradle, push through the hole, using a
pin.
ZDA3549A 2
3. Remove the bolts (4).
ZDA7250A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 48
4. On both sides of the cradle, remove the two bolts (5).

Loosen the two bolts (6), to remove the central axle.
ZDA7251A 4
5. To remove, hanging the cradle with ropes or a chain

and pull it upwards.
NOTE: The weight of the cradle is about 100 kg ( 220 lb).
ZDA7313A 5
6. Loosen the two bolts (5) to remove the shim pack (6).
ZDA3417A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 49
Cradle - Install
1. Grease the two bushings (1) with NEW HOLLAND

AMBRA GR 75 MD GREASE or NEW HOLLAND
AMBRA GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE.
ZDA3457A 1
2. Install the two washers (8) with NEW HOLLAND AM-

BRA GR 75 MD GREASE or NEW HOLLAND AM-
BRA GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE.
ZDA3418A 2
3. Bring the cradle on his place.

Install the central axle.
Tighten the two bolts (6).
Install the bolt (5) on both sides. Tighten the bolts
with a minimum torque of 164 Nm. ( 121 lb ft)
NOTE: Install the washer with the globular side against
the spacer.
NOTE: The spacer may never touch the slot.
ZDA7251A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 50
4. Adjust the plate (1) with the shim(s) (2) = 1 mm ( 3/64

in) until the clearance (X) = 0 mm between the cradle
and the face plate.
Turn the cradle at the left-hand side upwards and
grease the area (3) with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
GR 75 MD GREASE or NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE.
Turn the cradle at the right-hand side upwards and
grease similar area.
Turn the cradle a few times with the hand up and
down.
Pry the cradle open against the face plate and add
an extra shim pack of 3 mm ( 1/8 in) on both sides.
(together with the shim (2))
Tighten the bolts with a minimum torque of 30 Nm.( ZDA7324A 4
22 lb ft.)
5. Install the axle (2) through the hole (3) to connect the
hydraulic cylinder of the cradle.
Grease the central axle.
ZDA7248A_128 5
6. Install the bolts (4) of the canvas.
ZDA7250A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 51
Cradle - Replace
Prior operation:
Remove the cradle. Refer to Cradle - Remove (K.25.E).
1. Clean the surfaces (1) of the cradle (2) with a cleans-

ing liquid. Refer to Cradle Seal - General specifica-
tion (K.25.E)
Rub the surfaces (1) before gluing with a primer for
10 minutes at 20 ° C.
ZDA7647A 1
2. Add the glue in the directions as shown onto the com-

mon area and the chamfers of the seals.
NOTE: Check if the thickness of the glue painting is
between 0,5 - 2 mm.
ZDA7667A 2
3. Press the seals onto the cradle. Check if dimension

"X" is between 295 - 299 mm. ( 11-5/8 - 11-3/4 in)
4. To prevent damage, add the plates (3) onto the seals
(4).
Tighten the seals with the special tools (5) onto the
cradle for minimum 8 hours.
ZDA7648A 3
Next operation:
Install the cradle. Refer to Cradle - Install (K.25.E).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 52
Feeding roll - Remove

CSX7050 Hillside
Prior operation:
1. On both sides, remove the six bolts (2) of the anti-

wrap shields (3).
ZEIL05CL0109A0B 1
2. Move the two anti-wrap shields (3) towards the mid-

dle of the feeding roll.
ZEIL05CL0110A0B 2
On the right-hand side:

3. Remove the four bolts of the bearing support (4).
ZEIL05CL0111A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 53
4. Remove the bearing support assembly, the two

bushings (9) (on each side of the bearing) and the
spacer (8) (refer to fig. 6).
NOTE: Respect the orientation of the bushings (9)
(important for a correct reinstall).
ZEIL05CL0112A0A 4
5. Remove the two plates (5).
ZEIL05CL0113A0B 5
6. Remove the six bolts (7) and remove the shaft end
(6).
ZEIL05CL0114A0B 6
On the left-hand side:

7. Remove the two bolts (10), the central bolt (11) and
the washer (13).
Remove the support (12).
ZEIL05CL0115A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 54
Both sides:
8. Remove the feeding roll from the stro elevator as
shown (right-hand side first).
ZEIL05CL0116A0A 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 55
Feeding roll - Install

CSX7050 Hillside
1. Bring the feeding roll into the stro elevator as shown

(left-hand side first).
Install wooden blocks to support the feeding roll.
ZEIL05CL0116A0A 1
On the left-hand side:

2. Install the central bolt (11) with the washer (13). Also
install the support (12) with the two bolts (10).
NOTE: For adjustments of the support (12), refer to the
Operators Manual of your combine.
ZEIL05CL0115A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 56
On the right-hand side:

3. Install the shaft end (6) with the six bolts (7).
ZEIL05CL0114A0B 3
4. Slide the bearing support assembly with the two

bushings (9) on each side of the bearing over the
shaft end (6). Also the spacer (8).
IMPORTANT: Install the two bushings (9) with the chamfer
side opposite to the bearing.
ZEIL05CL0112A0A 4
NOTE: To install the bearing support assembly, use the

two plates (5).
ZEIL05CL0113A0B 5
5. Tighten the four bolts of the bearing support (4).
ZEIL05CL0111A0B 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 57
6. Move the spacer (8) into the bearing, using a soft

punch.
ZEIL05CL0117A0B 7
On both sides:
7. Move the two anti-wrap shields (3) towards the bor-
der of the feeding roll.
ZEIL05CL0110A0B 8
8. Install the six bolts (2) of the anti-wrap shields (3).
ZEIL05CL0109A0B 9
Next operation:
Feeding roll drive system - Install (K.25.E).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 58
Feeding roll Shaft - Remove

CSX7050 Hillside
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Feeding roll Retractable finger system - Remove (K.25.E).
Prior operation:
Feeding roll - Remove (K.25.E).
1. On the left-hand side, remove the three bolts (5).

On the two threaded holes, install two bolts Metric 10
x 60 mm to push the bearing housing from the shaft.
ZEIL05CL0119A0B 1
2. Remove the feeding roll shaft (6) through the hole.
ZEIL05CL0120A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 59
Feeding roll Shaft - Install

CSX7050 Hillside
1. Bring the feeding roll shaft (6) into the feeding roll
through the hole at the left-hand side.
ZEIL05CL0120A0B 1
2. Install the bearing housing with the three bolts (5).

Before tighten the bolts (5), check on the right-hand
side if the shaft is centered correctly.
NOTE: Use NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR-9
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE on the seals of the bearing
and the spherical bush of the bearing housing.
ZEIL05CL0119A0B 2
Next operation:
Feeding roll Retractable finger system - Install (K.25.E).
Next operation:
Feeding roll - Install (K.25.E).
Next operation:
Feeding roll drive system - Install (K.25.E).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 60
Feeding roll Retractable finger system - Remove

CSX7050 Hillside
NOTE: For more details, refer to Feeding roll Retractable finger system - Exploded view (K.25.E)
1. Remove the two covers (1) from the feeding roll.
ZEIL05CL0108A0B 1
2. Remove the bolts (1).

Remove the finger holders (2) and the finger (3).
Also remove the two bushings (4).
NOTE: Repeat this action for all the retractable fingers
on the shaft.
ZEIL05CL0118A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 61
Feeding roll Retractable finger system - Install

CSX7050 Hillside
NOTE: For more details, refer to Feeding roll Retractable finger system - Exploded view (K.25.E).
1. Install the two bushings (4), the finger (3) and the two
finger holders (2) with the bolts (1). Tighten the bolts
(1) with a torque between 15 - 30 Nm.
NOTE: Repeat this action for all the retractable fingers
on the shaft.
ZEIL05CL0118A0B 1
2. Reinstall the two covers (1) on the feeding roll.

NOTE: Respect a maximum gap of 2 mm.
ZEIL05CL0108A0B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 62
Feeding roll drive system - Remove

CSX7050 Hillside
NOTE: For more details, refer to Feeding roll drive system - Exploded view (K.25.E).
1. At the right-hand side, remove the cover (1).
ZEIL05CL0101A0B 1
2. Remove the cotter pin (2).

Remove the nut (3) and the washer (4).
Remove the washer (5).
ZEIL05CL0102A0B 2
3. Remove the belleville springs (12).
ZEIL05CL0107A0B 3
NOTE: Respect the orientation (important for the correct

reinstall).
ZEIL05CL0103A0A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 63
4. Loosen the chain tensioner (6).

Open the connector link of the chain (7) and remove
the chain (7).
ZEIL05CL0104A0B 5
5. Remove the sprocket (8).
ZEIL05CL0105A0B 6
6. Remove the clutch disc (9).

Remove the bushing (10) and the key (11).
ZEIL05CL0106A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 64
Feeding roll drive system - Install

CSX7050 Hillside
NOTE: For more details, refer to Feeding roll drive system - Exploded view (K.25.E).
1. Install the bushing (10) with the key (11) on the shaft
end.
Also install the clutch disc (9). Put NEW HOLLAND
AMBRA GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE on the
teeth of the clutch disc (9).
ZEIL05CL0106A0B 1
2. Install the sprocket (8) with NEW HOLLAND AM-

BRA GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE.
ZEIL05CL0105A0B 2
3. Install the belleville springs (12) and the washer (5).

Install the washer (4) and the nut (3).
ZEIL05CL0107A0B 3
IMPORTANT: Install the belleville springs correctly.
ZEIL05CL0103A0A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 65
4. Reinstall the chain (7). Adjust with the chain ten-

sioner (6). Refer to the Operators Manual of your
combine.
ZEIL05CL0104A0B 5
IMPORTANT: Install the connector link in the rotation

direction (arrow).
ZEIL04GEN001A0A 6
5. Tighten the nut (3) with a minimum torque of 150 Nm

until the clearance between bushing (10) and washer
(5) is 0 mm.
ZEIL05CL0102A0B 7
6. Reinstall the cover (1).
ZEIL05CL0101A0B 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 66
Index
CROP PROCESSING - K

Bottom shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Bottom shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Bottom shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
CSX7050 Hillside
Bottom shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Bottom shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
CSX7050 Hillside
Cradle - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Cradle - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Cradle - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Cradle - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Cradle Seal - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Drive shaft - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Drive shaft - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Drive shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Drive shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Drive shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Drive system Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Drive system Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Drive system Slip clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Drive system Slip clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Drive system Slip clutch - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Feed chain - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Feed chain - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Feeding roll - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
CSX7050 Hillside
Feeding roll - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
CSX7050 Hillside
Feeding roll drive system - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
CSX7050 Hillside
Feeding roll drive system - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
CSX7050 Hillside
Feeding roll drive system - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
CSX7050 Hillside
Feeding roll Retractable finger system - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
CSX7050 Hillside
Feeding roll Retractable finger system - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
CSX7050 Hillside
Feeding roll Retractable finger system - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
CSX7050 Hillside
Feeding roll Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
CSX7050 Hillside
Feeding roll Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
CSX7050 Hillside
Intermediate plate - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 67
Intermediate plate - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Reversing system - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Reversing system Hydraulic motor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Reversing system Hydraulic motor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.25.E / 68
CROP PROCESSING - K
THRESHING Conventional threshing - 40.B
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 1
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
TECHNICAL DATA
Concave
CSX7060, CSX7060 Laterale, CSX7040, CSX7050, CSX7050 Laterale, CSX7050 Hillside
FUNCTIONAL DATA
THRESHING Conventional threshing
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Drum variator
Drive disc - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Driven disc - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Driven disc - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Drum
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Positioning system
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SERVICE
Speed regulation system
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Drum variator
Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Drive disc - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Drive disc - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Driven disc - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Driven disc - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Drum
Right hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 2
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Rasp bar - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Concave
Pivot plate - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Anti-wrap shield
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Positioning system
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 3
CROP PROCESSING - THRESHING Conventional threshing
Concave - General specification

TYPES OF DRUM CONCAVES
• Cereal concave:
Used for harvesting cereals, peas, ....)
• Maize concave:
Used for harvesting maize or beans.
CONCAVE SPECIFICATIONS
ZDA4404A 1
Concave type Wire distance A Wire distance B Wire diameter C Number of bars
Cereal concave 14 mm ( 9/16 in) 10 mm ( 3/8 in) 3.5 mm ( 9/64 in) 14
Maize concave 26 mm ( 1-3/128 in) 10 mm ( 3/8 in) 6 mm ( 1/4 in) 9

• Rice concave:
Used for harvesting rice only.
Rice concave 5 straw walkers

Distance of peg teeth 56 mm ( 2-13/64 in)
Number of peg tooth bars 4
Number of peg teeth:
1 st bar (*) 13 (23)
2 nd bar (*) 13 (23)
3 rd bar 23
4 th bar 23
(*): The number of peg teeth on the table are installed on the concave. The other are delivered with a kit.

• Rice concave:
Used for harvesting rice only.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 4
Rice concave 6 straw walkers

Distance of peg teeth 56 mm ( 2-13/64 in)
Number of peg tooth bars
Number of peg teeth:
1 st bar (*) 14 (27)
2 nd bar (*) 16 (28)
3 rd bar 27
4 th bar 28
(*): The number of peg teeth on the table are installed on the concave. The other are delivered with a kit.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 5
THRESHING Conventional threshing - Overview

1. Threshing drum 4. Beater concave or rake
2. Drum concave 5. Rotary separator (if installed)
3. Beater 6. Rotary separator concave (if installed)
ZEIL06CS0213F0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 6
THRESHING Conventional threshing - Overview

1. Threshing drum 5. Rotary separator (if installed)
2. Drum concave 6. Rotary separator concave (if installed)
3. Beater 7. Straw Flow™ beater (if installed)
4. Beater concave or rake
ZEIL06CS0170F0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 7
Drum variator Drive disc - Sectional view
ZDA7255A 1
Drum variator drive disc
1 Pulley 2 Bolt
3 Nut 4 Washer
5 Outer variator sheave 6 Inner variator sheave
7 Bearing 8 Variator belt
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 8
Drum variator Driven disc - Exploded view
ZDA7254A 1
Drum variator driven disc
1 Central bolt 2 Washer

3 Pressure plate 4 Spring
5 Bolt 6 Outer sheave
7 Special washers 8 Clutch
9 Inner sheave 10 Bolt
11 Clutch 12 Cam
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 9
Drum variator Driven disc - Sectional view
ZDA7142A 1
Drum variator driven disc
1 Central bolt 2 Washer

3 Pressure plate 4 Spring
5 Clutch 6 Outer sheave
7 Inner sheave 8 Clutch
9 Key
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 10
Drum - Exploded view
ZDA7014A 1
Drum bearings
1 Drum shaft 2 Keys

3 Ring 4 Bearing housing
5 Retaining ring 6 Bolt
7 Pulley 8 Washer
9 Bolt 10 Ring
11 Bearing housing 12 Bearing
13 Retaining ring 14 Bolt
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 11
Positioning system - Exploded view

1. - 12. Arm 23. Block
2. - 13. Roll pin 24. Bolt
3. Potentiometer 14. Hub 25. Travel limiter bolt
4. Bolt 15. Shaft 26. Screw
5. Support 16. Bolt 27. Block
6. Potentiometer arm 17. Nut 28. Clip
7. Potentiometer rod 18. Flat washer 29. Retaining ring
8. Nut 19. Support 30. Bushing
9. Bolt and nut 20. Nut 31. Electric motor
10. Arm 21. Bolt 32. Clip
11. Arm 22. Bushing 33. Roll pin
ZEIL06CSX027G0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 12
Positioning system - Sectional view

1. - 12. - 23. Block
2. - 13. Roll pin 24. -
3. - 14. Hub 25. -
4. - 15. Shaft 26. -
5. Support 16. Bolt 27. Block
6. Potentiometer arm 17. Nut 28. Clip
7. Potentiometer rod 18. Flat washer 29. -
8. Nut 19. Support 30. -
9. - 20. - 31. Electric motor
10. Arm 21. - 32. Clip
11. - 22. - 33. Roll pin
ZEIL06CSX026G0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 13
Speed regulation system - Adjust

1. Start the engine, switch on the threshing mechanism
and set the drum speed to maximum with the drum
speed rocker switch (1) until the top of the variator
belt runs equal or 1 mm under the outside of the
variator sheave.
ZDA6362D 1
2. Switch off the threshing mechanism and stop the en-

gine.
CAUTION
Before starting a service job, always:-Shut off the
engine-Remove the ignition key-Switch off the battery
switch-Wait until all parts have completely stopped
rotating
Z009
3. Block the stop bracket (2) with the two nuts (3) and
(4).
ZDA7330A 2
4. Restart the engine, switch on the threshing mech-

anism and set the drum speed to minimum with
the drum speed rocker switch (1) until the variator
sheave stops moving.
5. Switch off the threshing mechanism and stop the en-
gine.
CAUTION
rotating
Z009
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 14
6. Adjust the nut (5) so that the play "X" between the
stop bracket (2) and the nut (5) is between 0.5 - 1.5
mm.
ZDA7485A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 15
Drum variator Belt - Remove

and set the drum speed to minimum.
2. Switch of the threshing mechanism.
3. Open the unloading tube halfway.
4. Stop the engine.
CAUTION
rotating
Z009
5. Remove the straw elevator drive belt. Refer to Drive

system Belt - Remove (K.25.E).
6. Loosen the central bolt (1) to release the spring (4)
of the driven disks.
ZDA7235A 1
7. Remove the bolt (1), the washer (2), the pressure

plate (3) and the spring (4) completely.
ZDA7238A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 16
8. Loosen the six bolts (5) of the drum driven disks.

Remove the outer sheave (6).
ZDA7239A 3
9. Now is it possible to remove the drum variator drive

belt.
ZDA7236A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 17
Drum variator Belt - Install

1. Install the variator belt.
ZDA7236A_135 1
2. Install the outer sheave (6) with the six bolts (5).
ZDA7239A_136 2
3. Install the spring (4), the pressure plate (3), the

washer (2) and the central bolt (1).
Tighten the central bolt (1) completely.
NOTE: To settle the variator belt properly, turn the variator
sheaves by hand while tightening the central bolt (1).
ZDA7238A_137 3
4. Grease the posi-torque.
Next operation:
Install the straw elevator drive belt. Refer to Drive system Belt - Install (K.25.E).
Next operation:
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 18
Drum variator Drive disc - Remove

and set the drum speed to minimum.
2. Switch of the threshing mechanism.
3. Stop the engine.
4. Remove the straw elevator drive belt. Refer to Drive
system Belt - Remove (K.25.E).
5. Release the tension of the spring (4) by loosening the
central bolt (1).
ZDA7235A_141 1
6. Remove the counter nut (5), the nut (3) and the
washer (4) of the drum variator drive disks.
ZEIL04CS0092A0B 2
7. Remove the outer sheave (1). Push the inner sheave

to the inside to separate both sheaves.
ZDA7487A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 19
8. Put away the variator belt and remove the inner

sheave (2).
ZDA7243A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 20
Drum variator Drive disc - Install

1. Apply molybdeen sulphate grease to the inside of the
inner variator sheave (2).
Install the inner sheave (2) on the intermediate shaft.
Install the variator belt.
ZDA7243A_142 1
2. Install the outer sheave (1).

Install the shaft of the inner sheave over the shaft of
the outer sheave.
Push the both sheaves to the end and check that the
bearing is connect properly in the bearing housing.
(Refer to Drum variator Drive disc - Sectional view
(K.40.B))
ZDA7487A 2
3. Install the washer (4). Tighten the nut (3) with a

torque of 200 Nm ( 148 lb ft).
Hold the nut (3) while tighten the counter nut (5) with
a torque of 250 Nm ( 184 lb ft).
ZEIL04CS0092A0B 3
4. Tighten the central bolt (1) completely to adjust the

tension of the spring (4).
NOTE: To settle the variator belt properly, turn the variator
sheaves by hand while tightening the central bolt (1).
ZDA7235A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 21
Next operation:
Install the straw elevator drive belt. Refer to Drive system Belt - Install (K.25.E).
Next operation:
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 22
Drum variator Driven disc - Remove

Prior operation:
Refer to Drum variator Belt - Remove (K.40.B)
1. Remove the two special washers (5).

Remove by turning the clutch (6).
ZDA7237A 1
2. Loosen the six nuts (1).

Now is it possible to remove the inner sheave (2) of
the driven disks.
ZDA7240A 2
3. Remove the clutch (3).
ZDA7241A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 23
Drum variator Driven disc - Install

1. Install the clutch (3) onto the beater shaft.
ZDA7241A_138 1
2. Install the inner sheave (2) and tighten it with the six
bolts (1).
ZDA7240A_139 2
3. Install the hub (6).

NOTE: Grease the inner side of the hub (6) with grease
molybdeen sulphate.
ZDA7237A_140 3
4. Install the two special washers (5).
Next operation:
Refer to Drum variator Belt - Install (K.40.B).
Next operation:
Refer to Drive system Belt - Install (K.25.E).
Next operation:
Refer to Speed regulation system - Adjust (K.40.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 24
Drum Right hand bearing - Remove

1. Detach the straw elevator. Refer to your Operator’s
Manual: SECTION 3 - “FIELD AND SITE OPERA-
TION", paragraph: "Straw elevator - Removal and
Installation".
2. Support the drum.
3. Loosen the idler by turning the shaft (3) counter
clockwise, using a spanner of 19 mm. ( 3/4 in)
Remove the belt (5) from the pulley.
ZDA6440A 1
4. Remove the central bolt (1) and the washer (2).

Remove the pulley (3), using a puller.
ZDA7005A 2

Loosen the three bolts (5) of the bearing housing.
ZDA7006A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 25

ing, by using a puller ( 380000320).
ZDA7006B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 26
Drum Right hand bearing - Install

1. Install the bearing (1) in the bearing housing (2)
with grease NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75 MD
GREASE on the spherical outer ring.
Install the retaining ring (3) in the bearing housing.
Install the ring (4) on the shaft (5).
Install the bearing housing (2) onto the shaft (5) by
using a tube.
ZDA7007A 1
2. Install and tighten the bolts (5).

ZDA7006A_129 2

Install the washer (2) and tighten the central bolt (1).
ZDA7005A 3
4. Remove the support to unblock the drum.

5. Install the belt, (Refer to your Operator’s Manual:
SECTION 4 - “LUBRICATION AND MAINTE-
NANCE", paragraph: “Drive belts and chains".
6. Attach the straw elevator. Refer to your Operator’s
Manual: SECTION 3 - “FIELD AND SITE OPER-
ATION", paragraph headed: “Straw elevator - Re-
moval and Installation".
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 27
Drum Left hand bearing - Remove

Installation".
2. Release the tension of the drum drive belt (5) by turn-
ing the shaft (3) counter clockwise, using a spanner
of 19 mm. ( 3/4 in)
Support the drum.
ZDA6440A_131 1
3. Remove the nut (1) of the pneumatic cylinder.
ZDA7008A 2
4. Loosen the two bolts (2) to remove the sensor sup-

port.
Loosen the central bolt (3) to remove the speed indi-
cator plate (4).
ZDA7009A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 28
5. Loosen the three bolts (5) of the bearing housing.

Remove the bearing housing (6) by using a puller (
380000320).
ZDA7010A 4
6. Remove the ring (7), if necessary.
ZDA7011A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 29
Drum Left hand bearing - Install

1. Install the bearing (1) in the bearing housing (2)
with grease NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75 MD
GREASE on the spherical outer ring. Apply anti-cor-
rosive grease to the inner ring of the bearing.
Install the retaining ring (3) in the bearing housing.
Install the ring (4) onto the shaft.
ZDA7012A 1
2. Install the bearing housing (2) onto the shaft, using a

tube.
ZDA7013A 2
3. Install and tighten the three bolts (5).

Apply anti-corrosive protector to the shaft end.
ZDA7010A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 30
4. Install the speed indicator plate (4) and tighten it with

the central bolt (3).
Install the sensor support and tighten the bolts (2).
Adjust the sensor if necessary.
ZDA7009A_132 4

At the right-hand side, tighten the belt (5) by turning
the shaft (3) clockwise.
ZDA6440A 5
6. Attach the straw elevator. Refer to your Operator’s

Manual: SECTION 3 - “FIELD AND SITE OPER-
ATION", paragraph headed: "Straw elevator - Re-
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 31
Drum - Remove
Installation".
2. Open the stone trap and the pivot plate.
3. Remove the drum concave. Refer to your Operator’s
TION", paragraph: "Drum concave - Removal and
Installation".
4. Remove the anti-dust plate (1) completely.
Remove the anti-wrap shields (2) on both sides.
ZDA6157D 1
5. Loosen the bolts (4) of the drum discs.
ZDA7307A 2
6. Support the drum on both sides and remove the left-

hand side bearing of the drum. Refer to Drum Left
hand bearing - Remove (K.40.B) .
ZDA7310A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 32
7. On both sides, remove the five bolts (1), (2), (3), (4)
and (5) (fig. 5).
ZDA7308A 4
8. On both sides remove the support (6) (fig. 4).
ZDA7309A 5
9. At the right-hand side, loosen the central bolt (1) and

remove the washer (2).
ZDA7005A 6

Loosen the three bolts (5) of the bearing housing and
slide the drum shaft together with the bearing hous-
ing out to the right.
ZDA7006A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 33
11. Remove the drum out of the combine.

NOTE: Be careful to lift the drum, because the drum is
heavy.
ZDA7319A 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 34
Drum - Install
1. Bring the drum into the combine, using an adequate
lifting device.
ZDA7319A_133 1
2. Bring the shaft in the drum from the right-hand side

and install the bearing housing with the three bolts
(5) on this side.
ZDA7006A 2
3. Install the left-hand side bearing. Drum Left hand

bearing - Install (K.40.B).
5. Adjust the drum in the middle of the frame (the maxi-
mum difference in clearance left-hand side relative to
right-hand side = 3 mm ( 1/8 in) to be measured on
the nearest slat and at the nearest spot and blocked
with the bolts (4) of the drum discs. Tighten the bolts
(4) to a standard torque.
ZDA7307A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 35
6. At the right-hand side, install the pulley (3), the

washer (2) and tighten the central bolt (1).
ZDA7005A 4
7. Install the drum drive belt (5) and turn the shaft (3)
clockwise.
NOTE: If necessary, adjust the belt tension as described
in your Operator’s Manual: SECTION 4- LUBRICATION
AND MAINTENANCE: paragraph headed: “Drive belts
and chains".
ZDA6440A 5
8. Install the supports (6) on both sides and tighten the

bolts (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5).
ZDA7309A 6
9. Install the anti-wrap shields (2) and the anti-dust

plate (1).
Attach the straw elevator. Refer to your Operator’s
Installation".
ZDA6157D 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 36
Drum Rasp bar - Replace

Always replace the rasp bars in pairs (as they are delivered), each bar located 180 degrees apart from the other. The
maximum weight difference allowed between the bars of one set is 25 gram. ( 0.06 lb ft)
IMPORTANT: Use always new bolts when replacing the rasp bars.
1. Tighten the nuts to a minimum torque of 100 Nm (
73.8 lb ft).
NOTE: The drum discs are marked with a punch. When
installing the drum, all marks should be aligned. In this
position the drum was balanced.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 37
Concave Pivot plate - Adjust

After installation of the concave, it is necessary to adjust the plate (1) of the pivot plate.
1. Place the concave in the highest position.
ZDA6972A 1
2. Open the pivot plate (2) (slide the left and the right-
hand side levers (3) towards the centre of the stone
trap).
ZDA7023A 2
3. Loosen the bolts (4) to adjust the plate.
ZDA6977A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 38
4. Adjust the plate (1) until the distance "X" = between

1 - 4 mm. ( 5/128 - 5/32 in)
ZDA6978A 4
5. Tighten the bolts (4).
ZDA6977A_134 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 39
Anti-wrap shield - Adjust

1. In case of a cereal concave, the anti-wrap shields
(1) has to be installed on both sides of the drum with
dimension “X" between 2 - 5 mm, measured with
regard to the rasp bar with on the largest radius.
ZDA7327A 1
2. To adjust the anti-wrap shields (1), loosen the two

bolts (2) on both sides of the drum.
After adjusting, tighten the bolts (2).
ZDA7328A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 40
Positioning system - Remove

NOTE: For more details, refer to Positioning system - Exploded view (K.40.B) and Positioning system -
Sectional view (K.40.B).
NOTE: Before removal of the concave positioning system, lower the straw elevator to it’s lowest position.
1. • Open the guards and the access cover of the
concave on the right hand side of the combine.
• Insert a wooden bar to support the concave.
Lower the concave onto the wooden bar.
ZEIL06CSX045A0B 1
2. • Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) and

(2) from the potentiometer (3).
• On both sides of the support (19), loosen the
bolts (4).
NOTE: Do not remove the bolts yet.
ZEIL06CSX029A0B 2
3. Release the retaining clip and remove the poten-

tiometer arm (6) from the rod (7).
• Remove the bolts (8) and remove the poten-
tiometer assembly (27) from the combine.
• Carefully remove the bolts (9) from the arms
(10), (11) and (12).
• Remove the bolts (4) from the support (5) and
remove the adjuster assembly.
NOTE: When the concave isn’t adequately supported,
the arms (10), (11) and (12) could be under tension when
removing the bolts (9).
ZEIL06CSX030A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 41
4. Remove the roll pin (33) from the hub (14) and the
shaft (15).
ZEIL06CSX031A0B 4
5. Remove the three bolts (16) and remove the electric

motor assembly (31) from the shaft (15).
ZEIL06CSX032A0B 5
6. Remove the nut (17) and remove the hub (14) from
the motor (31).
ZEIL06CSX028A0B 6
7. Remove the two roll pins (13) and the flat washers
(18) from the shaft (15) and remove the support (19).
ZEIL06CSX033A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 42
8. • Remove the nut (20) and the bolt (21) to re-

move the bushing (22) and the block (23) from
the arms (10) and (11).
• Unscrew the shaft (15) from the block (23).
• Remove the rod (7) from the arm (10).
ZEIL06CSX034A0B 8
9. Remove the bolts (24) to remove the support (5).
ZEIL06CSX035A0B 9
10. Check the condition of the travel limiter bolts (25),

nuts and washers. If necessary, replace them with
an equal number of parts
ZEIL06CSX036A0B 10
11. Remove the screws (26) and remove the poten-

tiometer (3) from the block (27). If necessary,
remove the retaining clip (28) from the potentiometer
arm (6).
ZEIL06CSX037A0B 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 43
12. Remove the retaining ring (29) and remove the arm
(6) from the block (27). If necessary, replace the
bushing (30) in the block (27).
ZEIL06CSX038A0B 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 44
Positioning system - Install

NOTE: Some annotations are not shown in the drawings. For more details and references to annotations, refer to
Positioning system - Exploded view (K.40.B) and Positioning system - Sectional view (K.40.B).
1. • Install the bushing (30) on the block (27) if nec-
essary.
• Install the arm (6) on the block (27) with the
retaining ring (29).
• Apply some grease NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE on the arm
(6) to prevent corrosion.
NOTE: Install the parts as shown.
ZEIL06CSX038A0B 1
2. Install the potentiometer (3) with the washers and the

screws (26) on the block (27). If necessary, install the
retaining clip (28) onto the arm (6).
ZEIL06CSX037A0B 2
3. • If removed, install the travel limiter bolts (25)

with the washers and the nuts.
• The distance "Y" should be between 5 - 10 mm
(3/16 - 3/8 in). Adjust by adding or removing
washers at the side indicated with the arrow.
ZEIL06CSX039A0B 3
4. Install the support (5) with the bolts, the washers and
the nuts (24).
ZEIL06CSX035A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 45
5. • Screw the shaft (15) in the block (23). Install

the block (23) and the bushing (22) between
the arms (10) and (11) with the bolt (21), the
washer and the nut (20).
• Install the rod (7) onto the arm (10) with the
retaining clip (28).
ZEIL06CSX034A0B 5
6. Install the hub (14) on the electric motor (31) with the
washer and the nut (17).
ZEIL06CSX028A0B 6
7. Install the support (19) onto the shaft (15) with the flat
washers (18) and secure with the two roll pins (13).
NOTE: Ensure that the roll pins (13) are installed as
shown.
ZEIL06CSX033A0B 7
8. Install the electric motor assembly (31) on the sup-

port (19) and the shaft (15) with the washers and the
three bolts (16).
NOTE: For the correct position of the electric motor (31)
refer to fig 10.
ZEIL06CSX032A0C 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 46
9. Install the hub (14) to the shaft (15) with the roll pin
(33).
ZEIL06CSX031A0B 9
10. Install the arm assembly (10), (11) on the shaft (15)
in such a way that the holes (9) correspond with the
holes on the arm (12). Refer to fig 11 and fig 12.
ZEIL06CSX042A0B 10
11. • Install the potentiometer assembly (27) with

the bolts (8), the washers and the nuts.
• Position the electric motor assembly (31) and
install the support (19) on the support (5) with
the washers and the bolts (4).
ZEIL06CSX043A0B 11
12. • Fasten the arms (10) and (11) onto the arm
(12) with the three bolts, washers and the three
nuts (9).
• Install the rod (7) to the potentiometer arm (6)
and secure it with the retaining clip.
• Connect the electric connectors (1) and (2).
NOTE: If necessary, move the concave upwards or
downwards to fit the bolts and the nuts (9).
ZEIL06CSX044A0B 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 47
13. Remove the wooden bar from under the concave.
ZEIL06CSX045A0B 13
14. • Adjust the distance "X" electrically from the cab

according to the following values:
"X" = 248 - 250 mm (9 3/4 - 9 27/32 in) for grain
and maize concave in 10/10 position.
"X" = 224.5 - 226.5 mm (8 27/32 - 9 in) for rice
concave in the 23/27 position.
• Calibrate the concave adjustment as described
in the Operators Manual of your combine.
ZEIL06CSX046A0B 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 48
Index
CROP PROCESSING - K

Anti-wrap shield - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Concave - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Concave Pivot plate - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Drum - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Drum - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Drum - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Drum Left hand bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Drum Left hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Drum Rasp bar - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Drum Right hand bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Drum Right hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Drum variator Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Drum variator Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Drum variator Drive disc - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Drum variator Drive disc - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Drum variator Drive disc - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Drum variator Driven disc - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Drum variator Driven disc - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Drum variator Driven disc - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Drum variator Driven disc - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Positioning system - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Positioning system - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Positioning system - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Positioning system - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Speed regulation system - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
THRESHING Conventional threshing - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
THRESHING Conventional threshing - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 49
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.40.B / 50
CROP PROCESSING - K
SEPARATING Beating - 42.B
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 1
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Drum
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Drum
Right hand bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Left hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 2
CROP PROCESSING - SEPARATING Beating
ZDA7082A 1
Beater shaft + bearings
1 Shaft 2 Key
3 Ring 4 Bearing housing
5 Left-hand side bearing 6 Retaining ring
7 Bolt 8 Bearing housing
9 Right-hand side bearing 10 Ring
11 Ring 12 Retaining ring
13 Bolt 14 Idler
15 Bolt 16 Idler support
17 Washer 18 Retaining ring
19 Shims 20 Pulley
21 Washer 22 Central bolt
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 3

1. Loosen the idler by turning the shaft (3) counter
clockwise, using a spanner of 19 mm. ( 3/4 in)
Remove the belt (5) completely.
ZDA6440A_145 1
2. Loosen the central bolt (1) and the washer.
ZDA7083A 2
3. Remove the pulley (2), using a puller.

Remove the key.
ZDA7253A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 4
4. Remove the bolt (4) to remove the idler (5).
ZDA7073A 4
5. Remove the retaining ring (6) and the washer.

Remove the two bolts (7). Now is it possible to re-
move the idler support completely.
ZDA7074A 5
6. Support the beater.

Loosen the four bolts (1) of the bearing housing (2).
ZDA7075A 6
7. Install two threaded rods to pull of the bearing hous-

ing, using a puller ( 380000320).
ZDA7076A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 5

1. Grease the seals of the bearing (1) with NEW HOL-
LAND AMBRA GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE.
Install the bearing (1) in the bearing housing (2) with
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE
Install the ring (3) and the retaining ring (4).
ZDA7078A 1
2. Press the ring (5) with the bearing housing (2) onto
the shaft with anti-corrosive grease on the inner ring
of the bearing (1). (fig. 1)
ZDA7079A 2
3. Install and tighten the four bolts (1) of the bearing

housing (2).
ZDA7075A_146 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 6
4. Install the idler support onto the bearing housing.

Install the washer and the retaining ring (6).
Install and tighten the two nuts (7).
ZDA7074A_147 4
5. Install the idler (5) and tighten the bolt (4).
ZDA7073A_148 5
6. Install the key (1) in the right position as shown.
ZDA7820A 6
7. Install the pulley (2). Check if the pulley is in line with

the pulley of the drum. If not add shims between the
pulley (2) and the ruff of the shaft.
ZDA7253A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 7
8. Install the washer and tighten the central bolt.
ZDA7083A_149 8
9. Install the belt and adjust as described in your Op-

erator’s Manual; SECTION 4 - “LUBRICATION AND
MAINTENANCE", paragraph “Drive belts and chains
- Right-hand side".
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 8

Prior operation:
Drum variator Driven disc - Remove (K.40.B).
1. Support the beater.

Loosen the three bolts (2).
ZDA7069A 1

ing (3), using a puller ( 380000320).
ZDA7070A 2
4. If necessary, remove the ring (4).
ZDA7072A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 9

1. Install the bearing (6) in bearing housing (3) with
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE
Grease the seals of the bearing with NEW HOL-
LAND AMBRA GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE.
Install the ring (4) onto the beater shaft (5).
Press the bearing housing (3) onto the beater shaft.
ZDA7071A 1
2. Install and tighten three bolts (2).
ZDA7069A_144 2
3. Install the key (1).

IMPORTANT: Be sure that the key (1) is installed in the
right position as shown.
ZDA7820A 3
4. Remove the support to unblock the beater.
Next operation:
Drum variator Driven disc - Install (K.40.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 10
Drum Shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Drum Right hand bearing - Remove (K.42.B).
Prior operation:
Drum Left hand bearing - Remove (K.42.B).
1. Enter the grain tank and remove the cover to have

access to the beater.
ZDA7249A 1
2. Search the marker with sign “X" by turning the beater

manually.
Loosen the bolts (2) and remove the stripper plate
(1).
ZDA7080B 2
3. Loosen the four bolts (1).
ZDA7314A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 11
4. Support the beater and keep the keys on the top side.
Slide the beater shaft (3) out to the left-hand side,
using a tube.
ZDA7081A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 12
Drum Shaft - Install

1. Insert the beater shaft (3) with the keys installed from
the left-hand side.
ZDA7081A_150 1
2. Install the left-hand side bearing. Refer to Drum Left

hand bearing - Install (K.42.B).
3. Install the right-hand side bearing. Refer to Drum
Right hand bearing - Install (K.42.B).
4. Enter the grain tank and adjust the beater so that
dimension “X" at the left-hand side is between 16 -
20 mm. ( 5/8 - 3/4 in)
ZDA7331A 2
5. Tighten the four bolts (1) to the standard torque.
ZDA7314A 3
6. Install the beater stripper plate (or toothed bar).

To adjust the stripper plate, refer to your Oper-
ator’s Manual; “SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE
OPERATION", paragraph: “Separation", headed:
Adjustable stripper plates".
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 13
7. Close the cover in the grain tank.
ZDA7249A 4
Next operation:
Refer to Drum variator Driven disc - Install (K.40.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 14
Index
CROP PROCESSING - K

Drum - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Drum Left hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Drum Right hand bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Drum Right hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Drum Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Drum Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 15
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.B / 16
CROP PROCESSING - K
SEPARATING Rotary separator - 42.C
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 1
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Drum
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
SEPARATING Rotary separator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Drive system
Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Drum
Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 2
CROP PROCESSING - SEPARATING Rotary separator
ZDA7033A 1
Rotary separator
1 Shaft 2 Key
3 Bearing (left-hand side) 4 Bearing (right-hand side)
5 Hub 6 Pulley
7 Idler 8 Central bolt
9 Rotary separator 10 Anti-wrap shield
11 Bolt 12 Counter nut
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 3
SEPARATING Rotary separator - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the straw walkers, refer to Straw walker - Remove (K.42.E).
Prior operation:
Remove the left-hand side rotary separator bearing. Refer to Drum Left hand bearing - Remove (K.42.C).
Prior operation:
Remove the right-hand side rotary separator bearing. Refer to Drum Right hand bearing - Remove (K.42.C).
Prior operation:
Remove the rotary separator shaft. Refer to Drum Shaft - Remove (K.42.C).
1. Loosen the four bolts (1) of the anti-wrap shields on

both sides.
ZDA7031A 1
2. Take out of the rotary separator drum to the rear of

the combine, using an adequate lifting device. The
weight of the drum is about 110 kg ( 243 lb).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 4
SEPARATING Rotary separator - Install

1. Bring the rotary separator with the anti-wrap shields
on his place, using an adequate lifting device.
2. Install the anti-wrap shields (2) with the opening to
the rear of the combine.
Tighten the four bolts (1) on both sides.
ZDA7034A 1
Next operation:
Install the rotary separator shaft. Refer to Drum Shaft - Install (K.42.C).
Next operation:
Install the right-hand side rotary separator bearing. Refer to Drum Right hand bearing - Install (K.42.C).
Next operation:
Install the left-hand side rotary separator bearing. Refer to Drum Left hand bearing - Install (K.42.C).
Next operation:
Install the straw walkers, refer to Straw walker - Install (K.42.E).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 5

Prior operation:
Remove first the fan variator drive belt and the cleaning shoe drive belt. Refer to Shoe drive system Belt - Remove
(K.62.B).
1. Release the rotary separator drive belt (2) by moving

the handle (1).
ZDA6261A 1
2. Now is it possible to remove the rotary separator

drive belt (2).
ZDA7265A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 6

1. Install the rotary separator drive belt.
ZDA7265A 1
2. Install the cleaning shoe drive belt and the cleaning

fan drive belt. Refer to Shoe drive system Belt -
Install (K.62.B) .
3. Tighten the belt (2) by moving the handle (1).
ZDA6261A 2
4. To adjust the belt tension, refer to your Operator’s

Manual; "SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAIN-
TENANCE"; paragraph headed: "Drive belts and
chains".
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 7

1. At the right-hand side, remove the cover (1).
Support the rotary separator.
ZDA7026A 1
2. Adjust the rotary separator concave in the lowest po-

sition by moving the lever (1) completely upwards.
ZDA6261C 2
3. Release the rotary separator drive belt (2) by moving

the handle (1).
ZDA6261A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 8
4. Remove the bolt (2).

Remove the central bolt (3) and the washer.
ZDA7019A 4
5. Remove the idler support (4), using a puller.
ZDA7245A 5
6. Loosen the four bolts (5) to remove the pulley.
ZDA7028A 6
7. Remove the hub (6), using a puller.
ZDA7246A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 9

Loosen the Allen screw and remove the lock collar
(2).
ZDA7020A 8
9. Loosen the four bolts (3).

Remove the bearing (4), using a puller.
ZDA7021A 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 10

1. Install the bearing (4) with grease "molybdeen sul-
phate" on the inner ring to the rotary separator shaft.
Install and tighten the four bolts (3).
ZDA7021A_154 1
2. Install the lock collar (2) and tighten the Allen screw.
Install the hub (3).
Install the pulley (4) and tighten the four bolts.
NOTE: Don’t forget to install the belt first.
ZDA7022A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 11
3. Install the support of the idler (5). (See also fig. 2)

NOTE: Put grease NLGI-2 on the seals of the bearings (6).
ZDA7027A 3
4. Install and tighten the central bolt (3) with a torque

between 40 - 50 Nm ( 29 - 37 lb ft).
Install the bolt (2) to attach the idler with the lever.
ZDA7019A_155 4
5. Install the rotary separator drive belt (2) by using the

lever (1) and adjust if necessary as described in your
Operator’s Manual; SECTION 4 - “LUBRICATION
AND MAINTENANCE", paragraph “Drive belts and
chains - Right-hand side".
ZDA6261A_156 5
6. Remove the support to unblock the rotary separator.

7. Place the rotary separator concave in the closed po-
sition, if necessary.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 12
8. Install the cover (1).
ZDA7026A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 13

1. At the left-hand side, remove the cover (1).
Support the rotary separator.
ZDA7015A 1
2. Loosen the central bolt (2) and remove the speed

indicator plate (3).
ZDA7016A 2
3. Loosen the Allen screw to remove the lock collar (4).
ZDA7024A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 14
4. Loosen the three bolts (5) and remove the speed

sensor support (6).
Remove the bearing completely, using a puller.
ZDA7017A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 15

1. Install the bearing with grease "molybdeen sulphate"
on the inner ring to the rotary separator shaft.
Install and tighten the three bolts (5). Don’t forget to
install the speed sensor support (6).
ZDA7017A_151 1
2. Grease the lock collar with "molybdeen sulphate"

grease. Install the lock collar (4) and tighten the Allen
screw.
ZDA7018A 2
3. Install the speed indicator plate (3) and tighten it with

the central bolt (2).
NOTE: Adjust the sensor if necessary.
ZDA7016A_152 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 16
4. Remove the support to unblock the rotary separator.

Install the cover (1).
ZDA7015A_153 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 17
Drum Shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the left-hand side bearing, refer to Drum Left hand bearing - Remove (K.42.C).
Prior operation:
Remove the right-hand side bearing, refer to Drum Right hand bearing - Remove (K.42.C) .
1. Enter the grain tank and remove the cover (2), using
the handles.
ZDA6138A 1
2. To have access to the rotary separator, remove the

cover by loosening the bolts.
ZDA6160B 2
3. Loosen the counter nut (1) and the bolt (2) slightly on
both sides.
ZDA7029A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 18
4. Support the rotary separator and keep the keys on

the upper side.
Remove the rotary separator shaft (3) to the left or
right.
ZDA7030A 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 19

1. Insert the shaft (3) with the keys on the upper side in
the sheaves.
ZDA7030A_157 1
2. Install the left-hand side bearing, refer to Drum Left

hand bearing - Install (K.42.C).
3. Install the right-hand side bearing, refer to Drum
Right hand bearing - Install (K.42.C).
4. Enter the grain tank and adjust the rotary separator
with distance "X" between 9 - 11 mm ( 3/8 - 14/32 in)
at the right-hand side to be measured on the nearest
slat and at the nearest spot.
ZDA7032A 2
5. Tighten the bolt (2) and the counter nut (1) on both
sides with a maximum torque of 30 Nm. ( 22 lb ft)
ZDA7029A_158 3
6. Install the covers in the grain tank.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 20
Index
CROP PROCESSING - K

Drive system Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Drive system Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Drum - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Drum Left hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Drum Right hand bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SEPARATING Rotary separator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SEPARATING Rotary separator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 21
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.C / 22
CROP PROCESSING - K
SEPARATING Straw flow beater - 42.F

84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 1
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
FUNCTIONAL DATA
SEPARATING Straw flow beater
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Drum
Right hand bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Left hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9


Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 2
CROP PROCESSING - SEPARATING Straw flow beater
SEPARATING Straw flow beater - Exploded view

1. Bolt and lock washer 12. Bracket

2. Pulley 13. Bolt and lock washers
3. Hub 14. Indicator plate
4. Locking bolt and nut 15. Lock collar
5. Shaft 16. Bearing flange
6. Key 17. Bearing
7. Lock collar 18. Beater drum
8. Bolt and lock washer 19. Locking bolts and nuts
9. Bearing flange 20. Hub
10. Bearing 21. Central hub
11. Speed sensor 22. Keys
ZEIL06CSX024F0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 3
SEPARATING Straw flow beater - Sectional view

1. Bolt and lock washer 12. Bracket

2. Pulley 13. -
3. Hub 14. Indicator plate
4. Locking bolt and nut 15. Lock collar
5. Shaft 16. Bearing flange
6. Key 17. Bearing
7. Lock collar 18. Beater drum
8. Bolt and lock washer 19. Locking bolts and nuts
9. Bearing flange 20. Hub
10. Bearing 21. Central hub
11. - 22. Keys
ZEIL06CSX025F0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 4

NOTE: For more details, refer to . SEPARATING Straw flow beater - Exploded view (K.42.F) and SEPARATING
Straw flow beater - Sectional view (K.42.F).
1. Loosen the three bolts (1).
ZEIL06CSX015A0B 1
2. Loosen and remove the belt from the pulley (2). Re-
move the bolts and lock washers (1) and remove the
pulley (2) from the hub (3).
ZEIL06CSX014A0B 2
3. Loosen the locking nut and remove the bolt (4) from
the hub (3).
ZEIL06CSX013A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 5
4. Pull the hub (3) from the shaft (5) using a puller.
ZEIL06CSX007A0B 4
5. • Remove the key (6) from the shaft (5).

• Remove the lock collar (7) from the shaft (5).
• Remove the bolts and the lock washers (8).
ZEIL06CSX008A0B 5
6. Pull the bearing flange (9) and the bearing (10) from
the shaft (5).
ZEIL06CSX010A0B 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 6

1. Clean up the shaft (5). If there are traces of slippage,
polish the shaft.
ZEIL06CSX009A0B 1
2. Install the inner bearing flange (9), the bearing (10)

and the outer bearing flange (9) on the shaft (5).
ZEIL06CSX010A0B 2
3. • Fasten the flange (9) with the lock washers and

the bolts (8).
• Measure the distance "X" between the shaft
end (5) and the frame, the distance should be
between 95 - 97 mm (3 3/4 - 3 13/16 in).
• Install the lock collar (7) and tighten it.
• Install the key (6) on the shaft (5).
ZEIL06CSX011A0B 3
4. Reinstall the hub (3) on the shaft (5). The hub (3)
should be aligned with the shaft end (5).
NOTE: Double check the distance between the frame and
the shaft end (5).
ZEIL06CSX012A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 7
5. Fasten the bolt (4) to secure the hub (3).
ZEIL06CSX013A0B 5
6. • Reinstall the pulley (2) with the lock washers

and the bolts (1).
• Install the belt. For the proper belt tension, re-
fer to the Operator’s Manual of your combine.
ZEIL06CSX014A0B 6
7. Tighten the bolts (1).
ZEIL06CSX015A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 8

1. • Remove the speed sensor (11) from the sup-
port (12).
• Remove the bolt (13) and remove the indicator
plate (14) from the shaft.
ZEIL06CSX019A0B 1
2. Remove the lock collar (15) from the shaft (5). Re-
move the bolts (8) and the sensor support (12).
NOTE: Measure the distance between the shaft end (5)
and the frame as a reference for later installation.
ZEIL06CSX016A0C 2
3. Pull the bearing flange (16) and the bearing (17) from
the shaft (5).
ZEIL06CSX018A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 9

1. Clean up the shaft (5). If there are traces of slippage,
polish the shaft (5).
ZEIL06CSX009A0B 1
2. Install the bearing (17) between the flanges (16) on

the shaft (5).
NOTE: Make sure to position the bearing (17) properly.
ZEIL06CSX018A0B 2
3. Fix the bearing (17), the flanges (16) and the sensor
support (12) with the lock washers and the bolts (8).
Install the locking collar (15) and fasten it.
NOTE: The distance between the shaft end (5) and
the frame should be the same as measured during
disassembling.
ZEIL06CSX016A0B 3
4. • Install the indicator plate (14) with the flat

washer, the lock washer and the bolt (13) on
the shaft (5).
• Install the speed sensor (11) on the support
(12). The distance between the speed sensor
(11) and the indicator plate (14) should be be-
tween 2 - 3 mm (5/64 - 1/8 in).
ZEIL06CSX019A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 10
Drum Shaft - Remove

1. • Open the unloading tube until there is enough
space underneath to pass the shaft of the
Straw Flow™ beater.
• Remove the right hand and left hand side bear-
ings: refer to Drum Right hand bearing - Re-
move (K.42.B) and Drum Left hand bearing
- Remove (K.42.B).
• Climb on the straw walkers and turn the beater
drum (18) so the bolts (19) can be reached.
• Support the beater drum (18) on both ends in
such a way that the beater drum (18) can be
moved in all directions.
ZEIL06CSX020A0B 1
2. • On both sides, loosen the bolts (19).

• Turn the beater drum (18) so that the keys
(22) are facing upwards to prevent them from
falling.
NOTE: Do not remove the bolts (19) completely.
ZEIL06CSX021A0B 2
3. Remove the shaft on the left hand side of the com-

bine in the direction indicated with the arrow.
NOTE: Do not turn the shaft (5) when removing it so that
the keys (22) can pass trough the hubs (20) and (21).
ZEIL06CSX022A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 11

1. • Clean up the shaft (5). If there are traces of
slippage, polish the shaft (5).
• Install the keys (22) on the shaft (5).
NOTE: If necessary, apply grease to keep the keys (22)
in place during installation.
ZEIL06CSX023A0B 1
2. • Install the shaft (5) into the beater drum (18).

• Centre the beater drum (18) in the combine.
The distance "Y" on both sides of the combines
should be at least 3 mm.
• The distance "X" should be between 95 - 97
mm (3 3/4 - 3 13/16 in).
• Tighten de bolts (19).
ZEIL06CSX022A0C 2
3. Install the RH- and LH-side bearing, refer to : Drum

Right hand bearing - Install (K.42.F) and Drum
Left hand bearing - Install (K.42.F).
NOTE: Double check the distances "X" and "Y".
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 12
Index
CROP PROCESSING - K

Drum Left hand bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Drum Right hand bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SEPARATING Straw flow beater - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SEPARATING Straw flow beater - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 13
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.F / 14
CROP PROCESSING - K
SEPARATING Straw walker - 42.E
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 1
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
TECHNICAL DATA
SEPARATING Straw walker
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Front shaft
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Rear shaft
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Straw walker
Bearing - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Bearing - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

SERVICE
Front shaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Rear shaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Straw walker
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 2
CROP PROCESSING - SEPARATING Straw walker
SEPARATING Straw walker - Special tools

Tool to remove straw walker bearing
ZEIL04CS0109F0B 1
A= Dia. 120 mm ( 4-3/4 in) E= Dia. 9 mm ( 3/8 in)

B= 75 mm ( 3 in) F= 20 mm ( 3/4 in)
C= 50 mm ( 2 in) G= 15 mm ( 19/32 in)
D= M18x1.5 mm
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 3
Front shaft - Exploded view
ZDA6720A 1
Straw walker front shaft
1 Straw walker shaft 2 Bearing

5 Grease cover 6 Pulley
7 Retaining ring 8 Bearing plate
9 Cover 10 Felt ring
11 Cover 12 Key
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 4
Rear shaft - Exploded view
ZDA6684A 1
Straw walker rear shaft
1 Straw walker shaft 2 Bearing

5 Grease cover 6 Bearing cover
7 Grease collar 8 Bearing plate
9 Cover 10 Felt ring
11 Cover
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 5
Straw walker Bearing - Detailed view

ZDA4794A 1
5 straw walkers models
A = 125-129 mm ( 4-59/64 in - 5-5/64 in) B = 386-390 mm ( 15-3/16 in - 15-11/32 in)

C = 647-651 mm ( 25-15/32 in - 25-5/8 in) D = 908-912 mm ( 35-3/4 in - 35-29/32 in)
E = 1169-1173 mm ( 46-3/128 in - 46-3/16 in) X = 3 mm ( 1/8 in)
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 6
Straw walker Bearing - Detailed view

ZDA4723A 1
6 straw walkers models
A = 125-129 mm ( 4-59/64 in - 5-5/64 in) B = 386-390 mm ( 15-3/16 in - 15-11/32 in)

C = 647-651 mm ( 25-15/32 in - 25-5/8 in) D = 908-912 mm ( 35-3/4 in - 35-29/32 in)
E = 1169-1173 mm ( 46-3/128 in - 46-3/16 in) F = 1430-1434 mm ( 56-20/64 in - 56-1/2 in)
F = 1430-1434 mm ( 56-20/64 in - 56-1/2 in)
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 7
Front shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the straw walkers, refer to Straw walker - Remove (K.42.E), or just loosen and support them.
1. On the left-hand side, loosen the bolt (1) and the nut
(2).
Loosen the bolt (3) and remove the straw walker
drive belt (4).
ZDA6046B 1

ZDA6678A 2

Remove the four nuts (2) and remove the speed sen-
sor support (3).
ZDA6677A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 8
4. On the right-hand side, loosen the two nuts (1) and

remove the grease cover (2).
ZDA6680A 4
5. Remove the retaining ring (3) and the washer(s).

Loosen the two nuts (4).
ZDA7321A 5
6. To remove the bearing by using the special tool, re-

fer to SEPARATING Straw walker - Special tools
(K.42.E).
7. Remove the bearing on the left-hand side using a
puller. The shaft can be removed from the inner side
of the machine.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 9
Front shaft - Install

1. Bring the pre-assembled shaft in the frame.
ZDA4733A 1
2. Install and tighten the two nuts (4).

NOTE: Do not forget to install the plates and the felt ring
between the bearing and the frame.
ZDA7325B 2
3. Install the left-hand side bearing and tighten the nuts

(2). Don’t forget to install the sensor support (3).
ZDA6677A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 10
4. Before install the washer(s) (1) and the retaining ring

(2) of the right-hand side bearing, check the dimen-
sion given in Straw walker Bearing - Detailed view
(K.42.E) and adjust, if needed.
NOTE: The clearance between the washer(s) (1) and the
retaining ring (2) is maximum 1 mm. ( 5/128 in )
ZDA4630A 4
5. Install the grease cover (2) at the right-hand side and

tighten them with the two nuts (1).
NOTE: Check if the grease zerk is installed to the rear.
ZDA6680A 5

NOTE: Adjust the speed sensor if necessary.
ZDA6678A 6
7. Grease the bearings on both sides.
Next operation:
Install the straw walkers. refer to Straw walker - Install (K.42.E).
Next operation:
Install the straw walker drive belt and adjust as described in your Operator’s Manual; "SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION
AND MAINTENANCE", paragraph: "Drive belts and chains - Left-hand side".
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 11
Rear shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the straw walkers, refer to Straw walker - Remove (K.42.E) , or just loosen and support them.
1. On the left-hand side, if a straw chopper, loosen the

eccentric chopper rear drive idler (1) by turning the
shaft (2), using a spanner of 19 mm. ( 3/4 in)
ZDA6129A 1
2. Loosen the Allen screw (1) and remove the grease

collar (2).
ZDA6943B 2
3. If a chaff spreader is installed, remove the drive belt

(1), the retaining ring (2), the pulley (3) and the key.
ZDA7312A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 12
4. Loosen the four nuts (3) of the bearing housing (4).
ZDA7085A 4
5. On the right-hand side, to have a better access to the

bearing, remove first the shielding (5).
ZDA7322A 5
6. Loosen the two nuts (1) and remove the grease cover
(2).
ZDA6944A 6
7. Remove the retaining ring (3) and the washer(s).

Loosen the two nuts (4).
ZDA7325A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 13
8. Push the shaft from the right-hand side bearing, by

moving the shaft to the left.
9. Remove the bearing on the left-hand side, using a
puller. The shaft can be removed from the inner side
of the machine.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 14
Rear shaft - Install

1. Bring the straw walker shaft (1) in the frame.
ZDA6945A 1
2. Install the right-hand side bearing with the two nuts

(4).
ZDA7325B 2
3. Install the left-hand side bearing and tighten the four

nuts (3) of the bearing housing (4).
ZDA7085A_159 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 15
4. Do not forget to install the bearing cover (1) on both

sides.
ZDA4719A 4
5. Before install the washer(s) (1) and the retaining ring

(2) of the right-hand side bearing, check the dimen-
sion given in Straw walker Bearing - Detailed view
(K.42.E) and adjust, if needed.
NOTE: The clearance between the washers (1) and the
retaining ring (2) is maximum 1 mm. ( 5/128 in)
ZDA4630A_160 5
6. Install the grease cover (2) and tighten them with the
nuts (1).
ZDA6944A_161 6
7. At the left-hand side install the grease collar (2) and

tighten it with the Allen screw (1).
Grease the bearings on both sides.
ZDA6943B_162 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 16
8. If a chaff spreader is installed, install the key, the

pulley (3), the retaining ring (2) and the drive belt (1).
ZDA7312A 8
9. If a straw chopper, install the rear chopper drive belt

by turning the shaft (2), using a spanner of 19 mm.
( 3/4 in)
ZDA6129A 9
Next operation:
Install the straw walkers. refer to Straw walker - Install (K.42.E).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 17
Straw walker - Remove

1. Remove first the sieves to avoid damage.
2. Inside the straw hood, disconnect the wires of the
straw walker loss sensors.
ZDA6679A 1
3. If a straw chopper is installed, disconnect the con-

nector (1) from the straw walker security (2).
ZDA7318A 2
4. Remove the cover at the rear of the straw hood, using

the special tool, located at the left-hand side of the
straw elevator.
ZDA6689B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 18
5. One by one loosen the nuts (2) of the straw walkers

from the bearing assembly.
ZDA6676A 4
6. Slide the straw walker out through the opening in the

straw hood. The weight of the straw walker is about
40 kg ( 90 lb).
NOTE: To prevent damage, hang-up the straw walker
security (3) while removing the straw walkers.
ZDA7317A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 19
Straw walker - Install

1. Slide the straw walkers in through the opening of the
straw hood.
2. Adjust the outer straw walkers with dimension "X"
between 8 - 12 mm. ( 5/16 - 1/2 in)
ZDA7676A 1
3. Tighten the nuts (2) of the straw walker bearing as-

sembly.
ZDA6676A 2
4. The distance between the straw walkers must be di-

vided equally. Maximum difference allowed is 3 mm
( 1/8 in).
ZDA7025A 3
5. Close the cover of the straw hood, using the special

tool.
6. Connect the wires of the straw walker loss sensors
and the straw walker security. (if a straw chopper is
installed)
7. Install the sieves. Refer to your Operator’s Manual;
"SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION"; para-
graph headed: "Sieves".
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 20
Straw walker Bearing - Remove

Prior operation:
Refer to Front shaft - Remove (K.42.E) or Rear shaft - Remove (K.42.E).
1. Loosen the four nuts (1) and remove the bolts.
ZDA4734A 1
2. Lift the lips of the locking washer (2) out of the slots
of the nut (3).
Loosen and remove the nut (3).
ZDA4718A 2
3. Remove the locking washer (2).

Remove the bearing from the shaft.
ZDA4720A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 21
Straw walker Bearing - Install

1. Remove the grease of the adapter sleeves (1) before
installation.
ZDA4721A 1
2. Tighten the nut (3) to a torque between 100 - 110 Nm.

( 74-81 lb ft ) and secure with locking washer 2.
NOTE: Check the bearing position related to the shaft
collar, refer to Straw walker shaft - Drawing (K.42.E).
ZDA4718A_163 2
3. The felt rings (1) must be steeped with engine oil.

Fill up the bearing covers (2) with grease NLGI-2.
Tighten the four nuts (3).
ZDA4624A 3
4. Refer to Front shaft - Install (K.42.E) or Rear shaft

- Install (K.42.E).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 22
Index
CROP PROCESSING - K

Front shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Front shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Front shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rear shaft - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Rear shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Rear shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
SEPARATING Straw walker - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Straw walker - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Straw walker - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Straw walker Bearing - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Straw walker Bearing - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Straw walker Bearing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Straw walker Bearing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 23
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.42.E / 24
CROP PROCESSING - K
CLEANING Primary cleaning - 62.B
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 1
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
FUNCTIONAL DATA
CLEANING Primary cleaning
Shoe drive system
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Upper sieve levelling system
Motor - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SERVICE
Shoe drive system
Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Upper shoe
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Remove (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Install (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Arm - Remove (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Arm - Install (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Arm - Remove (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Arm - Install (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Arm - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Fan
Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 2
Housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Deflector - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Fan variator
Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Driven disc - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Driven disc - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Driven disc - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Driven disc - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Grain pan
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Upper sieve levelling system
Motor - Remove (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Motor - Install (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Lower shoe
Remove (Smart Sieve™ ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Install (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 3
CROP PROCESSING - CLEANING Primary cleaning
CLEANING Primary cleaning - Static description
ZDF0359A 1
1 Grain pan 2 Cleaning fan

3 Cleaning fan housing 4 Pre-sieve (only fixed cleaning system)
5 Upper sieve 6 Upper shaker shoe
7 Lower sieve 8 Bottom shaker shoe
9 Clean grain cross auger 10 Returns cross auger
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 4
Shoe drive system - Exploded view
ZDF0271A 1
1 Eccentric shaft 2 Key

3 Key 4 Retaining ring
7 Bolt 8 Washer
9 Nut
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 5
Shoe drive system - Sectional view
ZDF0272A 1
1 Eccentric shaft 2 Key

3 Key 4 Pulley (left-hand side)
7 Pulley (right-hand side) 8 Grease tube
9 Eccentric block
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 7
Shoe drive system - Exploded view

8. Pivot arm RH 41. Lock washer 62. Arm LH
20. Bracket 43. Bolt and hardened washer 65. Plate RH
21. Bracket 44. Plate RH/LH 66. Cone shaft
22. Bolt and lock washer L/R 45. Pivot arm LH 67. Spacer bushing
23. Nut 46. Eccentric drive rod RH 68. Nut lock washer and bolt
24. Bolt 47. Eccentric drive rod LH 69. Hinge joint halves
25. Lock washer 48. Bolt and lock washer 70. Bolt and lock washer
27. Arm 49. Arm RH/LH 71. Hinge plate
28. Bushing 50. Arm RH 72. Plate
29. Lock washer and coach bolt 51. Bolt and washer 73. Bolt and lock washer
30. Bolt and lock washer 52. Bolt and lock washer 74. Lock nut, lock washers and bolt
31. Bolt lock washer and nut 53. Nut lock washer and bolt 75. Arm
32. Plate 54. Plate LH 76. Joint components
33. Bolt and washer 55. Front suspension arm RH/LH 78. Support plate
34. Nuts, lock washers and coach 56. Bolt, washer and lock washer 79. Bolt, lock washer and washer
bolts
35. Bearings 57. Nut lock washer and bolt 80. Bolt and lock washer
37. Bearing flange 58. Rear suspension arm RH/LH 81. Eye bolt and nuts
38. Pivot joint 59. bracket 83. Stub shaft
39. Bolt 60. Bolt and lock washer 84. Hinge plate
40. Nut 61. Plate 85. Hinge plate
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 8
ZEIL06CS0204G0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 9
Shoe drive system - Sectional view

45. Pivot arm LH 59. Bracket
47. Eccentric drive rod LH 61. Plate
49. Arm RH/LH 69. Hinge joint halves
50. Arm RH 75. Arm
54. Plate LH 76. Joint components
55. Front suspension arm RH/LH 81. Eye bolt and nuts
58. Rear suspension arm RH/LH 84. Hinge plate
ZEIL06CS0201F0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 10
Upper sieve levelling system Motor - Exploded view

1. 12. Flat washer

2. 13. Shim
3. 14. Spacer
4. Actuator 15. Hinge joint
5. Nut 16. Nut
6. Lock washer 17. Hinge joint
7. Spacer 18. Nut
8. Pivot arm RH 19. Piston
9. Nut 20. Bracket
10. Bolt 21. Bracket
11. Lock washer
ZEIL06CS0197G0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 11
Shoe drive system Shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
At the right-hand side, remove the cleaning fan variator drive belt. Refer to Fan variator Belt - Remove (K.62.B) .
1. Loosen the nut (2) to release the cleaning shoe drive

belt (1).
ZDA7264A 1
2. Remove the bolt (3) and the washers.

ZDF0243A 2
3. At the left-hand side, remove the shielding (1) by

loosening the bolts.
ZDA6052C 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 12
4. Remove the shielding (2) by loosening the bolts.
ZDA7604A_169 4

Remove the straw walker belt (2).
Remove the support (1) completely.
ZDA7605B 5
6. Release the nut (4) completely to remove the grain

cross auger and elevator drive belt.
ZDA7606A 6
7. Loosen the central bolt (3) and remove the pulley (4),
using a puller.
ZDF0301A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 13
8. For fixed cleaning shoe:

• On both sides, remove the two bolts (2) from
the eccentric drive rod of the combine.
ZDA7652A 8
9. Only for Smart Sieve™

• On the right hand side:
Loosen the bolt (43) until it is free from the plate
(44). Loosen the bolt (22) as well. It is now
possible to pull out the eccentric drive rod (46)
from between the pivot arm (8) and plate (44).
Do not loose the hardened washer (43).
NOTE: The bolt (43) and (22) are installed with a thread
locking compound.
ZEIL06CS0221A0B 9
10. Only for Smart Sieve™

• On the left hand side:
Remove the bolt and the hardened washer (43)
from the plates (44) and the pivot arm (45).
Loosen the bolt (22). Remove the eccentric
drive rod (47).
NOTE: The bolt (43) and (22) are installed with a thread
locking compound.
ZEIL06CS0200A0B 10
11. Remove the grease tube (1).
ZDF0262B 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 14

Install two threaded rods (Metric 8) onto the holes
(10) and remove the eccentric blocks by using a spe-
cial puller.
Remove the key (3).
ZDF0269A 12
13. Remove the three bolts (7) of the bearing housings

(6) and turn them so that they can pass trough the
holes in the frame.
ZDF0268A 13
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 15
Shoe drive system Shaft - Install

1. Install the pre-assembled bearing housings (6) onto
the shaft (1).
NOTE: At the right-hand side, install the bearing (5) on
the ruff of the shaft. This is the side where the shaft is
not marked (X).
2. Install the shaft (1) with the pre-assembled bearing
housings (6) in the frame until the housing can be
fixed with the three bolts (7).
ZDF0268A_170 1
3. On both sides, install the bolts, the washers and

tighten the three nuts (9).
IMPORTANT: Check that the mark (X) on the shaft is
installed to the left-hand side. (see also Shoe drive
system - Sectional view (K.62.B))
ZDF0273A 2
4. Install the keys (2) and (3) of the eccentric shaft.

Press the eccentric block (10) onto the shaft.
NOTE: When assembling both the eccentric blocks, be
sure that they are pressed onto the tapered part of the
eccentric shaft.
ZDF0274B 3
5. Install the grease tube (1).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 16
6. For fixed cleaning shoe:

• Install the eccentric drive rods and tighten the
two bolts (2).
NOTE: Reinstall the shims as they were installed. (LHS
and RHS are different)
ZDA7652A_171 4
7. For Smart Sieve™:

• On the right hand side:
Install the hardened washer and bolt (43) into
the eccentric drive rod (46).
Push the eccentric drive rod (46) in place and
screw the bolt (43) into the plate (44). Do not
tighten yet.
Make sure the rubber block (88) in the eccen-
tric drive rod is well seated in the cavity of the
pivot arm (8). Refer to “Component assem-
blies”.
ZEIL06CS0221A0B 5
8. For Smart Sieve™:

• On the left hand side:
Install the eccentric drive rod (47) as shown
between the plate (44) and the pivot arm (45)
and fix in place with the hardened washer and
bolt (43).
Tighten the bolt (43) and (22) on the left-hand
side of the combine. See fig. 5.
Make sure the rubber block (88) in the eccen-
tric drive rod is well seated in the cavity of the
pivot arm (47). Refer to “Component assem-
blies”
NOTE: Install the bolts (43) and (22) with a thread locking ZEIL06CS0200A0B 6
compound LOCTITE® 242, OMNIFIT 50M or PERMABOND
113 and tighten in place.
9. On the right-hand side, install the pulley (4), the
washers and tighten the central bolt (3).
NOTE: No clearance should be exist between the
eccentrics and the pulley (4).
ZDF0243A_172 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 17
10. Install the cleaning shoe drive belt (1) and adjust
with the nut (2) as described in your Operator’s
Manual "SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAIN-
TENANCE" ; “Belts and chains".
ZDA7264A 8
11. Install the cleaning fan variator drive belt. Refer to

Fan variator Belt - Install (K.62.B).
12. Install the shielding (4) and tighten the bolts.
ZDA7603A 9
13. On the left-hand side, install the pulley (4), the

washer and tighten with the central bolt (3).
NOTE: No clearance should be exist between the
eccentrics and the pulley (4).
ZDF0301A_173 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 18
14. Install and adjust the grain cross auger and eleva-
tor drive belt by tighten the nut (4). Refer to your
Operator’s Manual: "SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION
AND MAINTENANCE"; paragraph headed: "Belts
and chains".
ZDA7606A_174 11
15. Install the support (1).

Install and adjust the straw walker drive belt (2). Re-
fer to your Operator’s Manual: "SECTION 4 - LUBRI-
CATION AND MAINTENANCE"; paragraph headed:
"Belts and chains".
Install the shielding (3) and tighten the bolts.
ZDA7605B_175 12
ZDA7604A_176 13
ZDA6052C_177 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 19
Shoe drive system Belt - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the cleaning fan variator drive belt. Refer to Fan variator Belt - Remove (K.62.B).
1. Loosen the nut (2) to release the belt (1).
ZDA7264A 1
2. Remove the belt (1).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 20
Shoe drive system Belt - Install

1. Install a new belt (1).
Adjust the belt tension with the nut (2). Refer to your
Operator’s Manual; “SECTION 4 - “LUBRICATION
AND MAINTENANCE". Paragraph headed: "Belts
and chains".
ZDA7264A 1
Next operation:
Refer to Fan variator Belt - Install (K.62.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 21
Upper shoe - Remove

1. Remove the chaff spreader (if installed).
2. Remove the upper, lower sieve(s) and the pre-sieve
(if fixed cleaning shoe). Refer to your Operator’s
Manual; “SECTION 3 - “FIELD AND SITE OPERA-
TION".
3. Disconnect the wires (1) of the sieves loss sensor.
ZDA7692A 1
4. At the left-hand side, remove the toolbox (2).
ZDA7694A 2
5. If a chaff spreader was installed, remove the railing

(4) on both sides.
Remove the guards (5) on both sides of the straw
hood.
ZDF0413A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 22
6. Remove the two bolts (3) of the hinge joints (4) on

both sides.
ZDA7693A 4
7. At the inside, loosen and screw out the bolts (5) sev-
eral turns (+/- 5 mm) ( 3/16 in) on both sides.
Push the bolts towards the outside, using a hammer.
Remove the hinge joints (4) on both sides.(fig. 4)
ZDA7704A 5
8. Remove the two bolts (1) from the drive rod.
ZDA7700A 6
9. At the inside, turn out the bolts (2) several turns on

both sides (+/- 5 mm) ( 3/16 in).
Push the bolts towards the outside, using a hammer.
Remove the hinge joints (3) on both sides.
ZDA7696A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 23
10. Loosen the two bolts (6) on both sides at the rear of
the grain pan.
ZDF0258A 8
11. Loosen the bolts (1) and (2) to remove the rear sus-
pension arms (3) on both sides.
ZDA7698A 9
12. Take out of the upper shaker shoe.
ZDF0342A 10
13. Remove the two bolts (1) and the hinge joints on both
sides.
ZDA7699A 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 24
14. At the inside, loosen the four bolts (2) to remove the
plate (3) on both sides.
ZDA7705A 12
15. At the rear, remove the mounting bolts (4) and (5)
and remove the suspension arms on both sides.
ZDA7697A 13
16. Take out of the bottom shaker shoe.
ZDF0270A 14
17. To remove the pivot arms (2), loosen the three bolts
(1).
ZDF0257A 15
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 25
ZDF0266A 16
1 Grain pan 2 Upper shaker shoe

3 Lower shaker shoe 4 Front suspension arm (grain pan)
5 Eccentric rod 6 Pivot arm
7 Rear suspension arm (bottom shaker shoe) 8 Rear suspension arm (upper shaker shoe)
18. Pivot arm (6) (fig. 16)
The pivot arm consists of two parts (1) and (2)
pressed together on a rubber bushing. The angle
“X" should be between 68 - 70 ° degrees, is very
important and cannot be changed afterwards.
ZDF0334A 17
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 26
19. Distance "A", "B" and "C" = between 1 - 3 mm ( 5/128

- 1/8 in)
Distance "D"= To the end of the collar.
Distance "E" = between 52.5 - 54.5 mm ( 2-1/16 -
2-1/8 in) (Only for 5 straw walker combines)
ZDF0338A 18
20. To assemble the silent bloc in the housing, proceed

as follows:
1. Press the silent bloc (1) in the housing, pushing
on the outer ring (2).
2. Press the arm (3) in the silent bloc while support-
ing the inner ring (4) of the silent bloc.
NOTE: This procedure is valid for:
- Upper and central silent bloc on all models.
- Lower silent bloc on 6 straw walker combines.
ZDF0412A 19
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 27
21. Suspension arm (7) (see fig. 16)

Distance "Y"= between 40 - 42 mm ( 1-9/16 - 1-21/32
in)
Distance "Z"= between 71 - 73 mm ( 2-51/64 - 2-7/8
in)
ZDF0335A 20

Distance "X" = between 49 - 51 mm ( 1-15/16 - 2 in)
ZDF0336A 21

Distance "Y" = between 7 - 9 mm ( 1/4 - 11/32 in)
Distance "Z" = between 7.5 - 9.5 mm ( 19/64 - 3/8 in)
ZDF0337A 22
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 28
Upper shoe - Install

1. Install the main pivot arms (2) on both sides and
tighten only the three mounting bolts (1) on the right-
hand side.
ZDF0257A_165 1
2. Install the lower shaker shoe and adjust it in the mid-

dle of the frame. Dimension "X" must be even on
both sides.
ZDF0264A 2
3. At the rear, install the suspension arms (6) on both

sides without tightening the mounting bolts (4) and
(5).
ZDA7697A_166 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 29
4. Install the supports (3) on both sides in the bottom

shaker shoe and tighten the bolts (2).
ZDA7705A 4
5. Connect the support (3) (fig. 4) with the pivot arm

(2) without tightening the mounting bolts (1) on both
sides.
ZDA7699A_167 5
6. Install the upper shaker shoe and adjust it in the mid-

dle with regard to the bottom shaker shoe (maximum
tolerance = 3 mm) ( 1/8 in)
Install the rear suspension arms (3) without tighten-
ing the bolts (1) and (2).
ZDA7698A 6
7. Install the hinge points on both sides and apply

LOCTITE® 242 ( OMNIFIT 50Mor PERMABOND 113)
onto the bolts (4) and (5).
ZDA7704B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 30
8. Check and block the angle "X" of the pivot arm (see
also fig. 1) before tightening the bolt (5), to ensure
the silent bloc is clamped in neutral position.
Tighten the bolts (4) and (5) (fig. 9) with a torque
between 140 - 160 Nm. ( 103 - 118 lb ft)
ZEIL04CS0056A0B 8
9. Install the two bolts (1) on both sides.
ZDF0265A 9
10. On the right-hand side install the eccentric rod (6)

with a spacer (7) of 3 mm ( 1/8 in) thickness and
tighten the mounting bolts (8).
ZDF0260A 10
11. Set the drive rod on the left-hand side in the middle of
their stroke by turning the eccentric shaft (key groove
(1) at 90 ° degrees with the drive rod (6) as shown).
ZDF0262A 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 31
12. On the right-hand side, the distance "Y" (between the

plate on the rod and the outside diameter of the hinge
point) is 13.5 mm ( 17/32 in).
ZDF0261A 12
13. On the left-hand side, measure the distance "Z" be-

tween the rod and the outside diameter of the hinge.
The number of the shims to add = "Z"- 10.5 mm ("Z"
- 13/32 in).
ZDF0265B 13
14. On the left-hand side, install and tighten the mount-

ing bolts (8) from the rod with the hinge and the
spacer(s).
Tighten the bolts (1), (2), (7) and the two nuts (3).
ZDF0259A 14
15. Check if the bottom shaker shoe is in the middle of

the frame, and tighten the bolts (4) and (5) of the rear
suspension arms (6) on both sides.
ZDA7697A_166 15
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 32
16. Tighten the bolts (1) and (2) on both sides of the rear
suspension arms (3) from the upper shaker shoe.
IMPORTANT: First tighten the bolts in the round holes,
afterwards the bolts in the slotted holes.
ZDA7698A 16
17. Install the upper, lower sieve(s) and the pre-sieve (if
fixed cleaning shoe). Refer to your Operator’s Man-
ual; “SECTION 3 - “FIELD AND SITE OPERATION".
18. Connect the wires (1) of the sieves loss sensor.
ZDA7692A 17
19. Install the guards (5) on both sides of the straw hood.
If a chaff spreader was installed, install the railing (4)
on both sides.
ZDF0413A_168 18
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 33
20. At the left-hand side, install the toolbox (2).
ZDA7694A 19
21. Install the chaff spreader (if installed).

22. Check if the canvas on front of the upper cleaning
shoe is installed in the correct position.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 34
Upper shoe - Remove (Smart Sieve™)

1. Remove the chaff spreader (if installed).

2. Remove the upper, lower sieve(s) and the pre-sieve
(if fixed cleaning shoe). Refer to your Operator’s
Manual; “SECTION 3 - “FIELD AND SITE OPERA-
TION".
3. Remove the Smart Sieve™ actuator, refer to Upper
sieve levelling system Motor - Remove (K.62.B).
4. Remove the Smart Sieve™ linkage. Refer to Upper
shoe Arm - Remove (K.62.B).
5. Disconnect the wires (1) of the sieves loss sensor.
ZDA7692A 1
6. At the left-hand side, remove the toolbox (2).
ZDA7694A 2
7. If a chaff spreader is installed:

On both sides, remove the railing (4) and the guards
(5) at the straw hood.
ZDF0413A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 35
8. Disconnect the eccentric drive rods (46) and (47) Re-

fer to Section “Shoe drive systems Shaft – Remove”
ZEIL06CS0171A0B 4
9. At the right hand side:

Remove the bolts and the lock washers (48) from the
arms (49) and (50).
ZEIL06CS0172A0B 5
10. At the inside:

• At the inside, turn out the bolts (51) several
turns on both sides (+/- 5 mm) ( 3/16 in).
Push the bolts towards the outside, using a
hammer.
• Remove the arm assembly (49). (Refer to fig.
5)
NOTE: The bolts are installed with a thread locking
compound.
ZEIL06CS0173A0B 6
11. • Support the upper shaker shoe so it cannot

drop down
• Remove the bolts and lock washers (52) and
the nuts, lock washers and bolts (53) and re-
move the plate (54) and the front suspension
arm assembly (55).
ZEIL06CS0174A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 36
12. • Remove the bolt, washer and lock washer (56).

• Remove the nut, lock washers and bolt (57)
and remove the rear suspension arm (58).
• If necessary, replace the bracket (59).
ZEIL06CS0175A0B 8
13. On the left hand side:

Remove the bolts and the lock washers (60) and re-
move the plate (61).
ZEIL06CS0176A0B 9
14. Remove the bolts and lock washers (48).
ZEIL06CS0177A0B 10
15. • At the inside, turn out the bolts (51) several

turns on both sides (+/- 5 mm) ( 3/16 in).
Push the bolts towards the outside, using a
hammer.
• Remove the arm assembly (62) from the com-
bine Refer to fig. 10.
NOTE: The bolts are installed with a thread locking
compound.
ZEIL06CS0178A0B 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 37
16. Remove the bolts and lock washers (52), the nuts,
lock washers and bolts (53) and the bracket (63) with
he hoses (64). Remove the plate (54) and the front
suspension arm (55).
ZEIL06CS0179A0B 12
17. On the right hand side:

• If necessary, separate the front suspension
arm (55) from the plate (65).
• If necessary press the cone shaft (66) out of
the front suspension arm (55).
ZEIL06CS0180A0B 13

• If necessary, separate the front suspension
arm (55) from the plate (54).
• If necessary, press the cone shaft (66) out of
the front suspension arm (55).
ZEIL06CS0181A0B 14
19. On both sides:

• Remove the bolt and lock washer (56).
• Remove the nut, lock washers and bolt (57)
and remove the rear suspension arm (58).
NOTE: If necessary, replace the bracket (59).
ZEIL06CS0182A0B 15
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 38
20. Check the condition of the bushings and the hinge

rubbers.
NOTE: When removing or installing the spacer bushing
(67), no force may be applied onto the hinge rubbers.
ZEIL06CS0183A0B 16
21. Make sure that all electric wires are disconnected

from the upper shaker shoe and take out the upper
shaker shoe.
ZEIL06CS0184A0A 17
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 39
Upper shoe - Install (Smart Sieve™)

1. • Place suitable supports under the upper shake

shoe and lift the upper shaker shoe into the
combine.
• Adjust the upper shaker shoe in the middle
of the combine frame: MAXIMUM ALLOWED
DEVIATION: +/- 3 mm (15/128 in).
The lower shaker shoe may deviate sideways
maximum 3 mm (15/128 in) from the upper
shaker shoe.
ZEIL06CS0184A0A 1
2. On both sides, install the rear suspension arms (58)

on the upper shoe and the combine frame as shown
with the nuts, the lock washers and the bolts (57)
and with the bolts and the lock washers (56). Do not
tighten. For details see fig. 3.
ZEIL06CS0199A0B 2
3. Install the rear suspension arm (58) as shown with

the distances "ZY" = 0 and "ZZ" = 0.
NOTE: Ensure that, when installing the rear suspension
arm (58), he rubber blocks are not deformed.
NOTE: Do not tighten the bolts (56) and (57) at this stage.
See fig. 2.
ZEIL06CS0183A0C 3

Install the conical shaft (66) and the plate (54) to the
front suspension arm (55). See fig. 5 for correct
installation angles.
NOTE: For more assembly details refer to "Component
assemblies".
ZEIL06CS0181A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 40
5. The angle "V" should be between 88 - 92 °.

NOTE: Do not deform the rubber blocks when pressing
the front suspension arm (55) onto the conical shaft (66)
and the plate (54). (See fig. 4)
NOTE: For more assembly details, refer to Upper shoe
Arm - Install (K.62.B).
ZEIL06CS0186A0B 5
6. Install the front suspension arm (55), and the plate

assembly (54) together with the hoses (64) and the
bracket (63) onto the frame of the combine with the
bolts and the lock washers (52). Install the lock
washers and the bolts (53) and tighten the assem-
bly loosely in place.
ZEIL06CS0179A0B 6
7. Install the arm assembly (62) as shown and fix it with

the bolts and the lock washers (48). Do not tighten
any of the components.
NOTE: For assembly detail of the arm (62), refer to
“Component assemblies”.
ZEIL06CS0177A0B 7
8. Insert the washers and bolts (51) but tighten them

only “hand tight”.
NOTE: Install the bolts (51) with a thread locking
compound ( LOCTITE® 242, PERMABOND 113 or OMNIFIT
50M).
ZEIL06CS0178A0B 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 41
9. Install the plate (61) with the chamfered side towards

the shafts and secure it with the lock washers and the
bolts (60). Leave he bolts “hand tight”.
ZEIL06CS0176A0B 9

Install the front suspension arm (55) and the plate
assembly (54) as shown and fix it in place with the
lock washers and the bolts (52) and with the bolts,
the lock washers and the nuts (53). Do not tighten
completely.
ZEIL06CS0174A0B 10
11. Install the arm assembly (49) and fix it to the arm
assembly (50) with the lock washers and the bolts
(48). Do not tighten completely.
ZEIL06CS0172A0B 11
12. Install the washers and the bolts (51) but do not
tighten completely.
compound ( LOCTITE® 242, OMNIFIT 50M or PERMABOND
113).
ZEIL06CS0173A0B 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 42
13. On both sides:

• Check that the upper shaker shoe is in the
middle of the combine frame: MAXIMUM AL-
LOWED DEVIATION: +/- 3 mm (15/128 in).
The lower shaker shoe may deviate sideways
MAXIMUM 3 mm (15/128 in) from the upper
shaker shoe.
• Connect the drive rods (46) and (47). Refer to
Shoe drive system Shaft - Install (K.62.B).
ZEIL06CS0171A0B 13
14. • Check that the shaker shoes are in their mid

stroke position refer to “Smart sieve actuator
install”.
• Ensure that there is no tension on the rubber
blocks. Tighten all the bolt connections firmly.
NOTE: Tighten the bolts in the round holes before the
bolts in the slotted holes.
Next operation:
Upper shoe Arm - Install (K.62.B)
Next operation:
Upper sieve levelling system Motor - Install (K.62.B)
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 43
Upper shoe Arm - Remove (Smart Sieve™)


• Remove the bolt and the lock washer (22) and
remove the arm assembly (50).
• Remove the bolt, the lock washer and the
washer (79).
ZEIL06CS0195A0B 1

• Remove the bolt and the lock washer (22) and
remove the arm assembly (50).
• Remove the bolt, the lock washer and the
washer (79).
• On both sides of the combine remove the bolts
and the lock washers (80).
• Remove the eye bolt and the nuts (81).
ZEIL06CS0192A0B 2
3. On both sides:
• Remove the pivot arms (8) and (45) together
with the plates (82) (fig. 1) and (84).
• Pull out the rubber block (82) and the plate
(44).
NOTE: Remember in which way the plate (44) is installed.
ZEIL06CS0193A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 44
Upper shoe Arm - Install (Smart Sieve™)

1. On both sides:
• Install the plate (44) on the stub shaft (83).
• Install the rubber block (82) onto the stub shaft
(83) with the washer, the lock washer and the
bolt (79).
NOTE: Do not deform the rubber block (82) while
assembling .
ZEIL06CS0193A0B 1
2. Before installation of the pivot arms, ensure that the

angle "XX" between the pivot arms (8) - (45) and the
plates (84) is between 62 - 64 °.
ZEIL06CS0194A0B 2
3. • Install the left hand side pivot arm (45) and the
right hand side pivot arm (8) (fig. 4).
• Fix the plate (84) with the lock washers and the
bolts (80).
On the left hand side, install the eye bolt and
the nuts (81). Do not tighten completely.
• Install the arm assembly (50) between the
plate (44) and the pivot arm with the lock
washer and the bolt (22). (See fig. 1 and 2)
ZEIL06CS0192A0B 3
4. Install the arms (50) with an angle "YY" = 65 °. This

will make later assembly easier. (See Fig. 2)
ZEIL06CS0195A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 45
5. Press the rubber blocks (82) onto the stub shafts of

the hinge plates (71) and (85).
NOTE: Use a suitable tool so you do not deform the
rubber blocks.
NOTE: Push the rubber blocks until they are well seated.
"G" and "H" should be zero.
ZEIL06CS0227A0B 5
6. • Press the rubber bushings (91) onto the sus-

pension arm (86).
• Respect the following distances:
K = 41 - 42 mm (1.61 - 1.65 in)
L = 71 - 73 mm (2.80 - 2.87 in)
• Install the bushings with mounting pasta. The
pasta must be allowed to dry out for at least 12
hours before assembly into the combine.
ZEIL06CS0228A0B 6
7. • Press the rubber bushings (91) onto the sus-

pension arm (87).
Distance "K" = 50 - 51 mm (1.97 - 2.01 in).
• Install the bushings with mounting pasta . The
pasta must be allowed to dry out for at least 12
hours before assembly into the combine.
ZEIL06CS0229A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 46
Upper shoe Arm - Remove (Smart Sieve™)

Prior operation:
Remove the upper sieves from the combine Refer to the Operator’s Manual.
Prior operation:
Upper sieve levelling system Motor - Remove (K.62.B)
1. Remove the nut (23), the lock washers (25), the bolt
(24), the bushing (28) to disconnect the arm (27) from
the brackets (20) and (21) . If installed remove the
spacers (26) as well.
ZEIL06CS0167A0B 1
2. Remove the nuts, the lock washers and the coach

bolts (29) and remove the bracket and bearing as-
sembly (21).
ZEIL06CS0160A0B 2
3. Loosen the bolts and the lock washers (30) and

loosen the bolt, the lock washer and the nut (31) as
well.
ZEIL06CS0161A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 47
4. • On the right hand side, unscrew the bolt (33)

+/- 5 mm (0.2 in). Push the bolt towards the
outside, using a hammer and remove the bolt
and the washer (33).
• Remove the bolts and the lock washers (30)
and remove the bolt connection (31) and the
plate (32) as well. (Fig. 3)
ZEIL06CS0162A0B 4
5. Remove the arm (27) - pivot joint (38) assembly.
ZEIL06CS0166A0B 5
6. Remove the nuts, the lock washers and the coach

bolts (34) and remove the bracket - bearing assembly
(20).
ZEIL06CS0163A0B 6
7. • Inspect the brackets (20) and (21) and check

the condition of the bearing (35).
• If necessary, remove the locking collar(s) (36)
and remove the bearing(s) (35) and the bear-
ing flanges (37) from the brackets (20) and (21)
.
ZEIL06CS0164A0B 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 48
8. Remove the nut (40), the bolt (39), the lock washers
(41) and the spacers (42).
NOTE: Write down the position of the parts: arm (27), the
pivot joint (38) and the bolt (39).
NOTE: Write down the position and the quantity of
spacers.
ZEIL06CS0165A0B 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 49
Upper shoe Arm - Install (Smart Sieve™)

1. Install the hinge joint (38) into the arm (27) with the
bolt (39), the lock washers (41), the spacers (42) and
the nut (40).
NOTE: Make sure the hinge joint (38) is able to hinge
in the fork of the arm (27). Ad or remove spacers (42)
accordingly. See insert as well.
ZEIL06CS0165A0B 1
2. If necessary, install the bearing flange(s) (37) and/or

the bearing(s) (35) and the bearing flange(s) (37) and
lock collar(s) (36) onto the brackets (20) and (21).
Lock the bearings in place with the lock collars (37).
NOTE: Install the inner ring of the bearings (35) with an
anti seize lubricant.
NOTE: Install the spherical outer ring of the bearings (35)
with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE
GREASE.
ZEIL06CS0164A0B 2
3. • Install the bracket and bearing assembly (20)

with the coach bolts, the lock washers and the
nuts (34) as illustrated and tighten in place.
• Clean the conical hole, indicated with the arrow
and make sure it is free from grease.
ZEIL06CS0163A0C 3
4. Clean the cone of the hinge joint (38) and make sure
it is free from grease.
Install the arm (27) and hinge joint (38) assembly as
illustrated. Ensure that it can rotate freely.
ZEIL06CS0166A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 50
5. • Install the plate (32) with the bolts and the lock
washers (30). Install the bolt, the lock washers
and the nut (31).
• Adjust the position of the hinge joint (38) (Fig.
4) towards the plate (32) and tighten the bolts
(30). Tighten the bolts and the nuts (31) as
well.
NOTE: Install the plate (32) with the chamfered side of the
holes towards the combine.
ZEIL06CS0161A0B 5
6. At the inside, install the bolt (33) and the washer and
tighten in place.
NOTE: Install the bolt (33) with thread locking compound,
LOCTITE® 242, OMNIFIT 50M or PERMABOND 113.
ZEIL06CS0162A0B 6
7. Install the bracket - bearing assembly (21) in place

with the coach bolts, the lock washers and the nuts
(29) as illustrated and tighten in place.
ZEIL06CS0160A0B 7
8. • Connect the brackets (20) and (21) with the

arm (27) using the bolt (24), the lock washers
(25), the bushing (28) and the nut (23).
• The arm (27) must be able to hinge between
the brackets (20) and (21). If necessary install
spacers (26). For assembly see insert. Do not
tighten yet.
NOTE: Tighten this connection after you have installed
the actuator. (Ref. Upper sieve levelling system Motor
- Install (K.62.B))
NOTE: Always tighten the bolts in the round holes first
and then the bolts in the slotted holes. ZEIL06CS0167A0B 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 51
Upper shoe Arm - Assemble

1. Pivot arms RH (8), LH (45).

• . The pivot arm assembly consists of two parts
(8) and (84) pressed together on a rubber
block. (right-hand side shown)
• To assemble the rubber blocks into a housing
proceed as follows:
Push the rubber block (82) into the housings
by pushing on the outer ring. (2). Press the
shaft or screw the bolt into the hole of the rub-
ber block while supporting the inner ring of the
rubber block (82).
NOTE: Do not deform the rubber block(s).
ZEIL06CS0222A0B 1
2. • The angle "W" should be between 62 - 64 °,

this is very important. The angle cannot be
changed afterwards.
• Respect the following distances:
"A" = 3.5 - 4.5 mm (0.14 - 0.18 in)
"B" = 5 - 7 mm (0.20 - 0.28 in)
"C" = 1 - 3 mm (0.04 - 0.12 in)
ZEIL06CS0223A0B 2
3. • The rubber blocks (88) are installed on the ec-

centric drive rods (46) and (47) and on the
hinge arms (50) and (62) as shown.
• Fig. 4 shows a detail of the installation of the
rubber block(s) (88) on the pivot arms (8) and
(45).
NOTE: Do not deform the rubber blocks (88).
ZEIL06CS0224A0B 3
4. The rubber block(s) (88) should be well seated

against the cavities in the pivot arms (8) and (45)
The distance "D" should be zero.
ZEIL06CS0225A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 52
Fan Shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the cleaning fan variator drive belt. Refer to Fan variator Belt - Remove (K.62.B).
Prior operation:
Remove the fan variator driven disks. Refer to Fan variator Driven disc - Remove (K.62.B).
1. If installed, remove the fan bottom shield by loosen-

ing the bolts.
ZDA6009A_193 1
2. On the left-hand side remove the shielding (1) by

ZDF0370A 2
3. Loosen the nut (4) completely to release the grain

cross auger and elevator drive belt.
ZDA7606A_184 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 53
4. Remove the straw walker belt (1) by loosening the

idler (2).
ZDF0275A 4
5. Loosen and remove the central bolt (3) and the speed
indicator support (4).
ZDF0361A 5
6. Loosen and remove the bolts and the nuts (1), the
self tapping screws (2) and remove the lower plate
of the cleaning fan housing to gain access to the fan.
ZDF0373A 6
7. Remove all paint from the fan shaft (3).

Loosen the locknut (4) and the bolt (5) on each of the
three fan collars (6).
ZDF0372Z 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 54
8. Support the fan from the bottom, through the opening

of the removed lower plate in the housing.
Loosen the Allen screw of the lock collar (1) on both
sides.
Use a punch and a hammer to strike the lock collar
(1) in a counter clockwise direction, to loosen the
collar from the shaft.
Remove the lock collar (1) from the shaft on both
sides.
Remove the nuts (2) of the bearing housing on both
sides.
ZDF0371A 8
9. Add some oil or grease on the fan shaft to ease re-

moval of the shaft and pull out the fan shaft from the
right-hand side of the machine.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 55
Fan Shaft - Install

1. Install the fan shaft through the three fan collars, from
the right-hand side.
2. Install the left-hand side bearing onto the fan shaft
(3) and tighten it with the bolts.
Install the lock collar onto the bearing but do not
tighten on this time.
ZDF0407A 1
3. Install the right-hand side bearing and tighten the two

nuts (2).
Install the lock collar (1) onto the bearing but do not
tighten on this time.
ZDF0371A 2
4. Measure the distance "X". (This is the distance from

the fan housing to the end of the taper on the fan
shaft).
The distance “X" should be measure between 275.5
- 277.5 mm. ( 10-27/32 in - 10-59/64 in)
ZDF0414A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 56
5. Install the right-hand bearing collar (1) onto the bear-

ing. Use a punch and hammer in a clock wise direc-
tion, to tighten the lock collar (1) onto the bearing.
Secure the lock collar with the Allen screw.
Remove the supports from beneath the fan.
ZDF0371B 4
6. Tighten the bolt (5) on each of the three fan collars

(6).
Tighten the locknuts (4).
ZDF0372A 5
7. Install the lower plate of the cleaning fan housing and

secure with the self tapping screws (2) and the nuts
(1).
Tighten all mounting hardware securely.
ZDF0373A_194 6
8. At the left-hand side, install the speed indicator sup-

port (4) and tighten the central bolt (3).
ZDF0361A_195 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 57
9. Install the straw walker belt (1) and adjust the belt by
tighten the idler (2). Refer to your Operator’s Man-
ual: "SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTE-
NANCE"; paragraph headed: "Belts and chains".
ZDF0275A_196 8
10. Install and adjust the grain cross auger and eleva-
tor drive belt by tighten the nut (4). Refer to your
Operator’s Manual: “SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION
AND MAINTENANCE"; paragraph headed: "Belts
and chains".
ZDA7606A_184 9
11. Install the shielding (1).
ZDF0370A_197 10
12. If necessary, install the fan bottom shield.
Next operation:
Install the fan variator driven disks. Refer to Fan variator Driven disc - Install (K.62.B).
Next operation:
Install the cleaning fan variator drive belt. Refer to Fan variator Belt - Install (K.62.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 58
Fan Housing - Remove

1. If installed, remove the fan bottom shield by loosen-
ing the bolts.
ZDA6009A 1
2. At the right-hand side, open the cover (1) and lock

them with the lever (2).
ZDA6132A 2
3. Remove the shielding (3), by using the special tool.
ZDA6269B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 59
ZDA7603A_180 4
5. Loosen the minimum speed adjusting counter nut (1)

and the nut (2) to the end of the threaded rod.
ZDA7260A 5
6. Enter the cab and turn the ignition key to the “contact"
position. Do not start the engine.
7. Set the safety-on-the-road tumbler switch in “Trans-
port mode" position.
8. Engage the threshing mechanism without starting
the engine.
9. Press on the fan speed rocker switch to decrease the
speed.
74_cs74-2_11 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 60
10. Switch off the ignition key.

Now is it possible to remove the belt from the fan
variator driven disks (3).
ZDA7715A 7
11. At the left-hand side, remove the shielding (1) by

ZDA6052C_181 8
ZDA7604A_182 9
ZDA7605A_183 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 61
14. Disconnect the electrical wires at (1).
ZDA7651A 11
15. Remove the straw walker belt (1).

Loosen the bolts to remove the support (2) com-
pletely.
ZDF0275A 12
16. Loosen the nut (4) completely to release the grain

cross auger and elevator belt.
ZDA7606A_184 13
17. Remove the cotter pin (5), the washer and the pin to
remove the tension bar (6).
ZDA7607A 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 62
18. Remove the two bolts (2) from the drive rod. (only at
this side of the combine)
ZDA7652A_185 15
19. Loosen the central bolt (3) and remove the pulley (4),
using a puller.
ZDF0301A_186 16
20. Remove the grease tube (1).
ZDF0262B_187 17

Install two threaded rods (Metric 8) in the holes (10)
to remove the eccentric block by using a special
puller.
Remove the key (3).
ZDF0269A_188 18
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 63
22. Support the cleaning fan housing, using a adequate

lifting device.
ZDA7649A 19
23. Remove the four bolts (3) on both sides.
ZDA7653A 20
24. Lower the fan housing until the supports (4) are po-
sitioned just under the frame (5). Pull the fan com-
pletely to this side (the side were the eccentric bar is
removed) so that the both supports on the other side
can pass through the eccentric bar. Once passed,
lower the fan housing completely.
ZDA7706A 21
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 64
Fan Housing - Install

1. Bring the cleaning fan housing onto his place.
ZDF0374A 1
2. Install the bolts (11) on both sides and tighten it.

At the left-hand side, install the keys (2) and (3) on
the eccentric shaft.
Press the eccentric block (10) onto the shaft.
NOTE: When assembling the eccentric block, be sure that
they are pressed onto the tapered part of the eccentric
shaft.
ZDF0274A 2
3. Install the grease tube (1).

4. Install the drive rod and tighten the two bolts (2).
NOTE: Reinstall the shims as they were installed.
ZDA7652A_189 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 65
5. Install the pulley (4) and tighten with the central bolt
(3).
ZDF0301A_186 4
6. Install the tension bar (6) with the pin and secure it
with the cotter pin (5).
ZDA7607A 5
7. Install and adjust the belt by tighten the nut (4). Re-
CATION AND MAINTENANCE", paragraph headed:
"Belts and chains".
ZDA7606A_190 6
8. Install the support (2).

Install and adjust the straw walker belt (1). Refer
to your Operator’s Manual: "SECTION 4 - LUBRI-
"Belts and chains".
ZDF0275A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 66
9. Connect the electrical wires at (1).
ZDA7651A 8
ZDA7605A_183 9
ZDA7604A_191 10
ZDA6052C_192 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 67
13. At the right-hand side, install the variator drive belt

onto the driven disks (3).
ZDA7715A 12
14. Adjust the minimum fan speed with the nut (2). Re-
"Belts and chains".
After adjusting tighten the counter nut (1).
ZDA7260A 13
ZDA7603A_180 14
16. Install the shielding (3), using the special tool.
ZDA6269B 15
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 68
17. Close the cover (1) by pulling the lever (2).
ZDA6132A 16
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 69
Fan Deflector - Adjust

After the cleaning fan housing is installed in the combine, the position of the deflector plates must be checked.
The cleaning fan consist of two horizontal deflector plates, four wind deflectors on the bottom plate and four deflector
plates on the upper plate. (Only 6 straw walker cleaning shoe)
ZDF0415A 1
Horizontal deflector plates:
X Y Z
39 - 41 mm (1.54 - 1.61 in) 119 - 121 mm (4.69 - 4.76 in) 4 - 7 mm (0.16 - 0.28 in)
1. Lower deflector plate:
Loosen the nut (1) and adjust the plate in line with
the hole (2). (or check the dimension "X" as shown
in fig. 1)
After adjusting tighten the nut (1).
Upper deflector plate:
Loosen the nut (3) and adjust the plate in line with
the hole (4). (or check the dimension “Y" as shown
in fig. 1)
After adjusting tighten the nut (3).
ZDA7532A 2
ZDA7533A 3
Deflectors on the upper plate:
K L M N
279 - 281 mm (11 - 11.06 279 - 281 mm (11 - 11.06 479 - 481 mm (18.86 - 479 - 481 mm (18.86 -
in) in) 18.94 in) 18.94 in)
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 70
ZDA7531A 4
Deflectors on the bottom plate:
Model A B C D
5 Straw walker 194 - 198 mm (7.64 - 203 - 207 mm (7.99 - 413 - 417 mm (16.26 413 - 417 mm (16.26
models 7.80 in) 8.15 in) - 16.42 in) - 16.42 in)
6 Straw walker 288 - 292 mm (11.34 288 - 292 mm (11.34 488 - 492 mm (19.21 488 - 492 mm (19.21
models - 11.50 in) - 11.50 in) - 19.37 in) - 19.37 in)
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 71
Fan variator Belt - Remove

and set the fan speed to minimum.
2. Switch off the threshing mechanism.
3. Stop the engine.
CAUTION
rotating
Z009
4. Open the right-hand side shielding.

5. Open the cover (1) and lock them with the lever (2).
ZDA6132A 1
6. Remove the shielding (3), by using the special tool.
ZDA6269B 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 72
7. Remove the minimum speed adjusting counter nut

(1) and the nut (2) completely.
ZDA7260A 3
9. Set the safety-on-the-road tumbler switch in “trans-
port mode" position.
the engine.
11. Press on the fan speed rocker switch to decrease the
speed.
Switch off the ignition key.
74_cs74-2_06 4

Remove the variator arm (4) completely.
ZDA7261A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 73
13. Remove the bearing (5) and the felt ring.

Remove the outer variator sheave (6).
ZDA7262A 6
14. Now is it possible to remove the fan variator belt (7).
ZDA7263A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 74
Fan variator Belt - Install

1. Install a new belt (7).
ZDA7263A 1
2. Before install the outer variator sheave (6), apply

molybdenum sulphate grease.
Install the bearing (5).
NOTE: The felt rings must be steeped with engine oil.
ZDA7262A 2
3. Install the pre-assembled variator arm (4) with the

bolt (3). (Do not tighten the bolt.)
Align the speed adjustment threaded rod (1), with the
speed adjustment support (2).
ZDA7261B 3
5. Set the safety-on-the-road tumbler switch in the
“Field mode" position.
the engine.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 75
7. Press on the fan speed rocker switch to increase the

speed.
NOTE: Check, if the bearing is properly fitted in the
housing.
74_cs74-2_11 4
8. Install the minimum adjusting speed nut (2).
ZDA7260B 5
9. Adjust the fan variator, refer to your Operator’s Man-

ual: "SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTE-
NANCE"; paragraph headed: "Cleaning fan variator
belt".
10. After adjusting install and tighten the both counter
nuts (1) and (3).
ZDA7260C 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 76
11. Tighten the bolt (3).
ZDA7261C 7
12. Install the shielding (3), using the special tool.
ZDA6269B_178 8
13. Close the cover (1) by pulling the lever (2).
ZDA6132A_179 9
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 77
Fan variator Driven disc - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the fan variator drive belt. Refer to Fan variator Belt - Remove (K.62.B) .
1. Remove the grease zerk (1), the nut (2) and the
washer (3).
ZDA7266A 1
2. Use a suitable puller attached to the inner sheave

(4), to unseat the outer sheave (5) from the tapered
shaft.
ZDA7267A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 78
Fan variator Driven disc - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Remove the fan variator disks. Refer to Fan variator Driven disc - Remove (K.62.B)
1. Loosen the three nuts (1) to release the spring (3).

Remove the pressure plate (2) and the spring (3).
Now is it possible to remove the inner sheave (4).
ZDA7268A 1
2. Remove the three nuts (5).

Remove the three threaded rods (6).
ZDA7256A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 79
Fan variator Driven disc - Assemble

1. Screw the three threaded rods (6) completely (full
depth) in the outer sheave.
Install and tighten the three nuts (5) with a minimum
torque of 110 Nm. ( 81 lb ft)
ZDA7256A 1
2. Install the outer sheave (4).

Install the spring (3), the pressure plate (2) and
tighten the spring with the three nuts (1). The dis-
tance "X" should be between 145 - 149 mm. ( 5-3/4
- 5-7/8 in)
ZDA7258A 2
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 80
Fan variator Driven disc - Install

1. Install the pre-assembled variator driven sheave onto
the shaft (1).
IMPORTANT: Be aware that the cone and the thread of
the shaft (1) and the cone of the outer sheave are free
of grease during assembly.
ZDA7259A 1
2. Install the washer (3) and the nut (2).

After tighten the nut (2), beat-up on the cone and
tighten again.
The torque of the nut (2) should be between 190 -
210 Nm. ( 140 - 155 ft.lbs)
Install the grease zerk (1) and grease the variator.
ZDA7266A 2
Next operation:
Install the fan variator drive belt. Refer to Fan variator Belt - Install (K.62.B) .
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 81
Grain pan - Remove

IMPORTANT: In case of a self-levelling system, set the combine in a horizontal position. Switch on the ignition
switch and engage the threshing mechanism. The divider plates on the grain pan must come in a position parallel to
the machine frame and the sieve sections must come in a horizontal position.
1. Remove the sieves.
2. Remove the straw elevator. Refer to your Opera-
tor’s Manual; “SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OP-
ERATION": paragraph headed: “Straw elevator - Re-
3. Open the pivot plate (3) (slide the left and the right-
hand lever (4) towards the centre of the stone trap).
ZDA6006A 1
4. Loosen the two bolts (5) at the front.

NOTE: Use a screw driver between the two supports to
unclamp the removable grain pan.
ZDA6015A 2
5. Take out of the removable grain pan section, pull it

towards the front to remove it.
ZDA6034A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 82
6. Loosen the two bolts (1) on the left and right-hand

front side of the main grain pan.
ZDF0263A 4
7. Loosen the two bolts (6) on the left and right-hand

rear side of the grain pan. (connection with the upper
cleaning shoe)
ZDF0258A 5
8. In case of a self-levelling system disconnect the

wires of the actuator.
9. Take out of the main grain pan to the front.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 83
Grain pan - Install

1. Install the grain pan in the middle of the frame in line
with the upper shaker shoe. (maximum tolerance =
3 mm) ( 1/8 in).
2. Set the eccentric drive rod in the middle of their
stroke by turning the eccentric shaft (key groove (1)
at 90 ° degrees with the drive rod (6) as shown).
ZDF0262A 1
3. Install and tighten the two bolts (6) on both sides at

the rear of the grain pan.
ZDF0258A_164 2
4. Adjust the rubber bushings without forcing and

tighten the two bolts (1) on both sides.
ZDF0263A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 84
Upper sieve levelling system Motor - Remove (Smart Sieve™)

1. If possible adjust the Smart Sieve™ system to its mid

stroke position and lock in place.
NOTE: On both sides, the angle "XXX" should be between
94 - 95 °.
ZEIL06CS0203A0B 1
2. If possible, adjust the Smart Sieve™ system to its

central position as shown.
NOTE: The angle "XZ" should be 90 °.
NOTE: The actuator installation is not symmetric. The
distance "ZX" should be about 34 mm (1 43/128 in) at
installation.
ZEIL06CS0202A0B 2
3. Disconnect the connector (1) towards the actuator

(4).
Remove the clamp (2) from the combine.
Carefully detach the wiring loom (3) from the com-
bine.
ZEIL06CS0154A0B 3
4. Remove the nut (5), the lock washer (6), the spacer
(7) and pull the actuator (4) from the stub shaft of the
pivot arm (8). Mind the second spacer (7).
ZEIL06CS0155A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 85
5. • Remove the nut (9), the bolt (10) and the lock
washers (11).
• Carefully remove the actuator (4). Don’t loose
the flat washers (12), the shims (13) and the
spacer (14).
NOTE: Remember how the parts were installed.
ZEIL06CS0156A0B 5
6. If necessary, the hinge joints can be removed as de-

scribed.
• Loosen the nut (16) and remove the hinge joint
(15) from the actuator (4).
• Loosen the nut (18) and remove the hinge joint
(17) from the actuator (4).
NOTE: Do not turn the rod (19) more than 360 ° from its
original position.
ZEIL06CS0198A0B 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 86
Upper sieve levelling system Motor - Install (Smart Sieve™)

1. If required, the hinge joints can be installed as follow-

ing.
• Install the nut (16) onto the actuator (4) and
screw it as far as possible.
• Install the hinge joint (15) as far as possible
onto the actuator (4), turn back and lock it in
place with the nut (16).
• Install the nut (18) onto the rod (19) and screw
it as far as possible.
• Install the hinge joint (17) as far as possible
onto the rod (19) and then turn back and lock
it in place with the nut (18). ZEIL06CS0198A0B 1
NOTE: Do not turn the rod (19) more than 360 ° outwards
from its original position.
2. Install the first spacer (7), the actuator (4), the second
spacer (7), the lock washer (6) and the nut (5) on the
stub shaft of the pivot arm (8). Do not tighten yet.
ZEIL06CS0155A0B 2
NOTE: The hinge joint (17) (fig. 1) is not symmetric. Make

sure it is positioned correctly. Ensure that the distance
"ZX" is 34 mm (1 43/128 in).
NOTE: The angle "XZ" must be 90 ° before bolts and nuts
are tightened completely. (Refer to fig. 7 and fig. 8)
ZEIL06CS0202A0B 3
3. Install the actuator (4) with the hinge joint (17) be-
tween the brackets (20) and (21). Install the bolt (10),
one lock washer (11), the spacer (14), the shims (13),
the flat washers (12), the lock washer (11) and the
nut (9). Do not tighten yet. (See fig. 3 and fig. 5)
ZEIL06CS0156A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 87
4. The distance "X" (between the two brackets) should

be at least 53 mm (2 11/128 in). Adjust by adding or
removing washers (12) and shims (13).
NOTE: The installation sequence of the bolt, the spacers,
the shims, the washers and the nut is as illustrated.
ZEIL06CS0158A0B 5
5. Route the wiring loom (3) from the actuator (4) as

shown and connect the connector (1).
Install the clamp (2) on the combine.
ZEIL06CS0154A0B 6
6. • Adjust the shaker shoes to their central posi-

tion by turning the eccentric shaft to the angle
shown. "XXX" should be between 94 - 95 °.
• Adjust the Smart Sieve™ to its central position
with the actuator (4).
• Check the measurements shown in fig. 8.
Adjust by running the actuator (4) and/or by
screwing out the hinge joints (15) and (17).
ZEIL06CS0203A0B 7
7. • The distance "Y" = 535 - 536 mm (21 1/16 - 21

13/128 in).
• The distance "YZ" = 121 - 123 mm (4 49/64 -
4 27/32 in).
• The distance "Z" = 12.6 - 17.6 mm (1/2 - 11/16
in).
• Make sure there is no tension on the rubbers
of the hinge joints (15) and (17). Tighten the
hinge joints and other screw connections. (See
Fig. 2 and fig. 3)
and then the bolts in the slotted holes. ZEIL06CS0159A0C 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 88
Lower shoe - Remove (Smart Sieve™ )

Prior operation:
Upper shoe - Remove (K.62.B).
1. Support the lower shaker shoe adequately.

NOTE: Check and disconnect any electric wires that may
still be attached to the Lower shaker shoe.
Remove the lock nuts, lock washers and bolts (68)
and remove the hinge joint halves (69).
ZEIL06CS0187A0B 1

Remove the lock nuts, lock washers and bolts (68)
and remove the hinge joint halves (69).
ZEIL06CS0188A0B 2
4. On both sides at the inside:

Remove the bolts and lock washers (70) and remove
the hinge plates (71) and (85) and the plates (72).
ZEIL06CS0189A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 89
5. On both sides:
• At the rear, remove the mounting bolts and lock
washers (73) and the lock nuts, lock washers
and bolts (74).
• Remove the arm (75) and the joint components
(76).
• Remove the bolt connections (77) and remove
the support plates (78).
NOTE: The bolts (73) are installed with a thread locking
compound.
ZEIL06CS0190A0B 4
6. Remove the bottom shaker shoe.
ZEIL06CS0191A0A 5
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 90
Lower shoe - Install (Smart Sieve™)

1. Insert the lower shaker shoe and support it well.
ZEIL06CS0191A0A 1
2. • Install the support plates (78) with the bolt con-

nections (77).
• Install the arms (75) with the joint components
(76) and secure them with the bolts, the lock
washers and the lock nuts (74) and with the
lock washers and the bolts (73). Do not tighten
completely. (See fig. 7)
compound. ( LOCTITE® 242, OMNIFIT 50M or PERMABOND
113)
ZEIL06CS0190A0B 2
NOTE: Install the joint components (76) onto the arms

(75) and (86) with the reinforcement rib turned to the side
of the arms. See arrow.
ZEIL06CS0230A0B 3
3. Install the plates (72), the hinge plates (71) and (85)
with the lock washers and the bolts (70).
ZEIL06CS0189A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 91

Install the hinge joint halves (69) with the bolts, the
lock washers and the lock nuts (68). Do not tighten
the bolts completely.
ZEIL06CS0188A0B 5

Install the hinge joint halves (69) with the bolts, the
lock washers and the lock nuts (68). Do not tighten
the bolts completely.
ZEIL06CS0187A0B 6
6. On both sides:
• Check that the lower shaker shoe is in the
middle of the combine frame MAXIMUM AL-
LOWED DEVIATION = +/- 3 mm (15/128 in).
• Connect the drive rods (46) and (47) Refer to
Shoe drive system Shaft - Install (K.62.B).
ZEIL06CS0171A0B 7
7. • Check that the shaker shoes are in their mid

stroke position, refer to Upper sieve levelling
system Motor - Install (K.62.B).
• Make sure there is no tension on the rubber
blocks. Tighten all bolt connections firmly.
and then the bolts in the slotted holes.
Next operation:
Upper shoe - Install (K.62.B).
Next operation:
Linkage install
Next operation:
Upper sieve levelling system Motor - Install (K.62.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 92
Index
CROP PROCESSING - K

CLEANING Primary cleaning - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fan Deflector - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Fan Housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Fan Housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Fan Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Fan Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Fan variator Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Fan variator Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Fan variator Driven disc - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fan variator Driven disc - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Fan variator Driven disc - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Fan variator Driven disc - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Grain pan - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Grain pan - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Lower shoe - Install (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Lower shoe - Remove (Smart Sieve™ ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Shoe drive system - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Shoe drive system - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Shoe drive system - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Shoe drive system - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Shoe drive system Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Shoe drive system Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Shoe drive system Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Shoe drive system Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Upper shoe - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Upper shoe - Install (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Upper shoe - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Upper shoe - Remove (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Upper shoe Arm - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Upper shoe Arm - Install (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Upper shoe Arm - Install (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Upper shoe Arm - Remove (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Upper shoe Arm - Remove (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Upper sieve levelling system Motor - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 93
Upper sieve levelling system Motor - Install (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Upper sieve levelling system Motor - Remove (Smart Sieve™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.B / 94
CROP PROCESSING - K
CLEANING Tailings return system - 62.C
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 1
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Cross auger
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Cross auger
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Return auger
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Tailings elevator
Chain - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Chain - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 2
CROP PROCESSING - CLEANING Tailings return system
Cross auger - Exploded view
ZDA6922A 1
Cross auger
1 Dowel pin 2 Sprocket

3 Cover 4 Bearing
5 Bolt 6 Shims
7 Washer 8 Bearing
9 Grease cover 10 Returns elevator
11 Returns cross auger 12 Sprocket
13 Retaining ring 14 Drive chain
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 3
Cross auger - Remove

1. At the left-hand side, loosen the nut (2) of the idler
(1) and remove the cotter pins to open the coupler
links of the chain.
ZDA6052B 1
2. Remove the bolt (4) to open the cover (3).
ZDA6024B 2
3. Rotate the elevator chain until the coupler links are

accessible on the bottom sprocket.
4. Loosen the nut (3) to release the chain tension. If
not, loosen also the locknut (1).
ZDA6159B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 4
5. To open the chain, remove the cotter pin (1), to open

the coupler links (2). To prevent from slipping out of
the returns elevator chain, fit a rope on both ends of
the chain.
ZDA7134A 4
6. Remove the dowel pin (1) of the sprocket (2).
ZDA6298A 5
7. Remove the two nuts (3) and remove the cover (4).
ZDA6300A 6
8. Remove the central bolt (5).

Remove two nuts (6).
ZDA6301A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 5
9. Remove the bearing flange (7), using a puller.
ZDA6302A 8
10. At the left-hand side, remove the retaining ring (1)

and the washers.
ZDA6303A 9
11. Remove the sprocket (2), using a puller.
ZDA6305A 10
12. Remove the key (3) and loosen the lock collar (4).
Loosen the three nuts (5).
ZDA6306A 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 6
13. Turn out the auger through the long sleeve hole at
the left-hand side.
At the right-hand side, remove the sprocket .
ZDA6950A 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 7
Cross auger - Install

1. Install the auger from the left-hand side by rotating
the auger until it is completely in it’s auger housing.
ZDA6950A 1
2. At the right-hand side, install sprocket (2) with the

dowel pin (1).
ZDA6298A_200 2
3. Install the left-hand side bearing (4) and tighten the

nuts (5). (Do not install the lock collar).
NOTE: Grease the spherical outer ring with NLGI-2 and
grease the inner ring of the bearing and the lock collar
with anti-corrosive grease.
ZDA6306C 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 8
4. At the right-hand side, add shims (6) and the washer

(7) until distance “X" = 65 mm. ( 2-9/16 in)
Tighten central bolt (5).
ZDA6307A 4
5. Install the cover (4) and tighten the nuts (3).
ZDA6300A 5
6. Close the returns elevator chain and install the cotter

pins (1), to secure the coupler links (2).
ZDA7134A 6
7. Insert the cotter pins in the direction of travel. (arrow)
ZDA7821A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 9
8. Adjust the tension of the chain with the nut (2) and
(3).
NOTE: The tension of the returns elevator chain is correct
when it is just possible to move a link laterally across the
lower sprocket by hand.
NOTE: After adjusting the returns elevator chain, check
the tension of the returns top auger drive chain (4).
ZDA6159C 8
9. Close the bottom of the returns elevator with the

cover (3) and secure it with the bolt (4).
ZDA6024B 9
10. At the left-hand side, install the lock collar (4) and
tighten the Allen screw.
NOTE: Grease the lock collar with anti-corrosive grease.
EDA6306B 10
11. Install the key (3).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 10
12. Install the sprocket, the shims and the retaining ring
(1).
ZDA6303A 11
13. Install the chain with the coupler links and secure it
with the cotter pins.
NOTE: Insert the cotter pins against the direction of travel.
(Refer to Tailings elevator Chain - Install (K.62.C))
14. Adjust the chain with the idler (1) and tighten the nut
(2).
NOTE: The chain tension is correct when it is just possible
to move a link laterally across a sprocket by hand.
ZDA6052B 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 11
Return auger - Remove

1. At the right-hand side, open the top cover (6).
ZDA6026A 1
2. Loosen the nut (2), to move the idler (1).

Remove the cotter pins to open the coupler links of
the drive chain.
ZDA5932A 2
3. Remove the retaining ring (3), the washers and the

sprocket (4).
Remove the key.
ZDA6982A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 12
4. Remove the four nuts (5).

Remove the bearing flange, using a puller.
ZDA6930A 4
5. At the left-hand side, remove the two bolts (1) to re-

move the sensor support (2).
Remove the central bolt (3) and remove the sensor
plate (4).
ZDA6931A 5
6. Loosen the Allen screw and remove the lock collar

(5).
ZDA6983A 6
7. Push the shaft (6) out to the right-hand side, using a

hammer.
ZDA7311A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 13
Return auger - Install

1. Bring the auger into his tube by turning the auger
from the right-hand side.
ZDA7674A 1
2. Install the bearing housing and tighten the four bolts

(5).
ZDA6930A 2
3. At the left-hand side, install the lock collar (5) and

ZDA6983A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 14
4. Install the sensor plate (4) and tighten it with the bolt
(3).
Install the sensor support (2) and tighten it with the
two bolts (1).
ZDA6931A 4
5. At the right-hand side, install the key, the sprocket

(4), the washer and the retaining ring (3).
ZDA6982A_204 5
6. Install the returns top auger drive chain and tighten it

by moving the idler (1).
ZDA5932A 6
7. Close the top cover (6).
ZDA6026A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 15
Tailings elevator Chain - Remove

links of the chain.
ZDA6052B 1
2. Remove the bolt (4) to open the bottom cover (3) of

the returns elevator.
ZDA6024B 2

ZDA6159B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 16

the coupler links (2).
ZDA7134A 4
6. Attach a rope or fit a new chain to the lower part of

the returns elevator chain.
ZDA6299A 5
7. Turn the old chain out.
ZDA6304A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 17
Tailings elevator Chain - Install

1. Use the rope to pull in the old chain after rework.
Disconnect the rope from the old chain, if fit a new
chain.
NOTE: Check if the chain is installed in the right direction
as shown.
ZDA6304A_198 1
2. Close the chain with the coupler links (2).
ZDA7134A_199 2
3. Install the cotter pins (1), to secure the coupler links

(2).
NOTE: Insert the cotter pins in the direction of travel.
(arrow)
ZDA7821A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 18
4. Tighten the chain with the nut (2) and (3).

the tension of the returns top auger drive chain (4) and
adjust, if necessary.
ZDA6159C 4
5. Close the bottom of the returns elevator with the

cover (3) and secure it with the bolt (4).
ZDA6024B 5
6. At the left-hand side, install the chain with the coupler

links and secure it with the cotter pins.
7. Adjust the chain with the idler (1) and tighten the nut
(2).
NOTE: Then chain tension is correct when it is just
possible to move a link laterally across a sprocket by hand.
ZDA6052B 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 19
Tailings elevator - Remove

1. At the left-hand side, Loosen the nut (2) of the idler
links of the chain.
ZDA6052B 1
2. At the right-hand side, remove the shielding by re-

moving the bolt (1) and the two bolts (2).
ZDA7247A 2
3. Move the idler (1) of the returns top auger drive chain
by loosening the nut (2).
the drive chain.
ZDA5932A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 20
4. Remove the bolt (4) to open the cover (3).
ZDA6024B 4

ZDA6159B 5

the returns elevator chain, fit a rope on both ends of
the chain.
ZDA7134A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 21
8. Remove the dowel pin (1) of the sprocket (2).
ZDA6298A 7
9. Remove the two nuts (3) and remove the cover (4).
ZDA6300A 8
10. Remove the central bolt (5) and the washers.

ZDA6301A 9
ZDA6302A 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 22
12. Remove the eight bolts (1) at the top of the returns
auger.
ZDA6982B 11
13. Remove the two bolts (3) at the bottom of the returns
cross auger.
ZDA7135A 12
14. Remove the two bolts (2) that connect the returns
elevator with the grain elevator.
ZDA6984A 13
15. Now is it possible to remove the returns elevator, us-

ing an adequate lifting device.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 23
Tailings elevator - Install

1. Bring the returns elevator onto his place. Don’t forget
to install the sprocket on the returns bottom cross
auger.
Install the two bolts (2).
ZDA6984A 1
2. Install the eight bolts (1) at the top of the returns

elevator.
ZDA6982B 2
3. Install and tighten the two bolts (3) at the bottom of

the returns elevator.
ZDA7135A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 24
4. Install the bearing flange and tighten the two bolts

(6).
Install the washer and tighten the central bolt (5).
ZDA6301A_201 4
5. Install the grease cover (4) and tighten the two nuts
(3).
ZDA6300A 5
6. Install the sprocket (2) with the dowel pin (1).
ZDA6298A 6
7. Connect the returns elevator chain with the coupler

links (2) and secure them with the cotter pin (1).
(Refer to Tailings elevator Chain - Install (K.62.C))
ZDA7134A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 25
8. Adjust the chain tension with the nuts (2) and (3).
the tension of the returns top auger drive chain (4).
ZDA6159C 8
9. Install the returns top auger drive chain and adjust it

by moving idler (1).
ZDA5932A_202 9
10. Install the cover (3) at the bottom of the returns ele-
vator and secure it with the bolt (4).
ZDA6024B_203 10
11. Install the shielding and tighten the bolts (1) and (2).
ZDA7247A 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 26
12. At the left-hand side, close the chain with the coupler
links and install the cotter pins.
Adjust the chain by moving the idler (1) and tighten
it with nut (2).
ZDA6052B 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 27
Index
CROP PROCESSING - K

Cross auger - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Cross auger - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Cross auger - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Return auger - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Return auger - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Tailings elevator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Tailings elevator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Tailings elevator Chain - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Tailings elevator Chain - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.62.C / 28
CROP PROCESSING - K
STORING AND HANDLING Grain storing - 60.B
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 1
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Clean grain cross auger
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Grain tank
Extension - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
CSX7080, CSX7080 Laterale
Extension - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

SERVICE
Clean grain cross auger
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Grain elevator
Chain - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Chain - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Tank delivery auger
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Grain tank
Extension Gas strut - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
CSX7080 Laterale
Extension Gas strut - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

CSX7080 Laterale
Extension Lever - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

CSX7080 Laterale
Extension Lever - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

CSX7080 Laterale
Extension - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Extension - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Extension Lever arm - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Extension Lever arm - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 2
CROP PROCESSING - STORING AND HANDLING Grain storing
Clean grain cross auger - Exploded view
ZDA6958A 1
Right-hand side
1 Sprocket 2 Dowel pin

3 Bearing 4 Bolt
5 Central bolt 6 Grease cover
7 Grain elevator 8 Bolt
9 Key 10 Seal plate
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 3
ZDA6957A 2
Left-hand side
1 Retaining ring 2 Pulley

3 Sprocket 4 Key
5 Washers 6 Bearing
7 Bearing flange 8 Plate
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 4
Grain tank Extension - Exploded view

1. Grain tank extension 43. Arm

2. Lever 44. Bolt
18. Lever arm 45. Bolt
33. Bracket 46. Lever arm
40. Cover 47. Bolt
41. Bolt 50. Bolt
42. Bolt 51. Tie rod
ZEIL06CSX106G0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 5
Grain tank Extension - Detailed view

2. Lever 14. Arm 24. Lock nut 51. tie rod

3. Bolt 15. Roll pin 25. Cone 52. Bolt
4. Nut 16. Nut 26. Shaft 53. Bracket
5. Bracket 17. Coach bolt 27. Nut 54. Plate
6. Bolt 18. Lever arm 28. Nut 55. Bolt
7. Gas strut 19. Knob 29. Bolt 56. Bolt
8. Lock nut 20. Lock nut 30. Bearing 57. Bracket
11. Plate 21. Washer 31. Bearing flange 58. Bolt
12.. Nut 22. Rod 32. Plate 59. Bracket
13. Lock nut 23. Flat washer 46. Lever arm 60. Retaining ring
ZEIL06CSX105G0B 1
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 6
Clean grain cross auger - Remove

(1).
the drive chain.
ZDA6052B_208 1
2. Loosen the nut (1) and remove the drive belt (2) from
the pulley.
ZDA6723A_209 2
3. At the right-hand side, remove the bolt (3).

Open the bottom cover (2) of the grain elevator.
ZDA6038A 3

84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 7
5. Loosen the nut (2) and (3) to release the grain ele-
vator chain. If not, loosen also the nut (1).
ZDA6148B_210 4

the grain elevator chain, fit a rope on both ends of
the chain.
ZDA7133A 5
7. Remove the dowel pin (1) out of the sprocket (2).
ZDA6946A 6
8. Remove the two nuts (3) and remove the grease

cover (4).
ZDA6949A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 8
9. Remove the central bolt (5) and the washer.

ZDA6960A 8
ZDA6961A 9
11. At the left-hand side, remove the retaining ring (1).

Remove the V-pulley (2) by using a puller.
ZDA6723B 10
12. Remove the key (3) and the washers.

(4).
ZDA6953A 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 9
13. Loosen the three nuts (5) of the bearing flange.
ZDA6952A 12
14. Remove the bearing (6) with the flanges (7).

Remove the plate (8).
ZDA6954A 13
15. Turn out the auger through the long sleeve hole at
the left-hand side.
At the right-hand side, remove the sprocket.
ZDA6951A 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 10
Clean grain cross auger - Install

1. Install the auger from the left-hand side by rotating
the auger until it is completely in it’s auger housing.
ZDA6951A 1
2. At the left-hand side, install the plate, the bearing with

the flanges and tighten the nuts (5).
NOTE: Grease the spherical outer ring with grease
NLGI-2 and grease the inner ring of the bearing with
anti-corrosive grease.
ZDA6952A 2
3. Install the sprocket (1) with the dowel pin (2). (right-
hand side)
NOTE: Check if the key (3) is installed.
ZDA6956A 3
4. Install the right-hand side bearing (4) and tighten the

two nuts (5).
grease the inner ring of the bearing with anti-corrosive
grease.
5. Install the shims, the washer and tighten the central
bolt (6).
NOTE: Check if the distance “X" is between 96.5 - 98.5
mm. ( 3-13/16 - 3-7/8 in)
6. Install the cover (7) and tighten the other two nuts (5).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 11
7. Grease the bearing.

8. At the left-hand side, install and tighten the lock collar
(4).
Install the washers and the key (3).
ZDA6953A_211 4
ZDA6723B 5
10. Install the retaining ring (1).(see fig. 5)

NOTE: Check if the distance “X" = 90 mm ( 3-1/2 in) or
in line is with the pulley (3).
ZDA6959A 6
11. Close the grain elevator chain, with the coupler links
(2).
Install the cotter pins (1) to secure the coupler links
(2).
ZDA7133A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 12
12. Adjust the grain elevator chain tension with the nuts
(2) and (3).
NOTE: The tension is correct when the chain can be
moved axial across the lower sprocket by hand.
ZDA6148A_212 8
13. After adjusting the grain elevator chain, check the

tension of the grain tank filling auger drive chain (4).
14. Close the bottom cover (2) of the grain elevator.
Secure the cover with the bolt (3).
ZDA6038A 9
15. Install the drive belt (2) and adjust the belt with the nut
(1) as described in your Operator’s Manual: "SEC-
TION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE";
paragraph headed: “Drive belts and Chains".
ZDA6723A 10
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 13
16. Install and close the drive chain with the coupler links
and install the cotter pins.
Adjust the idler (2) and tighten it with the nut (1).
ZDA6052B_208 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 14
Grain elevator Chain - Remove

Open the cover (2).
ZDA6038A 1
2. Loosen the nut (1) or push down the idler and remove
the belt (2) from the pulley.
ZDA6723A 2
3. Rotate the elevator chain (1) until the coupler links

are accessible on the bottom sprocket.
ZDA6055A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 15
4. Loosen the nut (2) and (3) to release the grain ele-
vator chain. If not, loosen also the nut (1).
ZDA6148B 4

the coupler links (2).
ZDA7133A 5
6. Attach a rope or fit a new chain to one side of the

grain elevator chain.
Turn the old chain out.
ZDA7086A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 16
Grain elevator Chain - Install

1. Use the rope to pull in the old chain after rework.
Disconnect the rope of the old chain, if fit a new chain.
IMPORTANT: Check if the chain is installed in the right
direction.
ZDA7086A_205 1
2. Close the chain with the coupler links (2).

Install the cotter pins (1), to secure the coupler links.
ZDA7133A_206 2
3. The chain tension can be adjusted with the nuts (2)

and (3).
NOTE: The tension is correct when the chain can be
moved axial across the lower sprocket by hand.
ZDA6148A 3
4. After adjusting the grain elevator chain, check the

tension of the grain tank filling auger drive chain (4).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 17
5. Close the bottom of the grain elevator with the cover

(2).
Install the bolt (3).
ZDA6038A_207 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 18
Grain elevator - Remove

Prior operation:
Refer to Tailings elevator - Remove (K.62.C).
1. Loosen the bolt to remove the support (1) from the

grain elevator.
ZDA7536A 1
2. Lift-up the combine at the rear, by using an adequate

lifting device.
Remove the right-hand side steering wheel.
ZDA7535A 2
3. Refer to Grain elevator Chain - Remove (K.60.B).

4. Remove the two nuts (3) and remove the grease
cover (4).
ZDA6949A_213 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 19
5. Remove the central bolt (5) and the washers.

ZDA6960A_214 4
ZDA6961A_215 5
7. If a rotary separator is installed, remove the two bolts

(1) and remove the handle (2).
Release the rotary separator drive belt and remove
the bolt (3).
ZDA7252A 6
8. Enter the grain tank and loosen the bolts (1) to dis-
connect the lower part from the upper part of the
grain elevator.
ZDA7137A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 20
9. Remove the seal plate by loosening all the bolts (1).
ZDA6962A 8
10. Hang-up the grain elevator by using an adequate lift-

ing device.
Loosen the nuts (1) on the top of the grain elevator
on both sides.
ZDA6947A 9
11. Loosen the two bolts (2) on the bottom of the grain
elevator.
ZDA6948A 10
12. Remove the grain elevator completely, using an ad-

equate lifting device.
ZDA6955A 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 21
Grain elevator - Install

1. Bring the grain elevator onto his place, using an ad-
equate lifting device.
ZDA6955A_216 1
2. Install the two bolts (2) at the bottom of the grain

elevator tube.
ZDA6948A 2
3. Install and tighten the two bolts (1) on the top of the
grain elevator.
Tighten the bolts (2). (see fig. 2)
ZDA6947A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 22
4. Attach the lower part of the grain elevator to the up-

per part by installing the bolts (1).
ZDA7137A_217 4
5. Install the right-hand side bearing (4) and tighten the

two nuts (5).
grease the inner ring of the bearing with anti-corrosive
grease.
ZDA6956A 5
6. Install the shims, the washer and tighten the central

bolt (6).
NOTE: Check that the dimension “X" is between 96.5 -
98.5 mm. ( 3-13/16 - 3-7/8 in)
7. Install the cover (7) and tighten the other two nuts (5).
8. Grease the bearing.
9. Install the seal plate and tighten the bolts (1).
ZDA6962A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 23
10. Install the grain elevator chain: Refer to Grain ele-

vator Chain - Install (K.60.B).
Install the support (1).
ZDA7536A_218 7
11. If a rotary separator is installed, install the handle (2)

and tighten it with the two bolts (1).
Install the support with the bolt (3).
Tighten the rotary separator drive belt.
ZDA7252A 8
12. Install the right-hand steering wheel.

Remove the wooden blocks of the steering axle.
ZDA7535A 9
Next operation:
Refer to Tailings elevator - Install (K.62.C)
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 24
Tank delivery auger - Remove

1. At the right-hand side, loosen the nut (2) to release
the sprocket (1).
Remove the unloading drive chain.
ZDA6078B_227 1

Remove sprocket (4) with the hub, using a puller.
ZDA6928A 2
3. Remove the two keys (5).

Loosen the three bolts (6) of the bearing housing (7).
Remove the bearing housing, using a puller.
ZDA6964A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 25
4. Inside the grain tank:

Enter the grain tank and loosen the four nuts to re-
move the cover (1).
ZDA6963A 4
5. Remove the four bolts and remove the cover (2).
ZDA6131C 5
6. Remove the roll pin (3) and the universal yoke (4).
Remove the two bolts (5) and the two bolts (6) to
remove support (7).
ZDA7315A 6
7. Take out the grain tank bottom auger (8).
ZDA7316A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 26
Tank delivery auger - Install

1. Bring the auger in the grain tank.
Install the support (7) and tighten the bolts (5).
Install the bearing housing and tighten the two bolts
(6).
NOTE: Grease the seals of the bearing with grease
NLGI-2. Grease the inner ring of the bearing with
"molybdeen sulphate" grease.
ZDA7488A 1
2. At the right hand side, install the bearing housing (7)

with the bearing and tighten the three bolts (6).
ZDA6964A_228 2
3. Install the sprocket (4) and the retaining ring (3).
ZDA6928A_229 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 27
4. Install the unloading drive chain and adjust it with

the sprocket (1). Refer to your Operator’s Man-
ual; "SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAIN-
TENANCE", paragraph headed: "Drive belts and
chains".
ZDA6078B 4
5. Inside the grain tank, install the lock collar and tighten
the Allen screw.
ZDA7315B 5
6. Install the yoke (4) and the two roll pins (3). (see also
fig. 5)
ZDA7844C 6
7. Install the cover (2) and tighten the four bolts.
ZDA6131C_230 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 28
8. Install the cover (1) and tighten the four nuts.
ZDA6963A 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 29
Extension Gas strut - Remove

CSX7080 Laterale
1. Put the grain tank extension (1) in its highest position

with the lever (2). Ensure that the lever (2) is locked
in its over-centre position.
ZEIL06CSX075A0B 1
2. • Loosen the two nuts (3) and the nut (4).

• Lower the bracket (5) by loosening the bolt (6)
until the gas strut (7) is fully extended.
• Remove the lock nut (8) and remove the lower
end of the gas strut (7).
ZEIL06CSX076A0B 2
3. • If required, remove the bracket (5) by removing

the bolt (6) and the two nuts (3).
• Remove the three bolts (9) and the nut (10) to
remove the plate (11).
ZEIL06CSX076A0C 3
4. If required, remove the nuts, the washers and the bolt

(12) from the bracket (5).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 30
5. • Remove the lock nut (13) from the arm (14) and
remove the gas strut (7).
• Remove the roll pin (15) to remove the arm (14)
from the end of the lever arm (18).
• If required, remove the nut, the washers and
the bolt (17).
ZEIL06CSX078A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 31
Extension Gas strut - Install

CSX7080 Laterale
NOTE: For more details, refer to Grain tank Extension - Exploded view (K.60.B) and Grain tank Extension -
Detailed view (K.60.B).
1. • If removed, install the bolt (17) on the arm (14)
with the washers and the nut (16).
• Install the arm (14) on the end of the lever arm
(18) and insert the roll pin (15).
• Install the upper end of the gas strut (7) on the
bolt (17) with the washer and the lock nut (13).
NOTE: The gas strut (7) should be able to hinge.
ZEIL06CSX078A0B 1
2. If removed, install the bolt, the washers and the nut

(12) on the bracket (5).
ZEIL06CSX077A0B 2
3. • Install the plate (11) with the washers and the

three bolts (9) and the nut (10) as shown.
• Install the bracket (5) on the plate (11) with the
two bolts, the washers and the two nuts (3).
NOTE: Do not fasten the two nuts (3) yet.
ZEIL06CSX076A0C 3
4. • Install the lower end of the gas strut (7) on the

bolt (12) with the lock nut (8).
• Position the bracket (5) with the bolt (6) until
the distance "X" is between 593 - 599 mm (23
11/32 - 23 1/2 in) (extension fully open). Refer
to fig 5.
NOTE: the gas strut (7) should be able to hinge.
ZEIL06CSX076A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 32
5. • When the distance "X" is correct, fasten the two

nuts (3) and tighten the bolt (6) in place with the
nut (4). Refer to fig 4.
• Lower the grain tank extension to its lowest
position. refer to fig 6. Check that the distance
"Y" = 405 mm (16 in). If not, refer to Grain
tank Extension - Remove (K.60.B).
ZEIL06CSX079B0B 5
ZEIL06CSX075A0B 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 33
Extension Lever - Remove

CSX7080 Laterale
1. • Unlock the lever (2) of the extension (1) from

its fully opened or closed position. Lift up the
lever as high as the gas strut allows with the
weight of the extension.
• Unscrew the knob (19) of the lever (2).
ZEIL06CSX075A0C 1
2. Support the extension (1) in this position with wooden

blocks or other suitable supports in the area indicated
with the arrow.
ZEIL06CSX080A0B 2
3. • Inside the grain tank, remove the nut (20) and

the washer (21) to remove the rod (22) from
the lever (2).
• Remove the nut (24), the two cones (25), the
shaft (26) and the two nuts (27).
• Remove the four nuts (28) and four bolts (29).
Refer to fig 1.
• Remove the lever assembly (2).
ZEIL06CSX081A0B 3
4. Remove the retaining ring (29) and pull the bearing

(30), the bearing flange (31) and the plate (32) over
the lever (2).
ZEIL06CSX082A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 34
Extension Lever - Install

CSX7080 Laterale
1. Put the plate (32), the bearing flange (31) and the
bearing (30) over the lever (2) and secure the as-
sembly with the retaining ring (29) as shown.
ZEIL06CSX082A0B 1
2. • Inside the grain tank, install the lever assembly

(2) with the washers, the four bolts (29) and the
nuts (28). Refer to fig 6.
• Install the two nuts (27) and one cone (25) on
the rod (22).
• Put the rod assembly (22) trough the shaft (26)
and install the second cone (25). Install the
lock nut (24).
• Install the rod assembly (22) on the lever (2)
with the two washers (23), the washer (21) and
the lock nut (20).
NOTE: The rod (22) should be able to hinge on the lever ZEIL06CSX081A0B 2
(2).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 35
3. • Adjust the nuts (27) until the distance "Z" = 173

mm (6 13/16 in).
• Adjust the lock nut (24) until the distance "XY"
= 215 mm (8 1/2 in).
• Remove the support that secures the exten-
sion (1). Refer to fig 4.
• Put the extension (1) in its lowest position. The
top of the extension (1) should slightly touch
the top of the grain tank or have a maximum
play of 1 mm (5/128 in) in the area above the
lever (2). If required, adjust the distance "Z".
ZEIL06CSX083B0B 3
4. Lift the extension (1) in its highest position. The

brackets (33) should rest against the grain tank pro-
file. The torque to turn the lever (2) (see fig 6) "over
centre" should be between 65 - 75 Nm (48 - 55 lb ft).
If required, adjust the distance "XY" until the torque
is right.
ZEIL06CSX080A0C 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 36
5. In the engine compartment, check the distances "X"

and "Y" when the extension (1) is in its highest/lowest
position. Refer to Grain tank Extension - Install
(K.60.B).
ZEIL06CSX079B0B 5
6. Install the knob (19).
ZEIL06CSX075A0C 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 37
Grain tank Extension - Remove

NOTE: Before removing the extension, place the combine within reach of an adequate lifting device.
1. Put the grain tank extension (1) in its fully open posi-
tion with the lever (2).
ZEIL06CSX075A0B 1
2. • Inside the grain tank, remove the glass from

the light (34) and disconnect the wiring loom
(35). Push the wiring loom through the wall of
the grain tank.
• Remove the pop rivet (36).
ZEIL06CSX085A0B 2
3. Remove the grain level indicator (37) from the exten-

sion (1).
ZEIL06CSX086A0B 3
4. On the outside of the grain tank extension (1), dis-

connect the ground wire (38) and remove the clamp
(39).
NOTE: Ensure that the wiring loom (35) doesn’t get
damaged while removing the extension (1) from the
combine.
ZEIL06CSX087A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 38
5. • Remove the bolt (41).

• Remove the bolts (42) and the arms (43) on
both sides of the cover (40). See the insert for
detailed view.
ZEIL06CSX088A0B 5
6. • Swing down the cover (40).

• Remove the bolt (44) on both sides of the cover
(40). See the insert for a detailed view.
• Lift the cover (40) from the combine.
NOTE: The cover (40) can be removed from the extension
(1) after the extension (1) has been removed from the
combine.
ZEIL06CSX089A0B 6
7. • Release the extension (1) from its highest po-

sition.
• Remove the bolts (45) and remove the brack-
ets (33) from the extension (1).
ZEIL06CSX080A0D 7
8. Remove the bolts (45) and remove the bracket (33)

from the extension (1).
ZEIL06CSX090A0B 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 39
9. Use a suitable lifting device or a rope to support the

extension (1) as shown.
ZEIL06CSX091A0B 9
10. Inside the grain tank on the right hand side, remove
the nut (46) to disconnect the lever arm (47) from the
extension (1). See the insert for a more detailed view.
ZEIL06CSX092A0B 10
11. Remove the nut (46) to disconnect the lever arm (48)
from the extension (1). See the insert for a more
detailed view.
ZEIL06CSX093A0B 11
12. Inside the grain tank on the left hand side, remove
the nut (49) to disconnect the lever arm (18) from the
extension (1). See the insert for a more detailed view.
NOTE: The gas strut may put tension on the connection
between the lever arm (18) and the extension (1). Adjust
by lifting or lowering the extension (1).
ZEIL06CSX094A0B 12
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 40
13. • Remove the nut (50) to disconnect the lever

arm (18) from the extension (1). See the insert
for a more detailed view.
• Lift the extension (1) from the combine.
ZEIL06CSX095A0B 13
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 41
Grain tank Extension - Install

1. • Secure the extension (1) with an adequate lift-
ing device or a rope.
• Lift the extension (1) in place. Keep the lifting
device supporting the extension (1) throughout
the installation procedure.
ZEIL06CSX091A0B 1
2. Install the lever arm (18) on the extension (1) with the
bolt (50), the washers, the bushing and the nut. See
the insert for a more detailed view.
NOTE: The gas strut can put some tension on the
connection between the lever arm (18) and the extension
(1).
ZEIL06CSX095A0B 2
ZEIL06CSX094A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 42
ZEIL06CSX093A0B 4
ZEIL06CSX092A0B 5
6. Install the brackets (33) on the extension (1) with the

nuts, the washers and the bolts (45).
NOTE: The nuts and the washers are situated on the
inner side of the grain tank
ZEIL06CSX090A0B 6
7. Install the brackets (33) on the extension (1) with the

nuts, the washers and the bolts (45).
NOTE: The nuts and the washers are situated on the
inner side of the grain tank
ZEIL06CSX080A0D 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 43
8. • Put the cover (40) in place.

• On both sides of the cover (40), install the bolt
(44), the washers and the lock nut.
• Flip up the cover (40) and adjust the position
of the cover with the bolts (40). The cover (40)
should be in the middle of the opening. The
distances "XX" and "XY" should be between 1
- 5 mm (5/128 - 3/16 in). See insert for more
details
ZEIL06CSX089A0C 8
9. • Install the two arms (43) on the extension (1)

with the bolts (41), the washers and lock nuts.
• On both sides, install the arms (43) on the
cover (40) with the bolts, the washers, the
bushings and the nuts (42). See the insert for
more details. Do not tighten completely.
NOTE: The cover (40) can be installed on the extension
(1) before the extension (40) is installed on the combine.
ZEIL06CSX088A0B 9
10. • Lift the extension to its nearly highest position.

The distance "YX" should be around 328 mm
(12 117/128 in).
• Push the cover (40) against the side of the ex-
tension (1) and fasten the bolts and nuts (42).
See insert for details.
NOTE: The adjustments above are required to prevent
grain loss when the extension is raised.
ZEIL06CSX096A0B 10
11. Put the extension (1) in its highest position with the
lever (2).
ZEIL06CSX075A0B 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 44
12. • On the outside of the extension (1), connect

the ground wire (38) and push the end of the
wiring loom (35) to the inside of the grain tank.
• Position the wiring loom (35) with the clamp
(39) as shown. Fix the clamp with a rivet (36).
NOTE: Ensure that the wiring loom (35) doesn’t get
damaged while the extension is being lowered or lifted.
ZEIL06CSX087A0C 12
13. Inside the grain tank, connect the wiring loom (35)
and install the cover of the light (34).
ZEIL06CSX085A0C 13
14. • Install the grain level indicator (37) on the ex-

tension (1) and adjust the grain level indicator
(37) into the required position.
• Check the adjustment of the gas strut and the
lifting lever. Adjust if required. Refer to Grain
tank Extension - Install (K.60.B) and Grain
tank - Install (K.60.B).
ZEIL06CSX086A0B 14
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 45
Extension Lever arm - Remove

Prior operation:
Grain tank Extension - Remove (K.60.B).
1. Remove the tie rod (51) from the lever arms (18) and
(46).
ZEIL06CSX107A0B 1
Removal of the lever arm (18).

2. Remove the arm (14) from the lever arm end (18)
as described in Extension Gas strut - Remove
(K.60.B).
ZEIL06CSX108A0B 2
3. • Disconnect the rod (22) from the lever arm (18)

as described in Grain tank Extension - Re-
move (K.60.B).
• Remove the four bolts (52) and lower the end
of the lever arm (18) together with the bracket
(53).
• Carefully remove the lever arm (18) from the
rear wall of the grain tank. See fig 4 as well.
NOTE: Remember how the bracket (53) was installed.
ZEIL06CSX101A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 46
4. • Check the plate (54) (fig 2) for traces of dam-

age or worn. If required, remove the plate (54)
by removing the nuts (55).
• Check the lever arm (18) for wear or other
damage.
ZEIL06CSX102A0B 4
Removal of the lever arm (46).

5. • Remove the four bolts (56) and lower the end
of the lever arm (46) together with the bracket
(57).
• Carefully remove the lever arm (46) from the
front wall of the grain tank.
ZEIL06CSX103A0B 5
6. • Remove the lever arm (46).

• Remove the two bolts (58) and the bracket
(59).
ZEIL06CSX104A0B 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 47
Extension Lever arm - Install

1. Install the bracket (59) to the right hand side front wall
of the grain tank with the bolts (58), the washers and
the nuts.
NOTE: Ensure that the bracket (59) is installed on the
correct side of the support on the grain tank wall. See
insert for a more detailed view.
ZEIL06CSX104A0B 1
2. • Install the tube end of the lever arm (46) onto

the bracket (59). See fig 1.
• Position the rear end of the lever arm (46) with
the bracket (57) as shown.
• Instal the bracket (57) with the bolts (56), the
washers and the nuts
NOTE: Ensure that the bracket (56) is installed on the
correct side of the support on the grain tank wall. See
insert for a more detailed view.
ZEIL06CSX103A0B 2
3. Install the tube end of the lever arm (18) through the
hole in the rear wall of the grain tank.
ZEIL06CSX102A0B 3
4. • Lift the end of the lever arm (18) together with

the bracket (53) in place. Fasten the bracket
(53) with the four bolts (52), the washers and
the four nuts.
• Connect the rod (22) with the lever arm (18) as
described in Grain tank - Install (K.60.B).
ZEIL06CSX101A0B 4
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 48
5. • If removed, install the plate (54) with the bolts

(55), the washers and the nuts. see fig 3 as
well.
• Install the arm (14) on the lever arm (18) as
described in Grain tank Extension - Install
(K.60.B).
ZEIL06CSX108A0B 5
6. • Connect the tie rod (51) to the lever arms (18)

and (46).
• The distance "ZZ" should be between 1472 -
1474 mm (57 61/64 - 58 1/32 in).
ZEIL06CSX107A0C 6
Next operation:
Grain tank Extension - Install (K.60.B).
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 49
Index
CROP PROCESSING - K

Clean grain cross auger - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clean grain cross auger - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Clean grain cross auger - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Extension Gas strut - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
CSX7080 Laterale
Extension Gas strut - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
CSX7080 Laterale
Extension Lever - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
CSX7080 Laterale
Extension Lever - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
CSX7080 Laterale
Extension Lever arm - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Extension Lever arm - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Grain elevator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Grain elevator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Grain elevator Chain - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Grain elevator Chain - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Grain tank Extension - Detailed view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Grain tank Extension - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Grain tank Extension - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Grain tank Extension - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Tank delivery auger - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Tank delivery auger - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.60.B / 50
CROP PROCESSING - K
UNLOADING Grain unloading - 72.B
CSX7000
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 1
Contents
CROP PROCESSING - K
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Cylinder
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Drive system
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Cylinder
Drive system
Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Unloading tube
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 2
CROP PROCESSING - UNLOADING Grain unloading
CAUTION
Z027
ZDF0433A 1
UNLOADING TUBE CYLINDER
1 Cylinder 2 Piston rod

3 Seal 4 Seal
5 Guide ring 6 Seal
7 Seal 8 Piston guide ring
9 Scraper ring 10 Piston guide ring
11 Washer 12 Cylinder head
13 Bolt (torque 169-205 Nm)
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 3
Drive system - Exploded view
ZDA6925A 1
UNLOADING DRIVE SYSTEM
1. Bolts 6. Pulley
2. Front belt guide 7. Key
3. Unloading drive belt 8. Nut
4. Nut 9. Bearing
5. Bolt 10. Rear Belt guide
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 4

"Unloading tube cylinder with a detachable cylinder head"
Proceed as follows:
1. Loosen the cylinder head (1) by turning the head

clock wise, using a punch mark and a hammer.
ZDF0729A 1
ZDF0728A 2

ZDF0734A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 5
4. Clean and oil the piston rod (2), the cylinder sleeve
(4) and the seals and reassemble them.
ZDF0734A 4
5. Slide the pre-assembled piston rod (2) in the cylinder

housing.
Turn the cylinder head (1) counter-clockwise onto the
cylinder housing.
ZDF0728A_72 5
6. Tighten the cylinder head, using a punch mark and a

hammer.
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 6
Drive system Shaft - Remove

1. At the left-hand side, loosen the bolts (1) to remove
the belt guide (2).
Remove the belt (3) from the pulley.
ZDA6927A_224 1
2. Loosen the nut (4) and the bolt (5).

Remove the V-pulley (6), using a puller.
ZDA6924A 2

Loosen the three bolts (8) of the bearing flange.
Remove the bearing flange.
ZDA6929A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 7
4. At the right-hand side, loosen the nut (2) to release

the sprocket (1).
Remove the unloading drive chain.
ZDA6078B 4
5. Loosen the nut (3) and the bolt (4).

Remove the sprocket (5), using a puller.
ZDA6923A 5

(7).
Remove the two bolts (8) of the bearing housing (9).
ZDA6966A 6
7. Slide the intermediate shaft (1) out to the right-hand

side.
Remove the bearing from the shaft, if necessary.
ZDA7563A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 8
Drive system Shaft - Install

1. Bring the shaft (1) onto its place.
At the right-hand side, install the bearing (2) onto the
shaft.
IMPORTANT: Grease the inner ring of the bearing with
"anti corrosive" grease.
ZDA7564A 1
2. Install the bearing in the bearing housing (9).

Install and tighten the two nuts (8).
ZDA7119A 2
3. At the left-hand side, install the bearing with the

flange and tighten the three bolts (8).
ZDA6929A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 9
4. Install and adjust the pulley (6) of the intermediate

shaft with dimension "X" = 175 mm ( 6-7/8 in), this
in line with the pulley (1).
ZDA6934A 4
5. After adjusting tighten the bolt (5) of the pulley (6).

ZDA6924A_225 5
6. Install the belt (3).

Install the belt guide (2) and install the bolts (1).
ZDA6927A_224 6
7. Start the engine and engage the unloading mech-

anism, perform a "Kill stall", refer to the Operator’s
Manual of your combine.
Adjust the belt guide with dimension "X" between 5 -
7 mm ( 3/16 - 1/4 in). "X" is the space between the
belt and the belt guide.
Tighten the nuts (1). (fig. 6)
CAUTION
M583
ZDA6933A_226 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 10
8. At the right-hand side, install the lock collar (7) and

ZDA6366B 8
9. Install the sprocket (5).
ZDA6923A 9
10. Adjust the sprocket (5) of the intermediate shaft in

line with the sprocket (1) of the unloading bottom
auger.
After adjusting install the bolt (4) and the nut (3).(fig.
9)
ZDA6935A 10
11. Install the unloading drive chain.

Adjust the chain tension with the sprocket (1) and
tighten the nut (2). For adjustment, refer to the Op-
erator’s Manual of your combine.
ZDA6078B 11
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 11

1. Disconnect the hydraulic hose (1).
ZEIL06CS0092A0B 1
2. Loosen the nut (1) to release the main drive belt.
ZDA5937B_222 2
3. Remove the main drive belt (2) completely.
ZDA6257B_223 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 12
4. If a chopper is installed, loosen the nut (1) to release

the chopper front drive belt and remove the belt com-
pletely.
ZDA6054B 4
5. Remove the front belt guide (2) of the unloading drive

belt (3) completely by removing the bolts (1).
ZDA6927A 5
6. Remove the nuts (3) of the rear belt guide (4).
ZDA6932A 6
7. Remove the unloading drive belt.
ZDA6941A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 13

1. Install the new belt.
ZDA6941A 1
2. Start the engine and engage the unloading mecha-

nism. Perform a "Kill stall", refer to the Operator’s
Manual of your combine.
Install and adjust the two belt guides with dimension
"X" between 5 - 7 mm. ( 3/16 - 1/4 in)
Tighten the nuts of the both belt guides.
CAUTION
M583
ZDA6933A 2
3. Install the chopper front drive belt, and adjust as

described in your Operator’s Manual: SECTION 4
- LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE, paragraph;
4. Install the main drive belt, and adjust as described
in your Operator’s Manual: SECTION 4 - LUBRICA-
TION AND MAINTENANCE, paragraph; “Drive belts
and chains".
5. Connect the hydraulic hose (1).
ZEIL06CS0092A0B 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 14
Unloading tube - Remove

1. Remove the roll pin (1).
Remove the two bolts (2).
Support the unloading tube with adequate lifting
tools.
WARNING
Use a minimum of two lifting slings, separated with
a minimum 2.4 m (8′) wide spreader bar to keep the
slings in position. Failure to do so may result in the
auger becoming unbalanced and dropping suddenly.
Z029
ZDA6936A 1
2. Remove the fifteen bolts (3) to disconnect the un-

loading tube with the auger from the elbow.
ZDA6939A 2
3. Loosen the three nuts (4) to remove the end cap (5).
ZDA6939A_219 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 15
4. Remove the roll pin (6), the shims (7) and the lock
collar (8).
ZDA6940A 4
5. Remove the bearing by loosening the three nuts (9).
ZDA7068A 5
6. Remove the auger out of his tube.
ZDA7067A 6
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 16
Unloading tube - Install

1. Bring the auger into his tube.
Install the bearing with the flanges and tighten the
three nuts (9).
ZDA7068A_220 1
2. Align the square hole in the flange of the unloading

tube with the square hole of the elbow (as shown).
ZDA7840A 2
3. Install and tighten the fifteen bolts (3).
ZDA6939A 3
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 17
4. Install the bearing support and tighten it with the two

bolts (2).
IMPORTANT: When installing the auger, make sure that
the position of it with respect to the position of the yoke
is correct (i.e. the auger flighting has to continue from
yoke to auger).
ZDA6936A_221 4
5. Install the two roll pins (1) as shown.
ZDA7844B 5
6. Before tighten the lock collar (1), (fig. 6), check if

dimension “X" is between 56 - 57 mm. ( 2-13/64 -
2-1/4 in)
NOTE: If the half shaft (2) of the yoke touches tube (3) of
the yoke internally, reduce dimension “X" by adding the
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 18
shims (7), (fig. 7) until the clearance “Y" between both is

maximum 2 mm. ( 5/64 in)
ZDA6938A 6
7. After adjusting, install the lock collar (8) and tighten

the Allen screw.
Install the shims (7) as described above and install
the roll pin (6).
ZDA6940A 7
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 19
8. Install the end cap (5) and tighten it with the nuts (4).
ZDA6939A_219 8
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 20
Index
CROP PROCESSING - K

Drive system - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Drive system Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Drive system Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Drive system Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Drive system Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Unloading tube - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Unloading tube - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
84210989A 24/04/2009
K.72.B / 21
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84210989A 24/04/2009
84210989A 24/04/2009
PRINTED IN FRANCE
84210989A 24/04/2009

84210989a PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

84210989a PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

84210989a PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE MANUAL

POWER PRODUCTION ................................................................. B

POWER TRAIN .............................................................................C

PROCESS DRIVE Primary process drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.50.B

STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C

STEERING Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.B

PARKING BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.B

BODY AND STRUCTURE .............................................................. E

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.C

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.D

SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.50.B

FRAME POSITIONING .................................................................. F

TOOL POSITIONING .................................................................... G

CROP PROCESSING .................................................................... K

FEEDING Header feeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.25.D

FEEDING Feeder housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.25.E

THRESHING Conventional threshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.40.B

SEPARATING Beating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.42.B

SEPARATING Rotary separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.42.C

SEPARATING Straw flow beater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.42.F

CLEANING Tailings return system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.62.C

STORING AND HANDLING Grain storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.60.B

UNLOADING Grain unloading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K.72.B

That information could be:

How to Use this Manual

Each Chapter is divided into four Information types:

SECTION B, POWER PRODUCTION

SECTION C, POWER TRAIN

SECTION E, BODY AND STRUCTURE

SECTION G, TOOL POSITIONING

SECTION K, CROP PROCESSING

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Dynamic description (A.10.A)

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification (A.10.A)

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM -Hydraulic pump- Remove (A.10.A)

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Troubleshooting (A.10.A)

Page Header and Footer

The page footer will contain the following references:

Note to the Owner

Fault Code Resolution (FCR) information:

Wheels and Tyres

Removal and Re-fitting

UNLOADING OUTPUT SHAFT

ROTATING SHAFT SEALS

PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC/ ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING CHARGING OR WELD-

By using these tools, Repair Personnel will benefit from:

28 1 660001: The third digit indicates the product line.

CR-CX-CSX Combine harvesters: 1

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

LIGHTING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.40.A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Torque

Tube outer diameter mm (inch) Torque Nm (lb.ft)